PRODUCTS COCEPTUAL DESIG

Dorin DIACOESCU

Mircea EAGOE
Codrua JALIU
Radu SULESCU

ISB 978-973-598-230-0

EDITURA
UIVERSITII
TRASILVAIA
BRAOV

Products Conceptual Design

Designul Conceptual al Produselor

3. Conceptual
variants
generation
Overall
function
structure

2.Overall
function
detailing

Conceptual
variants

IFORMATIO

BASE

Product
overall
function

Product
Design
Specification
(PDS)

4.
Technicaleconomical
evaluation

Product
Concept
1. Identification
of product overall
function

Requirements
+
Evaluation criteria:
i = 100 1,5 %
min = 0,5


Prof.dr.ing. Dorin DIACOESCU

Prof.dr.ing. Mircea EAGOE
Prof.dr.ing. Codrua JALIU
ef lucr.dr.ing. Radu SULESCU

EDITURA UNIVERSITII TRASILVAIA BRAOV

2010

 2010 EDITURA UIVERSITII TRASILVAIA BRAOV

Adresa:

500091 Braov,
B-dul Iuliu Maniu 41A
Tel:0268 476050
Fax: 0268 476051
E-mail : editura@unitbv.ro
Tiprit la:

Tipografia Universitii "Transilvania" din Braov

B-dul Iuliu Maniu 41A
Tel: 0268 476050

Toate drepturile rezervate

Editur acreditat de CCSIS

Adresa nr. 1615 din 29 mai 2002

Refereni tiinifici: Prof. univ. dr. ing., dr.h.c. Florea DUDI

Prof. univ. dr. ing., dr.h.c. Ion VIA
Descrierea CIP a Bibliotecii aionale a Romniei
Products' conceptual design / Dorin Diaconescu, Mircea Neagoe,
Codrua Jaliu, Radu Sulescu. - Braov : Editura Universitii
"Transilvania", 2010
Bibliogr.
ISBN 978-973-598-230-0
I. Diaconescu, Dorin
II. Neagoe, Mircea
III. Jaliu, Codrua
IV. Sulescu, Radu
658.512.2:62

Prefa

Foreword

n anul 1982, sub conducerea tiinific a

subsemnatului, doi dintre fotii mei
studeni, devenii ulterior colegi de catedr,
Dorin Diaconescu i Ion Via, i susineau
cu brio, n aceeai zi, tezele lor de doctorat
n domeniul mecanismelor.

In 1982, two of my former students, who,

later, became my colleagues, Dorin
Diaconescu and Ion Via, presented, in the
same day, their PhD theses in the field of
mechanisms, under the supervision of the
undersigned.

La finele anilor optzeci, ca urmare a unor

preocupri intense, n Catedra de Organe
de maini i mecanisme a Universitii
Transilvania din Braov, a fost nfiinat
specilizarea Roboi industriali.

At the end of the 80ths, as a result of some

intensive concerns, it was set up the study
program Industrial Robots in the Machine
Elements and Mechanisms Department of
Transilvania University of Brasov.

Ctre sfritul anilor nouzeci, ca urmare a

unor eforturi intense i susinute ale
prof.univ.dr.ing. Ion Via, n aceeai
catedr a mai aprut o nou specilizare i,
ca o ncununare a unei ndelungate
experiene tiinifico-didactice, n anul 2005
apare lucrarea deschiztoare de drumuri a
talentatului
prof.univ.dr.ing.
Dorin
Diaconescu, intitulat Designul conceptual
al produselor. Aceast lucrare, care va
deveni de referin n domeniu, rezoneaz
n mod fericit cu noua denumire a catedrei
noastre: Design de Produs i Robotic.

In the 90ths, a new study program started in

the same department as a result of
intensive and sustained efforts of
prof.univ.dr.eng. Ion Via; in 2005,
crowning the long scientific and teaching
experience, a paper of the talented
prof.univ.dr.eng.
Dorin
Diaconescu
appeared under the title Products
conceptual design. This paper which will
become a pace maker in the field,
resonates successfully to the new
denomination of our department: Product
Design and Robotics.

Nu pot dect s m mndresc c primii mei

doctoranzi, actualmente doi prestigioi
profesori universitari, i-au legat numele de
procesul de modernizare a nvmntului
superior tehnic romnesc i implicit de
integrarea lui n nvmntul superior
tehnic european.

I can only be proud that my first PhD

students, now two prestigious professors,
linked their name to the process of
Romanian
technical
high
education
modernization and, implicitly, to its
integration into the European technical high
education.

n Dicionarul explicativ al limbii romne,

prin design se nelege un domeniu
multidisciplinar interesat de ansamblul
factorilor (social-economici, funcionali,
ergonomici, estetici etc.) care contribuie la
aspectul i calitatea produdului de mare
serie, iar n Bertelsman Universal Lexicon,
designul se refer la proiectarea estetic i
utilitar a produselor industriale fabricate n
serie.

In the Romanian language dictionary,

through design it is understood a multidisciplinary field interested in the ensemble
of factors (social - economical, functional,
ergonomic, aesthetical etc.) that contribute
to the aspect and quality of a product, while
in Bertelsman Universal Lexicon, design is
referring to the aesthetic and subservient
design of industrial products in gross
production.

Designul industrial al produselor, sau mai

scurt designul de produs, este o
metadisciplin, relativ recent cristalizat, al
crei obiect este determinarea pe baze
tiinifice a soluiilor de proiectare/
dezvoltare a produselor industriale.

The products industrial design, or, in brief,

the product design is a meta-discipline,
recently crystallized, whose object is the
establishment on scientific basis of the
solutions for the industrial products
design/development.

Acest deziderat se realizeaz prin

structurarea procesului de proiectare cu
ajutorul unor noiuni, algoritmi i metode
care asigur obinerea soluiei optime, att
d.p.d.v. utilitar, ct i estetic. La rndul
su, obinerea soluiei optime const n
corelarea compatibil i eficien a
informaiei din toate domeniile conexe,
astfel nct produsul industrial proiectat s
constituie, n condiiile date, cel mai bun
rspuns la exigenele sociale de natur
utilitar, economic, estetic, de siguran
etc.

This desideratum is fulfilled by structuring

the design process by means of concepts,
algorithms and methods that ensure the
generation of the optimal solution, both
subserviently and aesthetically. The
achievement of the optimal solution relies
on a compatible and efficient correlation of
information from all the connected fields, so
that the designed industrial product to
represent, in the given conditions, the best
answer to the social exigencies of
subservient, economic, aesthetic, safety
etc. nature.

n conformitate cu literatura aprut, cu

precdere, n limba german, dar i n limba
englez, procesul de design se distinge prin
patru faze relativ distincte: 1) elaborarea
listei de cerine (n lb. englez: specificaiile
designului
de
produs),
2) designul
conceptual, 3) designul constructiv i
4) designul
de
detaliere.
Designul
conceptual pornete de la lista de cerine i
se ncheie cu stabilirea soluiei de principiu
sau conceptul produsului; mai departe, pe
baza acestui rezultat, designul constructiv
elaboreaz varianta optim a proiectului
final.

According to the published literature,

mainly in the German and English one, the
design process is highlighted through four
relatively distinct phases: 1) elaboration of
the requirements list (in English: product
design
specifications),
2) conceptual
design, 3) embodiment design and
4) detail design. The conceptual design
starts from the requirements list and ends
with the establishment of the principle
solution or the product concept; further,
based on this result, the embodiment
design elaborates the optimal variant of the
final project.

Lucrarea de fa, destinat designului

conceptual,
abordeaz
mai
nti
terminologia specific acestei discipline, cu
ajutorul unor exemple intuitive. n aceast
abordare, ca de altfel n toat lucrarea,
este utilizat, cu precdere, experiena
colii germane, a crei prioritate n
domeniu este incontestabil.

The present paper, dedicated to the

conceptual design, approaches the specific
terminology of the discipline, based on
intuitive examples. In this approach, as in
the entire paper, it is mainly used the
experience of the German school, whose
priority in the field it is incontestable.

Se prezint apoi modelul german pentru

ciclul de via al unui produs, din care se
dezvolt o variant generalizat. n
contextul ciclului de via al produsului,
sunt trecute n revist cele mai
semnificative modele de algoritmizare a
procesului de design, existente n literatur,
i se dezvolt o nou variant generalizat
de modelare. Din varianta generalizat de
algoritmizare se expliciteaz pe larg etapa
referitoare la designul conceptual al
produselor, care este urmat de un
exemplu didactic de aplicare.

It is then presented the German model for

the product life cycle, from which a
generalized variant is developed. In the
context of the product life cycle, the most
significant models of the design process
algorithms from literature are presented
and a new generalized modeling variant is
developed. The step referring to the
products conceptual design is explained
starting from this generalized variant of
algorithm, followed by an example of
application.

Sunt prezentate succint exemple de soluii

folosite n tehnic pentru rezolvarea
urmtoarelor funcii uzuale:

Examples of solutions used in technique for

solving the following usual functions are
briefly presented:

nsumarea a dou micri, distribuia

nedeterminat a unei micri n alte dou
micri, nsumarea a dou momente,
distribuia nedeterminat a unui moment n
alte dou momente, transmiterea energiei
mecanice cu reducerea turaiei sub un
raport de transmitere constant i propulsia
n medii fluide. n final, este evideniat, pe
baza unor exemple comparative, aportul
imens pe care soluiile bionice l pot avea
n rezolvarea celor mai diverse probleme
tehnice.

summing of 2 motions, undetermined

distribution of one motion into other two
motions, summing of two torques,
undetermined distribution of a torque in
other two torques, transmission of
mechanical energy with speed reduction
under a constant transmission ratio, and
propulsion in fluid mediums. Then, the
huge contribution that the bionic solutions
can have in solving the most diverse
technical problems is highlighted on the
basis of comparative examples.

La finele lucrrii este foarte bine gndit un

minilexicon al terminologiei utilizate.
Lucrarea se ncheie cu o bibliografie
selectiv de lucrri fundamentale, n
domeniul designului conceptual.

At the end, a mini-lexicon of the

terminology used in the paper is very good
conceived. The paper ends with selective
references of fundamental papers from the
conceptual design field.

Designul conceptual al produselor, care, nu

m ndoiesc, va deveni o lucrare de
referin n literatura de specialitate, va fi
util inginerilor designeri i cadrelor
didactice, doctoranzilor i studenilor din
nvmntul superior tehnic romnesc.

The products conceptual design, which will

become a pace maker paper in the field,
will be useful to the engineers, designers,
professors, PhD students and students
from the Romanian technical high
education.

Prof.univ.dr.eng., dr.h.c. Florea Dudi

Apariia acestei cri a fost posibil cu

sprijinul Ministerului Educaiei i
Cercetrii prin contractul de cercetare
nr. 4GR28.05.2007- cod CNCSIS 923.

The publishing of this book was made

possible with support from the Ministry
of Education and Research by research
contract no. 4GR28.05.2007- CNCSIS
code 923.

CUPRINS
1. Introducere...................................................................................................................... 13
2. oiuni de baz utilizate n designul conceptual al produselor................................... 17
2.1. Funcia global a unui produs; fluxurile i subfunciile funciei globale .............. 17
2.2. Structura unui produs i structura funciei globale a produsului........................... 24
2.3. Detalierea unei funcii; principii de rezolvare i variante conceptuale ................. 28
2.4. Sinteza conceptual a unei funcii compuse.......................................................... 44
3. Modelarea procesului de design al produselor tehnice ................................................ 53
3.1. Modelarea ciclului de via al unui produs tehnic................................................. 53
3.2. Modelarea proiectrii unui produs tehnic.............................................................. 57
3.2.1. Caracteristici de baz ale temei de proiectare.............................................. 57
3.2.2. Modelul lui Archer....................................................................................... 58
3.2.3. Modelul lui French ...................................................................................... 60
3.2.4. Modelul lui Pugh ......................................................................................... 62
3.2.5. Modelul lui Dieter........................................................................................ 63
3.2.6. Modelul Pahl & Beitz .................................................................................. 65
3.2.7. Modelul german VDI ................................................................................... 67
3.2.8. Concluzii i dezvoltri ................................................................................. 72
4. Modelarea proiectrii conceptuale a produselor tehnice ............................................ 81
4.1. Despre elaborarea listei de cerine (SDP).............................................................. 81
4.2. Algoritmi de modelare a proiectrii conceptuale .................................................. 94
4.2.1. Modelul lui Crosss...................................................................................... 94
4.2.2. Modelul Ulrich & Eppinger ........................................................................ 96
4.2.3. Modelul lui Dieter........................................................................................ 97
4.2.4. Modelul Pahl & Beitz .................................................................................. 97
4.2.5. Modelul german VDI ................................................................................. 100
4.2.6. Concluzii .................................................................................................... 101
4.3. Varianta generalizat de modelare a proiectrii conceptuale.............................. 109
4.3.1. Structura algoritmului generalizat de proiectare conceptual.................... 109
4.3.2. Algoritmul de sintez a variantelor conceptuale........................................ 112
4.3.3. Concluzii .................................................................................................... 116
4.4. Stabilirea soluiei conceptuale prin evaluarea variantelor conceptuale............... 120
4.4.1. Criterii de evaluare..................................................................................... 120
4.4.2. Evaluarea soluiilor n literatura de limb german................................... 123
4.4.3. Evaluarea soluiilor n literatura de limb englez .................................... 132
4.4.4. Despre cele dou variante de evaluare fin. Formula FRISCO ................. 133
5. Exemplu de proiectare conceptual a unui produs tehnic......................................... 140
5.0. Despre specificaiile de design ale produsului (SDP).......................................... 140
5.1. Identificarea funciei motoreductorului............................................................... 141
5.2. Detalierea funciei motoreductorului................................................................... 143
5.3. Generarea variantelor conceptuale ...................................................................... 146
5.3.1. Generarea (sinteza) variantelor de rezolvare ............................................. 146
5.3.2. Stabilirea variantelor conceptuale.............................................................. 147
5.4. Evaluarea variantelor conceptuale....................................................................... 156
8

CONTENTS
1. Introduction .................................................................................................................... 13
2. Basic concepts used in products conceptual design .................................................... 17
2.1. The overall function of a product; the flows and the sub-functions of the overall
function.................................................................................................................. 17
2.2. The product structure and the structure of the overall function ............................ 24
2.3. The function detailing; solving principles and solving structures......................... 28
2.4. Conceptual synthesis of a compound function...................................................... 44
3. Modeling of the technical products design process..................................................... 53
3.1. Modeling of a technical product life cycle............................................................ 53
3.2. Modeling of a technical product design ................................................................ 57
3.2.1. Basic characteristics of the design task........................................................ 57
3.2.2. Archers model............................................................................................. 58
3.2.3. Frenchs model ............................................................................................ 60
3.2.4. Pughs model ............................................................................................... 62
3.2.5. Dieters model ............................................................................................. 63
3.2.6. Pahls & Beitzs model .............................................................................. 65
3.2.7. The German model VDI............................................................................... 67
3.2.8. Conclusions and developments.................................................................... 72
4. Modeling of the technical products conceptual design .............................................. 81
4.1. On the requirements list (PDS) elaboration ......................................................... 81
4.2. Algorithms for the conceptual design modeling ................................................... 94
4.2.1. Crosss model .............................................................................................. 94
4.2.2. Ulrichs & Eppingers model ..................................................................... 96
4.2.3. Dieters model.............................................................................................. 97
4.2.4. Pahls & Beitzs model ............................................................................... 97
4.2.5. The German model VDI............................................................................. 100
4.2.6. Conclusions................................................................................................ 101
4.3. The generalized variant for the conceptual design modeling.............................. 109
4.3.1. The structure of the conceptual design generalized algorithm .................. 109
4.3.2. The algorithm for the synthesis of conceptual variants ............................. 112
4.3.3. Conclusions................................................................................................ 116
4.4. The conceptual solution settlement by the conceptual variants evaluation ....... 120
4.4.1. Evaluation criteria...................................................................................... 120
4.4.2. Solution evaluation in German literature................................................... 123
4.4.3. Solution evaluation in English literature.................................................... 132
4.4.4. On the two variants of fine evaluation. FRISCO formula ......................... 133
5. Example of a technical product conceptual design .................................................... 140
5.0. On the product design specifications (PDS)........................................................ 140
5.1. The identification of the motor-reducer function ................................................ 141
5.2. Detailing of the motor-reducer function............................................................. 143
5.3. Generation of the solving variants....................................................................... 146
5.3.1. Generation (synthesis) of the solving structures variants .......................... 146
5.3.2. Establishment of the conceptual variants................................................... 147
5.4. Evaluation of the conceptual variants ................................................................. 156
9

6. Exemple de soluii ale unor funcii cu utilizare tehnic uzual................................. 161

6.1. nsumarea a 2 micri; distribuirea nedeterminat a unei micri n
alte 2 micri ....................................................................................................... 161
6.1.1. Exemple de utilizare .................................................................................. 161
6.1.2. Proprieti caracteristice unitilor planetare difereniale .......................... 169
6.2. nsumarea a 2 momente; distribuirea nedeterminat a unui moment n
alte 2 momente .................................................................................................... 177
6.2.1. Exemple de utilizare .................................................................................. 177
6.2.2. Proprieti caracteristice unui mecanism cu M = 1 i L = 3 ...................... 180
6.3. Transmiterea puterii cu reducerea turaiei sub raport constant ........................... 183
6.3.1. Reductoare cu axe fixe............................................................................... 184
6.3.2. Reductoare planetare cu dou roi centrale................................................ 188
6.3.3. Reductoare planetare cu o roat central ................................................... 196
6.4. Transmiterea energiei mecanice, fr modificarea turaiei ................................. 207
6.4.1. Funciile cuplajelor mobile ........................................................................ 211
6.4.2. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup micrile relative ale arborilor .............. 211
6.4.3. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup uniformitatea transmiterii micrii........ 212
6.4.4. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup particularitile lor morfologice ............ 215
6.4.5. Despre funciile i performanele cuplajelor mobile.................................. 222
6.5. Soluii de propulsie n medii fluide ..................................................................... 224
6.5.1. Privire filogenetic cu ajutorul unor exemple reprezentative .................... 225
6.5.2. Concluzie ................................................................................................... 233
6.6. Soluii bionice i soluii tehnice echivalente ....................................................... 233
Anexe ..................................................................................................................................... 241
ANEXA A.1. Definirea principalelor noiuni de baz.................................................. 243
ANEXA A.2. Modelarea randamentului unitii planetare monomobile ..................... 254
ANEXA A.3. Modelarea reductorului planetar Vaucanson ......................................... 258
ANEXA A.4. Asupra metodei TRIZ (teoria rezolvrii probemelor de
inventic)............................................................................................... 268
Bibliografie ........................................................................................................................... 277

10

6. Solving examples for functions with usual technical use ........................................... 161
6.1. Summation of two motions; distribution of a motion into other two motions 161
6.1.1. Examples of use ......................................................................................... 161
6.1.2. Characteristic properties of a planetary gear unit ...................................... 169
6.2. Summation of two torques. Indeterminate distribution of a torque into
other two torques ................................................................................................. 177
6.2.1. Examples of use ......................................................................................... 177
6.2.2. Characteristic properties of a gear mechanism with M = 1 and L = 3....... 180
6.3. Power transmission with rotative speed reduction under a constant ratio .......... 183
6.3.1. Gear reducers with fixed axes.................................................................... 184
6.3.2. Planetary reducers with two sun gears....................................................... 188
6.3.3. Planetary reducers with a single sun gears ................................................ 196
6.4. Mechanical energy transmission without rotative speed modification ............... 207
6.4.1. Functions of the mobile joints.................................................................... 211
6.4.2. Types of mobile joints considering the shafts relative motions................. 211
6.4.3. Types of mobile joints considering the motion transmission uniformity .. 212
6.4.4. Types of the mobile couplings considering their morphological features. 215
6.4.5. On the functions and performances of the mobile joints ........................... 222
6.5. Propelling solutions in fluid mediums................................................................. 224
6.5.1. Phylogenetic view by means of some representative examples ................ 225
6.5.2. Conclusion ................................................................................................. 233
6.6. Bionic solutions and equivalent technical solutions............................................ 233
Appendices ............................................................................................................................ 241
APPENDIX A.1. Defining the main basic notions....................................................... 243
APPENDIX A.2. Efficiency modeling of the monomobile planetary unit .................. 254
APPENDIX A.3. Modeling of the Vaucanson planetary reducer ................................ 258
APPENDIX A.4. On the TRIZ method (theory of inventive problem
solving)............................................................................................ 268
References ............................................................................................................................. 277

11

3. Generarea
variantelor
conceptuale
Variante
conceptuale

Structura
funciei
globale

2.Detalierea
funciei
globale

BAZA
DE
INFORMAII

Funcia
global a
produsului

4. Evaluarea
tehnicoeconomic

Conceptul
produsului
1. Identificarea
funciei globale
a produsului

Lista de
cerine
(SDP)

Cerine
+
Criterii de evaluare:
i = 100 1,5 %
min = 0,5


12

1. INTRODUCERE

1. INTRODUCTION

Un produs industrial este un sistem tehnic

rezultat ca soluie tehnico-economic, a
unei probleme generat de o anumit
nevoie social.

An industrial product is a technical system

that is the outcome, as a technical and
economical solution, of a problem
generated by a social need.

n concepia colii germane [12], sistemele

tehnice sunt sisteme artificiale, care pot fi
clasificate astfel:

In the German school view [12], the

technical systems are artificial systems,
which can be classified as follows:

a) Dup scop, se deosebesc sisteme

tehnice (artefacte) destinate, n principal,
manipulrii i/sau prelucrrii de:
a1) energie (care poate fi de natur:
mecanic, pneumatic, hidraulic, termic,
electric i/sau nuclear),
a2) materiale (care pot fi de natur: solid,
lichid i/sau gazoas) i
a3) informaii (cu semnale de natur
energetic i/sau material);

a) In terms of their goal, there can be

highlighted technical systems (artifacts) meant
for manipulation and/or processing of:
a1) energy (that can be: mechanical,
pneumatic, hydraulic, thermal, electrical
and/or nuclear),
a2) materials (that can be: solid, liquid
and/or gaseous) and
a3) information (with signals of energetic
and/or material nature);

b) Dup domeniul de specialitate, se

deosebesc sisteme (artefacte):
b1) fizice (care pot fi: optice, mecanice,
electronice, electrice, acustice, pneumatice,
hidraulice, magnetice i/sau termice),
b2) chimice (organice i anorganice) i
b3) biologice (care pot fi de natur: uman,
zoologic, vegetal i bacteriologic);

b) In terms of the specialty field, there are

highlighted systems (artifacts):
b1) physical (that can be: optical, mechanical,
electronic, electrical, acoustical, pneumatic,
hydraulic, magnetic and/or thermal),
b2) chemical (organic and inorganic) and
b3) biological (that can be of: human,
zoological, vegetal and bacteriologic nature);

c) Dup nivelul ierarhic de complexitate,

ntr-un sistem tehnic (artefact) pot fi
identificate subsisteme de tip:
c1) punct (vrf, col), c2) linie (muchie),
c3) suprafa, c4) suprafee conjugate,
c5) parte a unui corp,
c6) parte constructiv (pies),
c7) grup constructiv, obinut prin asamblarea mai multor pri constructive
(exemple: rulment, urub cu bile etc.),
c8) instrument, dispozitiv, aparat, main
(de for, de lucru, de prelucrare, de
transport etc.),
c9) agregat, instalaie,
c10) sistem tehnic complex (exemplu:
sistemul de telecomunicaii prin satelit).

c) In terms of the hierarchical complexity

level, in a technical system (artifact) there
can be identified subsystems of type:
c1) point (peak, corner), c2) line (edge),
c3) surface, c4) adjoint surfaces,
c5) part of a body,
c6) constructive part,
c7) constructive
group,
obtained
by
assembling more constructive parts (e.g.
bearing, ball screw),
c8) instrument, device, machine (prime
mover, processing machine, transport
machine etc.),
c9) aggregate, installation,
c10) complex technical system (e.g. the telecommunication system through satellite).

d) Un alt criteriu de sistematizare, folosit de

Ulrich & Eppinger (SUA) [19], are n vedere
destinaia produsului; pe baza acestui
criteriu se deosebesc produse (artefacte):
d1) cu destinaie tehnologic,
d2) destinate utilizatorilor i
d3) cu destinaie mixt.

d) Another criterion of systematization, used

by Ulrich & Eppinger (SUA) [19], takes into
account the product destination; based on
this criterion, the following products
(artifacts) are highlighted:
d1) with a technological destination,
d2) destined to the users and
d3) with a mixed destination.
13

Proprietile unui produs (artefact) sunt

descrise cu ajutorul caracteristicilor. Se
disting:

Product properties are described by means

of
the
characteristics.
There
are
highlighted:

1) caracteristici de stare (exemple: gabarit,

culoare, material, form etc.),

1) state characteristics (e.g. overall size,

color, material, form),

2) caracteristici
funcionale
(exemple:
raport de transmitere, turaie maxim,
moment
maxim,
temperatur
de
funcionare etc.) i

2) functional
characteristics
(e.g.
transmission ratio, maximum speed,
maximum torque, running temperature)
and

3) caracteristici de relaie cu mediul

(exemple: pre de cost, nivel acustic,
locaie etc.).

3) characteristics of the relation with the

environment (e.g. cost, acoustic level,
location).

Comunicarea caracteristicilor poate

realizat: verbal, grafic i/sau numeric.

fi

The characteristics can be communicated:

verbal, graphic and/or numeric.

Pe baza caracteristicilor, un produs poate fi

descris la diverse niveluri de abstractizare,
adic de neglijare a unor caracteristici
considerate de importan secundar; pot fi
obinute
astfel
diferite
modele ale
produsului, de la modelul concret pn la
modelul de maxim abstractizare, n care
sunt
pstrate
doar
caracteristicile
considerate strict eseniale.

Based on its characteristics, a product can

be described at different levels of
abstraction, namely to neglect some
characteristics of secondary importance;
thus, there can be obtained different models
of the product, from the concrete model to
the model of maximum abstraction, in which
there are kept only the characteristics that
are considered essential, for the given data.

Performanele unui produs, descrise prin

valorile caracteristicilor de maxim
importan, sunt direct dependente de
gradul de dezvoltare atins de societate, n
plan economic, tehnologic i cultural.

Product performances, described through the

values of the characteristics of maximum
importance, are directly dependent of the
society degree of development, in the
economical, technological and cultural field.

Formularea problemelor (pe baza nevoilor

sociale) i rezolvarea acestora, cu
dezvoltarea n timp a soluiilor, formeaz
obiectul unei metadiscipline, relativ recent
cristalizat, denumit designul produselor
industriale sau prescurtat: design industrial
sau design de produs.

Problems formulation (on the basis of the

social needs) and their solving, with the
solutions' development in time, form the
object of a meta-discipline, crystallized
relatively recent, called industrial products
design or abr.: industrial design or product
design.

Dup
Micul
Dicionar
Enciclopedic
(Ed. @tiinific i Enciclopedic, Bucureti),
prin design industrial sau design se
nelege: activitatea de proiectare a
produselor, care urmeaz a fi fabricate la
scar industrial, n acord cu nevoile
societii.

In the Small Encyclopedic Dictionary

(Scientific and Encyclopedic Publishing
House, Bucharest), industrial design or
design is explained through: the activity of
designing
products
that
will
be
manufactured at industrial level, according
to the society needs.

Dup DEX-S (Ed. Academiei, Bucureti),

designul se refer la un domeniu
multidisciplinar interesat de ansamblul
factorilor (social-economici, ergonomici,
tehnici, estetici etc.) care contribuie la
calitatea i aspectul produsului de mare
serie.

In DEX-S (Academys Publishing House,

Bucharest), design is referring to a
multidisciplinary field that is interested in
the factors assembly (social-economical,
ergonomic, technical, aesthetic etc.), which
contributes to the quality and aspect of the
serialized product.

14

Spre deosebire de proiectarea tradiional,

n care stabilirea soluiilor se realizeaz
cvasi-empiric, designul industrial elimin
empirismul prin determinarea pe baze
tiinifice a soluiilor de proiectare i
dezvoltare a produselor; acest deziderat se
realizeaz prin structurarea procesului de
proiectare cu ajutorul unor noiuni, algoritmi
i metode care asigur obinerea soluiei
optime, att d.p.d.v. utilitar, ct i estetic.
Obinerea soluiei optime se realizeaz prin
corelarea sistematic i eficien a
informaiei din toate domeniile conexe,
astfel nct produsul proiectat s constituie,
n condiiile date, cel mai bun rspuns la
exigenele de natur utilitar, economic,
estetic, de siguran etc.

Unlike the traditional design, in which the

solutions are established quasi-empirically,
the industrial design eliminates the
empiricism by establishing scientifically the
solutions for the products design and
development; this desideratum is obtained
through the design process structuring by
means of notions, algorithms and methods
that allows obtaining the optimum solution,
both utilitarian and aesthetical. The
optimum solution is obtained by a systemic
and efficient correlation of the information
from all the connected fields, so that the
designed product to represent, in given
conditions, the best answer to the
requirements of utilitarian, economical,
aesthetical, safety nature.

Conform teoriei designului industrial,

dezvoltat cu precdere de colile
german, englez i american, algoritmul
general de proiectare a unui produs poate fi
divizat n patru faze relativ distincte [16]:

According to the industrial design theory,

developed mainly by the German, English
and American schools, the general design
algorithm of a product can be divided into
four phases, relatively distinct [16]:

1) formularea problemei (din nevoia social

identificat), sub forma unei liste de
obiective: cerine i criterii de evaluare
tehnico-economic; acesat faz mai
este cunoscut i ca planificarea i
clarificarea sarcinilor ,

1) problem formulation (from the identified

social need), in the form of a list of
objectives: requirements and criteria
of technical economical evaluation;
this phase, known as planning and
clarifying the task ,

2) dezvoltarea soluiilor conceptuale i

stabilirea conceptului sau soluiei de
principiu a produsului; aceast faz
este denumit design conceptual ,

2) development of the product conceptual

solutions and establishment of the product
concept or principle solution; this phase
is denominated conceptual design ,

3) elaborarea proiectului constructiv,

aceast faz este denumit design
constructiv ,

3) elaboration of the layout; this phase is

known as embodiment design ,

4) detalierea proiectului constructiv i

elaborarea documentaiei produsului,
format din documente cu referire la:
fabricaie, asamblare, testare, desfacere,
utilizare,
ntreinere
i
reparaie,
refolosire, reciclare i de scoatere din uz
a produsului; aceast faz este denumit
design de detaliu .

4) the layout detailing and elaboration of

the product documentation, consisting
of documents referring to the product:
manufacture, assemblage, testing, sale,
use, maintenance and reparation, reuse,
recycling and disuse; this phase is
known as detail design.

Monitorizarea tendinelor i schimbrilor,

care intervin n timpul unui ciclu de via al
produsului, permit dezvoltarea produsului,
prin reluarea ciclului la momentul oportun.

The audit of trends and changes that

interfere in the product life cycle allows the
product development, by resuming the cycle
in the opportune moment.

15

n concluzie, procesul de design industrial,

definit ca activitate destinat creaiei i
dezvoltrii de produse optime, are ca rezultat
final documentaia de produs. Elaborarea
acesteia este precedat de obinerea a trei
rezultate-cheie intermediare:

In conclusion, the industrial design process,

defined as an activity dedicated to the
creation and development of optimal
products, has as the final result the
product documentation. The obtaining of
three intermediate key-results precedes its
elaboration:

a) Lista de cerine, ca rezultat al fazei de

proiectare nr. 1),

a) The requirements list, as the result of

the design phase no. 1),

b) Soluia de principiu sau soluia-concept

a produsului, ca rezultat al fazei de
proiectare nr. 2), i

b) The product principle solution or

concept-solution, as the result of the
design phase no. 2), and

c) Proiectul definitiv al produsului, ca

rezultat al fazei de proiectare nr. 3).

c) The product definitive layout, as the

result of the design phase no. 3).

Faza secund a algoritmului de proiectare

prezentat formeaz obiectul unei discipline
de grani, relativ recent cristalizat,
intitulat design conceptual; aceast
titulatur provine din scopul urmrit, adic
din soluia concept (sau, n formulare mai
recent, soluia de principiu a produsului).

The second phase of the presented design

algorithm forms the object of a boundary
discipline, crystallized relatively recent,
called conceptual design; this entitling
proceeds from the traced goal, that is from
the concept solution (or, in a more recent
formulation, principle solution of the product).

Deoarece
opereaz
cu
substructuri
specifice unor discipline foarte diferite,
designul conceptual are ca obiectiv central
crearea
unei
structuri
metodologice
(alctuit din noiuni, metode i algoritmi)
destinat s asigure gsirea celui mai bun
concept de produs (n condiiile date), prin
realizarea unui management eficient al
informaiilor culese din tiin, tehnologie,
economie, pia, cultur, legislaie, politic
etc.

Because
operates
with
specific
substructures of different disciplines, the
conceptual design has as central objective
the development of a methodological
structure (consisting of notions, methods
and algorithms) that is meant to ensure the
best product concept (in given conditions),
by making an efficient management of the
information
gathered
from
science,
technology, economy, market, culture,
legislation, politics etc.

Principalele cuvinte-cheie, specifice acestei

discipline, se refer la noiunile de: cerin,
criteriu de evaluare tehnico-economic,
materie, energie, informaie,
funcie,
subfuncie, structur de subfuncii, efect
(principiu) fizic, purttor de efecte, principiu
de rezolvare, matrice morfologic (pentru
compunerea combinatorie a soluiilor
pariale), variant de rezolvare, variant
conceptual, soluie de principiu (concept)
etc.

The main keywords, that are specific to this

discipline, are referring to notions of:
requirement,
technical-economical
evaluation criterion, material, energy,
information, function, sub-function, structure
of sub-functions, physical effect (principle),
effects
carrier,
solving
principle,
morphological matrix (for the combinatory
composition of the partial solutions), solving
variant, solving structure, principle solution
(concept) etc.

Din diversele abordri ale designului

conceptual aprute pe plan mondial, n
aceast lucrare s-a preferat folosirea, cu
precdere, a formalismului dezvoltat de
coala german [7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 16, 20], a
crei prioritate n domeniu, pe plan mondial,
este unanim recunoscut.

Among the different international approaches

of the conceptual design, in this book it was
preferred the use of the formalism developed
by the German school [7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 16,
20], whose priority in this field, on an
international
scale,
is
recognized
unanimously.

16

2. NOIUNI DE BAZ UTILIZATE

N DESIGNUL CONCEPTUAL AL
PRODUSELOR

2. BASIC CONCEPTS USED IN

PRODUCTS CONCEPTUAL
DESIGN

Pe baza unor exemple de produse relativ

simple, n continuare se efectueaz analiza
conceptual a acestora, adic se stabilesc
proprietile semnificative ale fiecrui
produs, din punctul de vedere al designului
conceptual. Se creeaz astfel un cadru
intuitiv pentru introducerea, definirea i
interpretarea noiunilor primare cu care
designul conceptual opereaz uzual.

The conceptual analysis is further presented,

based on some examples of relatively simple
products; namely there are established the
relevant properties for each product from
the conceptual design point of view. Thus, it
is created an intuitive frame for the
introduction, definition and interpretation of
the primary notions with which the
conceptual design usually operates.

Sunt considerate, ca exemple de analiz,

produse de larg utilizare:

Products of large use are considered as

examples of analysis:

1) o rni electric de cafea (fig. 2.2,a),

1) an electric coffee mill (Fig. 2.2,a),

2) o main electric de splat rufe (fig. 2.3,a),

2) an electric washing machine (Fig. 2.3,a),

3) o main electric de stors rufe (fig. 2.4,a) i

3) an electric wring machine (Fig. 2.4,a) and

4) un cric de autoturism (fig. 2.5,a).

4) a car jack (Fig. 2.5,a).

Fiecare etap de analiz este urmat de

precizri privind definirea i interpretarea
noiunilor utilizate.

Each analysis step is followed by

specifications regarding the definition and
interpretation of the used concepts.

2.1. FUNCIA GLOBAL A UNUI

PRODUS; FLUXURILE I
SUBFUNCIILE FUNCIEI
GLOBALE

2.1 THE OVERALL FUNCTION OF A

PRODUCT; THE FLOWS AND THE
SUBFUNCTIONS OF THE OVERALL
FUNCTION

Identificarea funciei globale, pentru un

produs
dat,
presupune
identificarea
entitilor de intrare, a entitilor de ieire i
a corelaiilor realizate de produs ntre
acestea. n continuare, se identific aceste
aspecte, n form simplificat, pentru cele
patru exemple considerate mai sus.

The identification of the overall function for a

given product assumes the identification of
the input entities, of the output entities and of
the correlations between them, which are
due to the product. Further on, there are
identified these aspects, in a simplified form,
for the four previously presented examples.

n cazul rniei electrice de cafea, pe baza

tab. 2.1 (stnga) i a fig. 2.1, se pot
identifica urmtoarele entiti:

For the electrical coffee mill, the following

entities can be identified, based on Table
2.1 (left) and on Fig. 2.3:

a) entiti de intrare:

a) input entities:

-de tip material: boabe prjite de cafea;

-of material type: roasted coffee beans;

-de tip energetic: energie electric;

-of energetic type: the electrical energy;

-de tip informaional: a) date privind

volumul de cafea-boabe care poate fi
introdus i granulaia de mcinare dorit;
b) date i instruciuni cu referire la punerea
n funciune; c) semnalul de pornire (toate
aceste date sunt procesate de operatorul
uman);

- of informational type: a) data concerning

the volume of coffee beans that can be
introduced and the requested milling
granulation; b) data and instructions referring
to its putting into service; c) the starting
signal (all these data are processed by the
control system of the human operator);

17

M*

FM

M
E
I

Ieire
Output

Intrare
Input

Funcia
global

FE

E*

M*

E*

Overall
function

I
I*

FI
I*

Fig. 2.1,a. Funcia global a unui produs: (M,E,I)/(M*,E*,I*) = notaiile entitilor de intrare
(M = material, E = energie, I = informaie) i respectiv de ieire. b. Structura de funcii, de ordinul
1M+1E+1I, derivat din funcia global prin detaliere (descompunere): FM, FE, FI = subfuncia
global corespunztoare fluxului de material, de energie i respectiv de informaie; = comenzi de
pornire/oprire, = conectare/deconectare material-energie, = variaii ale unor mrimi de stare:
granulaie (pentru rni), culoarea apei (pentru maina de splat), debitul de ap scurs (pentru
maina de stors), nlimea de ridicare (pentru cric).
Fig. 2.1,a. The overall function of the product: (M,E,I)/(M*,E*,I*) = the notations of the input
and output entities (M = material, E = energy, I = information). b. The structure (of the overall
function) of 1M 1E 1I order, derived from the overall function by detailing: FM, FE, FI = the
notations of the overall subfunction of the material flow, - energy flow and information flow
respectively; = start/stop, = material-energy connection/disconnection, = granulation (for the
coffee mill), waters colour (for the washing machine), the flow of the water (for the wring machine),
the lifting height (for the lifting jack).
b) entiti de ieire :
-de tip material: cafea mcinat;
-de tip energetic: cldur, zgomot i
energie muscular (pentru echilibrarea
momentului-motor);
-de tip informaional: granulaia cafelei
obinut prin mcinare.

b) output entities:
-of material type: milled coffee;
-of energetic type: heat, noise and
muscular energy (for the motor torque
equilibration);
-of informational type: the granulation of
the coffee, which is obtained by milling.

O cutie neagr (black box), cu intrrile i

ieirile precizate mai sus (fig. 2.1,a),
exprim grafic funcia global a produsului
considerat; exprimat n cuvinte, aceast
funcie poate fi formulat succint astfel:
rnia reduce mecanic granulaia unui
material de tip granular (cafeaua-boabe), cu
ajutorul energiei electrice i a unui sistem
de control uman.

A black box, with the previously specified

inputs and outputs (Fig.2.1,a), expresses
graphically the overall function of the
considered product; succinct, this function
can be formulated as follows: the mill
reduces mechanically the granulation of a
material of a granular type (coffee beans),
by using electric energy and a human
control system.

n funcie de natura entitilor cu care

opereaz, cutia neagr din fig. 2.1,a poate fi
descompus n trei cutii negre distincte
(fig. 2.1,b). Pe de o parte, aceste cutii negre

In terms of the operational entities nature,

the black box from Fig. 2.1,a can be
decomposed into three distinct black boxes
(Fig. 2.1,b). On one side, these black boxes

18

pun n eviden cele trei fluxuri aferente

funciei globale:
1) un flux de material (reprezentat cu linie
groas),
2) un flux de energie (reprezentat cu linie
subire) i
3) un flux de informaie (reprezentat cu linie
ntrerupt).

highlight the three flows that are afferent to

the overall function:
1) a material flow (represented with a thick
line),
2) an energy flow (represented with a thin
line) and
3) an information flow (represented with a
dashed line).

Pe de alt parte, fiecare cutie neagr din

fig. 2.1,b desemneaz cte o sub-funcie
global distinct:

On the other side, each black box from

Fig. 2.1,b designates a distinct overall subfunction:

1) subfuncia desemnat de prima cutie

neagr
(FM):
reducerea
granulaiei
materialului (intr cafea boabe i energie
mecanic i iese cafea mcinat);

1) the subfunction designated by the first

black box (FM): the mechanical reduction of
the material granulation (coffee beans and
mechanical energy go in and milled coffee
goes out);

2) subfuncia descris de cutia secund

(FE): transformarea energiei electrice n
energie mecanic (intr energie electric,
semnale de conectare i de deconectare a
acesteia i iese energie mecanic de rotaie
nsoit de zgomot, cldur etc.);

2) the subfunction described by the second

box (FE): the transformation of electrical
energy into mechanical energy (electrical
energy, connecting and disconnecting
signals go in and rotational mechanical
energy, heat, noise etc. go out);

3) subfuncia desemnat de cutia ter (FI):

convertirea datelor de intrare (privind
pregtirea punerii n funciune, granulaia
curent i granulaia dorit etc.) n semnale
de pornire/oprire i n date de ieire,
referitoare la granulaia realizat, volumul
de cafea mcinat etc. (date nregistrate
vizual n memoria operatorului uman).

3) the subfunction designated by the third box

(FI): the conversion of the input data
(regarding the preparation of putting into
service, the requested granulation and the
current granulation etc.) into starting/stopping
signals and into output data, regarding the
obtained granulation, the volume of milled
coffee etc. (data that are visually recorded in
the human operator memory).

Pentru funcia global a acestui produs

(fig. 2.1), fluxul de material constituie fluxul
principal, iar fluxurile de energie i de
informaie constituie fluxuri secundare;
implicit, subfuncia FM devine subfuncie
principal, iar subfunciile FE i FI devin
subfuncii secundare.

For the overall function of this product

(Fig. 2.1), the material flow represents the
main flow, while the energy and the
information flows are secondary flows;
implicitly, the subfunction FM becomes the
main subfunction, while the subfunctions FE
and FI become secondary subfunctions.

n mod analog se identific entitile de

intrare i de ieire, funciile globale, fluxurile
i subfunciile globale pentru celelalte
exemple de produse. Rezultatele obinute
sunt prezentate succint n tabelele 2.1 i 2.2,
coroborate cu fig. 2.1.

Analogous, there can be identified the input

and output entities, the overall functions, the
flows and the overall subfunctions for the
other examples of products. The results are
presented in Tables 2.1 and 2.2,
corroborated with Fig. 2.1.

Analiza comparativ, a acestor exemple,

evideniaz urmtoarele dou particulariti:

The comparative analysis of these examples

highlights the following two specific features:

1. n toate aceste cazuri, fluxul de material

este flux principal i, ca urmare, subfuncia
global aferent FM (fig. 2.1,b) devine
subfuncie principal;

1. In all these cases, the material flow is

the main flow and, therefore, the afferent
overall subfunction FM (Fig. 2.1,b) becomes
the main subfunction;

19

Tab 2.1. Entitile de intrare i ieire ale produselor de tip:

rni de cafea i main de splat (variante simplificate)

Entiti

INTRARE

M
E

IEIRE

M*

E*

I*

Produsul
RNI ELECTRIC DE
MAIN ELECTRIC DE
CAFEA
SPLAT
Rufe
Boabe prjite de cafea
murdare+ap+detergent
Energie electric
Control uman: date privind mrimile de stare ale materialelor
la intrare i mrimile de stare dorite la ieire; date i
instruciuni referitoare la punerea n funciune,
semnal de pornire
Cafea mcinat la granulaia Rufe curate ude; amestec de
impus
ap, detergent i murdrie
Cldur i zgomot
Energie potenial a bazei
Energie muscular pentru
pentru echilibrarea carcasei
echilibrarea carcasei
mainii
Date privind mrimile de stare ale materialelor rezultate la
ieire (nregistrate n memoria operatorului uman)

,otaii: M, M*= material; E, E*= energie; I, I*= informaie.

Tab 2.2. Entitile de intrare i ieire ale produselor de tip:

storctor de rufe i cric de autoturism (variante simplificate)

INTRARE

Entiti
M
E
I

IEIRE

M*
E*
I*

Produsul
STORCTOR ELECTRIC
CRIC DE AUTOTURISM
DE RUFE
Rufe ude
asiu de autoturism
Energie electric
Energie muscular
Control uman: date privind mrimile de stare ale materialelor
la intrare i mrimile de stare dorite la ieire; date i
instruciuni referitoare la punerea n funciune,
semnal de pornire
asiu ridicat la nlimea
Rufe stoarse; ap evacuat
necesar
Cldur, zgomot, energie
Cldur, energie potenial a
potenial a bazei pentru
bazei pentru echilibrarea
echilibrarea carcasei
cricului
Date privind mrimile de stare ale materialelor de ieire
(nregistrate n memoria operatorului uman)

,otaii: M, M*= material; E, E*= energie; I, I*= informaie.

20

Tab. 2.1 The input and output entities for the products of the following types:
coffee mill and washing machine (simplified variants)

Entities
M
INPUT

OUTPUT

M*

E*

I*

PRODUCT:
ELECTRIC WASHING
ELECTRIC COFFEE MILL
MACHINE
Dirty laundry + water +
Roasted coffee beans
detergent
Electric energy
Human control: data regarding the state parameters of the input
materials and the state parameters that are wished at the
output; data and instructions regarding the putting into service,
starting signal
Milled coffee at the imposed Wet clean laundry; mixture
granulation
of water, detergent and dirt
Heat and noise
The base potential energy for
Muscular energy for the
the equilibration of the
casing equilibration
machine casing
Data regarding the state parameters of the output materials
(recorded in the human operator memory)

,otations: M, M*= material; E, E*= energy; I, I*= information.

Tab. 2.2 The input and output entities of the products of following types:
wring machine and car lifting jack (simplified variants)

INPUT

Entities
M
E
I

OUTPUT

M*
E*
I*

PRODUCT:
ELECTRIC WRING
CAR LIFTING JACK
MACHINE
Wet laundry
Car undercarriage
Electric energy
Muscular energy
Human control: data regarding the state parameters of the input
materials and the state parameters that are wished at the
output; data and instructions regarding the putting into service,
starting signal
Wrung out laundry;
The undercarriage lifted at
evacuated water
the necessary height
Heat, noise, base potential
Heat, base potential energy
energy for the casing
for the lifting jack
equilibration
equilibration
Data regarding the state parameters of the output materials
(recorded in the human operator memory)

,otations: M, M*= material; E, E*= energy; I, I*= information.

21

2. Dei toate opereaz cu materiale,

subfunciile principale din cele patru
exemple sunt complet diferite ntre ele;
astfel (v. tab.2.1 i 2.2 i fig.2.1):

2. Even if all of them operate with materials,

the main subfunctions from the four examples
are completely different from each other; thus,
(see Tab. 2.1 and 2.2 and Fig. 2.1):

a) subfuncia din primul exemplu (tab. 2.1)

se refer la reducerea mecanic a
granulaiei unui material (cafea);

a) the subfunction from the first example

(Tab. 2.1) reduces mechanically the
material (coffee) granulation;

b) n cazul exemplului secund (tab. 2.1),

subfuncia principal se refer la separarea
mecanico chimic a unui amestec de mai
multe materiale (rufe murdare + ap +
detergent) n dou grupe distincte (rufe curate
ude i separat ap murdar + detergent);

b) in the case of the second example

(Tab. 2.1), the main subfunction separates
mechanically and chemically a mixture of
materials (dirty laundry + water + detergent)
into two distinct groups (wet clean laundry
and separately, dirty water + detergent);

c) n cel de-al treilea exemplu (tab. 2.2),

subfuncia principal se refer la separarea
mecanic a unui amestec de dou
materiale (rufe ude) n cele dou
componente (rufe i separat ap);

c) for the third example (Tab. 2.2), the main

subfunction separates mechanically a
mixture of two materials (wet laundry) into
the two components (laundry and,
separately, water);

d) n ultimul exemplu (tab. 2.2), subfuncia

principal se refer la deplasarea unui corp
material (ridicarea asiului unui autoturism),
dintr-o poziie iniial dat ntr-o poziie
necesar.

d) for the last example (Tab. 2.2), the main

subfunction is referring to the displacement
of a body (lifts the undercarriage), from the
given initial position to a necessary position.

2.1* Definiii i semnificaii ale noiunilor

utilizate:

2.1* Definitions and meanings of the

used notions

1. Produs tehnic: sistem deschis creat de

om, n care sunt convertite materiale,
energie
i/sau
informaie,
pentru
satisfacerea unei nevoi sociale.

1. Technical product: an open system,

made by human being, in which there are
converted
materials,
energy
and/or
information, in order to satisfy a social need.

Proprieti:

Properties:

- Orice produs este dependent de contextul

tehnic, economic i cultural n care este
realizat; modificrile de context pot conduce
la apariia, dezvoltarea, nlocuirea i/sau
dispariia produsului.

-Any product depends on the technical,

economical and cultural context in which it
is made; the context changes can lead to
the appearance, development, replacement
and/or disappearance of the product.

- Viaa unui produs cuprinde urmtoarele

faze principale: a) planificare, b) studiu
preliminar, c) dezvoltare, d) fabricare,
e) punere n funciune, f) exploatare i
g) nlocuire.

- The product life contains the following

main phases: a) planning, b) preliminary
study, c) development, d) manufacturing,
e) putting into service, f) operation and
g) replacement.

- Realizarea i desfacerea oricrui produs

urmrete obinerea de profit.

- The aim of any product development and

manufacturing is to obtain profit.

- Nevoile (cerinele) i condiiile, care

determin apariia i/sau dezvoltarea unui
produs, sunt modelate cu ajutorul listei de
cerine, denumit i Specificaii de Design
ale Produsului (SDP).

- The needs (requirements) and conditions

that cause the appearance and/or
development of a product are modeled
using a requirements list, denominated also
as Product Design Specifications (PDS).

22

2.
Specificaiile
de
design
ale
produsului cuprind:
a) Nevoile i dorinele clienilor convertite
n
condiii
tehnice,
estetice
i
economice;
b) Restricii
concureniale,
sociale,
ecologice i organizatorice;
c) Date privind posibilitile de desfacere i
volumul de fabricaie;
d) Date referitoare la mijloacele i
resursele tehnico-economice interne i
externe;
e) Condiii referitoare la politica i
orientrile firmei etc.

2. Product design specifications contain:

SDP este un document dinamic, n care se

reflect orice modificare din ciclul de via al
produsului.

PDS is a dynamic document in which there

are reflected any changes in the product life
cycle.

3. Funcia unui produs: corelaia sau

ansamblul de corelaii dintre mrimile de
stare ale entitilor de ieire i mrimile de
stare ale entitilor de intrare.

3. Product function: the correlation or the

assembly of correlations between the state
parameters of the output entities and the
state parameters of the input entities.

Proprieti:

Properties:

a) The needs and wishes of the clients,

converted into technical, aesthetical and
economical conditions;
b) Concurrent, social, ecological and
organizational restrictions;
c) Data regarding the sale possibilities and
the manufacturing volume;
d) Data regarding the technical-economical
internal and external means and
resources;
e) The conditions regarding the company
policy and orientations etc.

Pentru a sesiza uor corelaia ierarhic

a unei funcii, fa de alte funcii, se
folosesc noiunile derivate de: funcie
global,
subfuncie
global
i
subfuncie.
Aceeai funcie poate fi ndeplinit de
mai multe produse diferite ntre ele (de
exemplu: deplasarea vertical a unui
material poate fi realizat cu diverse
produse: cric mecanic, cilindru hidraulic
telescopic, lift, macara etc.).

In order to approach easily the

hierarchical correlation of a function
against other functions, the following
derived notions are used: overall function,
overall subfunction and subfunction.
The same function can be fulfilled by more
products, different from each other (for
instance: the vertical displacement of a
material can be obtained with different
products: mechanical lifting jack, hydraulic
telescopic cylinder, elevator, crane, etc.).

n raport cu entitile cu care opereaz,

ntr-o funcie global pot s intervin: un
flux de material, un flux de energie i/sau
un flux de informaie.

In terms of the entities with which it is

working, in an overall function can
interfere: a material flow, an energy flow
and/or an informational flow.

Fiecare flux poate fi caracterizat, iniial,

printr-o
funcie
unic,
denumit
subfuncia global a fluxului; ca urmare,
funcia global a unui produs poate fi
divizat, iniial, ntr-un numr de
subfuncii (globale) egal cu numrul
fluxurilor sale.

Each flow can be initially characterized by

a unique function, known as the flow
overall subfunction; therefore, the overall
function of a product can be initially divided
into a number of (overall) subfunctions
equal to the number of its flows.

n raport cu destinaia produsului, unul

dintre fluxurile acestuia este flux principal,
iar celelalte sunt secundare; implicit,
subfuncia global aferent fluxului
principal devine subfuncie principal, iar
celelalte devin subfuncii secundare.

In terms of the product destination, one

of its flows is the main flow, while the
others are secondary; implicitly, the
overall subfunction that corresponds to
the main flow becomes the main
subfunction and the others become
secondary subfunctions.

23

Se cere s se identifice entitile de intrare i

de ieire, s se reprezinte grafic i s se
formuleze funcia global pentru fiecare dintre
aceste produse; se cere apoi s se reprezinte
grafic fluxurile i subfunciile globale aferente.

HOMEWORK 2.1: There are considered

the following products: 1) an electrical
motor, 2) an aspirator (cleaner), 3) a fridge,
4) a jolting sanding machine, 5) an elevator,
6) an electric bell, 7) a kitchen scale, 8) a
gear box, 9) a circular saw, 10) a motor
speed reducer
It is requested to identify the input and
output entities, to plot and formulate the
overall function for each of the products;
then, it is requested to plot the flows and the
corresponding overall sub-functions.

2.2. STRUCTURA UNUI PRODUS I

STRUCTURA FUNCIEI GLOBALE A
PRODUSULUI

2.2 PRODUCT STRUCTURE AND THE

STRUCTURE OF THE OVERALL
FUNCTION

Prin identificarea fluxurilor, efectuat n

fig. 2.1,b,
s-a
iniiat
procesul
de
dezasamblare (detaliere) a funciei globale.
La nceput s-a considerat c (sub)funciile,
care intervin ntr-un flux, sunt nglobate
ntr-o
(sub)funcie
unic
denumit
subfuncia global a fluxului considerat.

The disassembling process (detailing) of the

overall function was initiated by the
identification of the flows, presented in Figure
2.1,b. First, it was considered that the
(sub)functions which interfere in a flow are
included in a unique (sub)function, called the
overall subfunction of the considered flow.

n acest fel, fiecare funcie global,

identificat n subcap. 2.1 (v. fig. 2.1,a), a
devenit un sistem deschis (v. fig. 2.1,b),
format din k = 3 subfuncii globale (k fiind
numrul de fluxuri din funcia global).

Thus, each overall function, which was

identified in 2.1 (see Fig. 2.1,a), becomes
an open system (see Fig. 2.1,b), made of
k = 3 overall subfunctions (k being the
number of flows from the overall function).

Un astfel de sistem este denumit, n

continuare, structur a funciei globale sau,
prescurtat, structur de funcii.

Further on, this kind of system is called

structure of the overall function or, abridged,
structure of functions.

Avnd cel mai redus grad de detaliere

(fiecare flux conine o singur funcie), o
astfel de structur este numit, mai
complet, structur de funcii de ordinul
1M+1E+1I (adic dispune de: o funcie n
fluxul de Material + o funcie n fluxul de
Energie + o funcie n fluxul de Informaie).

Having the most reduced detailing degree

(each flow contains only one function), this
kind of structure is called, more complete,
structure of functions of 1M+1E+1I order
(meaning that it disposes of: one function in
the Material flow + one function in the Energy
flow + one function in the Information flow).

n procesul analizei (cnd produsul este

cunoscut), structura de funcii se afl ntr-o
coresponden biunivoc cu structura
produsului; aceasta nseamn c fiecrei
subfuncii (din funcia global) i corespunde
un anumit modul din componena produsului
i reciproc. Aa de exemplu, rnia electric
de cafea, ilustrat simplificat n fig. 2.2,a, are
n structura sa urmtoarele module
(subsisteme):

In the analysis process (when the product is

known), the structure of functions is in a
biunique correspondence with the product
structure; this means that, for each subfunction from the overall function,
corresponds a certain subassembly or
module from the product structure, and
reciprocally. Thus, for instance, the electric
coffee mill from Fig. 2.2,a, contains in its
structure
the
following
modules
(subassemblies):

TEMA DE CAS 2.1: Se consider

urmtoarele produse: 1) motor electric,
2) aspirator, 3) frigider, 4) main de lefuit
vibratoare, 5) ascensor, 6) sonerie electric,
7) cntar de buctrie, 8) cutie de viteze,
9) fierstru pendular, 10) moto-reductor.

24

- modulul care ndeplinete subfuncia

global FM (fig. 2.1,b) conine (fig. 2.2,a):
cuva metalic (n care se pun boabele de
cafea), capacul de nchidere, cuitul
rotativ i carcasa;
- motorul electric, ntreruptorul, cablul de
conexiune la reea i carcasa (fig.2.2,a), la
care se adaug (n timpul funcionrii) i
minile operatorului, alctuiesc modulul
care ndeplinete subfuncia global FE;
- modulul de control, constituit de
operatorul uman, asigur ndeplinirea
subfunciei FI; dei nu este o parte
intrinsec a produsului, acest modul
nsoete ntotdeauna produsul n timpul
funcionrii sale.

- the module that fulfils the overall subfunction

FM
(Fig. 2.1,b)
contains
(Fig. 2.2,a): the metallic pan (in which
there are put the coffee beans), the closing
cover, the rotational knife and the casing;
- the electric motor, the switch, the
connecting cable, the casing (Fig. 2.2,a)
and the operator hands (when he
operates) form the module that fulfils the
overall subfunction FE;
- the control module, made of the human
operator, ensures the performance of
subfunction FI; although this module is
not an intrinsic part of the product, it
always accompanies the product while
operating.

Fiecare modul din componena produsului

constituie o soluie constructiv pentru
subfuncia pe care o ndeplinete; dac se
face abstracie de atributele constructive
(prin simplificare i reducere la aspectele de
principiu, ca n reprezentarea din fig. 2.2,a),
soluia constructiv devine soluie-concept
sau soluie de principiu a (sub)funciei
considerate.

Each module from the product structure

represents a constructive solution for the
subfunction accomplished by it; if there are
not considered the constructive attributes
(by simplification and reduction to the
principle aspects, like in the representation
from Fig. 2.2,a), the constructive solution
becomes the concept-solution or principle
solution of the considered (sub)function.

n designul conceptual, problemele de

analiz ocup, de regul, poziii secundare,
poziiile principale revenind, cu precdere,
problemelor de sintez.

As a rule, in the conceptual design, the

analysis problems represent secondary
problems, the main positions being
occupied by the synthesis problems.

n procesul sintezei (cnd produsul este

necunoscut), orice subfuncie, din funcia
global, poate fi ndeplinit de una sau de
mai multe soluii-concept poteniale, care
pot fi total diferite ntre ele.

In the synthesis process (when the product

is unknown), any subfunction from the
overall function can be fulfilled by one or
more potential concept-solutions, which
can be totally different from each other.

Agregarea acestor subsoluii poteniale, n

conformitate cu structura de funcii, conduce
(pe baza unor prelucrri intermediare) la o
clas de soluii poteniale ale produsului
cutat, numite variante conceptuale (sau
structuri de lucru); dintre acestea pot fi
decelate apoi, pe baza unor criterii tehnicoeconomice specifice, una sau cteva soluii
optime, denumite soluii-concept (concepte)
sau soluii de principiu ale produsului.

Usually, by connecting these potential subsolutions, according to the structure of

functions, it is obtained a class of potential
solutions of the searched product, called
conceptual variants (or working structures);
then, using specific technical and economic
restrictions, there can be detected among
them, one or more optimal solutions, called
the product concept-solutions or principle
solutions.

Prin urmare, conceptul unui produs

desemneaz obiectul-scop pentru designul
conceptual i, implicit, obiectul-start pentru
designul constructiv.

Thus, the product concept designates the

goal-object for the conceptual design and,
implicitly,
the
start-object
for
the
embodiment design.

n concluzie, reprezentrile principiale din

fig. 2.2,a, 2.3,a, 2.4,a i 2.5,a sunt, de fapt,
soluii de principiu ale produselor analizate.

In conclusion, the representations from

Fig. 2.2,a, 2.3,a, 2.4,a and 2.5,a are in fact
principle solutions of the analyzed products.

25

3
7

Fig. 2.2,a. Rni electric de cafea

(soluie de principiu): 1 - cuv metalic, 2 - cuit
rotativ, 3 - capac transparent, 3a - buton (montat n
capac) pentru pornirea motorului, 4 - rotorul
motorului, 5 - statorul motorului, 5a - tija
ntreruptorului electric, 5b - resort care menine
ntreruptorul electric normal deschis, 5c - perii
pentru alimentarea rotorului prin colector, 6 - cablu
de alimentare de la reea, 7 - boabe de cafea.

3a

5b
1
4

5a

5
6

5c

Cafea
boabe
M

Cafea
mcinat

FM1

FM2

M*

FM3

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
muscular

Energie
electric
E

FE2

FE1

FI2

Granulaia
cafelei

Sistem de
control uman
I

E*

FE4

FE3

FI1

FI4

FI3

I*

Fig. 2.2,b. Structura de funcii, de ordinul 3M+4E+4I, derivat din structura de ordinul 1M+1E+1I
(fig. 2.1,b), prin detalierea (sub)funciilor globale FM, FE i FI pe baza schemei din fig. 2.2,a.
Cafea
mcinat

Cafea
boabe
M

FM2

FM1

FM3

Energie
electric
E

FE3

FE2

FE1

FE4

M*

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
muscular
E*

FI2

Sistem de
control uman
I

Granulaia
cafelei
FI4

FI1

FI5

I*

Fig. 2.2,c. Reprezentarea simbolic a structurii de funcii din fig. 2.2,b, pe baza simbolizrii
VDI [20].

26

3
7
3a

5b
1
4

5a

Fig. 2.2,a. Coffee mill (principle solution):

1 - metallic pot, 2 - rotating knife, 3 - transparent cover,
3rd - button (mounted in the cover) to start the engine,
4 - rotor, 5 - stator 5th - electrical switch rod, 5b - spring
which keeps normally open the electric switch,
5c - brushes for supplying the rotor through the
collector, 6 - main cable, 7 - coffee beans.

5
6

Coffee
grains

Milled
coffee

5c

FM1

FM2

M*

FM3

Electrical
energy

Heat, noise, potential

muscular energy
FE2

FE1

FE3

FE4

E*

FI2

Human control
system

Coffee
granulation

FI1

FI4

FI3

I*

Fig. 2.2,b. Function structure of order 3M-4E-4I, derived from the structure of the order 1M1E-1I (Fig. 2.1,b) by detailing of the overall (sub)functions FM, FE and FI (based on the scheme
from the Fig. 2.2,a).
Milled
coffee

Coffee
grains
M

FM2

FM1

FM3

Electrical
energy
E

FE3

FE2

FE1

FE4

M*

Heat, noise,
potential
muscular energy
E*

FI2

Human control
system
I

Coffee
granulation
FI4

FI1

FI5

I*

Fig. 2.2,c. Symbolic representation of the function structure from the Fig. 2.2,b (based on the VDI
symbolization [20]).

27

2.3. DETALIEREA UNEI FUNCII;

PRINCIPII DE REZOLVARE I
VARIANTE CONCEPTUALE

2.3 THE FUNCTION DETAILING;

SOLVING PRINCIPLES AND
CONCEPTUAL VARIANTS

Conform subcap. 2.2, n sinteza conceptului

unui produs (necunoscut), cea mai delicat
etap este stabilirea soluiilor-concept
poteniale, pentru fiecare subfuncie din
structura funciei globale; n cazul unei
subfuncii simple, aceste soluii sunt
denumite principii de rezolvare (sau principii
de lucru) ale (sub)funciilor considerate.

According to 2.2, in the synthesis of the

concept for a (unknown) product, the most
delicate stage is the establishment of the
potential concept solutions, for each subfunction from the global function structure;
for a simple (sub)function, these solutions
are called solving principles (or working
principles) of the considered (sub)functions.

n stabilirea principiilor de rezolvare ale

(sub)funciilor, o important simplificare se
obine prin detalierea structurii de funcii:
subfuncia
global
a
fiecrui
flux
(v. fig.2.1,b) se descompune n (sub)funcii
mai simple.

An important simplification in establishing

the solving principles of the (sub)functions
is obtained by detailing the structure of
functions: the overall subfunction of each
flow (see Fig. 2.1,b) is decomposed into
simpler (sub)functions

n cazul produselor complexe, se detaliaz

mai nti structura de funcii pn la un
ordin convenabil, dup care se izoleaz
fiecare subfuncie component i se
detaliaz, mai departe, separat; evident,
fiecare (sub)funcie izolat va desemna un
produs distinct, de complexitate mai redus.

In the case of complex products, firstly, the

structure of functions is detailed up to a
convenient order and then, each component
subfunction is isolated and is detailed
separately;
obviously,
each
isolated
(sub)function will designate a distinct
product, of a more reduced complexity

n cazul produselor mai puin complexe,

descompunerea poate continua pn cnd
subfunciile componente devin:

In the case of less complex products, the

decomposition can continue till the
component subfunctions become:

fie funcii simple (a cror descompunere

nu mai este posibil),

either
simple
functions
decomposition is not possible),

(their

fie funcii ale cror structuri de rezolvare

sunt deja cunoscute.

either functions for which the solving

structures are already known.

Astfel, n cazul rniei de cafea (fig. 2.2,a),

prin detaliere dup procedeul de mai sus,
structura de funcii de ordinul 1M+1E+1I
(fig. 2.1,b) trece n structura de funcii din
fig. 2.2,b; n conformitate cu fig. 2.2,b,
subfunciile globale ale fluxurilor din fig. 2.1,b
se detaliaz astfel:

Thus, for the coffee mill (Fig. 2.2,a), by

detailing in accordance to the previous
procedure, the structure of functions of
1M+1E+1I order (Fig. 2.1,b) turns in the
structure of functions from Fig. 2.2,b; due to
Fig. 2.2,b, the overall subfunctions of the
flows from Fig. 2.1,b is detailed as follows:

1) Subfuncia global FM, a fluxului de

material (fig. 2.1,b), devine o (sub)structur
de funcii format din urmtoarele
(sub)funcii (v. fig. 2.2,b ):
FM1 conectarea material - energie
mecanic;
FM2 reducerea granulaiei materialului;
FM3 nregistrarea granulaiei curente.

1) The overall subfunction FM of the

material flow (Fig. 2.1,b) becomes a
(sub)structure of functions consisting of the
following (sub)functions (see Fig. 2.2,b):
FM1 material and mechanical energy
connection;
FM2 material granulation reduction;
FM3 current granulation recording.

2) Subfuncia global FE, a fluxului de

energie (fig. 2.1,b), devine o (sub)structur de

2) The overall subfunction FE of the energy

flow (Fig. 2.1,b) becomes a (sub)structure

28

funcii care conine urmtoarele (sub)funcii

(v. fig.2.2,b ):
FE1 conectarea/deconectarea tensiunii de
la sursa electric, la comanda de
pornire/oprire; aceast funcie poate fi
descris cu ajutorul algebrei Booleene i este
denumit funcie logic de tip AND (v. punctul
2.3).
FE2 transformarea energiei electrice n
energie mecanic de rotaie;
FE3 transmiterea energiei mecanice (de
la motor la cuitul rotativ);
FE4 emiterea de cldur i zgomot (n
timpul procesului de transformare i de
transmitere a energiei), nsoit de
inducerea unui moment reactiv n baz
(mna operatorului).

of functions that contains the following

(sub)functions (see Fig. 2.2,b):
FE1 connection/disconnection of the
voltage from the electric power source when
the command of starting/stopping is given;
this function can be described using
Boolean algebra and is called logical
function of AND type (see &2.3).
FE2 transformation of the electric energy
into rotational mechanical energy;
FE3 transmission of mechanical energy
(from the motor to the rotational knife);
FE4 emission of heat and noise (during
the energy transformation and transmission
process), accompanied by induction of a
reactive torque in the base (operator hand).

3) Subfuncia global FI, aferent fluxului de

informaie
(fig. 2.1,b),
devine
o
(sub)structur de funcii format din
urmtoarele (sub)funcii (v. fig. 2.2,b ):
FI1 emiterea semnalului de pornire (la
ndeplinirea condiiilor din instruciunile de
utilizare) i transmiterea informaiei privind
granulaia dorit ctre (sub)funcia FI3;

3) The overall subfunction FI that is afferent to

the information flow (Fig. 2.1,b), becomes a
(sub)structure of functions which is formed of
the following (sub)functions (see Fig. 2.2,b):
FI1 emission of the starting signal (when
the conditions from the using instructions
are fulfilled) and transmission of the
information
regarding
the
wished
granulation to the FI3 (sub)function;
FI2 commands the execution of the
starting and stopping signals; unlike
function FE1, the function FI2 is a logical
function of INHIBITION type (see &2.3);
FI3 reception of the information regarding
the wished granulation and the current
granulation and their comparison;

FI2 comand execuia semnalelor de

pornire i oprire; spre deosebire de funcia
FE1, funcia FI2 este o funcie logic de tip
INHIBITION (v. punctul 2.3);
FI3 receptarea informaiilor referitoare la
granulaia dorit i granulaia curent i
compararea acestora;
FI4 emiterea semnalului de oprire, cnd
cele dou granulaii devin egale, i
nregistrarea granulaiei finale.

FI4 emission of the stopping signal, when

the two granulations become equal and
recording of the final granulation.

Structura de funcii, rezultat prin detaliere

(fig. 2.2,b), conine: 3 subfuncii n fluxul de
Material, 4 subfuncii n fluxul de Energie i
4 subfuncii n fluxul de Informaie; deci, n
forma detaliat din fig. 2.2,b, structura de
funcii a produsului analizat are ordinul
3M + 4E + 4I.

The structure of functions that results from

detailing (Fig. 2.2,b) contains: 3 subfunctions
in the Material flow, 4 subfunctions in the
Energy flow and 4 subfunctions in the
Information flow; therefore, in the detailed
form from Fig. 2.2,b the structure of functions
for the analyzed product has the order
3M+4E+4I.
The German school proposed more variants
of symbolization for the simple functions, in
an abstracted form (excepting the concrete
nature of the used material, energy and
information); the most recent variant of
symbolization,
standardized
through
VDI 2222, is presented and explained using
the intuitive examples from Tab. 2.3.

Lcoala german a propus mai multe variante

de simbolizare a funciilor simple, n form
abstractizat (abstracie fcnd de natura
concret a materialului, a energiei i respectiv
a informaiei utilizate); cea mai recent
variant de simbolizare, normalizat prin
VDI 2222, este prezentat i explicitat, cu
ajutorul unor exemple intuitive, n tab. 2.3.

29

Funcii
(subfuncii)
de baz

Exemplu

Simbol

Exemplu

Simbol

Exemplu

Simbol

Mrimi
generale

Material

Energie

Informaie

Band
perforat

Depozitare

Conducere sau
transmitere
(cu schimbarea
poziiei)

Modificare cod

unor mrimi de
stare)

Modificare
(cu schimbarea

Codificare

Gaz detonant

Reea de platin

Transformare
(cu schimbarea
naturii)

Transmitere neramificat de tip:

Calculator de buzunar

30

Mrimi de
aceeai natur

nclzitor

ntreruptor

Perforator
de band

M
M

Triod

Vagon cu
motor liniar

Mrimi de natur diferit

nsumare

Tiprire 2-exemplare

Mrimi de
aceeai natur

Transmitere ramificat de tip:

Tab. 2.3. Tabel sinoptic cu simbolizrile VDI pentru principalele funcii de baz (prelucrare dup VDI 2222).

Abibild

Condensare

Pierdere
prin
propagare

ulei

Separator
pneumatic

Mrimi de natur diferit

Distribuire

Basis
functions

Example

Symbol

Example

Symbol

Example

Symbol

Entities

Material

Information

Perforated
tape

Storage
(state)

Leading or
transmission
(with the change
of the place )

Code modification

Codification

Bang-gas

Platinum net

Pocket calculator

31

Transformation
Modification
(with the change (with the change
of the nature )
of some state
Sizes of same
parameters )
nature

Un-branch transmission of type:

Heater

Switch

Tape
perforator

M
M

Triode

Electromagnetic
carriage

Sizes of different nature

Summation

Sizes of same
nature

Branch transmission of type:

Table 2.3 Synoptic table with the VDI symbols of the main basic functions (processing after VDI 2222).

Condenser

Oil

Pneumatic
separator

Sizes of different nature

Distribution

Pe baza simbolizrii VDI (tab. 2.3), structura

de funcii reprezentat n fig. 2.2,b se
transform (prin simbolizarea funciilor FMk,
FEk i FIk, k = 1,2,Q) n structura de funcii
ilustrat n fig. 2.2,c; n varianta simbolic
(v. fig. 2.2,c),
explicitrile
(sub)funciilor
componente se deduc direct din semnificaiile
simbolurilor utilizate.

Based on the symbolization VDI (Tab. 2.3), the

structure of functions from Fig. 2.2,b is
transformed (by the symbolization of functions
FMk, FEk and FIk, k = 1,2,Q) into the structure
of functions shown in Fig. 2.2,c; in the symbolic
variant (see Fig. 2.2,c), the explanations of the
component (sub)functions are deduced directly
from the meanings of the used symbols.

Se pot identifica acum principiile de rezolvare

(n cazul subfunciilor simple), respectiv
variantele conceptuale (n cazul subfunciilor
compuse) utilizate n produsul dat, pentru
ndeplinirea fiecreia dintre subfunciile
acestuia; evident, n cazul unui produs
cunoscut (dat), principiul sau varianta
conceptual aplicat, pentru ndeplinirea unei
subfuncii, desemneaz chiar soluia-concept
pentru acea subfuncie.

Now, there can be identified the solving

principles (in the case of simple subfunctions), respectively, the conceptual
variants (in the case of composed subfunctions), used in the given product to fulfill
each of its subfunctions; obviously, in the
case of a known (given) product, the applied
solving principle or conceptual variant to
fulfill a subfunction, designates even the
concept-solution for that subfunction.

n conformitate cu fig. 2.2,a i c (care

ilustreaz conceptul rniei de cafea i
respectiv structura simbolic de funcii a
acestui produs), n rezolvarea (sub)funciilor
componente sunt utilizate urmtoarele
principii de rezolvare i variante conceptuale
(devenite prin aplicare concepte):

Due to Fig. 2.2,a and c (that illustrates the

concept of the coffee mill and, respectively, the
symbolic structure of functions for this product),
there are used in solving the component
(sub)functions, the following solving principles
and conceptual variants (which became
concepts by application):

FM1: varianta conceptual, pentru conexiunea

material-energie mecanic, se bazeaz pe
contactul dintre cuit i granule i se realizeaz
folosind (fig. 2.2,a): cuva metalic 1 + cuitul
rotativ 2 + capacul 3 + materialul granular 7
(cafeaua-boabe);

FM1: the conceptual variant, for the

connection material - mechanical energy, is
based on the contact between the knife and
the granules and is realized using
(Fig. 2.2,a): the metallic pan 1 + the
rotational knife 2 + the cover 3 + the
granular material 7 (coffee beans);

FM2: principiul de rezolvare, pentru

sfrmarea granulelor (de cafea) 7, utilizeaz
efectul de ciocnire dintre cuitul rotativ i
granule;

FM2: the solving principle, for coffee

granules smashing, uses the knocking
effect between the rotational knife and the
granules;

FM3:
varianta conceptual,
destinat
nregistrrii granulaiei curente, se bazeaz
pe receptarea vizual a imaginii granulelor,
prin capacul transparent 3, urmat de
prelucrarea mental a acesteia; dei
aparine fluxului de material, funcia FM3
opereaz n fluxul de informaii; evident,
soluia de principiu a acestei funcii nu
aparine produsului, ci utilizatorului uman;

FM3: the conceptual variant, that is meant to

register the current granulation, is based on
the visual reception of the granules image,
through the transparent cover 3, followed by
mental processing; although it belongs to the
material flow, the function FM3 operates in
the information flow; obviously, the principle
solution of this function doesnt belong to the
product but to the human user;

FE1:
varianta
conceptual
realizeaz
conectarea (deconectarea) sursei electrice
prin nchiderea (respectiv deschiderea) unui
ntreruptor
(normal
deschis),
format
dintr-un buton de translaie 3a (montat n
capacul 3), o tij de contact 5a i un resort 5b

FE1: the conceptual variant connects

(disconnects) the electric source by
closing (respectively, opening) a switch
(normally opened), which consists of a
sliding button 3a (mounted in the cover 3),
a contact rod 5a and a spring 5b

32

(care menine n poziie ridicat tija 5a i

butonul
3a);
evident,
nchiderea
ntreruptorului este posibil numai cu capacul
3 montat (pentru a se evita accidentarea
utilizatorului i mprtierea materialului);

(that maintains the rod 5a and the button 3a

in a lifted position); obviously, the switch
closing is possible only when cover 3 is
mounted (to avoid users accidents and
material dispersal);

FE2:
varianta
conceptual,
pentru
transformarea energiei electrice n energie
mecanic de rotaie, se bazeaz pe efectul
induciei electro-magnetice i folosete
conceptul de motor electric asincron;

FE2: the conceptual variant, for the

transformation of electrical energy into
rotational mechanical energy, is based on the
effect of electromagnetic induction and uses
the concept of asynchronous electric motor;

FE3: principiul de rezolvare, destinat

transmiterii energiei mecanice de la rotorul
motorului 4 la cuitul rotativ 2, utilizeaz un
arbore rotativ care face legtura ntre rotor
i cuit;

FE3: the solving principle for the

transmission of mechanical energy from the
motor 4 rotor to the rotational knife 2, uses
a rotary shaft that links the rotor and the
knife;

FE4: fiind o consecin sine qua non a

funciilor FE2 i FE3, funcia FE4 opereaz
pe soluiile de principiu ale funciilor FE2 i
FE3, fr s dispun de un concept propriu.

FE4: being a sine qua non consequence of

functions FE2 and FE3, the FE4 function
operates on the principle solutions of FE2 and
FE3 functions, without having its own
concept;

Conceptele funciilor FI1,Q,FI4 (v. fig. 2.2,c)

aparin utilizatorului uman, i nu produsului
analizat; ca urmare, aceste concepte nu
sunt explicitate n acest capitol.
n mod analog, se genereaz structurile de
funcii detaliate i pentru celelalte produse
considerate ca exemple (fig. 2.3, 2.4 i 2.5);
n plus, se precizeaz faptul c simbolul
subfunciei FE3, din fig. 2.5,c, se refer la
transmiterea (conducerea) ireversibil a
energiei mecanice.

The concepts of FI1,Q,FI4 functions (see

Fig. 2.2,c) belong to the human user and
not to the analyzed product; as results,
these concepts are not explained in this
chapter.
Analogous, there are generated structures of
detailed functions also for the other products
considered as examples (Fig. 2.3, Fig. 2.4
and Fig. 2.5); beside that, it is specified that
the symbol of FE3 subfunction from Fig. 2.5,c,
refers to the irreversible transmission
(leading) of the mechanical energy.

Identificarea efectelor, principiilor de

rezolvare i variantelor conceptuale,
corespunztoare subfunciilor din structurile
acestor produse (fig. 2.32.5), se propune
ca tem de cas.

The identification of effects, solving principles

and conceptual variants that correspond to
the subfunctions from these products
structures (Fig.2.3-2.5), is proposed as
homework.

2.3* Definiii i semnificaii ale noiunilor

utilizate:

2.3 Definitions and meanings of the used

notions:

1. Structura funciei globale a unui

produs sau mai scurt structura de funcii:
reprezentare grafic detaliat a funciei
globale, prin care sunt evideniate
(v. fig. 2.12.5,b i c):
- fluxurile componente (de materiale, de
energie i/sau de informaie), cu intrrile
i ieirile aferente,
- subfunciile fiecrui flux component i
- conexiunile dintre acestea.

1. The structure of the product overall

function or, shorter, the structure of
functions: the detailed graphical representation
of the overall function, through which there are
highlighted (see Fig.2.1-2.5,b and c):
- the component flows (material, energy
and/or information), with the afferent
inputs and outputs,
- the subfunctions of each component flow and
the connections between them.

33

Fig. 2.3,a. Main electric de splat rufe

(soluie de principiu): 1 - cuva mainii, 1a - capac,
1b - furtun pentru evacuarea apei murdare,
2 - disc cu nervuri pentru barbotarea apei,
3 - motor electric, 4 - transmisie cu curele,
5 - ntreruptor electric, 6 - cablu de alimentare,
7 - rufe murdare + ap + detergent.

2
1a
1
7
5
1b
4
6

Rufe murdare +
ap + detergent

Rufe curate
ude

FM1

M1*

FM4

FM3

FM2

M2*

Energie
electric

Ap + detergent
+ murdrie
FE2

FE1

FE4

FE3

FE5

E*

Cldur, zgomot, energie

potenial a bazei
Gradul de
splare

FI2

Sistem de
control
uman
I

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Fig. 2.3,b. Structura de funcii, de ordinul 4M+5E+4I, derivat din structura de ordinul 1M+1E+1I
(fig. 2.1,b), prin detalierea (sub)funciilor globale FM, FE i FI, pe baza schemei din fig. 2.3,a.
Rufe curate
ude

Rufe murdare +
ap detergent
M

FM2

FM1

FM3

M1*

FM4

M2*

Energie
electric

Ap + detergent
+ murdrie

E
FE1

FE2

FM3

FE4

FE5

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
a bazei
Gradul de
splare

FI2

Sistem de
control
uman
I

E*

FI3

FI1

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.3,c. Reprezentarea simbolic a structurii de funcii din fig. 2.3,b, pe baza simbolizrii
VDI [20].

34

Fig. 2.3,a. Electric washing machine

(principle
solution):
1 - machine
tank,
1a - cover, 1b - dirty water discharge hose,
2 - ribbed disc for water bubbling, 3 - electric
motor, 4 - belt transmission, 5 - power switch,
6 - power cable, 7 - dirty laundry + water +
detergent.

2
1a
1
7
5
1b
4
6

Dirty clothes +
water + detergent

Wet clean
clothes

FM1

M1*

FM4

FM3

FM2

M2*
Water + detergent
+ dirt

Electrical
energy
FE2

FE1

FE4

FE3

FE5

E*
Heat, noise, potential
energy of the base

FI2

Human control
system

Washing
level

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Fig. 2.3,b. Functions structure of the order 4M-5E-4I derived from the structure of the order 1M-1E-1I

(fig. 2.1,b) by detailing of the overall (sub)function FM, FE and FI (based on the scheme from the fig. 2.3,a).
Dirty clothes +
water + detergent
M

Wet clean
clothes
FM2

FM1

FM3

M1*

FM4

M2*
Water + detergent
+ dirt

Electrical
energy
E
FE1

FE2

FM3

FE4

FE5

E*
Heat, noise, potential
energy of the base

FI2

Human control
system
I

Washing
level
FI3

FI1

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.3,c. Symbolic representation of the functions structure from the fig. 2.3,b (based on the VDI
symbolization [20]).

35

2a
2b
3
9

Fig. 2.4,a. Main electric de stors rufe (soluie de

principiu): 1 - cuv rotativ perforat, 2 - cuv de
colectare a apei centrifugate, 2a - curele de
suspendare, 2b - furtun gofrat pentru evacuarea apei,
3 - motor electric, 4 - frn cu disc normal-cuplat,
cu decuplare electromagnetic, 5 - cablu de
alimentare, 6 - capac basculant (la nchiderea
capacului, maina pornete, iar la deschiderea
acestuia, maina se oprete), 7 - ntreruptor electric
(pentru decuplarea frnei i pornirea motorului)
acionat de capac printr-un mecanism articulat,
8 - rufe centrifugate, 9 - ap evacuat.

4
5

Rufe stoarse
M1*

Rufe ude
M

FM1

FM2

M2*

FM4

FM3

Ap

Energie
electric
FE2

FE1

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
a bazei

FI2

Sistem de
control
I

E*

FE4

FE3

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Gradul de
stoarcere
Fig. 2.4,b. Structura de funcii, de ordinul 4M+4E+4I, derivat din structura de ordinul 1M+1E+1I
(fig. 2.1,b), prin detalierea (sub)funciilor globale FM, FE i FI, pe baza schemei din fig. 2.4,a.
Rufe stoarse

Rufe ude
M

M1*
FM2

FM1

FM3

FM4

M2*
Ap

E
FE1

FE2

FE3

E*

FE4

Energie
electric

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
a bazei

FI2

Sistem de
control uman
I

Gradul de
stoarcere
FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.4,c. Reprezentarea simbolic a structurii de funcii din fig. 2.4,b, pe baza simbolizrii VDI [20].

36

Fig. 2.4,a Electric wring machine (principle

solution): 1 - perforated rotating tank, 2 - collecting
tank for centrifuged water, 2a suspension belts,
2b - corrugated hose for water discharge, 3 - electric
motor, 4 - disc-brake normally coupled, with
electromagnetic decoupling, 5 - power cable, 6 - tilt
cover (when the cover is closed, the machine starts,
and at its opening, the machine stops), 7 - electrical
switch (for decoupling the brake and starting the
motor) driven by the cover through an articulated
mechanism, 8 - centrifuged laundry, 9 - evacuated
water.

2a
2b
3
9
4
5

Wrung clothes

M1*

Wet clothes
M

FM1

FM2

M2*

FM4

FM3

Water

Electrical
energy
FE2

FE1

FE4

FE3

FI2

E*
Heat, noise,
potential energy of
the base

Human control
system

Wrung
level

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Fig. 2.4,b. Functions structure of the order 4M-4E-4I derived from the structure of the order
1M-1E-1I (Fig. 2.1,b) by detailing of the overall (sub)functions FM, FE and FI (based on the scheme
from the Fig. 2.4,a).
Wrung clothes

Wet clothes
M

M1*
FM2

FM1

FM3

FM4

Electrical
energy
E
FE1

FE3

FE2

M2*

Water
Heat, noise,
potential energy of
the base
E*

FE4

FI2

Human control
system
I

Wrung
level
FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.4,c. Symbolic representation of the functions structure from the Fig. 2.4,b (based on the VDI
symbolisation [20]).

37

Fig. 2.5,a. Cric de autoturism (soluie de

principiu):
1-2-3-4 lan
cinematic
articulat de tip paralelogram; 5;6 tlpi
de contact cu asiul i respectiv cu solul;
7-8-9 lan cinematic de tip R E
(R = cupl
de
rotaie,
E = cupl
elicoidal); F for motoare muscular;
r raza manivelei; viteza unghiular
a manivelei; Q for rezistent;
v viteza de ridicare.

Q
5
1
4

3
6

r
2

asiu n poziie
ridicat

asiu n poziia iniial

M

FM1

M*

FM3

FM2

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
a bazei

Energie
muscular
FE2

FE1

E*

FE4

FE3

FI2

Sistem de control
uman

nlimea de
ridicare

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Fig. 2.5,b. Structura de funcii, de ordinul 3M+4E+4I, derivat din structura de ordinul 1M+1E+1I
(fig. 2.1,b), prin detalierea (sub)funciilor globale FM, FE i FI, pe baza schemei din fig. 2.5,a.
asiu n poziie
ridicat

asiu n
poziie iniial
M

M*
FM2

FM1

Energie
muscular

FM3

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial
a bazei

FE3

E*

FE4

FE2

FE1

FI2

Sistem de
control uman
I

nlimea
de ridicare
FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.5,c. Reprezentarea simbolic a structurii de funcii din fig. 2.5,b, pe baza simbolizrii VDI [20].

38

Fig. 2.5,a Jack (principle solution): 1-2-3-4

linkage
of
parallelogram
type;
5;6 contact soles with the chassis and the
ground; 7-8-9 kinematical chain of RE
type (R = revolute joint, E = helical joint),
F muscular motive force, r crank radius,
crank speed; Q resistant force,
v lifting speed.

Q
5
1
4

10

3
6

Car frame in the

lifted position

Car frame in the

descended position
M

FM1

M*

FM3

FM2

Muscular energy
E

FE2

FE1

FE4

FE3

Heat, potential
energy of the base
E*

FI2

The lifting
height

Human control system

I

FI1

I*

FI4

FI3

Fig. 2.5,b. Functions structure of the order 3M-4E-4I derived from the structure of the order 1M1E-1I (Fig. 2.1,b) by detailing of the overall (sub)functions FM, FE and FI (based on the scheme
from the Fig. 2.5,a).
Car frame in the
lifted position

Car frame in the

descended position
M

M*
FM2

FM1

Muscular
energy

FM3

Heat, potential
energy of the base

FE3

E
FE1

E*

FE4

FE2

FI2

Human control
system
I

The lifting
height
FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.5,c. Symbolic representation of the functions structure from the fig. 2.5,b (based on the VDI
symbolisation [20]).

39

Proprieti:
a) Gradul de detaliere (descompunere), al
unei structuri de funcii, este exprimat prin
ordinul structurii, care crete odat cu
numrul
subfunciilor
din
fluxurile
componente.

Properties:
a) The detailing (decomposition) degree of
a structure of functions is expressed
through the structure order, which increases
with the number of subfunctions from the
component flows.

Exemple:

Examples:

1) Structura de funcii, ilustrat n fig. 2.1,b,

are cel mai redus grad de detaliere i are
ordinul: 1M + 1E + 1I (adic are cte o
subfuncie n fiecare flux); o astfel de
structur de funcii se regsete la un
numr mare de produse.

1) The structure of functions, illustrated in

Fig.2.1,b, has the most reduced detailing
degree and has the order: 1M-1E-1I (has a
subfunction for each flow); such a structure of
functions can be found in a large number of
products.

2) n cazul rniei de cafea (fig. 2.2,a), prin

procesul de detaliere (descompunere) a
subfunciilor din fig. 2.1,b, se obine
structura de funcii din fig. 2.2,b, care are
ordinul: 3M + 4E + 4I (adic n fluxul de
material intervin 3 subfuncii, n fluxul de
energie intervin 4 subfuncii i n fluxul de
informaie intervin 4 subfuncii).

2) In the case of the coffee mill (Fig.2.2,a),

through the detailing (decomposition)
process of the subfunctions from Fig.2.1, b,
it is obtained the functions structure from
Fig.2.2,b, of order: 3M-4E-4I (meaning that
in the material flow interfere 3 subfunctions,
in the energy flow - 4 subfunctions and in
the information flow - 4 sub-functions).

b) n cazul unui produs complex, pentru

detalierea (descompunerea) structurii de
funcii, se poate proceda astfel: se detaliaz
(descompune) mai nti structura funciei
globale pn la un ordin convenabil; se
izoleaz apoi cte o subfuncie i se
continu
detalierea
(descompunerea)
acesteia, n premisa c subfuncia
considerat desemneaz un produs distinct,
de o complexitate mai redus.

b) In the case of a complex product, for the

detailing (decomposition) of the overall
function, it can be proceeded as follows:
first it is detailed (decomposed) the overall
function up to a convenient order; then,
each subfunction is isolated and detailed
(decomposed), under the premises that the
considered subfunction designates a
distinct product of a lower complexity.

c) n cazul unui produs de complexitate mai

redus,
detalierea
(descompunerea)
structurii de funcii se poate continua pn
cnd subfunciile derivate devin:
- fie subfuncii simple (care nu mai pot fi
descompuse),
- fie subfuncii a cror rezolvare este deja
cunoscut n literatur (cel puin
calitativ).

c) In the case of a product with a smaller

complexity, the detailing (decomposition) of
the functions structure continues till the
derived subfunctions become:
- either simple subfunctions (that can not
be decomposed),
- either subfunctions for which the solving
is known from literature (at least
qualitative).

d) In variantele ilustrate n schemele b din

fig. 2.22.5, fiecare structur de funcii
devine determinat prin explicitarea n
cuvinte (de tip aciune-obiect) a fiecrei
subfuncii componente.

d) In the variants that are illustrated in

Fig. 2.2,b,
Fig. 2.3,b,
Fig. 2.4,b
and
Fig. 2.5,b,
each
functions
structure
becomes determined by explaining each
component subfunctions, through words of
action-object type.

O important simplificare, n obinerea

structurilor de funcii determinate, a fost
adus de coala german prin (v. tab. 2.3):

An important simplification in obtaining

determined structures (of functions) was
brought by the German school through (see
Tab.2.3):

40

identificarea funciilor de baz utilizate n

produsele tehnice,
reducerea diversitii prin abstractizarea
funciilor (se face abstracie de natura
concret a materialului, energiei i
respectiv informaiei care intervin n
funciile utilizate) i prin
simbolizarea funciilor de baz; n tab. 2.3
sunt sistematizate, cu exemplificare,
funciile de baz i simbolizrile adoptate
de Uniunea Inginerilor Germani, prin
norma VDI 2222/1997. Prin utilizarea
acestor
simboluri,
reprezentrile
structurilor de funcii, din schemele b
(fig. 2.22.5),
se
convertesc
n
reprezentrile
simbolice
echivalente
ilustrate n schemele c (fig. 2.22.5);
evident, n cazul reprezentrilor simbolice,
explicitarea fiecrei subfuncii se deduce
din simbolul acesteia.

identification of the base functions that

are used in technical products,
reduction of diversity through functions
abstracting (leaving the concrete nature
of the material, energy and information
that interfere in the used functions as
abstraction) and through
symbolization of the base functions; the
base functions and the symbols that were
adopted by the German Engineers Union
in VDI 2222/1997 norm are systematized
in Tab. 2.3, with examples. By using
these symbols, the representation of the
functions structures from diagrams b (Fig.
2.22.5), are converted in the equivalent
symbolic representations from diagrams c
(Fig. 2.22.5); obviously, in the case of
the
symbolic
representations,
the
explanations for each subfunction are
deduced from its symbol.

2. Soluia constructiv a unei funcii

(subansamblul sau ansamblul) constructiv,
care ndeplinete (sub)funcia considerat
ntr-un produs dat.

2. Embodiment solution of a function:

the constructive module (the subassembly
or assembly), that fulfils the considered
(sub)function in a given product.

Aa de exemplu, n cazul unei rnie de

cafea existente, motorul electric utilizat
reprezint soluia constructiv a subfunciei
FE2 (v. fig. 2.2,c): transform energia
electric n energie mecanic de rotaie.

For example, in the case of a given coffee mill,

the electric motor that is used represents the
constructive solution of the subfunction FE2
(see Fig. 2.2,c): transforms the electrical
energy into rotational mechanical energy.

Soluia constructiv a unei (sub)funcii se

obine prin ntruparea soluiei conceptuale
a (sub)funciei.

The constructive solution of a (sub)function

is obtained by the embodiment of the
(sub)function conceptual solution.

3. Funcie logic: funcie n care sunt

descrise, cu ajutorul algebrei Booleene,
strile unor entiti de ieire, n funcie de
strile entitilor de intrare; n astfel de
cazuri, o anumit entitate poate avea dou
stri posibile, modelate numeric prin cifrele
0 i 1. Se deosebesc urmtoarele tipuri
reprezentative de funcii logice:
a) funcii cu o intrare X i o ieire A, care
pot fi de tip IDENTITY, adic A = X, sau de
tip NOT, adic A =X (undeX = nonX);

3. The logical function: the function in

which are described, using Boolean
algebra, the states of some output entities
in relation with the states of the input
entities; in these cases, a certain entity can
have two possible states, which are
numerically modeled by the figures 0 and 1.
The following representative types of logical
functions can be highlighted:
a) functions with one input X and one output A,
which can be of IDENTITY type, like A = X, or
of NOT type, like A =X (whereX = nonX);

b) funcii cu dou intrri (X, Y) i o ieire

(A). Funciile logice cu dou intrri i o
ieire sunt sistematizate succint n tabelul
2.4. Prin compunerea de funcii simple pot fi
generate funcii logice compuse; astfel,
funcia NAND, din tab. 2.4, poate fi obinut
i prin compunerea funciilor NOT i AND.

b) functions with two inputs (X, Y) and one

output (A). The logical functions of this type are
systematized succinctly in Tab. 2.4. The
compound logical functions can be generated
by combining simple functions; thus, the
function NAND from Tab.2.4, can be obtained
by combining the functions NOT and AND.

41

Tab.2.4. Exemple de funcii logice.

Tab.2.4. Examples of logical functions.
X

Ak

X
Y
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16

Intrare
Input

Ieire
Output

0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1

0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1

1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1

1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1

Denumire
Denomination
NOR
INHIBITION 1
INHIBITION 2
AND

EQUIVALENT
EXCLUSIVE OR

NAND
IMPLICATION
OR

Exemple de simbolizare DI, / Examples of DI, symbolisation

X
Y

A5
&

A8
=

Y
AND: A5 = XY

X
Y

EQUIVALENT: A8 = X YVXY
X

A12
&

A9
=1

Y
NAND:A12 = XY

X
Y

EXCLUSIV OR: A9 = X YVXY

X

A15

A4
&

Y
OR: A15 = XVY

X
Y

INHIBITION 2: A4 = XY
X

A2

A13

Y
NOR: A2 = XVY

IMPLICATION: A13 = XV Y
X

IDENTITY: A= X

NOT: A = X

42

n partea inferioar a tab. 2.4 sunt

prezentate succint simbolurile funciilor
logice uzuale, n consens cu norma german
DIN 40700, i ecuaiile logice ale acestora.

The usual logical functions symbols,

according to the German norm DIN 40700,
and their logical equations are presented
succinctly in the lower part of Tab. 2.4.

Ca exemple de aplicare, n continuare se

prezint modelarea (sub)funciilor FE1 i
FI2, din fig. 2.2,c:

The modeling of (sub)functions FE1 and FI2

from Fig.2.2,c are further presented as
examples:

a. Intrrile X, Y i ieirea A din funcia FE1

modeleaz urmtoarele stri:
X = 0 <=> techer neintrodus n priz,
X = 1 <=> techer introdus n priz,
Y = 0 <=> comand de oprire,
Y = 1 <=> comand de pornire i
A = 0 <=> motor oprit,
A = 1 <=> motor pornit.

a. The inputs X, Y and the output A from

function FE1 model the following states:
X=0 <=> the product is not plugged,
X=1 <=> the product is plugged in,
Y=0 <=> stop command,
Y=1 <=> start command and
A=0 <=> stopped motor,
A=1 <=> started motor.

Valorile ieirii A sunt descrise de funcia

logic AND (tab. 2.4).

The values of output A are described by the

logical function AND (Tab.2.4).

b. Intrrile X, Y i ieirea A din funcia FI2

modeleaz urmtoarele stri:
X = 0 <=> fr semnal de pornire la intrare,
X = 1 <=> cu semnal de pornire la intrare,
Y = 0 <=> fr semnal de oprire la intrare,
Y = 1 <=> cu semnal de oprire la intrare,
A = 0 <=> tensiune deconectat,
A = 1 <=> tensiune conectat.

b. The inputs X, Y and the output A from

function FI2 model the following states:
X=0 <=> without starting signal at the input,
X=1 <=> with starting signal at the input,
Y=0 <=> without stopping signal at the input,
Y=1 <=> with stopping signal at the input,
A=0 <=> the voltage disconnected,
A=1 <=> the voltage connected.

Valorile ieirii A sunt descrise de funcia

logic INHIBITION 2 (tab. 2.4).

The values of output A are described by the

logical function INHIBITION 2 (Tab.2.4)

TEMA DE CAS 2.2: Considernd soluiile

conceptuale (fig. 2.3,a, 2.4,a, i 2.5,a) i
structurile de funcii (fig. 2.3,b, c, 2.4,b, c i
2.5,b, c) ale unor produse tehnice, se cer:

HOMEWORK
2.2:
Considering
the
conceptual solutions (Fig.2.3,a, 2.4,a, and
2.5,a) and the functions structures
(Fig.2.3,b, c, 2.4,b, c and 2.5,b, c) of some
technical products, it is required:

a) s se identifice fiecare subfuncie din

structurile de funcii prezentate;

a) To identify each subfunction from the

presented structures;

b) s se stabileasc principiile de rezolvare

i variantele conceptuale aplicate n
cazul subfunciilor identificate.

b) To establish the solving principles and the

conceptual variants those are applied in
the case of the identified subfunctions.

TEMA DE CAS 2.3: Considernd, ca

produs tehnic, un moto-reductor a crui
soluie conceptual (schem structural)
este dat n fig. 2.6, se cer:
a) entitile de intrare i de ieire;
b) reprezentarea grafic a funciei globale;

HOMEWORK 2.3: Considering a motor

speed reducer as a technical product,
having the conceptual solution (structural
scheme) in Fig.2.6, there are required:
a) The input and output entities;
b) The graphical representation of the
overall function;
c) The representation of the structure of
functions of 1M-1E-1I order;

c) reprezentarea structurii de funcii de

ordinul 1M+1E+1I;

43

3
2
h

Fig. 2.6. Motoreductor planetar cu frn (soluie de principiu): 1-2-3-h = reductor planetar; 4-5 =
rotorul i statorul motorului electric; 6 = elice de rcire; 7 = frn cu comand electromagnetic.
Fig.2.6. Motor speed reducer (principle solution): 1-2-3-h = planetary reducer; 4-5 = rotor and stator
of the electromotor; 6 = cooling screw; 7 = brake with electromagnetic decoupling.
d) detalierea structurii de funcii, de la punctul
c), i prezentarea simbolic a acesteia;
e) soluiile conceptuale ale subfunciilor din
structura de funcii de la punctul d).
f) s se modeleze, pe baza tab. 2.4, funcia
cuplajului
cu
decuplare
electromagnetic, din fig. 2.6

d) The detailing of the structure of functions

from point c) and its symbolic representation;
e) The conceptual solutions of the subfunctions
for the functions structure from point d);
f) To model the function of the coupling
with electromagnetic decoupling from
Fig. 2.6, based on Tab.2.4

2.4. SINTEZA CONCEPTUAL A UNEI

FUNCII COMPUSE

2.4 CONCEPTUAL SYNTHESIS OF A

COMPOUND FUNCTION

Conform celor expuse anterior, sinteza

conceptual a unei funcii compuse
nseamn
determinarea
soluiei
conceptuale a acestei funcii i presupune
parcurgerea urmtoarelor etape:
1) stabilirea soluiilor conceptuale poteniale
ale (sub)funciilor componente (adic: principii
de rezolvare i/sau variante conceptuale
partiale);
2) generarea variantelor conceptuale ale
funciei compuse date, prin combinarea,
compunerea soluiilor poteniale partiale si
eliminarea variantelor nesatisfacatoare;
3) identificarea soluiei conceptuale a
funciei compuse prin decelarea variantei
conceptuale optime.

According to the previous subchapters, the

conceptual synthesis of a compound
function represents the establishment of the
conceptual solution of this function and
presumes the following steps:
1) establishment of the potential conceptual
solutions of the component (sub)functions
(meaning: solving principles and/or partial
conceptual variants);
2) generation of conceptual variants for the
given compound function, by combining,
compounding the partial potential solutions
and removing the unsatisfactory solutions;
3) identification of the compound function
conceptual solution by detecting the optimal
conceptual variant.

Ca exemplu, n continuare se prezint

sinteza conceptual a funciei compuse
descris prin structura simbolic din fig. 2.7
(preluat din fig. 2.5); evident, sinteza se
efectueaz n premisa c produsul este
necunoscut! Exemplul este preluat i
adaptat din norma german VDI 2222/1997.

As an example, it is presented further, the

conceptual synthesis of the compound
function described through the structure from
Fig. 2.7 (undertaken from Fig. 2.5); obviously,
the synthesis is made under the premises that
the product is unknown! The example is taken
and processed from the German norm VDI
2222.

44

asiu n poziie ridicat

Car frame in the lifted position

asiu n poziie iniial

Car frame in the descended position
M

M*
FM2

FM1

Energie muscular
Muscular energy

FM3

Cldur, zgomot,
energie potenial a
bazei

FE3

E
FE1

E*
Heat, potential
energy of the base

FE4

FE2

FI2

Sistem de control uman

Human control system
I

nlimea de ridicare
The lifting height
FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

Fig. 2.7. Structura simbolic a funciei compuse privind ridicarea asiului unui autoturism
(v. fig. 2.5).
Fig.2.7. Symbolic structure of a compound function regarding the lifting of a car chassis (see Fig.2.5).
Sinteza conceptual a funciei compuse
date (fig. 2.7) se reduce la sinteza i
compunerea subfunciilor: FM1, FM2, FE2
i FE3 (celelalte subfuncii nu intervin n
sintez, fiind ndeplinite de operatorul
uman).

The conceptual synthesis of the given

compound function (Fig. 2.7) can be
reduced to the synthesis and composition of
subfunctions: FM1, FM2, FE2 and FE3 (the
other subfunctions dont interfere in the
synthesis, being accomplished by the
human operator).

Sinteza celor 4 subfuncii este prezentat

sinoptic n fig. 2.8, sub forma unei matrice
morfologice care (citit de-a lungul unei
linii) cuprinde:
a) simbolul subfunciei (coloana 1);
b) efectul
fizic
specific
subfunciei
(coloana 2);
c) schiele de principiu privind purttorii
poteniali ai efectului specificat mai sus
(coloanele 3, 4,Q).

The synthesis of the 4 subfunctions is

presented synoptically in Fig. 2.8, as a
morphological matrix, which contains
(when reading on line):
a) The symbol of the subfunction (column 1);
b) The mechanical effect, that is specific to
the subfunction (column 2);
c) The principle sketches concerning the
potential carriers of the effect, previously
specified (columns 3, 4,Q).

Alegnd, din fiecare linie, cte un purttor

de efect (sau o combinaie a unora dintre
acetia), prin compunerea compatibil a
purttorilor de efecte selectai se obine o
variant de rezolvare a funciei compuse;
evident, varianta de rezolvare obinut
constituie o soluie conceptual potenial a
produsului cutat, care ndeplinete cel
puin calitativ cerinele impuse.

Choosing from each line one effect carrier

(or a combination of some of them), a
solving variant of the compound function
can be obtained by a compatible
composition of the selected effects carriers;
obviously, the obtained solving variant
represents a potential conceptual solution of
the searched product, that can fulfill at least
qualitatively the imposed requirements.

Pentru exemplificare, n fig. 2.8 sunt

ilustrate, cu linie ntrerupt, ase astfel de
compuneri, numerotate de la 1 la 6.

For exemplification, six compositions,

counted from 1 to 6 are illustrated with a
dashed line in Fig. 2.8.

45

Subfuncii
Subfunctions
Nr
Simbol
,o
Symbol
1.1
M

1.2
M

2.1

3.1

4.1

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

Efectul
amplificrii
forei
Force
amplification
effect
4.2

1.3

Efectul de
conducere
Leading effect

3.2
E

Principii de rezolvare (purttori de efecte + config.)

Solving principles (effect carriers + config.)

Efectul de
sprijinire
Prop-effect

2.2

Efecte fizice
Physical
effects

Efectul de
ireversibilitat
e
Irreversibility
effect

Variante de rezolvare (exemple):

Solving structures (examples):

Nr.3 Nr.1
No.3 No.1

Nr.4
No.4

Nr.5 Nr.2
No.5 No.2

Nr.6
No.6

Fig. 2.8. Exemple de generare a variantelor de rezolvare, pentru funcia compus din fig. 2.7,
cu ajutorul matricei morfologice (adaptare dup VDI 2222): 1.1 - Conectare material-energie, 2.1 Conducere material, 3.1 - Transmiterea energiei cu amplificarea forei, 4.1 - Transmiterea ireversibil
a energiei.
Fig.2.8 Six examples of solving variants generation by means of morphological matrix in the
case of the compound function from the Fig.2.7 (adapted from VDI 2222): 1.1 - Material-energy
summation, 2.1 - Material leading, 3.1 - Energy transmission with force amplification, 4.1 - Energy
irreversible transmission.
Se remarc faptul c, n variantele cu
numerele de ordine 2,Q,6, exist i linii n
care purttorul de efect considerat este o
combinaie a doi sau chiar trei purttori de
pe aceeai linie.

It can be remarked that in the variants from

2 to 6 there are lines in which the
considered effect carrier is a combination of
two or even three carriers from the same
line.
The principle schemes of the obtained
solving variants are illustrated in Fig. 2.9.
Analogous, by making all the possible
compositions, there can be obtained all the

Schemele de principiu ale variantelor de

rezolvare astfel obinute, sunt ilustrate n
fig. 2.9. n mod analog, prin efectuarea
tuturor compunerilor posibile, pot fi obinute

46

Subfuncia
Subfunction

Nr. 1

Nr. 2

Nr. 3

Nr. 4

Nr. 5

Nr. 6

1
2
3
4

1.3
2.3
3.3
4.4

1.3
2.3+2.6
3.3+3.6
4.6

1.3
2.3
3.3+3.4
4.3

1.3
2.3
3.3+3.5
4.4

1.3
2.4+2.6
3.3+3.5+3.6
4.6

1.3
2.5
3.3+3.5
4.6

Schema structural
Structural scheme

Variante de rezolvare generate n fig. 2.8

Solving variants generated in the fig.2.8

Fig. 2.9. Principiile de rezolvare componente i schemele de principiu (schemele structurale) ale
variantelor de rezolvare exemplificate n fig. 2.8 (adaptare dup VDI 2222).
Fig.2.9. The component solving principles and the principle schemes (structural schemes) of the six
solving variants from the Fig.2.8.
toate variantele de rezolvare valide ale
funciei compuse, adic toate soluiile
conceptuale poteniale ale produsului cutat.
Sinteza (generarea) variantelor de rezolvare
este urmat de prestabilirea caracteristicilor
tehnice pentru fiecare variant n parte.

valid solving variants of the compound

function, namely all the potential conceptual
solutions of the searched product. After
generation of the solving variants, their
technical features are pre-established, for
each of them.

n urma eliminrii variantelor, ale cror

caracteristici tehnice nu ndeplinesc cantitativ
cerinele impuse, se obin variantele
conceptuale ale funciei compuse date.
Dintre acestea, se stabilete apoi varianta
conceptual optim, pe baza unor criterii
tehnico-economice
adecvate;
varianta
conceptual, astfel obinut, desemneaz
soluia de principiu, conceptul sau soluia
conceptual a funciei compuse considerate
i, implicit, a produsului cutat.

Ousting the variants that dont fulfill the

imposed requirements quantitatively, the
conceptual variants of the given compound
function are obtained. Then, among these
structures, the optimal conceptual variant,
under the conditions of some given technical
and economical restrictions is established; the
conceptual variant, obtained in this way,
designates the principle solution, the concept
or the conceptual solution of the considered
compound function and, implicitly, of the
searched product.

Observaie: n cazul exemplului din

fig. 2.5,a, soluia conceptual a cricului
coincide cu structura de rezolvare nr. 6,
obinut n urma compunerii: 1.3 + 2.5 +
(3.3 + 3.5) + 4.5 (v. fig. 2.8 i 2.9)

Observation: In the case of the example from

Fig. 2.5,a, the conceptual solution of the lifting
jack coincides to the solving structure no. 6,
which is a result of the composition: 1.3 + 2.5 +
(3.3 + 3.5) + 4.5 (see Fig. 2.8 and 2.9)

47

2.4*. Definiii i semnificaii ale noiunilor

utilizate:

2.4*. Definitions and meanings of the

used notions:

1. Soluia de principiu sau soluiaconcept a unei funcii poate fi derivat, din

soluia
constructiv
a
subfunciei
considerate, prin simplificare i reducere la
aspectele de principiu. Aa de exemplu,
reprezentrile de principiu din schemele a,
ale fig. 2.2-2.5, constituie soluii de principiu
pentru funciile globale ale produselor
analizate: rni de cafea (fig. 2.2), main
electric de splat rufe (fig. 2.3), main
electric de stors rufe (fig. 2.4) i, respectiv,
cric de autoturism (fig. 2.5).

1. The principle solution or the concept

solution of a function: it can be derived
from the constructive solution of the
considered (sub)function, by simplification
and reduction to the principle aspects. As
an example, the principle representations
from schemes a of Fig.2.2-2.5, represent
the principle solutions for the overall
functions of the analyzed products: the
coffee mill (Fig. 2.2), the electric washing
machine (Fig. 2.3), the electric wring
machine (Fig. 2.4) and, respectively, the car
lifting jack (Fig. 2.5).

Proprieti:

Properties:

a) Din aceeai soluie conceptual (sau

soluie de principiu) pot fi derivate, prin
ntrupare, mai multe soluii constructive
distincte; reciproc: pot exista soluii
constructive distincte care sunt ntrupri
ale aceleai soluii conceptuale.

a) By embodiment, more distinct constructive

solutions can be derived from the same
conceptual solution (or principle solution);
reciprocally:
there
can
be
distinct
constructive solutions that are embodiments
of the same conceptual solution.

b) Soluia conceptual a unei funcii

compuse este rezultanta obinut prin
compunerea soluiilor conceptuale ale
subfunciilor sale (n conformitate cu
structura
funciei
compuse).
Soluia
conceptual a unei subfuncii poate fi:
- un principiu de rezolvare aplicat (n
cazul unei funcii simple) sau
- o variant conceptual aplicat (n
cazul unei funcii compuse).

b) The conceptual solution of a compound

function can be obtained by composing the
conceptual solutions of its subfunctions,
according to the compound function
structure. The conceptual solution of a
subfunction can be:
- an applied solving principle (in the case
of a simple function) or
- an applied conceptual variant (in the
case of a compound function).

c) Soluia conceptual a unui produs

constituie:
- rezultatul final al proiectrii conceptuale
i, implicit,
- baza de plecare pentru proiectarea
constructiv.

c) The conceptual solution of a product

represents:
- the final result of conceptual design and,
implicitly,
- the starting point for the embodiment
design.

2. Principiu de rezolvare sau principiu

de lucru al unei funcii: soluie de
principiu potenial (posibil) a funciei
simple, n faza de sintez a unui produs
(nou); n variant simplificat, un principiu
de rezolvare este caracterizat:
- printr-un efect fizic, adic o manifestare
(fizic, chimic etc.) care poate fi
reprodus i descris (cantitativ sau
calitativ) printr-o lege sau printr-un
principiu natural,

2. The solving principle or the working

principle of a simple function: a potential
(possible) principle solution of a simple
function, in the synthesis phase of a (new)
product; in a simplified variant, a solving
principle is characterized through:
- a physical effect, namely a (physical,
chemical etc.) manifestation that can be
reproduced and described (quantitative
or qualitative) through a law or a natural
principle,

48

printr-un sistem purttor de efect (capabil

s reproduc efectul considerat) i
printr-o configurare a elementelor din
componena sistemului purttor de
efect, de tipul schemelor structurale,
cinematice i/sau dinamice.

an effect carrier system (able to

reproduce the considered effect) and
a configuration of the elements from
the effect carrier system structure, like
the structural, kinematical and/or
dynamic schemes.

n literatura de specialitate, cu precdere

german, sunt realizate cataloage n care
sunt sistematizate principalele efecte fizice
utilizate
n
sistemele
mecanice
i
mecatronice; sunt realizate, de asemenea,
cataloage n care sunt sistematizate
principalele principii de rezolvare ale unor
funcii cu larg utilizare tehnic.

In the technical literature, especially in the

German one, there are made catalogs in
which are systematized the main physical
effects that are used in the mechanical and
mechatronic systems; there are also,
presented
catalogs
in
which
are
systematized the main solving principles of
some functions of large technical use.

Pentru exemplificare, n tab. 2.5 este

prezentat un extras dintr-un catalog de
efecte fizice [9], iar n tab. 2.6 este ilustrat
un extras dintr-un catalog [20], n care sunt
sistematizate principiile de rezolvare ale
funciei
privind:
modificarea
micrii
continue de rotaie, printr-un raport de
transmitere constant.

As an example, an extract from a catalog of

physical effects [9] is presented in Tab. 2.5,
while in Tab. 2.6 it is illustrated an extract
from a catalog [20], in which are
systematized the solving principles of a
function regarding: the change of the
continuous rotary motion under a constant
transmission ratio.

3. Variant de rezolvare (sau de lucru) a

unei funcii compuse: soluie conceptual
potenial (posibil) a funciei compuse,
generat (n faza de sintez a unui produs
nou) prin compunerea principiilor de
rezolvare din oricare combinaie de principii
compatibile. Ca urmare, orice variant de
rezolvare ndeplinete cel puin calitativ
cerinele impuse.

3. Solving variant (or working variant) of a

compound function: a potential (possible)
conceptual solution of a compound function
that is generated, in the synthesis phase of
a (new) product, by the composition of
some solving principles, from any
combination of compatible principles. So,
any solving variant fulfills the imposed
requirements qualitatively

4. Variant conceptual a unei funcii

compuse: variant de rezolvare, a unei
funcii compuse, ale crei caracteristici
tehnice ndeplinesc i cantitativ cerinele
impuse (obiectivele principale din SDP).

4. Conceptual variant of a compound

function: a solving variant, of the compound
function, whose technical features fulfill the
imposed requirements (the main objectives
from PDS) quantitatively too.
Properties:

Proprieti:

a) The conceptual variant (specific for a

compound
function)
represents
the
hierarchically superior notion to the solving
principle (the characteristic of a simple
function). Both notions are potential
conceptual solutions and interfere in the
(new) products synthesis; in the synthesis
process, the applied conceptual variants
and, implicitly, the applied solving principles
designate the (proper) conceptual solutions
of the fulfilled functions.

a) Varianta conceptual (specific unei

funcii compuse) reprezint noiunea
ierarhic superioar principiului de rezolvare
(caracteristic unei funcii simple). Ambele
noiuni sunt soluii conceptuale poteniale i
intervin n sinteza produselor (noi);
variantele conceptuale i implicit principiile
de rezolvare aplicate, n procesul de
sintez, desemneaz soluiile conceptuale
(propriu-zise) ale funciilor pe care le
ndeplinesc.

49

Tab. 2.5. Exemple de efecte (principii) fizice utilizate n generarea principiilor de rezolvare
(prelucrare dup [9]).
Table 2.5. Examples of the phisical effects what are used for the generation of the solving principles
(processed from [9]).
Efectul fizic (principiul fizic)

Physical effect (physical principle)

Schema de principiu
Principle scheme

r2

r1

Schema de principiu
Principle scheme
F2
a1

r
F2 = 1 F1
r2

F2

F1

Denumire i ecuaie
,ame and equation
Efectul de prghie
Lever effect

F1
a2

Efectul de prghie
Lever effect

A1

A2

M = F r

F2
F1

Efectul Coulomb
Coulomb effect

Fn
v

F1

F = Fn
- coeficient de frecare /

l = E A

Dl

F2
N

S
l

F1

Q1

F = c l

v
R

F
m

Efectul Coriolis
Coriolis effect

Fc = 2 m vr
I

A
l

l2

x1
x2

Efectul Magnus
Magnus effect
F = 2 R 2 l v

Efectul centrifugal
Centrifugal effect

F = m r 2
an = r 2
Legea Biot-Savart
Biot-Savarts law

F = B l I

Efectul electromagnetic
Electromagnetic effect

,2 A

I
F
l

ac = 2 vr

F=

F2 = F1

A1
F1
A2

Q2

Efectul magnetic
Magnetic effect

1
F=
1 2 2
4 0 r
l

F = ma

vr

F2 =

Efectul electrostatic
Electrostatic effect
Q Q
1
F=
12 2
4 0 r
l

Efectul inerial
Inertial effect

F2

Efectul de presiune
Pressure effect

Efectul de pan
Wedge effect

x1

x1

frictional coefficient
Efectul de elasticitate
Elasticity effect

A c

Denumire i ecuaie
,ame and equation
Efectul de genunchi
Knee effect
F1
F2 =
tan 1 + tan 2

I2

, - nr. de spire / the number

of the turns

50

Efectul induciei
electromagnetice
Electromagnetic
induction effect

U = B l v

AE /
CAHG

Randament
global /
Global efficiency
[%]
Viteza perifeic /
Peripheral speed
[ms-1]
Turaie /
Rotary speed
[min-1]

Putere /
Power [Kw]

> 1,2 10

Raport de
transmitere /
Speed ratio

Moment /
Torque [Nm]

Denumire /
Denomination

Exemple /
Examples

Poziia axelor /
The axes are
Paralele/
Parallel

AM /
WG

<105

Paralele /
Parallel
Coaxiale /
Coaxial
Paralele /
Parallel
Paralele sau
ncruciate /
Parallel or
crossed

Perpendicular pe suprafa /
Perpendicular on the surface

ACH /
BHG

Concurente
/
Concurrent

Coulomb

Hooke

Mijlocit / Mediately

AC /
PAG

ncruciate /
Crossed

Perpendicular pe suprafa /
Perpendicular on the surface
Tangenial la
suprafa / Tangential
at the surface

8emijlocit / Directly

Hooke

Concurente/
ncruciate
Concurrent
or crossed

Efectul fizic /
Physical effect

Fora se transmite /
Force is transmited
Direcia forei /
Force direction

Tab.2.6. Principii de rezolvare pentru modificarea micrii continue de rotaie, printr-un raport de
transmitere constant (extras i prelucrare din VDI 2222/1997).
Table 2.6 Solving principles regarding the modification of the continuous rotary motion under a
constant transmission ratio (processing after VDI 2222).

20 i

<90
(50000)
<3000
(18500)

9996

<100
(200)

<7000
(100000)

1 i 6

<450
(4000)

9692

<15
(125)

<10000

10 i 120

<500
(1000)

8045

<25 (70)

<40000

1 i 5

<70 (70)

9250

<20 (50)

<25000

<250 (250)

9895

<20 (25)

<70000
(500000)

9830

<15
(100)

<10000

<15 (25)

<500

9995

<25 (40)

<6000
(10000)

<80

<10000

20

10 i 1
MRF /
FG
1 i 10

<105

32 i 32

0115000
(80000)

>7
104

5 i 85

0,1315

TLR /
RCG

1
i6
6

<220
(4000)

TLD /
TCG

1
i6
6

0,1220
(2200)

TCD /
TBG

1
i 12
12

0,2500

0,99

<1

<20000
(50000)

TLB /
BCG

1
i 10
10

<0,05

<90

<30 (60)

<100

UP /
PG

i
9886

AC / PAG = Angrenaj cilindric / Parallel axis gears; ACH / BHG = Angrenaj conic sau hipoid / Bevel gears or
hypoid gears; AM / WG = Angrenaj melcat / Worm and worm gear; AE / CAHG = Angrenaj elicoidal / Crossed
axis helical gears; MRF / FG = Mecanism cu roi de friciune / Friction gears; UP / PG = Unitate planetar /
Planetary gearset; TLR / RCG = Transmisie cu lan cu role / Roller chain gearing; TLD / TCG = Transmisie cu
lan dinat / Toothed chain gearing; TCD / TBG = Transmisie cu curea dinat / Toothed belt gearing;
TLB / BCG = Transmisie cu lan cu bile / Ball chain gearing.

51

b) n sinteza unui produs (nou), fiecare

subfuncie component poate fi ndeplinit de
mai multe principii de rezolvare sau variante
conceptuale; prin compunerea combinatorie a
acestora se obin mai multe variante de
rezolvare ale funciei globale. Prin eliminarea
variantelor ale cror caracteristici tehnice nu
ndeplinesc i cantitativ cerinele impuse, se
obin variante conceptuale ale funciei
globale. Pe baza unor criterii tehnice i
economice adecvate, dintre variantele
conceptuale obinute se deceleaz varianta
optim; aceasta desemneaz soluia conceptual (propriu-zis) a produsului cutat.

b) In the synthesis of a (new) product, each

component subfunction can be fulfilled by
more solving principles or conceptual
variants; more solving variants of the overall
function are obtained by a combinative
composition of them. Ousting the variants
that dont fulfills the imposed requirements
quantitatively, there are obtained the
conceptual variants of the overall function;
the optimal structure, chosen among the
obtained solving structures by mean of
some specific technical and economical
criteria, designates the (proper) conceptual
solution of the searched product.

c) Obiectivele, formulate pe baza nevoilor,

dorinelor, restriciilor i condiiilor sintetizate
n SDP sau lista de cerine, se mpart n
obiective principale, sau prescurtat cerine,
i obiective secundare.

c) The objectives, formulated on the basis

of the needs, wishes, constraints and
conditions synthesized in the PDS or the
requirements list, can be divided into main
objectives, or abridged requirements, and
secondary objectives.
The requirements are used in the
establishment of the conceptual variants
among the solving variants; the secondary
objectives allow the formulation of the
technical, safety and economical criteria,
which are used in the detection of the
conceptual solution (or concept) among the
conceptual variants.

Obiective principale sunt utilizate pentru

decelarea variantelor conceptuale, dintre
variantele de rezolvare; obiective secundare
intervin n formularea criteriilor tehnice,
economice i de siguran, pe baza crora
este decelat soluia conceptual (sau
conceptul) dintre variantele conceptuale.
d) O asamblare intuitiv i unitar a
noiunilor introduse este propus n fig. 4.16
(din cap. 4). De asemenea, n anexa A.1
sunt sistematizate definiiile principalelor
noiuni de baz utilizate.

d) An intuitive and unitary assemblage of

the included notions is proposed in Fig. 4.16
(from the chapter 4). Also, in the Annex A.1
there are systematized the definitions of the
used basic notions.

TEMA DE CAS 2.4: Considernd funcia

compus stabilit la tema de cas 2.3, se
cere s se efectueze sinteza conceptual a
acestei funcii, n premisa c produsul este
necunoscut. Conform listei de cerine, motoreductorul trebuie s asigure transmiterea
ireversibil a energiei, iar reductorul trebuie
s realizeze un raport de transmitere
constant i = 50, cu un randament minim de
70%.

HOMEWORK
2.4:
Considering
the
compound function that was established in
homework 2.3, it is required to perform the
conceptual design of this function, under the
premises that the product is unknown.
According to the requirements list, the
motor speed reducer must ensure the
irreversible transmission of energy, while
the speed reducer must accomplish a
constant transmission ratio i = 50, with a
minimum efficiency of 70%.

52

3. MODELAREA PROCESULUI
DE DESIGN AL PRODUSELOR
TEHNICE

3. MODELING OF THE
TECHNICAL PRODUCTS'
DESIGN PROCESS

n acest capitol sunt prezentate succint

principalele modele propuse n literatura de
specialitate pentru algoritmizarea ciclului de
via i a procesului de design (proiectare),
n cazul unui produs tehnic. Pe baza
modelelor prezentate, sunt dezvoltate apoi
variante noi, integratoare, ntr-o exprimare
grafic simplificat.

The main models that are proposed in

literature for establishing an algorithm for a
technical product life cycle and design
process are succinctly presented in this
chapter. On the basis of the presented
models, there are then developed new and
integrated variants, in a simplified graphical
form.

3.1. MODELAREA CICLULUI DE

VIA AL UNUI PRODUS TEHNIC

3.1 MODELING OF A TECHNICAL

PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE

n fig. 3.1 este detaliat, sub form de

algoritm, modelul ciclului de via al unui
produs tehnic, n concepia colii germane
[16, 20]. Alturat, n fig. 3.2, este ilustrat o
variant simplificat a aceluiai model [20],
pe care sunt precizate normele VDI
primare, al cror obiect se refer la etapele
surprinse sub lup.

The model of a technical product life cycle,

in the German school vision [16, 20], is
detailed, as an algorithm, in Fig. 3.1. Next,
in Fig. 3.2, it is illustrated a simplified variant
of the same model [20], on which there are
specified the primary VDI norms, their
object referring to the steps that are under a
magnifier.

n conformitate cu fig. 3.1 i 3.2, n algoritmul

ciclului de via al unui produs tehnic pot fi
identificate ase etape principale:
1. Formularea i planificarea temei;
2. Proiectarea i dezvoltarea produsului;
3. Fabricare i testare;
4. Vnzare i instalare;
5. Exploatare i ntreinere;
6. Reciclare, reutilizare i nlturare.

According to Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2, six main

steps can be identified in the algorithm of a
technical product life cycle:
1. Task statement and planning;
2. Product design and development;
3. Production and testing;
4. Sale and installation;
5. Use and maintenance;
6. Recycling, reuse and disposal.

n condiiile designului modern, asistat de

calculator, informaiile pot fi stocate i
procesate ntr-o baz comun de date,
denumit n continuare baz de informaii;
n acest context, din modelul ilustrat n
fig. 3.1 poate fi derivat o nou variant de
modelare, al crei algoritm este prezentat n
fig. 3.3.
Acesta
se
distinge
prin
particularitile urmtoare (fig. 3.3):

Under the modern computer aided design

conditions, the information can be stored
and processed in a joint data basis, which is
further called information basis; in this
context, a new modeling variant, with the
algorithm from Fig. 3.3, can be derived from
the model illustrated in Fig. 3.1. The new
algorithm has the following features
(Fig. 3.3):

a) cele ase activiti, care modeleaz

etapele, sunt ncadrate n contururi
poligonale (de tip patrulater), dispuse
ntr-un flux circular, orientat (n sens orar);

a) the six activities that model the algorithm

steps are bordered in polygonal contours
(of quadrilater type), being disposed in a
circular clockwise oriented flow;

b) rezultatele activitilor sunt ilustrate prin

cercuri, dispuse intercalat n fluxul circular al
etapelor; ca urmare, n fluxul circular
orientat, cercurile, adiacente unui contur
poligonal, desemneaz entitile de intrare i

b) the activities results are illustrated

through circles that are interposed in the
circular flow of activities; therefore, in the
oriented circular flow, the circles, which are
adjacent to a polygonal contour, designate

53

input and, respectively, output entities of the

activity nominated by the quadrilater contour;

respectiv de ieire ale activitii desemnate de

conturul patrulater;
Potenial /
scopuri firm

Market / Need /
Problem

Product planning /
Task setting

Producie / Asamblare / Testare

Marketing / Consultan / Vnzri

Product life cycle management

Proiectare / Dezvoltare

Cerine. Obiective

Managementul ciclului de via al produsului

Planificare /
formulare tem

Utilizare / Consumare /
ntreinere

Recuperare
energie

Potential / Goals of
company

Design / Development

Production / Assembly / Test

Marketing / Consulting / Sales

Use / Consumption /
Maintenance

Energy
recovery

Refolosire

nlturare/ Mediu

Requirements

Pia / Cerine /
Problem

Recycling

Disposal / Environment

Fig. 3.1. Ciclul de via al unui produs n

concepia german [16, 20].

Fig. 3.1. The German school variant of

the product life cycle [16, 20].

procesarea i livrarea informaiilor

necesare n desfurarea fiecrei etape;

nregistrarea i procesarea informaiilor

rezultate din fiecare activitate;

conexiunea invers dintre etape;

procesarea informaiilor acumulate n

timp i reluarea ciclului, atunci cnd
evoluia situaiei o impune;

c) the information basis, which is in the

central position of the algorithm, ensures:
- information storing and processing
offered by the external sources (market,
science,
technology,
legislation,
companies, banks etc.) and internal
sources (the own company);
- processing and delivering the necessary
information for each step;
- recording and processing of the information that outcomes from each activity;
- the inverse connection between steps;
- processing of information that is stored
in time and release of cycle resumption,
when the situation evolution imposes it;

d) intrrile algoritmului sunt desemnate prin:

- impulsul creativ, care demareaz
procesul de creaie al produsului, i prin
- resursele financiare, umane, materiale
i energetice, necesare n desfurarea
fiecrei etape;

d) the algorithm inputs are designated through:

- the creative impulse that starts the
product creation process and through
- the financial, human, material and
energetic resources that are needed in
each step;

c) baza de informaii, care ocup poziia

central a algoritmului, asigur:
- stocarea i procesarea informaiilor oferite
de sursele externe (pia, tiin,
tehnologie, legislaie, societi comerciale
i bancare etc.) i interne (firma proprie);

54

Cerine pia

Potenial firm

Market demands

Companys potential

Task formulation

Formulare tem
VDI 2221

VDI 2221

Proiectare /
Dezvoltare

Design /
Development

Fabricare, testare

Manufacturing, testing
VDI 2220

VDI 2220

Desfacere

Sale
VDI 2222

VDI 2222

Utilizare

Utilization
VDI 2223

VDI 2223

Reciclare

Recycling

Alte utilizri

Another utilization

nlturare

Disposal

Fig. 3.2. Norme VDI primare dedicate etapelor

dispuse sub lup (prelucrare dup VDI 2222).

Fig. 3.2. Primary VDI norms dedicated to the

steps that are under magnifier (processing
after VDI 2222).

pentru a evita ncrcarea excesiv a

modelului, n fig. 3.3 nu au mai fost figurate
intrrile de tip resurse;

in order to avoid the excessive loading of

the model, in Fig. 3.3 there are not
illustrated the inputs of resources;

e) ieirile algoritmului sunt desemnate prin:

- efectele
informaionale,
energetice
i/sau materiale generate de produsul
creat pentru satisfacerea nevoii sociale;
- prile de produs destinate reciclrii i
reutilizrii;
- prile de produs destinate nlturrii;
- deeurile energetice i materiale
aprute n desfurarea fiecrei etape;
pentru a evita ncrcarea excesiv a
modelului din fig. 3.3, ieirile de tip deeuri
nu au mai fost figurate.

e) the algorithm outputs are designated through:

- the informational, energetic and/or
material effects, generated by the product
that was built to achieve the social need;
- the product parts which are meant for
recycling and reuse;
- the product parts which are meant for disposal;
- energetic and material waste from
each step;
the output of waste type are not illustrated
in Fig. 3.3 in order to avoid an excessive
model loading.

n conformitate cu modelul din fig. 3.3,

dezvoltarea n timp a produsului este
asigurat prin baza de informaii, care
declaneaz reluarea ciclului, atunci cnd
contextul informaional o cere.

According to the model from Fig. 3.3, the

product in-time development is ensured
through the information basis, which
releases the cycle resumption when the
informational context requires it.

55

2.
Nevoia
social

PROIECTAREA
PRODUSULUI

Docum.
produsului

1.

3.

Identificarea
nevoii sociale

Pri
nlturate

Fabricarea
produsului

Pri
reutilizate/
reciclate

BAZ DE
I FORMAII

Produs
finit

4.
Reciclare,
reutilizare i
nlturare

Vnzare i
instalare
Produs
uzat

5.
Exploatare i
ntreinere

Produs
instalat

Fig. 3.3. Ciclul de via al unui produs tehnic ntr-o nou variant de modelare.
2.
Social
need

PRODUCT
DESIGN

Product
document

1.

3.

Social need
identification

Disposal
parts

Product
manufacture

Recycling
parts

I FORMATIO
BASIS

Finished
product

6.

4.

Recycling
and disposal

Sell and
installation
Wornout
product

5.
Use and
maintenance

Installed
product

Fig. 3.3. The technical product life cycle in a new modeling variant.

56

n conformitate cu titlul prezentului capitol,

etapa secund din fig. 3.3, intitulat
proiectarea produsului, s-a reprezentat
umbrit (mpreun cu entitile de intrare i
ieire ale acesteia); n continuare, n
subcap. 3.2, se trece la detalierea, sub
form de algoritm, a acestei etape, ntlnit
uzual sub denumirea de design de produs.

According to this chapter title, the second

step from Fig. 3.3, entitled the product
design,
was
represented
shadowed
(together with its input and output entities);
this step, which is usually met as product
design, is further detailed as a distinct
algorithm in subchapter 3.2.

3.2. MODELAREA PROIECTRII UNUI

PRODUS TEHNIC

3.2 MODELING OF THE TECHNICAL

PRODUCT DESIGN

n acest subcapitol sunt enumerate, mai

nti, cele mai reprezentative caracteristici
ale temei de proiectare, n consens cu
viziunea colii germane [16]; sunt
prezentate
apoi
succint
cele
mai
reprezentative modele, propuse n literatura
de limb german i englez [1, 9, 16, 17,
20], pentru algoritmizarea procesului de
design (proiectare) al unui produs tehnic.
Pe baza acestor modele, este derivat, n
final, o nou variant de algoritmizare de
tipul celei din fig. 3.3.

The most representative characteristics of

the design task, according to the German
School vision [16], are enumerated in this
subchapter; then, there are succinctly
presented the most representative models
that are proposed in the German and
English literature [1, 9, 16, 17, 20], for
establishing an algorithm for a technical
product design process. Finally, a new
variant of algorithm, like the one from
Fig. 3.3, is derived from these models.

3.2.1. Caracteristici de baz ale temei

de proiectare

3.2.1 Basic characteristics of the

design task

Pentru a sugera intuitiv diversitatea

cazurilor de aplicare a designului de produs,
n continuare sunt prezentate succint
principalele caracteristici ale temei de
proiectare, n consens cu sistematizarea
propus de Pahl i Beitz [16]:

In order to suggest intuitively the diversity of

cases for the product design application, the
main characteristics of the design task,
according to the systematization proposed
by Pahl and Beitz [16], are further
presented succinctly:

a)
-

a)
-

Originea temei, a crei surs poate fi:

planificarea produsului;
cererea unui client;
o tem de proiectare ierarhic superioar
(n care tema considerat este inclus);
fabricarea i/sau testarea produsului.

The task origin, whose source can be:

Product planning;
A client demand;
A hierarchically superior design task (in
which the considered task is enclosed);
Product manufacture and/or testing.

b) Task newness, designated by the type

of design; in German vision, three types
of design are highlighted:
- The original design (when the product
overall function contains elements of
novelty);
- The adaptive design (when it is known
the overall function, but a part of the
principle solution effects' carriers are
reconfigured);
- The variant design (when it is known
the principle solution: in the effect plane
and also in the configuration plane).

b) Noutatea temei, desemnat prin tipul

de proiectare; n concepia german se
disting trei tipuri de proiectare:
- proiectare original (dac funcia
global a produsului conine elemente
de noutate);
- proiectare adaptiv (dac funcia
global este cunoscut, dar o parte
dintre purttorii de efecte ai soluiei de
principiu sunt reconfigurai);
- proiectare variant (dac soluia de
principiu este cunoscut att n planul
efectelor, ct i n planul configuraiei).

57

c) Producia produsului, care poate fi de

tip: unicat, serie mic, serie mare sau
producie de mas.

c) Product production that can be of

different type: unique, small series, large
series or mass production.

d) Ramura tehnic a produsului, care

poate s aparin:
- ingineriei mecanice;
- ingineriei electro-mecanice;
- ingineriei chimice;
- ingineriei transporturilor;
- ingineriei de precizie;
- informaticii etc.

d) The product technical branch, which

can belong to:
- Mechanical engineering;
- Electro-mechanical engineering;
- Chemical engineering;
- Transports engineering;
- Precision engineering;
- Computer science, etc.

e) Complexitatea produsului, care poate fi

de tip:
- uzin,
- maini, instrumente i accesorii;
- ansamble i pri;
- tipizate etc.

e) The product complexity, which can be

of type:
- Factory,
- Machines, instruments and accessories;
- Assemblies and parts;
- Standard types etc.

f)
-

f)
-

Obiectivele temei, care pot aparine:

optimizrii funciei;
minimizrii costurilor;
creterii performanelor;
mbuntirii aspectului estetic;
respectrii unor criterii ergonomice,
ecologice etc.

The task objectives, which can belong to:

The function optimization;
The costs minimization;
The increase of performances;
The improvement of aesthetic aspect;
The keep of ergonomic, ecological
criteria etc.

Caracteristicile precedente evideniaz clar

diversitatea tematic enorm care poate s
intervin n proiectarea produselor.

The previous characteristics highlight

clearly the enormous thematic diversity that
can interfere into products design.

Pe baza numitorului comun al acestei

diversiti, n continuare se prezint succint
principalele modele, propuse n literatur,
pentru algoritmizarea procesului de proiectare
a produselor tehnice.

The main models that are proposed in

literature for establishing an algorithm for the
technical products design process are further
presented succinctly on the basis of this
diversity common denominator.

3.2.2. Modelul lui Archer

3.2.2. The Archers Model

Modelul propus de Archer [1] se bazeaz pe

un algoritm de tipul celui ilustrat n fig. 3.4,a.

The model proposed by Archer [1] is based

on an algorithm like the one from Fig. 3.4,a

Conform acestui algoritm, procesul de

proiectare are trei entiti de intrare i o
entitate de ieire; entitile de intrare sunt
descrise prin:
- rezumatul cerinelor,
- instruirea echipei de proiectare i
- experiena acumulat n domeniu,
iar entitatea de ieire este reprezentat de:
soluiile produsului.

According to this algorithm, the design

process has three input entities and one
output entity; the input entities are
described through:
- the abstract of requirements,
- the design team training level and
- the experience accumulated in the domain,
while the output entity is represented by the
product solutions.

n concepia lui Archer, algoritmul de

proiectare este compus din ase etape
(fig. 3.4,a):

In Archers modeling, the design algorithm

consists of six steps (Fig. 3.4,a):

58

Pregtire

Cerine

Programare

Experien

Faza de
analiz

Colectare
informaii

Colectare
informaii

Observaii
Msurri
Raionamente
inductive

Analiz

Analiz
Faza de
creaie

Sintez

Dezvoltare

Sintez

Evaluare
Judecat
Raionamente
deductive
Decizie

Dezvoltare
Faza
executiv

Comunicare

Soluii

Programare

Comunicare

Descriere
Traducere
Transmitere

Fig. 3.4. Modelarea procesului de design al unui produs tehnic dup Archer [1].

Preparation

Requirements

Programming

Experience

Analysis
phase

Information
collecting

Information
collecting

Observations
Measurements
Inductive
reasoning

Analysis

Analysis
Creative
phase

Synthesis

Development

Solutions

Programming

Synthesis

Evaluation
Judgement
Deductive
reasoning
Decision

Development
Executive
phase

Communication

Communication

Fig. 3.4. Modeling of a technical product design process after Archer [1].

59

Description
Translation
Transmission

1. Programarea, prin care se stabilesc

punctele eseniale i modul de aciune.

1. Programming, through which the essential

points and the way of action are established,

2. Colectarea de date, care include

colectarea,clasificarea i stocarea de informaii.

2. Data collecting, which includes data collection, classification and storing,

3. Analiza, care cuprinde identificarea

subproblemelor, pregtirea SDP (listei de
cerine), revizuirea i estimarea programului
propus pentru algoritmizarea procesului de
proiectare a produselor tehnice.

3. Analysis, which consists of subproblems identification, preparation of the

PDS (the requirements list) and the
proposed program revision and estimation.

4. Sinteza, prin care se stabilesc schematic

soluiile de proiectare.

4. Synthesis, through which there are

schematically established the design solutions,

5. Dezvoltarea, care cuprinde elaborarea i

validarea proiectului prototip, i

5. Development, which contains the prototype project elaboration and validation, and

6. Comunicarea, care include ca principal

activitate: pregtirea documentaiei de fabricaie.

6. Communication, which includes as the

main
activity:
preparation
of
the
manufacturing documentation.
The inverse connections between steps
2I5
allow
the
product
iterative
optimization when in one of the steps a
weak point is identified.
According to Fig. 3.4,b, after Archer, the
design process is divided into three phases:
- The analysis phase that includes the
first two steps and contains activities of
observation,
measurement
and
elaboration of inductive inferences;
- The creative phase that includes steps 3, 4
and 5 and contains activities of evaluation,
judgment,
elaboration
of
deductive
inferences and elaboration of decisions;
- The executive phase that refers to the
final step and contains activities of
description, translation, transmission etc.

Conexiunile inverse, dintre etapele 2I5,

permit optimizarea iterativ a produsului,
atunci cnd n una dintre aceste etape este
identificat un punct slab.
n conformitate cu fig. 3.4,b, dup Archer
procesul de proiectare se divide n trei faze:
- faza de analiz, care include primele
dou etape i cuprinde activiti de
observare, msurare i elaborare de
raionamente inductive;
- faza creativ, care include etapele 3, 4
i 5 i conine activiti de evaluare,
judecat, elaborare de raionamente
deductive i decizii;

faza executiv, care se refer la etapa

final i cuprinde activiti de descriere,
traducere, transmitere etc.

3.2.3. Modelul lui French

3.2.3. The Frenchs Model

Modelul propus de French [1] are la baz

algoritmul din fig. 3.5. Conform acestui
algoritm, procesul de proiectare conine 4
etape
sau
activiti
reprezentative,
ilustrate prin dreptunghiuri; entitile de
intrare i de ieire ale acestor activiti sunt
ilustrate prin cercuri.

The model proposed by French [1] is based

on the algorithm from Fig. 3.5. According to
this algorithm, the design process consists
of 4 steps or representative activities,
which are illustrated by rectangles; the input
and output entities of these activities are
illustrated through circles.

Prima etap (activitate), denumit Analiza

problemei, pornete de la un anumit set de
cerine (entitate de intrare) i are ca rezultat
formularea problemei (entitate de ieire).

The first step (activity), called the problem

analysis, starts from a certain Need (input
entity) and has as a result (output entity) the
Statement of problem.

Etapa
secund,
intitulat
proiectare
conceptual, utilizeaz ca entitate de intrare
formularea problemei i are ca rezultat
(entitate de ieire): schema sau schemele
selectate ale produsului.

The second step, entitled the conceptual

design, uses as an input entity the Statement
of problem and has as a result (output entity):
the scheme or the product selected schemes.

60

Cerine

Need

Analiza
problemei

Analysis of
problem

Formulare
problem

Statement
of problem

Proiectare
conceptual

Conceptual
design

Scheme
selectate

Selected
schemes

Proiectare
constructiv

Embodiment
of schemes

Detaliere

Detailing

Prelucrare,
desenare
etc.

Working,
drawings
etc.

Fig. 3.5. Modelul procesului de design

dup French [10].

Fig.3.5. Frenchs model of the design

process [10].

Ultimele dou etape, denumite ntruparea

schemei (proiectare constructiv) i
detaliere, pornesc de la schema selectat i
au ca rezultat: calcule, desene etc.

The last two steps, called the scheme

embodiment (embodiment design) and
detailing, start from the Selected scheme and
ends through Calculations, Drawings etc.

Aadar, n concepia lui French, procesul de

proiectare pornete de la un anumit set de
cerine i se finalizeaz prin desenele,
calculele etc. care descriu n mod
determinat produsul.

Thus, in Frenchs modeling, the design

process starts from a certain Need and
ends through Drawings, Calculations etc.
that describe the product in a determined
way.

61

Conform fig. 3.5, French introduce

conexiuni inverse ntre primele trei etape;
prin acestea se asigur optimizarea iterativ
a produsului, atunci cnd n etapa ter sau
secund sunt identificate puncte slabe, care
reclam anumite corecii ale etapelor
precedente.

According to Fig. 3.5, French introduces

inverse connections between the first three
steps; through these it is ensured the
product iterative optimization when in the
third or second step there are identified
weak points that require some corrections
of the previous steps.

3.2.4. Modelul lui Pugh

3.2.4 The Pughs Model

Modelul propus de Pugh [17], pentru

procesul de design, se bazeaz pe
algoritmul ilustrat n fig. 3.6.

The model proposed by Pugh [17], for the

design process is based on the algorithm
from Fig. 3.6.

n concepia lui Pugh, conform fig. 3.6,

procesul de design pornete de la nevoia
identificat pe baza informaiilor rezultate din
studiul de pia i se ncheie cu lansarea
produsului pe pia: vnzare; ntre acestea,
Pugh introduce 4 etape intermediare:

In Pughs model (Fig. 3.6), the design

process starts from the need that is
identified based on the information which
outcomes from the market analysis and
ends with product selling; among them,
Pugh introduces 4 intermediate steps:

1. Formularea SDP (listei de cerine); n

aceast etap, pe baza prelucrrii
informaiilor rezultate din studiul de pia,
precum i a celor obinute din alte surse,
sunt formulate i ordonate cerinele
produsului; acestea sunt simbolizate n fig.
3.6 prin sgeile radiale a, b, c, d,I, care
nsoesc att etapa 1, ct i etapele
ulterioare (2, 3 i 4).

1. Formulation of the PDS (the requirements

list); in this step, the product requirements are
formulated and arranged on the basis of
processing the information obtained from the
market study and from other sources; in Fig.
3.6, the requirements are symbolized through
radial arrows a, b, c,I, which interfere in step
1 and in the subsequent steps, too (2, 3 and
4).

2. Designul conceptual; n aceast etap

sunt generate soluiile schematice ale
produsului, n conformitate cu lista de
cerine, i se stabilete soluia final, prin
evaluarea soluiilor generate.

2. Conceptual design; in this step there are

generated the product schematic solutions,
according to the requirements list, and it is
established the final solution, by evaluating
the generated solutions.

3. Designul de detaliu, prin care Pugh

nelege de fapt designul tehnic propriu-zis,
are ca obiective: elaborarea proiectului
constructiv al produsului, n conformitate cu
lista de cerine, i a documentelor necesare
n fabricaie.

3. Detailing design, through which Pugh

understands in fact the properly technical
design, has as objectives: elaboration of the
product embodiment project, according to
the requirements list and of the documents
necessary in manufacture.

4. Fabricarea produsului; aceast etap

cuprinde, mai nti, fabricarea, verificarea i
asamblarea prilor i apoi testarea
produsului.

4. Product manufacture; this step contains,

in the first stage, parts manufacture, control
and assembling and, then, product testing.

n fig. 3.6, prin sgeile axiale ngroate s-a

marcat fluxul principal de parcurgere al
algoritmului, iar prin sgeile longitudinale
dublu-sens, reprezentate cu linie subire,
s-au marcat conexiunile iterative dintre
etape, care intervin atunci cnd n una
dintre etape se identific un punct slab.

In Fig. 3.6, through the thick axial arrows it

is marked the main algorithm flow, while
through the longitudinal double arrows,
represented with thin lines, there are
marked the iterative connections between
steps, which interfere when in one step a
weak point is identified.

62

Pia
Cerine

Formulare
list de cerine

Proiectarea
conceptual

Proiectarea
tehnic
(de detaliu)

g
h

e
a

Tehnical
design
b

c
b

Conceptual
design
h

f
e

Specification
c

Market

Elements of
specification

c
Manufacture

Fabricare
f
b
d

f
b

Sell

Vnzare

Fig. 3.6. Pughs model of the design

process [17].

Fig. 3.6. Modelul procesului de design dup

Pugh [17].
3.2.5. Modelul lui Dieter

3.2.5. The Dieters Model

n concepia lui Dieter (SUA) [2], procesul

de design se modeleaz printr-un algoritm,
de tipul celui din fig. 3.7, format din 8 etape:

The design process is modeled by Dieter

(SUA) [2] through an algorithm like the one
from Fig. 3.7, formed of 8 steps:

1. Definirea problemei, care include :

formularea temei, elaborarea SDP (listei de
cerine) i planificarea activitilor;

1. Task definition, which includes: task

formulation,
PDS
(requirements
list)
drawing up and activities planning;

63

Proiectare
constructiv

4. Concept variants eval.

3. Concept generation

8. Detail design

7. Parametric design

6. Configuration design

5. Product architecture

Conceptual
design

8. Detaliere

7. Proiect final

6. Proiect preliminar

2. Gather information

1. Define problem

4. Evaluare variante

3. Generare variante

2. Colectare informaii

1. Definirea problemei
5. Arhitectura produsului

Proiectare conceptual

Embodiment
design

Fig. 3.7. Modelul procesului de design dup

Dieter [2].

Fig. 3.7. Dieters model of the design process

[2].

2. Colectarea informaiei, care folosete ca

surse principale: internetul, literatura de
specialitate, brevetele de invenie etc.

2. Collecting of information, which uses as

main sources: internet, literature, patents
etc.;

3. Generarea soluiilor conceptuale, care

se bazeaz, n principal, pe detalierea
(decompunearea)
funciei,
stabilirea
soluiilor pariale i compunerea acestora cu
ajutorul diagramei (matricei) morfologice.

3. Generation of conceptual solutions, which

is based mainly on the function detailing
(decomposition),
on
partial
solutions
establishing and on their composition by using
the morphological diagram (matrix);

4. Evaluarea
conceptelor
(soluiilor
conceptuale) cu ajutorul matricelor de
decizie i selectarea soluiei optime.

4. Evaluation of concepts (conceptual

solutions) by using the decision matrixes and
the optimal solution(s) selection;

5. Elaborarea arhitecturii produsului, pe

structura conceptului selectat.

5. Elaboration of the product architecture,

on the structure of the selected concept;

6. Elaborarea proiectului preliminar; care

cuprinde, n principal, stabilirea preliminar
a materialelor i dimensionarea prilor.

6. Elaboration of the preliminary project, which

contains mainly the preliminary establishment
of materials and the parts dimensioning;

7. Elaborarea proiectului final, prin care

sunt elaborate desenele de ansamblu, sunt
stabilite toleranele, sunt determinate
dimensiunile finale etc.

7. Elaboration of the final project, through

which the assembly drawings are
elaborated, the tolerances and the final
dimensions are established etc.;

8. Detalierea proiectului final i elaborarea

specificaiilor de fabricaie.

8. Detailing of the final project and elaboration

of the manufacturing specifications.

Conform fig. 3.7, procesul de design este

mprit de Dieter n trei faze:

According to Fig. 3.7, Dieter divided the

design process into three phases:

64

Faza I: Proiectarea conceptual,

cuprinde etapele 1-4;

care

Phase I: The conceptual design, which

contains steps 1- 4;

Faza II: Proiectarea constructiv, compus

din etapele 5,6 i 7 i

Phase II:
The
embodiment
design,
consisting of steps 5, 6 and 7 and

Faza III: Detalierea, care conine ultima etap.

Phase III: Detailing, containing the last step.

3.2.6. Modelul Pahl & Beitz

3.2.6. The model of Pahl and Beitz

Algoritmul cuprinde, conform fig. 3.8, cinci

etape, ilustrate prin dreptunghiuri, i cinci
rezultate, reprezentate prin contururi de tip
hexagonal:

According to Fig. 3.8, the algorithm consists

of five steps, illustrated through rectangles,
and five results, represented through
contours of rhombic type:

1. Clarificarea sarcinii i elaborarea

cerinelor.
Rezultat: Lista de cerine (specificaia).

1. Clarification of the task and elaboration

of requirements;
Result: Requirements list (specification).

2. Elaborarea conceptului, care are ca

principale activiti:
- identificarea problemelor eseniale,
- stabilirea structurilor de funcii,
- cutarea principiilor de rezolvare,
- combinarea principiilor de rezolvare i
consolidarea variantelor conceptuale,
- evaluarea variantelor obinute pe baza
unor criterii tehnice i economice
adecvate.
Rezultat: Conceptul (soluia de principiu).

2. Elaboration of the concept, which has as

main activities:
- identification of the essential problems,
- establishment of the structure of functions,
- search of the solving principles,
- combination of the solving principles and
consolidation of the conceptual variants,
- evaluation of the obtained variants on
the basis of adequate technical and
economical criteria.
Result: The concept (the principle solution).

3. Elaborarea proiectului preliminar, care

cuprinde:
- dezvoltarea de proiecte preliminare i
elaborarea desenelor aferente,
- selectarea celor mai bune proiecte
preliminare,
- rafinarea i evaluarea acestora pe baza
unor criterii tehnice i economice
adecvate.
Rezultat: Proiectul preliminar.

3. Elaboration of the preliminary project

contains:
- development of preliminary projects and
elaboration of the afferent drawings,
- selection of the best preliminary
projects,
- refining and evaluation of the best
preliminary projects on the basis of
adequate technical and economical criteria.
Result: The preliminary project.

4. Elaborarea proiectului definitiv, care are

ca principale activiti:
- optimizarea i finalizarea desenelor,
- verificarea i depistarea erorilor i
verificarea eficienei costurilor,
- pregtirea listei preliminare de repere i a
documentelor de fabricaie.
Rezultat: Proiectul definitiv.

4. Elaboration of the definitive project,

which has as main activities:
- drawings optimization and finalizing,
- errors control and elimination and costs
efficiency control,
- preparation of the preliminary list of
component
parts
and
of
the
manufacture documents.
Result: The definitive project.
5. Elaboration of documentation, which contains:
- details finalizing,
- completion of the detail drawings and of
the manufacture documents,
- control of all documents.
Result: The product documentation.

5. Elaborarea documentaiei, care cuprinde:

- finalizarea detaliilor,
- completarea desenelor de execuie
(detaliu) i a documentelor de fabricaie,
- verificarea tuturor documentelor.
Rezultat: Documentaia de produs.

65

Sarcin

1. Clarificare sarcin
Elaborare list cerine

1. Clarify the task

Specification

List de cerine

Conceptual
design

2. Identify essential problems

Establish function structures
Search for solution principles
Combine and firm up into concept variants
Evaluate against tehnical and economic
criteria

Pr. conceptual

2. Identificarea problemelor eseniale

Stabilirea structurilor de funcii
Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare
Combinarea i alctuirea
variantelor conceptuale
Evaluarea tehnico economic

Embodiment design

Preliminary layout

4. Optimize and finalize designs

Check for errors and cost -effectiveness
Prepare the preliminary parts list and
production documents

Definitive layout

Pr. de detaliu

Proiect definitiv

5. Finalizarea detaliilor
Completarea desenelor de detaliu
i a documentelor de fabricaie
Verificarea documentelor

3. Develop preliminary layouts and

form designs
Select best preliminary layouts
Refine and evaluate against tehnical
and economic criteria

5. Finalize details
Complete detail drawings and
production documents
Check all documents

Documentaie

Documentation

Soluie

Solution

Detail design

4. Optimizarea i finalizarea
desenelor
Verificarea proiectului i a
costurilor
Pregtirea documentelor de
fabricaie

Concept

Upgrade and improve

Proiect preliminar

Information: adapt the specification

3. Dezvoltarea proiectelor
preliminare
Selectarea celor mai bune proiecte
Rafinarea i evaluarea
tehnico economic

Revenire i mbuntire

Concept

Pr. constructiv

Informaii pentru ajustarea listei de cerine

Clarification of
the task

Clarificare
sarcin

Task

Fig. 3.8. The Pahls and Beitzs model of the design

process [16].

Fig. 3.8. Modelul procesului de design dup

Pahl i Beitz [16].

66

Dup Pahl i Beitz, procesul de design

cuprinde patru faze distincte (fig.3.8):

In Pahls and Beitzs opinion, the algorithm

contains four distinct phases (Fig. 3.8):

Faza I: Clarificarea sarcinii, care conine

prima etap;

Phase I: The task clarification, which

contains the first step,

Faza II: Proiectarea conceptual, care

conine etapa secund;

Phase II: The conceptual design, which

contains the second step,

Faza III: Proiectarea constructiv, format

din etapele 3 i 4;

Phase III: The embodiment

consisting of steps 3 and 4,

Faza IV: Proiectarea de detaliu, care

conine etapa final.

Phase IV: Detailing design, which contains

the final step.

Conexiunile inverse dintre etape, necesare n

optimizarea iterativ, sunt evideniate prin
modulul dreptunghiular din dreapta (fig. 3.8),
intitulat Revenire i mbuntire, i prin liniile
orientate care fac legtura dintre acest modul
i etapele algoritmului. Prin linia ntrerupt,
din partea stng (fig. 3.8), este evideniat
circuitul informaiei destinat readaptrii listei
de cerine la diversele modificri care intervin
n etapele din aval.

The inverse connections between steps,

necessary in the iterative optimization, are
highlighted through the rectangular module
from the right (Fig. 3.8), entitled Upgrade
and improve, and through the oriented lines
that link this module to the algorithm steps.
The information circuit (which meant to
readapt the requirements list when the
different
changes
interfere
in
the
downstream steps) is highlighted through
the dashed line from the left side (Fig. 3.8).

Acest model, care are o recunoatere

internaional unanim, a reprezentat una
din principalele surse care au stat la baza
elaborrii modelului german VDI (prezentat
n continuare).

design,

This model, that has a unanimous

international recognition, represented one of
the main sources that underlain the German
model VDI elaboration (further presented).

3.2.7. Modelul german VDI

3.2.7. The German Model VDI

Conform normei VDI-Richtlinien 2221,

Uniunea Inginerilor Germani (Verein
Deutcher Ingenieure) modeleaz procesul
de design, al produselor tehnice, printr-un
algoritm de tipul celui ilustrat n fig. 3.9.

According to VDI-Richtlinien 2221 norms,

the German Engineers Union (Verein
Deutcher Ingenieure) models the design
process of the technical products through
an algorithm like the one from Fig. 3.9.

Acest algoritm reprezint, evident, o

variant rafinat i dezvoltat a algoritmului
din fig. 3.8, propus de Pahl i Beitz.

Obviously, this algorithm represents a fine

and developed variant of the algorithm from
Fig. 3.8 developed by Pahl and Beitz.

n consens cu fig. 3.9, modelul VDI [20]

conine apte etape (activiti), reprezentate
prin dreptunghiuri ordonate numeric, i prin
apte rezultate, ilustrate prin contururi de tip
paralelogram (v. comparativ i fig. 3.8):

According to Fig. 3.9, the VDI model [20]

contains
seven
steps
(activities),
represented through rectangles that are
numerically arranged, and seven results,
illustrated through contours of parallelogram
type (see also Fig. 3.8):

1. Clarificarea, definirea i planificarea

sarcinii.

1. Task clarification, defining and planning.

Result: The requirements list (PDS).

Rezultat: Lista de cerine (SDP).

2. Establishment of the product function

and its structure detailing.

2. Determinarea funciei produsului i a

structurii acestei funcii.

Result: The function structure (the structure

of the product function).

Rezultat: Structura funciei (structura de

subfuncii)

67

Rezultate

Etape
Faze

Sarcin

Faza I

1 Clarificarea i definirea sarcinii

List de cerine

Determinarea funciilor i
structurilor de funcii
Structura de funcii

Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare

i a combinaiilor acestora
Soluii de principiu

Divizarea n module fezabile

Structura de module

Dezvoltarea proiectelor preliminare

pentru modulele cheie
Proiecte preliminare

Completarea i revizuirea cerinelor

Conexiuni iterative inverse ntre etape

Faza II

Faza III

Completarea proiectului global

Proiect definitiv

Pregtirea fabricaiei i a
instruciunilor de operare

Faza IV
Documentaie produs

Realizarea mai departe

Fig. 3.9. Abordarea general a designului dup VDI 2221 [20].
3. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare i a
combinaiilor acestora.

3. Search of the solving principles and of

their combinations; the variants evaluation.

Rezultat: Soluia de principiu (conceptul).

Result: The principle solution (the concept).

4. Divizarea soluiei de principiu n module

fezabile constructiv.

4. Dividing the principle solution

constructively feasible modules.

Rezultat: Structura de module.

Result: The structure of modules.

5. Dezvoltarea de proiecte pentru modulele

cheie.

5. Project
modules.

Rezultat: proiecte preliminare.

Result: the preliminary projects.

6. Definitivarea proiectului global.

6. Finalization of the global project.

Rezultat: proiectul definitv.

Result: The definitive project.

7. Pregtirea fabricaiei i a instruciunilor

de operare.

7. Preparation
of
manufacture
operation instructions.

Rezultat: Documentaia produsului.

Result: The product documentation.

68

development

for

the

into

key

and

Results

Stages

Phases

Task

Phase I

Clarify and define the task

Determine function and its structure

Function structure

Search for solution principles

Principles solution

Divide into feasible modules

Module structure

Develop layouts of key modules

Fulfill and adapt requirements

Iterate forwards and backwards between stages

Requirements list

Phase II

Phase III

Preliminary layouts
6

Complete overall layout

Definitive layout

Prepare production and

operating instructions

Phase IV

Product documents

Further realisation
Fig. 3.9. The VDI 2221 general design approach [20].
Ji n acest caz (fig. 3.9), procesul de design
cuprinde patru faze relativ distincte:

In this case (Fig. 3.9), the design process

consists of four relatively distinct phases too:

Faza I: Clarificarea, definirea i planificarea

sarcinii: pornete de la nevoia social i are
ca rezultat lista de cerine, completat cu
planificarea termenelor de realizare.

Phase I: Task clarification, definition and

planning; this phase starts from the social
need and has as result the requirements
list, completed with the timing planning.

Faza II: Proiectarea conceptual: pornete

de la lista de cerine i are ca rezultat final
soluia de principiu (conceptul produsului).

Phase II: The conceptual design starts from

the requirements list and has as final result
the principle solution (the product concept).

Faza III: Proiectarea constructiv: are ca

entitate de intrare soluia de principiu i ca
entitate de ieire proiectul definitiv.

Phase III: The embodiment design has as

input entity the principle solution and as
output entity the definitive project.

Faza IV: Proiectarea de detaliu: are ca

entitate de intrare proiectul definitiv i ca
entitate de ieire documentaia de produs.

Phase IV: Detailing design has as input

entity the definitive project and as output
entity the product documentation.

69

Tab. 3.1. Exemplu simplificat de aplicare intuitiv a modelului VDI (fig. 3.9), n cazul unei plci
hidraulice de control (prelucrat dup VDI 2221).
Rezultate

Exemplu: Plac hidraulic de control

Lista de cerine

Tem
R1

Puterea de ieire:.
Lungime maxim:

Temperatur de funcionare:
.

Definire
sarcin

Etape

Relaia funciei logice globale ..

Schema logic de cuplare a
subfunciilor

R2

Structura funciei

3.1
Efecte .
R3
Soluia de principiu - efecte
(Schema hidraulic)

3.2
R3

Purttori de efecte
Conducere
Conectare

Sub-funcii

Acionare

acionare

Soluie de principiu configuraie

(schem geometric)

4
R4

conducere
conectare

Purttor de efecte
2
3
radial
urub
piston
piston tr.
cursor
rot.
arc
presiune
magnet
1
axial

Design conceptual (funcional)

x x

Structuri de rezolvare

Cilindru de presiune
Piston
Arc

Design constructiv

R5

R6

Design de
detaliu

7
R7

70

Tab. 3.1. Simplified example of a VDI model application (see Fig.3.9): a control hydraulic plate
(after VDI 2221)
Results

Example: Control hydraulic plate

Requirements list

Task
R1

Output power:.
Maximum length:

Working temperature:
.

Task
definition

Steps

Global logical function relation ..

Logical scheme of the subfunctions

2
R2

3.1

Function structure

R3

Principle solution - effects

(Hydraulic scheme)
Subfunctions
conduction

3.2
Effects carriers
R3

Conduction
Connection

connection
actuation

Actuation
Principle solution configuration
(geometrical scheme)

4
R4

Effects carrier
2
3
radial
screw
rot.
tr. piston
cursor
piston
spring
pressure
magnet
1
axial

Conceptual design

Effects.

x y

Pressure cylinder
Piston
Spring

Embodiment design

R5

R6

Detailing

7
R7

71

n concepia german (i nu numai), prin

aceste faze sunt sintetizate componentelecheie, relativ autonome, ale procesului de
design; fiecare dintre acestea formeaz
obiectul unei discipline distincte.

In German modeling (and not only) these

phases synthesize the relatively autonomous
key-components of the design process; each
of them represents the subject of a distinct
discipline.

Conexiunile inverse, indispensabile n

optimizarea iterativ i n readaptarea listei
de cerine, sunt similare cu cele din fig. 3.8,
dar dispuse diferit.

The inverse connections, that are essential to

the iterative optimization and to the
requirements list readapting, are similar to those
from Fig. 3.8, but are disposed differently.

3.2.8. Concluzii i dezvoltri

3.2.8. Conclusions and developments

a) Modelul de referin. innd seama c

modelul VDI integreaz i expliciteaz
sintetic modelele precedente, acesta va fi
considerat n continuare ca model de
referin al procesului de design.

a) The reference model. Taking into

account that the VDI model integrates and
explains synthetically the previous models,
this will be further considered as the
reference model of the design process.

Ca exemplu de aplicare, n tab. 3.1 sunt

explicitate intuitiv etapele de proiectare din
fig. 3.9, n cazul unei plci hidraulice de
control (surs: VDI 2222); conform tab. 3.1, n
acest exemplu, se obine o structur de funcii
logice, iar etapa 3 (v. fig. 3.9) este divizat n
dou subetape:

The design steps from Fig. 3.9 are explained

intuitively in Tab. 3.1 for a representative
example: the case of a control hydraulic plate
(source: VDI 2221); in the case of this example
and according to Tab. 3.1, a structure of logical
subfunctions is obtained and step 3 (see
Fig. 3.9) is divided into two substeps:

3.1. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare i a

structurilor acestora n planul efectelor;

3.1. Search of the solving principles and of

their structures in the effects plane and

3.2. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare i a

structurilor acestora n planul configuraiei
purttorilor de efecte.

3.2. Search of the solving principles and of

their structures in the effects carriers
configuration plane.

La subetapa 3.1, efectele sunt descrise prin

relaii analitice, iar soluia de principiu
(solutia conceptual) din planul efectelor
este ilustrat printr-o schem hidraulic.

In the step 3.1, the effects are described by

analytical relations and the principle
(conceptual) solution, from the effects
plane, is illustrated by a hydraulic scheme.

La subetapa 3.2, din structurile de rezolvare,

rezultate din matricea morfologic, s-a
obinut soluia de principiu (conceptual),
din planul configuraiei, reprezentat sub
form de schem geometric (purttorii de
efecte corespunztori sunt ilustrai n
amonte, de asemenea, sub form de
scheme geometrice).

In the second substep 3.2, from the solving

structures that were obtained from the
morphological matrix, the principle (concepttual) solution (from the configuration plane)
was obtained; this was represented as a
geometrical scheme (the corresponding
effects carriers are illustrated in upstream
as geometrical schemes too).

b) Domenii de aplicare. Modelul VDI, n

varianta din fig. 3.9, este un model general de
proiectare/dezvoltare, destinat cu precdere
produselor tehnice, n care componenta
mecanic ocup un loc important; pentru
exemplificare, n fig. 3.10 este explicitat
extinderea modelului n cazul unui produs
mecatronic, din ramura mecanicii fine [20].
Modelul VDI (fig. 3.9) poate fi extins, de
asemenea, pentru proiectarea i dezvoltarea
de tehnologii i software [20].

b) The domains of application. The VDI

model, in the variant from Fig. 3.9, is a
general model of design/development,
designated mainly to the technical products in
which the mechanical component occupies
an important place; for instance, the
extension of the model for a mechatronic
product from fine mechanics [20] is explained
in Fig. 3.10. The VDI model (Fig. 3.9) can be
extended for design and development of
technologies and software too [20].

72

c) Dihotomia divergen-convergen

c) The divergence-convergence dichotomy

Aceast dihotomie nsoete generarea i

selectarea soluiilor, din etapele oricrui
proces de design. Acest aspect este
evideniat i ilustrat grafic n fig. 3.11 (surs:
VDI 2222/77); conform fig. 3.11, ntr-o etap
intermediar cu mai multe variante de
rezolvare (divergen), variantele nnegrite
sunt selectate (prin evaluare tehnicoeconomic) ca entiti de plecare pentru
etapa urmtoare (convergen).

This dichotomy accompanies the generation

and selection of solutions, from any design
process steps. This aspect is highlighted
and graphically illustrated in Fig. 3.11 (the
source: VDI 2222); according to Fig. 3.11, in
an intermediate step with more solving
variants (divergence), the blacked variants
are selected (through the technical and
economical evaluation) as input entities for
the next step (convergence).

d) Proiectare serial, proiectare paralel

(sau simultan) i proiectare concurent.
Aceste tipuri de proiectare se refer la fluxul
cronologic de rezolvare a fazelor i etapelor
dintr-un proces de proiectare

d) Serial design, parallel design (or

simultaneous) and concurrent design.
These design types refer to the
chronological flow of solving the phases and
steps from a design process.

Proiectarea serial este proiectarea de tip

tradiional, n care fluxul principal de
rezolvare (abstracie fcnd de feedbackurile iterative de optimizare) parcurge pe
rnd fiecare etap/faz.

The serial design is the traditional design,

in which the main solving flow (excepting
the iterative optimization feedbacks)
finalizes in turn each step / phase.

Aceasta nseamn c rezolvarea unei

etape/faze este declanat numai dup
finalizarea etapei/fazei precedente.

This means that the resolution of a

phase/step is released only after the
previous phase/step is finished.

Aplicat produselor noi i complexe,

proiectarea serial este caracterizat prin
risip de timp i de resurse; obinerea
calitii este, de asemenea, costisitoare
deoarece
corectarea
oricrei
erori,
depistate ntr-o etap final, impune
realuarea ciclului n condiiile unor cheltuieli
suplimentare ridicate

When is applied to new and complex

products,
the
serial
design
is
characterized by waste of time and
resources;
quality
achievement
is
expensive too because the correction of
each error (found in the final step) imposes
the cycle resuming under the conditions of
high supplementary costs.

Proiectarea paralel, ntlnit i sub

denumirea de proiectare simultan, se
deosebete de proiectarea serial prin
aceea c soluionarea unei etape (sau
subetape), nu ateapt rezolvarea etapei
precedente, ci este declanat n momentul
n care s-a acumulat un minimum necesar
de informaie.

The parallel design, known also as

simultaneous design, differs from the serial
design by the fact that a step (or sub-step)
solving doesnt wait the previous step
finalization, but is released when a
minimum of necessary information is
accumulated.

Evident, realizarea acestui deziderat

impune o organizare dinamic a echipei de
proiectare i, implicit, a comunicrii dintre
grupele din componena acesteia.

Obviously, this desideratum imposes a

dynamic organization of the design team
and, implicitly, of the communication
between the team groups.

Explicitarea modelului VDI (fig. 3.9), n

condiiile proiectrii de tip paralel, este
ilustrat grafic n fig. 3.12 [20]; conform
acestei figuri, prin divizarea etapei 3 (v. fig.
3.9) n k subetape relativ autonome, intervin
k fluxuri n paralel, a cror rezolvare poate fi
abordat simultan.

The explanation of the VDI model (Fig. 3.9),

under the parallel design conditions, is
graphically illustrated in Fig. 3.12 [20];
according to this figure, by dividing step 3
(see Fig. 3.9) into k sub-steps that are
relatively autonomous, there interfere k parallel
flows, which can be solved simultaneously.

73

Conexiuni iterative inverse ntre etape

74

Configurarea dimensional
a modulelor

Modul de antrenare

Electromecanic

Documentele cu datele
optice i anexele de fabricare

Documentaie
constructiv

Proiect global

Proiect preliminar
al sistemului de micare

Modul de micare

Mecanic

Planurile
fluxurilor

Planul logic i
proiectul acestuia

Programul de
funcionare

Programe

Structura
programului

Software

Documentaia
programelor

Structur de conectare

Electronic

74

Fig. 3.10. Exemplu de extindere a modelului VDI n cazul unui produs mecatronic, din ramura mecanicii fine (surs VDI 2221)

Realizarea n continuare

Prelucrarea datelor

Proiectarea
sistemului optic

Schem optic

Optic

Soluii de principiu

Structuri de funcii

Lista de cerine

Rezultate

Faze

Proiectarea
constructiv

6 Configurarea produsului
global

Divizarea n module
fezabile

Cutarea principiilor de rezol-

Stabilirea funciilor i a
structurilor acestora

Clarificarea i definirea
temei

3 vare i a structurilor acestora

Tem

Etape

Proiectare
conceptual
Proiectarea
de detaliu

Adaptarea i completarea listei de cerine

Inverse iterative connections between steps

Modules dimensional
configuration

Global product
configuration

Embodiment
documentation

Global project

Flows
planes

Actuation module

Electromechanics

Preliminary project of the

movement system

Movement module

Mechanics

Documents with optical

data and manufacture

Optical system
design

Optical scheme

Optics

Principle solutions

Function structure

Requirements List

Results

Programs
documentation

Logical plane
and its project

Connecting structure

Electronics

Functioning
program

Programs

Program structure

Software

75

Fig. 3.10. Example of extending the VDI model for a mechatronic product from fine mechanics (source VDI 2221).

Further realization

Data processing

Division into fezable

modules

Search of the solving

principles and their structures

Function and its structure

establishment

Task clarification and

definition

Task

Steps

Phases

Conceptual
design
Embodiment
design
Detailing
design

75

Adapting and completion of the list requirement

Funcie global

Tasks

Planing

Planificare

Sarcini

Global function

Subfuncii

Conceptual design

Design conceptual

Subfunctions

Principii de
rezolvare

Structuri de
rezolvare

Solving
pronciples

Solving
structures

Variante concept

Embodiment design

Design constructiv

Concept variants

Proiecte dimensionale

Asamblri
selectate

variants for
subassemblies
Final project

Proiect final
Proiectarea de
detaliu a
componentelor
Documentaie de
fabricaie

Fig. 3.11.
Divergene i convergene n
procesul de design. Elementele nnegrite indic
variantele alese pentru demararea fazei
urmtoare (surs: VDI 2222).

Selected
assemblings

Project

Detailing

Design de detaliu

Variante
proiect pentru
subansambluri

Dimensional projects

Components
detailing
Manufacture
documentation

Fig. 3.11. Divergences and convergences in the

design process. The blacked elements indicate the
chosen variants for the following phase start
(source: VDI 2222).

76

1
2
3I

3 II

3 III

3IV

4I

4 II

4 III

4 IV

5I

5 II

5 III

5 IV

6I

6 II

6 III

6 IV

7I

7 II

7 III

7 IV

Fig. 3.12. Explicitarea modelului VDI n condiiile proiectrii de tip paralel (surs: VDI 2221).
Fig. 3.12. The VDI model explanation in the conditions of parallel design (source: VDI 2221).
Proiectarea concurent se refer la
utilizarea unui model de proiectare, n
condiiile aplicrii ingineriei concurente.

The concurrent design refers to the

utilization of a design model in the conditions
of simultaneous or concurrent engineering.

Ingineria concurent este o abordare

sistemic care optimizeaz managementul
informaiei, n faza de proiectare-dezvoltare,
prin integrarea adecvat a acestei faze cu
toate celelalte faze ale ciclului de via al
produsului. Ca urmare, luarea deciziilor, n
faza de proiectare-dezvoltare, are loc prin
armonizarea punctelor de vedere din toate
componentele ciclului de via al produsului.
Ingineria concurent se distinge prin trei
aspecte principale [2]:

Concurrent engineering is a systemic

approach that optimizes the information
management in the design development
phase, by an adequate integration of this
phase with all the other phases of the
product life cycle. Therefore, taking a
decision in the design development phase
is made through the harmonization of the
points of view from all the components of
the product life cycle. Three main aspects
define the concurrent engineering [2]:

a) utilizarea echipelor mixte multifuncionale

(d.p.d.v. profesional),

a) use of mixed or cross-multifunctional teams

(from the professional point of view),

b) aplicarea proiectrii paralele i

c) parteneriatul
mixte.

furnizorilor

cu

b) application of parallel design and

echipele

c) partnership of the suppliers with the

mixed teams.

Ingineria Concurent (denumit uneori i

Dezvoltarea Integrat a Produselor sau
Inginerie Simultan) a fost definit prima
dat de ctre Institutul pentru Analiza
Aprrii (IDA), n raportul su din decembrie
1988 [22] ca fiind: o abordare sistematic a
proiectrii concurente integrate a produselor
i proceselor lor conexe, inclusiv fabricarea
i procesele suport; aceast abordare este
menit s genereze dezvoltatori, care s in

Concurrent Engineering (called also sometimes Integrated Product Development or

Simultaneous Engineering) was first defined
by the Institute for Defence Analysis (IDA)
in its report from December 1988 as [22]: a
systematic approach to the integrated
concurrent design of products and their
related processes, including manufacture
and support; this approach is intended to
cause the developers, from the outset, to

77

2.
Nevoia
social

PROIECTAREA
PRODUSULUI

Docum.
produsului

3.

1.
Identificarea
nevoii sociale

Fabricarea
produsului

Pri
reutilizate/
reciclate

Pri
nlturate

BAZ DE
I FORMAII

Produs
finit

6.

4.

Reciclare,
reutilizare i
nlturare

Vnzare i
instalare
Produs
uzat

5.
Exploatare i
ntreinere

Produs
instalat

Fig. 3.13,a. Algoritm

generalizat de modelare
a ciclului de via al
unui produs.

2.PROIECTAREA
CO CEPTUAL
Soluia
conceptual

SDP
(Lista de
cerine)

5evoia social

1.
Elaborarea
SDP (listei
de cerine)

3.

4.
Elaborarea
documentaiei de
produs

Fig. 3.13,b. Algoritm

generalizat pentru detalierea
proiectrii unui produs
(etapa 2 din schema a).

Proiectarea
constructiv

BAZ DE
I FORMAII

Documentaia produsului

78

Proiect
final

2.
Social
need

PRODUCT
DESIGN

Product
document

1.

3.

Social need
identification

Product
manufacture

Recycling
parts

Disposal
parts

I FORMATIO
BASIS

Finished
product

6.

4.

Recycling and
disposal

Sell and
installation

Worn-out
product

5.
Use and
maintenance

Installed
product

Fig. 3.13,a. A generalized

algorithm for the modeling
of the product life-cycle.

2.CO CEPTUAL
DESIG
PDS

Conceptual
solution

(Requirements list)

Social need

1.
PDS (Requirements list)
elaboration

3.
Embodiment
design

I FORMATIO
BASIS

Final
layout

4.
Product
documentation
establishing

Fig. 3.13,b. A generalized

algorithm for the detailing
of a product design
(step 2 from Fig. 3.13,a).

Product documentation

79

seama, de la nceput, de toate elementele

ciclului de via al produsului, de la concepie
la eliminare, inclusiv calitatea, costul,
calendarul, precum i cerinele utilizatorului.

consider all elements of the product life

cycle from conception through disposal,
including quality, cost, schedule, and user
requirements.

Prin utilizarea ingineriei concurente, cu

precdere n cazul produselor noi i
complexe, se asigur scurtarea timpului de
proiectare-dezvoltare, creterea calitii i
reducerea costului pe un ciclu de via al
produsului. Acest tip de proiectare i-a
dovedit eficiena, mai ales n aviaie.

By applying concurrent engineering, mainly

for the new and complex products, there are
ensured time shortening for design
development, quality increase and cost
reduction on the product life cycle. This type
of design proved its efficiency mostly in
aircraft industry.

e) Variant generalizat de modelare a

procesului de design

e) The generalized variant of the design

process modeling

Pornind de la noua variant de modelare a

ciclului de via al unui produs, ilustrat n
fig. 3.13,a (v. i fig. 3.3), n fig. 3.13,b s-a
propus o nou variant de modelare care
detaliaz etapa umbrit din fig. 3.13,a:
proiectarea produsului.

A new modeling variant, that details the

product design (the shadowed step from
Fig. 3.13,a), is proposed in Fig. 3.13,b,
starting from the new modeling variant of
the life cycle (Fig. 3.13,a and Fig. 3.3).

Modelul din fig. 3.13,b este o variant

derivat din modelul VDI (fig.3.9), prin
simplificare i generalizare.

The model from Fig. 3.13,b is a variant

derived from the VDI model (Fig. 3.9) by
simplification and generalization.

Conform fig. 3.13,b, aceast variant de

modelare este centrat pe o baz de
informaii adecvat, pornete de la o nevoie
social (anterior identificat) i cuprinde patru
etape i patru rezultate, respectiv:
1. Elaborarea SDP (listei de cerine);
Rezultat: SDP (lista de cerine), nsoit de
planificarea termenelor de realizare,
2. Proiectarea conceptual;
Rezultat: Soluia conceptual, soluia de
principiu sau conceptul produsului,
3. Proiectarea constructiv ;
Rezultat: Proiectul final (definitiv) i
4. Elaborarea documentaiei de produs;
Rezultat: Documentaia produsului.

According to Fig. 3.13,b, this modeling

variant is centered on an adequate
information basis, starts from a social need
(previously identified) and contains four
steps and four results:
1. PDS (requirements list) elaboration:
Result: the PDS (requirements list),
accompanied by timing planning,
2. Conceptual design;
Result: the conceptual solution, principle
solution or the product concept,
3. The embodiment design;
Result: the final (definitive) project and
4. Elaboration of product documentation;
Result: Product documentation.

Dup cum se observ, etapele variantei

propuse (fig. 3.13,b) coincid cu fazele
modelului VDI (fig. 3.9), iar rezultatele
acestei variante coincid cu rezultatele-cheie
din modelul VDI.

The proposed variants steps (Fig. 3.13,b)

coincide to the VDI model phases (Fig. 3.9),
and its results coincide to the key-results
from the VDI model.

Conexiunile inverse dintre etape (fig. 3.13,b),

necesare pentru optimizarea iterativ i pentru
readaptarea listei de cerine, pot fi realizate
att direct, prin fluxul periferic de informaie, ct
i indirect prin baza de informaii.

The inverse connections between steps

(Fig. 3.13,b), which are necessary in the
iterative optimization and in readapting the
requirements list, can be made directly,
through the peripheral information flow and
indirectly, through the information basis.

n continuare, n cap. 4, urmeaz s fie

detaliat etapa reprezentat umbrit n
fig. 3.13,b: proiectarea conceptual a
produselor tehnice.

The technical products conceptual design

(the shadowed step from Fig. 3.13,b) will be
further detailed in chapter 4.

80

4. MODELAREA PROIECTRII
CONCEPTUALE A
PRODUSELOR TEHNICE

4. CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
MODELING OF TECHNICAL
PRODUCTS

Denumirile de proiectare conceptual i

proiectare funcional sunt sinonime. Prima
denumire, mai des ntlnit n literatur,
este derivat din mai vechea noiune, de
concept al produsului, folosit pentru
rezultatul
acestei
proiectri.
Noua
terminologie promoveaz noiunea de
soluie de principiu a produsului, n locul
noiunii de concept; momentan, n literatur
coexist nc ambele noiuni.

The denominations of conceptual design

and functional design are synonymous. The
former, much more used in literature, is
derived from an older notion, of product
concept, used for the result of this design.
The new terminology promotes the notion of
product principle solution, instead of the
concept notion; momentary, both notions
still coexist in literature.

Denumirea de proiectare funcional este

derivat din noiunea de funcie a produsului,
care constituie instrumentul de baz cu care
opereaz curent acest proces de proiectare;
cu toate c funcia produsului este o noiunea
frecvent utilizat, denumirea de proiectare
funcional este mult mai puin ntlnit dect
cea de proiectare conceptual.

The denomination of functional design is

derived from the notion of product function,
which represents the base instrument with
which this design process currently
operates; although the product function is a
very used notion, the denomination of
functional design is much less met than
conceptual design.

n continuare este utilizat, cu precdere,

prima denumire, care este comun
principalelor coli de design industrial.

Further, the denomination of conceptual

design is used, as it is common to the main
industrial design schools.

Pentru o mai bun nelegere, modelarea

proiectrii funcionale este precedat de o
succint prezentare a elaborrii SDP sau
listei de cerine (v. fig. 3.13,b).

For a better understanding, the conceptual

design modeling is preceded by a succinct
presentation of the PDS or requirements
list elaboration (see Fig. 3.13,b).

Sunt prezentai apoi succint cei mai

reprezentativi
algoritmi
propui
n
literatur, pentru modelarea proiectrii
conceptuale; pe baza acestora, este
derivat apoi o nou variant de modelare
generalizat, descris printr-un algoritm de
tipul celor din fig.3.13.

Then, there are succinctly presented the

most representative algorithms, proposed in
literature, for the conceptual design
modeling. Afterwards, a new variant of
generalized modeling (described through an
algorithm like those from Fig. 3.13) is
derived from the previous ones.

n finalul capitolului sunt explicitate etapele

noului algoritm de proiectare funcional,
mai puin abordate n capitolele precedente.

The steps of this new variant, less

approached in the previous chapters, are
explicated at the end of this chapter.

4.1. DESPRE ELABORAREA LISTEI

DE CERINE (SDP)

4.1. ON THE REQUIREMENTS LIST

(PDS) ELABORATION

Elaborarea listei de cerine (SDP), ntlnit

n literatura german i sub numele de
planificarea produsului, este prima etap a
oricrui proces de proiectare (fig. 3.13,b).

The requirements list (PDS) elaboration,

met in the German literature as product
planning, is the first step of any design
process (fig. 3.13,b).

Aceast activitate, multidisciplinar i

deosebit de laborioas, pornete de la o
anumit nevoie social i se finalizeaz
printr-o list de cerine(SDP), completat cu

This
multi-disciplinary
and
extremely
laborious activity starts from a certain social
need and is finished through a requirements
list (or PDS, see Fig. 3.13,b), completed with

81

termene de realizare. n locul listei de

cerine, n literatura de limb englez este
preferat prescurtarea PDS (Product
Design Specification), adic Specificaia de
Design a Produsului (SDP); n paralel ns,
se folosete frecvent i denumirea simpl
de specificaie (specification).

terms of realization. Instead of requirements

list, in the English literature it is met the abbr.
PDS
(Product
Design
Specification);
however, it is frequently used the simple
denomination of specification, in parallel to
this term.

n fig. 4.1 este ilustrat algoritmul de

elaborare a listei de cerine (SDP), dup
Pahl i Beitz [16], iar n fig. 4.2, este
prezentat un exemplu simplificat de list de
cerine, prelucrat din aceeai surs [16]; n
concepia autorilor Pahl i Beitz [16],
principalele proprieti, care intervin uzual n
formularea tehnic a cerinelor, sunt
descrise prin urmtoarele titluri (nsoite de
date calitative i cantitative):

The algorithm for the elaboration of the

requirements list (PDS), after Pahl and
Beitz [16], is illustrated in Fig. 4.1, while in
Fig. 4.2 it is presented a simplified example
of a requirements list, processed from the
same source [16]; in Pahls and Beitzs view
[16], the main properties that usually
interfere in the technical formulation of
requirements, are described through the
following titles (accompanied by essential
qualitative and quantitative data):

1) Geometrie (mrime, lungime, lime,

nlime, diametru, volum, gabarit etc.);

1) Geometry (e.g. size, length, width,

height, diameter, volume, overall size);

2) Cinematic (tipul micrii, poziie iniial

i final, deplasare liniar, deplasare
unghiular, vitez, acceleraie etc.);

2) Kinematics (e.g. motion type, initial and

final position, linear or angular
displacement, velocity, acceleration);

3) Fore (sensul i mrimea forei/cuplului,

greutatea,
deformaia,
rigiditatea,
elasticitatea, frecvena, stabilitatea etc.)

3) Forces (e.g. force/torque direction and

module, weight, deformation, rigidity,
elasticity, frequency, stability);

4) Energie (electric, mecanic, chimic

etc., parametrii de stare, intrri, ieiri,
randament etc.);

4) Energy
(e.g.
electrical
energy,
mechanical energy, chemical energy,
state parameters, inputs, outputs,
efficiency);

5) Material (proprieti fizice i chimice,

materiale auxiliare, materiale prescrise,
reguli de aprovizionare etc.);

5) Material (e.g. physical and chemical

properties,
auxiliary
materials,
prescribed materials, supplying rules );

6) Semnale (intrri i ieiri, form, afiare,

echipament de control etc.);

6) Signals (e.g. inputs and outputs, form,

display, control equipment);.

7) Siguran (principiile siguranei directe,

sisteme
de
protecie,
sigurana
operatorului i a mediului etc.);

7) Safety (e.g. principles of the direct safety,

protection
systems,
operator
and
environment safety);

8) Ergonomie (relaia om-main,

operaiei, iluminare, estetic etc.);

tipul

8) Ergonomics (e.g. relation man-machine,

operation type, lighting, aesthetics);

9) Fabricaie (precizia i calitatea de

fabricaie posibile, metode de fabricaie
preferate, mijloace de producie, limite
de fabricaie etc.);

9) Manufacture (e.g. possible manufacture

accuracy
and
quality,
favorite
manufacture
methods,
production
means, manufacture limits);

10) Controlul calitii (posibiliti i mijloace

de testare i msurare, norme i
standarde speciale etc.);

10) Quality control (e.g. possibilities and

means of testing and measurement,
special norms and standards);

11) Montaj (reguli speciale

instalare, fundaie etc.);

11) Assembling (e.g. assembling special

rules, installation, foundation);

de

montaj,

82

12) Transport (restricii de transport, spaiu,

mijloace de transport, condiii de
manipulare i despachetare etc.);

12) Transport (e.g. transport restrictions,

space, transport means, manipulation
and unpacking conditions);

13) Punere n funciune (sileniozitate,

condiii speciale de ncrcare etc.);

13) Putting into service (e.g. noiseless,

special conditions of loading up);

14) ntreinere (revizii periodice, completare,

schimbare sau reparare, curire etc.);

14) Maintenance (e.g. periodical revisions,

completion, change or reconditioning,
cleaning);

15) Reciclare
(reutilizare,
reprocesare,
depozitare, nlturare etc.);

15) Recycling (e.g. reuse, reprocessing,

depositing, removal);

16) Costuri (costuri maxime admise pentru

fabricare, costuri de uzinare, investiii,
pierderi etc.);

16) Costs (e.g. admissible maximum costs

for manufacture, manufacture costs,
investments, losses);

17) Programare (date de finalizare pentru

etapele dezvoltrii, data de livrare etc.).

17) Programming (e.g. data for finishing the

development steps, delivery date).

O alt variant german de identificare a

cerinelor, n funcie de fazele de via ale
produsului, este prelucrat calitativ n
fig. 4.3, dup Ehrlenspiel [8, 9, 20]: pe
coloane sunt desemnate tipurile de cerine
(tehnice,
economice,
organizatorice,
legislative etc.), iar pe linii sunt desemnate
fazele de via ale produsului.

Another
German
variant
for
the
identification of requirements, in terms of
the product life phases, is qualitatively
processed in Fig. 4.3, after Ehrlenspiel
[8, 9, 20]: in columns there are enclosed the
requirements types (technical, economical,
organizational, legislative etc.) and in rows the product life phases.

Pentru comparaie, n fig. 4.4,a este

ilustrat, sub form de algoritm, aria de
cercetare i analiz utilizat de Pugh [17] n
elaborarea SDP (listei de cerine); alturat,
n fig. 4.4,b, este reprezentat calitativ, dup
aceeai surs [17], formularul PDS.
Conform fig. 4.4,a i b, n abordarea de tip
Pugh, un loc important revine analizei celui
mai bun produs concurent.

For comparison, in Fig. 4.4,a it is illustrated,

as an algorithm, the research and analysis
area used by Pugh [17] in the PDS
(requirements list) elaboration; nearby, in
Fig. 4.4,b, it is represented qualitatively the
PDS blank form, taken from the same
source [17]. According to Fig. 4.4,a and b,
an important place in Pughs approach, is
given to the analysis of the best competitive
product.

Un instrument relativ recent, promovat de

literatura de limb englez, pentru a evalua i
ordona cerinele, se refer la analiza QFD
(Quality Function Deployment), care ar putea
fi tradus liber prin: analiza funcionalcalitativ a unui produs. Aceast metod de
analiz [2, 15, 18], destinat dezvoltrii
produselor, se bazeaz pe un tabel
(v. fig. 4.5), denumit plastic cas a calitii.

A relative recent instrument, promoted by

the English literature, for the assessment
and ordering of requirements, is referring at
the QFD analysis (Quality Function
Deployment). This analysis method [2, 15,
18], dedicated to the products development,
is based on a table (see Fig. 4.5), which is
plastically called house of quality.

Pentru a sugera intuitiv modul de operare al

acestei metode, n fig. 4.5 s-a ilustrat un
exemplu de aplicare (adaptat dup [2, 18]),
pentru un produs de tip geant de voiaj.

In order to suggest intuitively the way this

method operates, in Fig. 4.5 was illustrated
an example of application (adapted after [2,
18]), for a product of handbag type.

n conformitate cu fig. 4.5, tabelul de analiz

(casa calitii) cuprinde 8 compartimente
(A, A1, A2, B, AB, B1, B2, B3), cu urmtoarele
semnificaii:

According to Fig. 4.5, the analysis table

(house of
quality)
consists
of 8
compartments (A, A1, A2, B, AB, B1, B2, B3),
with the following meanings:

83

Pia

Alte surse

Firm

Analiza situaiei
-Recunoaterea fazei ciclului de via
-Construirea matricei produs pia
-Aprecierea competenei propriei firme
-Determinarea strii tehnologice
-Estimarea dezvoltrii viitoare

Formularea strategiei de cutare

Analiza situaiei

-Identificarea oportunitatilor strategice:

fluctuaii, mpriri de pia, noi
domenii, limite produs.
-Identificarea necesitilor i tendinelor
-Considerarea intelor firmeii
-Delimitarea cmpurilor de cutare
3

Cmpuri de cutare

Gsirea ideilor de produs

-Analiza cmpurilor externe de cutare:

Structuri de functii
Principii de rezolvare
Proiecte constructive
Structuri de sisteme
4

Idei de produs

Selectarea ideilor de produs

-Evaluare pe baza unor criterii adecvate

Ideea de produs selectat

Definirea produselor

-Elaborarea mai detaliat a ideilor selectate

-Definirea cerinelor produsului

Propunere produs

Clarificare i elaborare

-Completarea cerintelor externe

-Adugarea cerinelor interne
-Completarea criteriilor de evaluare
Lista de cerine
Proiectare
Fig. 4.1. Algoritmul elaborrii listei de cerine (SDP) dup Pahl i Beitz [16].

84

Market

Other sources

Firm

State analysis
-Recognition of the life-cycle phase
-Buiding of the product market matrix
-Estimation of the own firm competence
-Establishment of the technological state
-Estimation of the future development

Formulation of the searching strategy

State analysis

-Identification of the strategic opportunities:

fluctuations, market partitions, new
domains, product limits.
-Identification of necessities and trends
-The firms targets taking into consideration
-Delimitation of the searching fields
3

Searching fields

Find of product ideas

-Analysis of the external searching fields:

Structure of functions
Solving principles
Constructive projects
Systems Structures
4

Product ideas

Selection of product ideas

-Evaluation based on adequate criteria

The selected ideas

Products defining

-More detailed elaboration of the selected ideas

-Defining of the product requirements

Product proposal

Clarification and elaboration

-Completion of external requirements

-Adding of internal requirements
-Completion of evaluation criteria
The requirements list
Design
Fig. 4.1. Algorithm for the requirements list (PDS) elaboration by Pahl and Beitz [16].

85

LISTA DE CERIE
Pag 1

Modificri
(date)

C (cerin)
sau
D (dorin)

pentru proiectul de produs: &IVELMETRU de COMBUSTIBIL

C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C

D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C

Persoana
responsabil

Cerine

1. Recipient, fixare, distan

Volumul recipientului 20 160 l, form precizat
Material: oel sau plastic
d
Fixare pe recipient :
h
Cu flan
Pe faa superioar la nlimea H:
H
H = 150 600 mm
d = 71 mm, h = 20 mm
Distana de la recipient la instrumentul indicator: 34 m
120 m
2. Combustibil, plaja de temperatur
Benzin sau motorin: -25oC +65oC (operare) i
-40oC +100oC (mediu ambiant)
3. Semnal, energie
Ieire nivelmetru: semnal electric
Surs disponibil de energie: curent continuu la 6, 12, 24 V cu variaie ntre 15
+25%

Precizia semnalului de ieire: 3%

Sensibilitatea de rspuns: 1% din semnalul maxim de ieire
Semnal neafectat de unghiul suprafeei de lichid
Posibilitate de calibrare a semnalului
Coninut minim msurabil: 3% din valoarea maxim
4. Condiii de funcionare
Acceleraie orizontal: 10 m/s2
Acceleraie ascensional: pn la 30 m/s2
nclinare longitudinal 30o i lateral max. 45o
Recipient nepresurizat
5. Cerine de testare
Teste de stropire cu soluie de sare a componentelor
6. Durata de via preconizat: 5 ani
7. Fabricaie: Simplu de adaptat la diferite mrimi de recipient
8. ntreinere
Fr ntreinere (se nlocuiete)
9. Cantitate: 5000 buc / zi pentru cel mai solicitat tip
10. Costuri: costuri de fabricare 1,5 E / buc

Fig. 4.2. Lista de cerine (SDP) pentru proiectul de produs: nivelmetru de combustibil (exemplu
simplificat, prelucrat dup: Pahl i Beitz [16]).

86

REQUIREMETS LIST
Pag 1
C
(requirement)
or D (wish)

Modifications
(data)

for the product project: FUEL SURVEYORS LEVEL

C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C

D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C

Responsible person

Requirements

11.
Recipient, fastening, distance
The recipient volume 20 160 l, specified form
Material: steel or plastic
Fastening on the recipient:
h
With flange

On the superior face at a height H:

H
H = 150 600 mm
d = 71 mm, h = 20 mm
The distance from the recipient to the indicating apparatus: 34 m
120 m
12.
Fuel, temperature range
Petrol or diesel oil: -25oC +65oC (operation) and
-40oC +100oC (environment)
13.
Signal, energy
Apparatus output: electrical signal
Available energy source: direct current at 6, 12, 24 V with variation between 15
+25%

Accuracy of the output signal: 3%

Responsiveness: 1% from the maximum output signal
Signal unaffected by the angle of the liquid surface
Possibility of calibrating the signal
Minimum measurable content: 3% from the maximum value
14.
Working conditions
Horizontal acceleration: 10 m/s2
Ascending acceleration: up to 30 m/s2
Longitudinal inclination 30o and lateral max. 45o
Un-pressurized recipient
15.
Testing requirements
Tests of spraying with salt solution of the components
16.
Recommended life time: 5 years
17.
Manufacture: Simple to adapt to different recipient sizes
18.
Maintenance
Without maintenance (it is replaced)
19.
Quantity: 5000 pieces / day for the most required type
20. Costs: manufacture costs 1,5 E / piece

Fig. 4.2. The requirements list (PDS) for the product project: fuel surveyors level (simplified
example, after: Pahl and Beitz [16]).

87

Tipul cerinelor
Fizico tehnice

Etapele
vieii produsului

Referitoare
la OM

1
1
2
3
4
5
6

Planificarea
Proiectarea

Fabricarea
Desfacerea
Instalare / exploatare
Reciclare / nlturare

Economice

&ormative

Organizatorice

Diverse

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

Fig. 4.3. Variant matriceal simplificat de generare a cerinelor, n funcie de fazele de via
ale produsului (prelucrare dup [8, 9, 20]).
Tema
Literatura de
specialitate

Rapoarte, procedee,
manuale

Brevete

Produse concurente
i produse
asemntoare

Caracteristicile
produselor

Date
statistice

Persoane oficiale i
particulare
reprezentative

Identificarea
ofertelor pieei

Publicaii
despre pia

Opinii / reacii la
produsele n
exploatare

Chestionare

Grafice cu ofertele
pieei

Analiza parametric
Analiza
necesitilor

Identif. cerinelor
pieei

Analiza matriceal
Identif. celui mai
bun produs
concurent

Formularea
SDP

a
Produs
Data
Performana:

Cel mai bun

produs concurent

Ediia
Parametrii
Modelul nostru
Prezentul proiect
curent
(intenie)

Poziie n lume
(int)

Descriere
Sigurana:
Descriere

b
Fig. 4.4,a. Sistematizarea ariei de cercetare i analiz pentru elaborarea SDP (listei de cerine), dup
Pugh [17] i b. Tip de formular pentru redactarea PDS, dup aceeai surs [17].

88

Requirements
With respect to
type Physical the Human Economical &ormative Organizational Others
technical
Steps of
Being
product life
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
Planning
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Design
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Manufacture
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Sale
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Installation / exploitation 5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
Recycling /removal
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6

Fig. 4.3. Simplified matrix for requirements generation, in terms of the product life phases
(processed from [8, 9, 20]).
Task
Technical literature

Reports, procedures,
handbooks

Patents

Competitive
products and similar
products

Representative officials
and private persons

Publications
about the market

Products
characteristics

Opinions/ reactions
at the products
under exploitation

Statistic
data
statistice

Identification of
the market offers

Questionnaires

Graphics with the

market offers

Parametric analysis
Needs analysis
Identif. of the market
requirements

Matrixes analysis
Identif. of the best
competitive product
Formulation of
the PDS

a
Product
Date
Performance:

Edition

Parameters
The best competitive Our current model The present project
product
(intention)

Position in the
world (target)

Description
Safety:
Description

b
Fig. 4.4,a. Systematization of the research and analysis area for elaboration of the PDS (requirements
list) after Pugh [17] and b. Type of blank form for drawing up the PDS, from the same source [17].

89

9 = corelaie puternic
3 = corelaie medie
1 = corelaie slab

B3
1
3

A1

1
1

4. Acces uor la
compartimente

1/
0,09

3/
0,9

9/
1,62

9/
1,62

3/
0,24

6. Acces privat
7. Poziie
vertical stabil

3/
0,18

3/
0,54

9 / 1,62

9/
0,72

3/
0,18

1/
0,06

Importana cerinelor (pentru

client)
Aprecierea produsului
concurent
Aprecierea produsului
propriu

8. Numrul ciclurilor de
ncuiere

1/
0,3
9/
0,81

1/
0,18

5. Durabilitate

3/
0,6

Ponderea relativ

9/
2,7

3 / 0,27

Ponderea absolut

3. Uor de purtat

1/
0,2

9/
0,81

Rata de mbuntire

9/
1,8

3/
0,27

Valori int pentru cerine

2. Uor de
deschis

7. Fora de ncuiere

1. Uor de
nchis

6. Sigurana de ncuiere

5. Material

4. Numr de compartimente

3. Numrul micrilor pentru

deschidere

2. Greutate net

1. Volum

A2

0,09

1,67

6,68

0,20

2,5

10

0,30

0,09

1,25

6.25

0,18

1,33

2,67

0,08

2,06

33,6

AB
Importan
absolut

2,97

1,26

3,66

1,01

1,98

1,59

1,35

1,89

15,71

Importana
relativ

0,19

0,08

0,24

0,06

0,13

0,1

0,08

0,12

Produs
concurent

800

3,9

0,6

4x103

Produsul
propriu

750

3,5

0,5

5x103

750

3,5

0,5

5,4x103

cm3

kg

tip

tip

cicl.

Valori int
Uniti de
msur

B1

Scala de
apreciere 15

B2

Fig. 4.5. Exemplu de aplicare a metodei QFD n cazul unui produs de tip geant de voiaj (adaptare
dup [2,18]): A = cerinele clientului, A1 = importana cerinelor i aprecierea produselor,
A2 = obiectivele dezvoltrii, B = caracteristici tehnice, AB = matricea corelaiei dintre cerine i
caracteristici tehnice, B1 = analiza caracteristicilor tehnice, B2 = valorile int ale caracteristicilor
tehnice, B3 = matricea corelaiei dintre caracteristicile tehnice.

90

9 = strong correlation
3 = medium correlation
1 = weak correlation

B3
1
3

A1

1
1

4. Easy access at
compartments

1/
0,09
9/
1,62

9/
1,62

3/
0,24
3/
0,18

3/
0,54

9 / 1,62

9/
0,72

3/
0,18

1/
0,06

The requirements importance

(for the client)
Assessment of the competitive
product
Assessment of the own
product
Target values for
requirements

8. Number of locking cycles

1/
0,3
9/
0,81

6. Private access
7. Stable vertical
position

3/
0,6

3/
0,9

1/
0,18

5. Durability

3 / 0,27

Relative weight

9/
2,7

9/
0,81

Absolute weight

3. Easy to carry

1/
0,2

3/
0,27

Rate of improvement

9/
1,8

2. Easy to open

7. Locking force

1. Easy to close

6. Locking safety

5. Material

4. Number of compartments

2. Net weight

1. Volume

3. The number of motions for

opening

B
A

A2

0,09

1,67

6,68

0,20

2,5

10

0,30

0,09

1,25

6.25

0,18

1,33

2,67

0,08

0,06

33,6

AB

Absolute
importance

2,97

1,26

3,66

1,01

1,98

1,59

1,35

1,89

15,71

Relative
importance

0,19

0,08

0,24

0,06

0,13

0,1

0,08

0,12

The competitive
product

800

3,9

0,6

4x103

The own
product

750

3,5

0,5

5x103

Target values

750

3,5

0,5

5,4x103

Units of
measurement

cm3

kg

type

type

cycles

B1

Assessment scale
15

B2

Fig. 4.5. Example of application the method QFD for the case of a product of handbag type
(adaptation after [2, 18]): A = the client requirements, A1 = the requirements importance and products
assessment, A2 = the development objectives, B = the technical characteristics, AB = the matrix of the
correlation between requirements and technical characteristics, B1 = the analysis of the technical
characteristics, B2 = the target values for the technical characteristics, B3 = the matrix of the
correlation between the technical characteristics.

91

A = cerinele clientului;

A = clients requirements;

A1 = aprecierea importanei cerinelor (din

punctul de vedere al clientului), aprecierea
produsului propriu i a unui produs
concurent, privind ndeplinirea acestor
cerine (aprecierea se face pe o scar
valoric de la 1 la 5);

of
the
requirements
A1 = estimation
importance (from the clients point of view),
assessment of the own product and of a
competitive product, regarding these
requirements fulfillment (the assessment is
made on a value scale from 1 to 5);

A2 = obiectivele dezvoltrii, care cuprind:

- valorile int ale cerinelor (preconizate
prin dezvoltarea produsului, pe o scal
valoric de la 1 la 5);
- rata de mbuntire (a fiecrei cerine),
dat de raportul dintre valoarea int a
cerinei i valoarea indicat (pentru
aceeai cerin) de aprecierea produsului
propriu (existent);
- ponderea absolut (a fiecrei cerine),
dat de produsul dintre importana
cerinei (d.p.d.v. al clientului) i rata de
mbuntire a cerinei;
- ponderea relativ (a fiecrei cerine),
descris prin raportul dintre ponderea
absolut a cerinei i suma ponderilor
absolute;

A2 = development objectives, which contain:

- the target values of the requirements
(recommended through the product
development, on a scale from 1 to 5);
- the rate of improvement (of each
requirement) given by the ratio between
the requirements target value and the
value (for the same requirement) indicated
by the own product assessment (existent);
- absolute weight (for each requirement) given
by the product between the requirement
importance (from the clients point of view)
and the requirement rate of improvement;
- relative weight (for each requirement)
described through the ratio between the
current requirement absolute weight and
their sum of all absolute weights ;

B = caracteristicile tehnice ale produsului;

B = product technical characteristics;

AB = matricea corelaiilor dintre cerine i

caracteristici tehnice; n aceast matrice,
fiecare corelaie (dac exist) este
apreciat att prin nota de la numrtor
(9 = corelaie
puternic,
3 = corelaie
medie i 1 = corelaie slab), ct i prin
punctajul de la numitor (rezultat ca produs
dintre nota de la numrtor i ponderea
relativ a cerinei);

AB = the matrix of correlations between

requirements and technical characteristics; in
this matrix, each correlation (if exists) is
assessed both through the note from the
numerator (9 = strong correlation, 3 = medium
correlation and 1 = weak correlation), and
through the score from the denominator (which
is the product between the note from the
numerator and the requirement relative
weight);

B1 = analiza caracteristicilor tehnice, care

cuprinde:
- stabilirea importanei absolute (a fiecrei
caracteristici tehnice), prin nsumarea
punctajelor (de la numitor) situate pe
coloana caracteristicii analizate;
- determinarea importanei relative (a
fiecrei caracteristici), ca raport ntre
importana absolut (a caracteristicii
analizate)
i
suma
importanelor
absolute;
- valorile i datele caracteristicilor unui
produs concurent competitiv;
- valorile
i
datele
caracteristicilor
produsului propriu;

B1 = analysis of the technical characteristics,

which contains:
- establishment
of
the
absolute
importance
(of
each
technical
characteristic) by summing the scores
(from the denominator) placed in the
column of the analyzed characteristic;
- establishment of the relative importance
(of each characteristic) as the ratio
between the current absolute importance
and sum of all absolute sizes;
- the values and data of a competitive
product characteristics;
- the values and data of the own product
characteristics;

92

B2 = valorile int ale caracteristicilor tehnice

(preconizate prin dezvoltarea produsului) i
unitile de msur ale acestora;

B2 = the target values of the technical

characteristics (recommended through the
product development) and their units of
measurement;

corelaiilor
dintre
B3 = matricea
caracteristicile tehnice ale produsului.

B3 = the matrix of the correlations between

the product technical characteristics.

Conform analizei din fig. 4.5, prin

dezvoltarea produsului se urmrete
mbuntirea ndeplinirii cerinelor cu o
pondere relativ de: 30% pentru cerina 3,
20% pentru cerina 2, 18% pentru cerina 5
i sub 10% pentru fiecare din celelalte
cerine.

According to the analysis from Fig. 4.5, the

product development is meant to improve
the requirements fulfillment with a relative
weight of: 30% for requirement 3, 20% for
requirement 2, 18% for requirement 5 and
below 10% for each of the other
requirement.

n realizarea acestor mbuntiri, influena

caracteristicilor tehnice este desemnat de
importana lor relativ (v. fig. 4.5): 24%
caracteristica nr. 3, 19% caracteristica nr. 1,
13% caracteristica nr. 5, 12% caracteristica
nr. 8, 10% caracteristica nr. 6 i sub 10%
celelalte caracteristici.

In fulfilling these improvements, the technical

characteristics influence is designated through
their relative importance (see Fig. 4.5): 24%
characteristic no. 3, 19% characteristic no. 1,
13% characteristic no. 5, 12% characteristic
no. 8, 10% characteristic no. 6 and under 10%
the other characteristics.

Rezultatele analizei QFD constituie un

suport util pentru elaborarea SDP (listei de
cerine).

The results of the QFD analysis represent a

support useful in elaborating the PDS
(requirements list).

Succinta prezentare de mai sus evideniaz

urmtoarele aspecte :

The
previous
succinct
presentation
highlights the following aspects:

1) SDP sau lista de cerine este un document

de importan major, n care sunt stocate
informaii privind aspectele semnifica-tive ale
produsului, din toate fazele vieii sale.

1) The requirements list or the PDS is a

document of a major importance, in which it is
stored information on the product relevant
aspects, from all the phases of its life.

2) Acest document dinamic, permanent

reactualizat, st la baza deciziei privind
declanarea ciclului urmtor de dezvoltare a
produsului. Principalele surse externe de
informaie, folosite pentru documentare i
reactualizare, se refer la:

2) The decision regarding the release of the

next cycle in the product development is
based on this dynamic document, put up-todate continuously. The main external sources
of information, used in documentation and in
bringing up-to-date, are referring at:

a) literatura de specialitate i de patente

(brevete de invenie) din domeniu vizat,
b) rapoarte i documente elaborate de
surse guvernamentale sau private,
c) legislaia n vigoare,
d) interviuri cu utilizatorii,
e) chestionare adresate unor eantioane
reprezentative de populaie,
f) investigaii
privind
comportamentul
utilizatorilor,
g) performanele
produselor
similare
concurente etc.

a) technical literature and patents from the

domain,
b) reports and documents elaborated by
governmental and private sources,
c) operative legislation,
d) interviews with users,
e) questionnaires addressed to some
representative samples of populations,
f) investigations regarding the users
behavior,
g) performances of similar competitive
products etc.

93

3) Elaborarea SDP (sau listei de cerine)

este
o
activitate
laborioas,
multidisciplinar, n modelarea creia se
resimte nevoia generalizrii i unificrii
strategiei de abordare, prin sinteza
experienei acumulate pe plan internaional.

3) The elaboration of the PDS (or

requirements
list)
is
a
laborious,
multidisciplinary activity, in its modeling
being felt the need of generalization and
unification of broaches strategies by the
synthesis of the accumulated international.

4.2. ALGORITMI DE MODELARE A

PROIECTRII CONCEPTUALE

4.2. ALGORITHMS FOR THE

CONCEPTUAL DESIGN MODELING

n continuare sunt prezentate succint cinci

modele
reprezentative,
propuse
n
literatur, pentru algoritmizarea procesului
de proiectare conceptual. Din acestea este
derivat apoi o nou variant generalizat
de modelare, de tipul celor din fig. 3.13.

Further there are presented succinctly five

representative models that are proposed in
literature, for establishing an algorithm of
the conceptual design process. From these
models is then derived a new generalized
modeling variant like those from Fig. 3.13.

4.2.1. Modelul lui Cross

4.2.1. The Crosss Model

Modelul propus de Cross [1] este descris

printr-un algoritm de tipul celui din fig. 4.6.
Comparnd acest algoritm (v. fig. 4.6) cu
structura german de rezolvare a unei
probleme (v. fig. 4.13 ) [20], se observ c
modelul lui Cross poate fi considerat o
dezvoltare a acestei structuri, sub forma
unui algoritm, de tip dreptunghiular, al crui
traseu orientat conine 7 etape (fig. 4.6):

The model proposed by Cross [1] is

described through an algorithm like the one
from Fig. 4.6. The comparison between this
algorithm (see Fig. 4.6) and the German
solving structure (see Fig. 4.13) [20] shows
that Crosss model can be considered a
development of this structure, in the shape
of an algorithm of rectangular type, of which
oriented trace contains 7 steps (Fig. 4.6):

IV. Soluie
global

I. Problem
global

Clarificare
obiective

mbuntirea
detaliilor

Stabilire
funcii

Evaluare alternative

Formulare
cerine

Determinare
caracteristici

Generare alternative
(variante)

III. Subsoluii

II. Subproblme

Fig. 4.6. Modelul procesului de design conceptual dup Cross [1].

94

1. Clarificarea obiectivelor,

1. Clarification of objectives,

2. Stabilirea funciilor,

2. Establishment of functions,

3. Formularea cerinelor,

3. Formulation of requirements,

4. Determinarea caracteristicilor,

4. Determination of characteristics,

5. Generarea alternativelor,

5. Generation of alternatives,

6. Evaluarea variantelor,

6. Assessment of variants,

7. mbuntirea detaliilor.

7. Improving of details.

Conform fig. 4.6, cele 4 faze ale modelului

lui
Cross,
din
colurile
conturului
dreptunghiular, corespund celor 4 subetape
extremale ale structurii din fig. 4.13:

According to Fig. 4.6, the 4 phases of the

Crosss model (from the corners of the
rectangular contour) correspond to the 4
extrema sub-steps of the structure from
Fig. 4.13:

I. Formularea problemei globale,

I. Formulation of the global problem,

II. Descompunerea problemei globale n

subprobleme,

II. Decomposition of the global problem into

sub-problems,

III. Stabilirea subsoluiilor prin rezolvarea

subproblemelor i

III. Establishment of sub-solutions

solving the sub-problems and

IV. Determinarea soluiei

compunerea subsoluiilor.

prin

IV. Determination of the global solution by

composing the sub-solutions.

n fig. 4.6, legturile dintre faze sunt

caracterizate prin urmtoarele fluxuri i
etape:

In Fig. 4.6, the links between phases are

characterized through the following flows
and steps:

- between the phases I and II interferes a

one way flow, which includes steps 1-3,

globale

ntre fazele I i II intervine un flux

unisens care include etapele 1-3,

IV. Global
solution

I. Global
problem

1 Clarification of
objectives

7 Improvement of
details

2 Establishment of
functions

6 Evaluation of
alternatives

3 Formulation of
requirements

4 Determination
of characteristics

5 Generation of
alternatives (variants)

III. Subsolutions

II. Subproblems

Fig. 4.6. The model of the conceptual design process, after Cross [1].

95

by

- fluxul dintre faza II i faza III este bisens

i conine etapele 3-5,

- the flow between phase II and phase III is

in both directions and contains steps 3-5,

- ntre fazele III i IV intervine un flux

unisens care conine etapele 5-7, iar

- between phases III and IV interferes a

flow in one direction that contains steps
5-7, and

- fluxul dintre faza III i faza IV este

bi-sens i conine etapele 5 i 1.

- the flow between phase III and phase IV

is in both directions and contains steps
5 and 1.

Sensul orar al fluxurilor dintre fazele II-III i

IV-I se refer la revenirile iterative necesare
pentru corectare i optimizare.

The clockwise direction of the flows

between phases II-III and IV-I is referring to
the iterative returns that are necessary in
correction and optimization.

4.2.2. Modelul Ulrich & Eppinger

4.2.2. The Ulrich & Eppingers Model

Algoritmul ilustrat n fig. 4.7 st la baza

modelului
propus
de
Ulrich
i
Eppinger(SUA) [19]; acest algoritm, intitulat
de autori dezvoltarea conceptului [19], are 5
etape principale:

The model proposed by Ulrich and Eppinger

(USA) is based on the algorithm proposed
in Fig. 4.7 [19]; this algorithm, called by the
authors the concept development [19], has
5 main steps:

1. Identificarea nevoilor resimite de clieni,

1. Identification of clients needs,

2. Stabilirea specificaiilor (cerinelor) int,

innd seama i de analiza produselor
concurente,

2. Establishment of target specifications

(requirements), taking also into account the
competitive products analysis,

3. Generarea
variantelor-concept
ale
produsului, care reprezint etapa cheie a
modelului,

3. Generation of product concept-variants,

which represent the model key step,

4. Selectarea unui concept i

4. Selection of a concept and

5. Revizuirea specificaiilor (cerinelor).

Dezvoltarea conceptului, descris prin
etapele precedente, este urmat apoi de
dezvoltarea proiectului, bazat pe analiza
economic a soluiei (v. fig.4.7).

5. Revision of specifications (requirements).

The concept development, described
through the previous steps, is followed by
the project development, based on the
solutions economical analysis (see Fig. 4.7).

Mai departe, prin algoritmul din fig. 4.8, este

detaliat etapa cheie a modelului Ulrich &
Eppinger i anume generarea variantelorconcept; conform fig.4. 8, algoritmul de
generare conine cinci subetape:

Further, through the algorithm from Fig. 4.8,

it is detailed the key step of the Ulrich &
Eppingers model, mainly the generation of
the concept-variants; according to Fig. 4.8,
the algorithm contains five sub-steps:

3.1. Clarificarea problemei, care include:

a) nelegerea problemei,
b) descompunerea problemei n subprobleme
i
c) focalizarea pe rezolvarea subproblemelor
critice;

3.1. Problem clarification, which includes:

a) problem understanding,
b) problem decomposition into sub-problems
and
c) concentrating on solving the critical subproblems;

3.2. Cutarea de surse externe pentru

rezolvarea subproblemelor: reprezentani ai
utilizatorilor, experi, patente, literatur etc.;
se obin astfel variantele-concept existente
ale subproblemelor analizate;

3.2. Search of external sources for solving

the sub-problems: representatives of users,
experts, patents, literature etc.; thus, there
are obtained the existent concept-variants
of the analyzed sub-problems;

96

3.3. Cutarea de surse interne pentru

rezolvarea subproblemelor (individual sau
n grup), care pot oferi variante-concept noi
pentru subproblemele abordate;

3.3. Search of internal sources for solving

the sub-problems (individual or inside a
group), which can offer new conceptvariants for the approached sub-problems;

3.4. Explorarea sistematic a variantelorconcept care, pe baza arborelui de clasificare

i a tabelei de combinare, stabilete soluiile
integrate ale problemei globale;

3.4. Systemic exploitation of the conceptvariants that, based on the classification

tree and combination table, establishes the
integrated solutions of the global problem;

3.5. Corectarea soluiilor n contextul

conexiunilor inverse ale ntregului proces de
proiectare; n aceast subetap un rol
important revine coreciilor induse de
dezvoltarea constructiv a proiectului.

3.5. Correction of solutions in the context

of inverse connections for the entire design
process; an important role in this sub-step
belongs to the corrections induced by the
project constructive development.

4.2.3. Modelul lui Dieter

4.2.3. The Dieters Model

Modelarea proiectrii conceptuale, n

viziunea lui Dieter (SUA)[2], se bazeaz pe
algoritmul format din primele patru etape ale
modelului din fig. 3.7 (v. punctul 3.2.5):

The modeling of the conceptual design, in

Dieters (SUA) view [2], is based on the
algorithm formed by the first four steps of
the model from Fig. 3.7 (see point 3.2.5):

1. Definirea problemei, al crei obiectiv

principal este elaborarea specificatiilor;

1. Defining the problem, having as main

objective
the
elaboration
of
the
specification;

2. Colectarea informaiei, care utilizeaz ca

surse de informare: internetul, literatura de
specialitate, brevetele de invenie etc.;

2. Collecting the information, which uses as

information sources: the internet, the
technical literature, patents etc.;

3. Generarea soluiilor conceptuale, care

se bazeaz pe detalierea (descompunerea)
funciei, stabilirea soluiilor pariale i
compunerea acestora;

3. Generating the conceptual solutions,

which is based on the function detailing
(decomposition), the partial solutions
establishment and their composition;

4. Evaluarea
conceptelor
(soluiilor
conceptuale)
i
selectarea
soluiei
(soluiilor) optime.

4. Evaluation of concepts (conceptual

solutions) and selection of the optimal
solution(s).

Pentru generarea soluiilor conceptuale,

Dieter [2] folosete un algoritm similar cu
cel din fig. 4.8, utilizat de Ulrich i Eppinger
[19].

For generating the conceptual solutions,

Dieter [2] uses an algorithm similar to the
one from Fig. 4.8, used by Ulrich and
Eppinger [19].

4.2.4. Modelul Pahl & Beitz

4.2.4. The Pahl & Beitzs Model

n concepia autorilor germani Pahl i Beitz,

modelul proiectrii conceptuale, rezultat prin
detaliere din fig. 3.8 [16], se bazeaz pe
algoritmul ilustrat n fig. 4.9; n acest algoritm se pleac de la lista de cerine (SDP) i
se ajunge la soluia de principiu (conceptul
produsului) prin intermediul a 7 etape:

In the German authors Pahl and Beitz view,

the model of the conceptual design,
obtained by detailing from Fig. 3.8 [16], is
based on the algorithm illustrated in
Fig. 4.9; in this algorithm, it is started from
the requirements list (PDS) and it is
reached the principle solution (the product
concept) through 7 steps:

1. Abstractizarea
i
problemelor eseniale,

1. Abstracting and identifying the essential

problems,

identificarea

97

1. Identificarea
nevoilor
clientului

2. Stabilirea
specificaiilor
int

4. Selectarea
unui concept
de produs

3. Generarea
conceptelor
produsului

5. Actualizarea
specificaiilor

Efectuarea
analizei
economice

Analiza
produselor
concurente

Dezvoltarea
proiectului

Dezvoltarea conceptului

Fig. 4.7. Modelul dezvoltrii conceptului dup Ulrich i Eppinger [19].

3.1. Clarificarea
problemei

List de cerine

Subprobleme

Abstractizarea i identificarea
problemelor eseniale
Stabilirea structurilor de funcii

Concepte
existente

Cutarea principiilor de
rezolvare a subfunciilor

Concepte
noi

Combinarea principiilor de
rezolvare n structuri de rezolvare

Proiectarea conceptual

3.2. Cutare extern

pentru rezolvarea
subproblemelor

Funcie global subfuncii

3.3. Cutare intern

pentru rezolvarea
subproblemelor

Selectarea combinaiilor potrivite

3.4. Explorare
sistematic

Fixarea structurilor de rezolvare

Evaluarea tehnico - economic

Soluii integrate
Soluia de principiu
(concept)

3.5. Corectarea
soluiilor

Fig. 4.8. Algoritmul de generare a conceptelor

produsului dup Ulrich i Eppinger [19].

Fig. 4.9. Algoritmul proiectrii conceptuale

dup Pahl i Beitz [16].

98

1. Identification
of clients needs

2. Establishment
of target
specifications

4. Selection of
a product
concept

3. Generation of
product
concepts

Accomplishment
of economical
analysis

Analysis of
competitive
products

5. Actualization
of specifications

Project
development

Concept development

Fig. 4.7. The model of the concept development, after Ulrich and Eppinger [19].

3.1. Clarification
of the problem

Requirements list

Subproblems

Establishing the structure of functions

Global Function subfunctions

3.3. Internal search

for solving the
subproblems

Existent
concepts

Searching the solving principles

of the subfunctions

<ew
concepts

Combining the solving principles

into solving structures

Conceptual design

3.2. External search

for solving the
subproblems

Abstracting and identifying the

essential problems

Selecting the appropiate combinations

3.4. Systemic
exploration

Fixing the working structures

Technical-economical evaluation

Integrated
solutions

Principle solution
(concept)

3.5. Corection
of solutions

Fig. 4.8. The algorithm for the product concepts

generation, after Ulrich and Eppinger [19].

Fig. 4.9. The algorithm of the conceptual

design, after Pahl and Beitz [16].

99

2. Stabilirea structurilor de funcii prin

identificarea
funciei
globale
i
a
subfunciilor acesteia,

2. Establishing the structures of functions

by identifying the global function and its
subfunctions,

3. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare care

ndeplinesc subfunciile identificate,

3. Searching the solving principles that

fulfill the identified subfunctions,

4. Combinarea principiilor de rezolvare n

structuri de rezolvare,

4. Combining the solving principles into

solving structures,

5. Selectarea combinaiilor potrivite,

5. Selecting the appropriate combinations,

6. Concretizarea variantelor apte s devin

concepte (soluii de principiu),

6. Concretizing the variants able

become concepts (principle solutions),

7. Stabilirea soluiei de principiu (sau

conceptului) prin evaluare tehnic i
economic.

7. Establishing the principle solution (or

concept) through technical and economical
evaluation.

4.2.5. Modelul german VDI

4.2.5. The German Model VDI

n conformitate cu fig. 3.9, modelul VDI al

proiectrii conceptuale poate fi descris prin
algoritmul umbrit din fig. 4.10. Pentru
explicitare, norma VDI 2222 [20] detaliaz
etapele 2 i 3 din fig. 4.10 i obine un
algoritm de tipul celui ilustrat n fig. 4.11;
conform fig. 4.11, algoritmul proiectrii
conceptuale (evideniat prin umbrire)
pornete de la lista de cerine (SDP),
conine 2 + 2 subetape cu 2 + 2 rezultate, i
folosete patru baze de date specializate,
stocate n calculator.

According to Fig. 3.9, the VDI model of

conceptual design can be described
through the shaded algorithm from
Fig. 4.10. The VDI 2222 norm [20] details
the steps 2 and 3 from Fig. 4.10 and obtains
an algorithm like the one illustrated in
Fig. 4.11; according to Fig. 4.11, the
conceptual design algorithm (highlighted by
shading) starts from the requirements list
(PDS), contains 2 + 2 sub-steps with 2 + 2
results and uses four specialized data
basis, stored in the computer.

n consens cu fig. 4.11, etapa 2 din fig.4.10,

este divizat n subetapele 2.1 i 2.2 :

According to Fig. 4.11, step 2 from Fig. 4.10,

is divided into sub-steps 2.1 and 2.2:

2.1. Stabilirea funciei globale;

Rezultat: Funcia global a produsului;

2.1. Establishment of the global function;

Result: the product global function;

2.2. Identificarea subfunciilor

structurilor de funcii;
Rezultat: Structuri de funcii.

to

2.2. Identification of sub-functions and subfunctions structures;

Result: Structures of functions.

n mod analog, etapa 3 din fig. 4.10, este

divizat n subetapele 3.1 i 3.2:

Analogous, step 3 from Fig. 4.10 is divided

into sub-steps 3.1 and 3.2:

3.1. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare n

planul efectelor fizice;
Rezultat: Soluii de principiu descrise n
planul efectelor;

3.1. Search of the solving principles in the

plan of the physical effects;
Result: Principle solutions described in the
effects plan;

3.2. Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare n

planul configuraiilor purttorilor de efecte;
Rezultat: Soluii de principiu descrise n
planul efectelor i configuraiilor.

3.2. Search of the solving principles in the

plan of the effects carriers configurations;
Result: Principle solutions described in the
effects and configurations plan.

100

4.2.6. Concluzii

4.2.6. Conclusions

Din analiza comparativ a modelelor

prezentate pot fi desprinse concluzii utile,
pe baza crora se pot dezvolta apoi noi
abordri.

From the comparative analysis of the

presented models, the following useful
conclusions, on which new approaches can
be developed, come out

a) Asupra listei de cerine (SDP)

Spre deosebire de primele trei modele
(Cross, Ulrich & Eppinger i Dieter), n care
elaborarea SDP (listei de cerine) este
considerat etap a proiectrii conceptuale,
n modelele germane (Pahl & Beitz i VDI)
lista de cerine (SDP) este adoptat ca
entitate de intrare; aadar, n concepia
german, elaborarea listei de cerine (SDP)
este o activitate distinct, relativ autonom,
cu obiective i metode de abordare diferite
de cele ale proiectrii conceptuale propriuzise.

a) On the requirements list (PDS)

Unlike the first three models (Cross, Ulrich
& Eppinger and Dieter), in which the PDS
(requirements
list)
elaboration
is
considered a step of the conceptual design,
in the German models (Pahl & Beitz and
VDI) the requirements list (PDS) is adopted
as an input entity; therefore, in the German
modeling, the requirements list (PDS)
elaboration is a distinct activity, relatively
autonomous, with objectives and approach
methods different from those of the properly
conceptual design.
b) On the strictness of terminology
From the analysis of the used terminology
in the previously presented models, some
interesting observations come out:

b) Despre rigoarea terminologiei

Din analiza terminologiei utilizate, n
modelele prezentate mai sus, se desprind
cteva observaii interesante:

- Crosss
model
uses
a
relaxed
terminology, in which there are used
notions of general type, like (see
Fig. 4.6): objective, problem and subproblem, function and sub-function,
requirement, characteristic, alternative
(variant), sub-solution and solution etc.

- Modelul
lui
Cross
folosete
o
terminologie relaxat, n care sunt
utilizate noiuni de tip general, precum
(v. fig. 4.6): obiectiv, problem i
subproblem, funcie i subfuncie,
cerin,
caracteristic,
alternativ
(variant), subsoluie i soluie etc.

- The models of the American authors,

Ulrich & Eppinger and Dieter use a more
elaborated terminology, in which there are
also used specialized notions, like
(see Fig. 4.7 and 4.8): target specification,
product concept, concept development,
the concept of a sub-problem, integrated
solution, project development etc.

- Modelele autorilor americani, Ulrich &

Eppinger
i
Dieter,
utilizeaz
o
terminologie mai elaborat, n care sunt
folosite i noiuni specializate, precum
(v. fig. 4.7 i 4.8): specificaie int,
concept al produsului, dezvoltarea
conceptului, conceptul unei subprobleme,
soluie integrat, dezvoltarea proiectului
etc.

- The German models use the most

rigorous terminology, and among them,
the VDI model has the most finished
form. Beside the general notions, there
are used strictly specialized notions;
examples (see Fig. 4.10 and 4.11):
structure of functions, solving principle,
physical effect, effects carrier, effects
carriers configuration, working structure,
principle solution, principle solution from
the effects plan, principle solution from
the configuration plan etc.

- Modelele germane utilizeaz cea mai

riguroas
terminologie,
iar
dintre
acestea, modelul VDI se remarc prin
forma cea mai finisat. Pe lng noiunile
generale, sunt folosite noiuni strict
specializate; exemple (v. fig. 4.10 i
4.11): structura de funcii, principiu de
rezolvare, efect fizic, purttori de efecte,
configuraia purttorilor de efecte,
structura de rezolvare, soluie de
principiu, soluie de principiu din planul
efectelor, soluie de principiu din planul
configuraiilor etc.

101

Etape

Rezultate

Faze

Sarcin

Clarificarea i definirea sarcinii

Faza I
List de cerine

Determinarea funciilor i
structurilor de funcii

Cutarea principiilor de rezolvare

i a combinaiilor acestora
Soluii de principiu

Divizarea n module fezabile

Structura de module

Dezvoltarea proiectelor pentru

modulele cheie

Completarea i revizuirea cerinelor

Conexiuni iterative inverse ntre etape

Structura de funcii

Faza II

Faza III

Proiecte preliminare

Completarea proiectului global

Proiect definitiv

Pregtirea fabricaiei i a
instruciunilor de operare

Faza IV

Documentaie
produs
Realizarea mai departe

Fig. 4.10. Evidenierea prin umbrire a algoritmului proiectrii conceptuale din algoritmul de
proiectare a unui produs dup metoda VDI [20].

102

Steps

Results

Phases

Task

Task clarification and defining

Phase I

Requirements list

Establishment of functions and

structure of functions

Search of solving principles and of

their combinations
Principle solutions

Division into feasible modules

Structure of modules

Development of projects for the

key modules
Preliminary projects

Completion and revision of requirements

Inverse iterative connection between steps

Structure of functions

Phase II

Phase III

Completion of the global project

Definitive project

Preparation of production and

operation instructions

Phase IV

Product documentation

Further accomplishment

Fig. 4.10. The algorithm of the conceptual design, highlighted through shading, from the algorithm
for a product design, from VDI method [20].

103

Etape de lucru

Baza de date

Rezultate

Tema

Clarificarea i precizarea
problemei

2.1

Stabilirea funciei
globale

2.2

Identificarea subfunciilor i a
structurilor de funcii

3.1

Cutarea principiilor de
rezolvare n planul
efectelor fizice

Cutarea principiilor de
3.2 rezolv. n planul config.

4 mprirea n module
fezabile i configurare
7 pn la documentaie

Tema principal
Lista de cerine

Funcii generale

Funcia
global

Funcii generale

Structuri de
funcii

Efecte fizice

Mecanisme
cinematice

Organe de maini
Tipuri de legturi

Soluii de
principiu
(efecte)

Soluii de
principiu (efecte
i config.)

Proiectarea conceptual

Matricea de cutare
pentru formularea
problemelor

Documentaia
produsului

Realizarea n continuare

Fig. 4.11. Detalierea algoritmului proiectrii conceptuale prin divizarea etapelor 2 i 3 din fig. 4.10 [20].

104

Working steps

Data basis

Results

Task

Task clarification and

specification

2.1

Establishment of the
global function

Identification of sub2.2 functions and structures

of sub- functions

Search of the solving

3.1 principles in the physical
effects plan

Search of the solving

3.2 princip. in the config. plan

Division into feasible

4
modules and configuration
up to documentation
7

The main task

Requirements list

General functions

The global
function

General functions

Structures of
functions

Physical effects

Kinematical
mechanisms

Machine elements
Types of inks

Principle
solutions
(effects)

Principles
solutions (effects
and config.)

C o n c e pt u a l d e s i g n

The searching matrix for

problems formulation

Product
documentation

Further accomplishment

Fig. 4.11. Detailing of the conceptual design algorithm by dividing steps 2 and 3 from Fig. 4.10 [20].

105

c) Despre numitorul comun al modelelor

c) On the models common denominator

Dei au formulri diferite, toate modelele de

design analizate mai sus se reduc, prin
abstractizare i simplificare, la acelai
numitor comun, ilustrat prin algoritmul din
fig. 4.12 (adaptare dup VDI 2221); acest
algoritm desemneaz de fapt ciclul de
rezolvare a unei probleme tehnice, n cinci
etape (fig. 4.12):

Although they have different formulations, all

the analyzed design models can be reduced,
through abstracting and simplifying, to the
same common denominator, illustrated
through the algorithm from Fig. 4.12
(adapted after VDI 2221); in fact, this
algorithm designates the solving cycle of a
technical problem, in five steps (Fig. 4.12):

1) Analiza problemei (include formularea i

detalierea problemei n subprobleme),

1) The problem analysis (includes problem

formulation and detailing into subproblems),

2) Sinteza sistemului tehnic (cutarea i

gsirea variantelor de sisteme tehnice,
care pot fi soluii ale problemei),
3) Analiza sistemului, care const n
stabilirea
caracteristicilor
fiecrei
variante,
4) Evaluarea comparativ a variantelor pe
baza unor criterii tehnice i economice
adecvate i
5) Decizia privind selectarea variantei
(variantelor) care urmeaz s fie
dezvoltate.
Prin liniile orientate din fig. 4.12 sunt
desemnate fluxurile de informaie dintre
etape: fluxul principal este reprezentat cu
linie groas, iar fluxurile iterative inverse
(necesare n corectare i optimizare) sunt
trasate cu linie subire.

2) The technical system synthesis (search

and find technical systems variants that
can be solutions of the problem),
3) The system analysis, which consists in
establishing each variant characteristics,
4) Comparative evaluation of the variants,
based on adequate technical and
economical criteria and
5) Decision regarding the selection of
variant(s) that will be constructive
developed.
Through the oriented lines from Fig. 4.12
there are designated the information flows
between steps: the main flow is represented
with a thick line, while the inverse iterative
flows (necessary in correction and
optimization) are traced with a thin line.

Conform concepiei germane, n rezolvarea

problemelor tehnice, etapa nr. 1 i etapa
nr. 2 pot fi structurate dup un algoritm de
tipul celui din fig. 4.13 (adaptat dup VDI
2221), care cuprinde urmtoarele subetape
principale:

According to the German modeling, in solving

the technical problems, step no. 1 and step
no. 2 can be structured following an algorithm
like the one from Fig. 4.13 (adapted after VDI
2221), which consists of the following main
sub-steps:

1.1. Formularea problemei globale,

1.2. Detalierea
problemei
globale
n
probleme pariale ,
1.3. Detalierea problemelor pariale n
probleme singulare;
2.1. Cutarea n planul soluiilor i gsirea
combinaiilor
compatibile
de
soluii
singulare, numerotate cu i = 1;2;3;N
2.2. Stabilirea soluiei pariale nr. i (i = 1;2;3;N)
prin compunerea soluiilor singulare din
combinaia nr. i i
2.3. Determinarea soluiei globale nr. i, prin
compunerea
soluiilor
pariale
din
combinaia nr. i (i = 1;2;3;N).

1.1. Formulation of the global problem,

1.2. Detailing the global problem into partial
problems,
1.3. Detailing of the partial problems into
singular problems;
2.1. Searching in the solutions plan and
finding the compatible combinations of
singular solutions, numbered with i = 1;2;3;N
2.2. Establishing the partial solution no. i
(i = 1;2;3;N) by composing the singular
solutions from combination no. i and
2.3. Establishing the global solution no. i, by
composing the partial solutions from
combination no. i (i = 1;2;3;N).

106

Problem

Problem

Analiza problemei
(Descompunerea problemei n
subprobleme de diverse ordine)

Sinteza sistemului
(Cutarea subsislemelor - soluii
care rezolv subproblemele de ordin
2
superior i determinarea sistemelor soluii, prin compunerea
combinatorie a subsistemelor gsite)

System synthesis
(Search of subsystems solutions that
solve the sub-problems of superior
2
order and establishment of systems solutions, through combining and
composing the found subsystem)

Analiza sistemului
3

Problem analysis
(Problem decomposition into subproblems of different orders)

System analysis
3 (Establishment of the characteristics

(Determinarea caracteristicilor
realizate de sistemele - soluii
obinute)

accomplished by the obtained

system-solutions)

Evaluarea

Evaluation
4 (Estimation of the obtained system-

(Aprecierea sistemelor - soluii

obinute pe baza unor criterii tehnice
i economice adecvate)

solutions based on some adequated

technical and economical criteria)

Decizia

5 (Selectarea sistemelor - soluii care

urmeaz s fie dezvoltate)

Faza urmtoare

Decision
(Selection of the system-solutions
that will be developed)

&ext phase

Fig. 4.12. Ciclul de rezolvare a unei probleme

tehnice (adaptare dup VDI 2221).

Fig. 4.12. The solving structure of a technical

problem (adapted after VDI 2221).

107

1.2 Probleme pariale

1.1 Global problem

1. Problem analysis

1. Analiza problemei

1.1 Problem global

1.3 Probleme singulare

1.3 Singular problems

Planul soluiilor

Solutions plan

2.1 Singular solutions (comb. no. i)

2. System synthesis

2. Sinteza sistemului

2.1 Soluii singulare (comb. nr. i)

2.2 Soluii pariale (comb. nr. i)

1.2 Partial problems

2.3 Soluie global nr. i

(rezultanta soluiilor din
combinaia nr. i)

2.2 Partial solutions (comb. no. i)

2.3 Global solution no. i

(the resultant of the partial
solutions from comb. no. i)

Fig. 4.13. Structura de rezolvare a unei

probleme tehnice prin divizare n subprobleme
i compunere a subsoluiilor din fiecare
combinaie (adaptare dup VDI 2221).

Fig. 4.13. The solving structure of a technical

problem by dividing it into sub-problems and
composing the sub-solutions from different
combinations (adapted after VDI 2221).

108

n varianta sa simplificat, de tip: problem

global subprobleme subsoluii
soluie global, acest algoritm se regsete
n structura dezvoltrii fiecrui model de
design prezentat mai sus.

This algorithm, in its simplified variant of

type: global problem sub-problems
sub-solutions global solution, can be
found in the development structure of each
design model that was previously presented.

4.3. VARIANTA GENERALIZAT DE

MODELARE A PROIECTRII
CONCEPTUALE

4.3. A GENERALIZED VARIANT OF

THE CONCEPTUAL DESIGN

Pornind de la varianta de modelare a

proiectrii unui produs, ilustrat n fig. 4.14,a
(preluat din fig. 3.13,b), n fig. 4.14,b s-a
propus o nou variant de modelare care
detaliaz etapa umbrit din fig. 4.14,a:
proiectarea conceptual a produsului.
Modelul din fig. 4.14,b este o variant
derivat
din
modelele
analizate
n
subcap. 4.2, prin simplificare i generalizare.

Starting from the modeling variant of the

product design, illustrated in Fig. 4.14,a
(taken from Fig. 3.13,b), in Fig. 4.14,b is
proposed a new modeling variant that
details the shaded step from Fig. 4.14,a: the
product conceptual design. The model from
Fig. 4.14,b is a variant derived from the
models analyzed in subchapter 4.2, by
simplification and generalization.

4.3.1. Structura algoritmului generalizat

de proiectare conceptual

4.3.1. The structure of the generalized

algorithm for the conceptual design

Conform fig. 4.14,b, noua variant de

modelare este centrat pe o baz adecvat
de informaii, pornete de la SDP (lista de
cerine anterior identificat) i cuprinde patru
etape i patru rezultate principale, respectiv:

According to Fig. 4.14,b, the new modeling

variant is centered on an adequate base of
information, starts from the PDS (requirements list previously identified) and contains four steps and four main results:

1. Identificarea funciei globale;

Rezultat: Funcia global a produsului,

1. Identification of the global function;

Result: The product global function,

2. Detalierea funciei globale sub form de

structuri de subfuncii, de diverse ordine;
Rezultat: Structura funciei globale a
produsului,

2. Detailing the global function in structures

of sub-functions, of different orders;
Result: The product structure of the global
function,

3. Generarea variantelor conceptuale, care

se bazeaz pe rezolvarea sub-funciilor i
compunerea combinatorie a subsoluiilor
obinute;
variantele
conceptuale
se
stabilesc prin determinarea i analiza
caracteristicilor fiecrei variante obinute,
urmat de eliminarea variantelor care nu
ndeplinesc cerinele din list.
Rezultat: Variante conceptuale,

3. Generating the conceptual variants,

which are based on solving the sub-functions,
through combining and composing the obtained
compatible sub-solutions; the conceptual
variants are established by determining and
analyzing the characteristics of each obtained
variant, followed by the elimination of the
variants that do not fulfill the requirements
from the list.
Result: conceptual variants,

4. Identificarea variantei / variantelor

conceptuale optime prin evaluarea tehnicoeconomic.
Rezultat: Soluia conceptual a produsului
(conceptul sau soluia de principiu a
produsului).

4. Identification of the optimal conceptual

variant(s) by a technical and economical
evaluation.
Result: The product conceptual solution (the
product concept or product principle
solution).

109

2.PROIECTAREA
COCEPTUALA

Soluia
conceptual

SDP
(Lista de
cerine)

&evoia social

1.

3.

Elaborarea
SDP (listei
de cerine)

BAZA DE
INFORMAII

4.

Proiectarea
constructiv

Proiect
final

Elaborarea
documentaiei de
produs

Fig. 4.14,a. Algoritm

generalizat de proiectare a
unui produs.

Documentaia produsului

3. Generarea
variantelor
conceptuale
Clasa
variantelor
conceptuale

Structura
funciei
globale

2.Detalierea
funciei
globale

BAZA DE
INFORMAII

4. Evaluare
tehnicoeconomic

Funcia
global a
produsului

Soluia
conceptual

1. Identificarea
funciei globale
a produsului

a
produsului
SDP
(Lista de
cerine)

Fig. 4.14,b. Algoritm generalizat pentru detalierea proiectrii conceptuale (etapa 2 din fig. 4.14,a).

110

2. COCEPTUAL
DESIG
Conceptual
solution

PDS
(Requir.
list)

Social need

1.

3.
THE
INFORMATION
BASE

Elaboration
of the PDS
(requir. list)

4.

Embodiment
design

Final
project

Elaboration of
the product
documentation

Fig. 4.14,a. Generalized

variant of the technical
product design algorithm.

Product documentation

3. Generation of
conceptual
variants
The class
of the
conceptual
variants

The
structure of
the global

function

2.The global
function
detailing

The
product
global
function

INFORMATION
BASE

1. Identification
of the product
global function

4. Technical
and
economical
evaluation

The
product
conceptual
solution
PDS
(Requir.
List)

Fig. 4.14,b. Generalized algorithm for detailing the conceptual design (step 2 from Fig. 4.14,a).

111

Conexiunile inverse dintre etape (fig. 4.14,b),

necesare pentru optimizarea iterativ i
pentru readaptarea SDP (listei de cerine),
pot fi realizate att direct, prin fluxul periferic
de informaie, ct i indirect prin baza de
informaii.

The inverse connections between steps

(Fig. 4.14,b), which are necessary in the
iterative optimization and readapting the PDS
(requirements list), can be made directly,
through the peripheral information flow, or
indirectly through the information base.

Dintre cele patru etape, ale algoritmului de

proiectare
conceptual,
generarea
variantelor conceptuale (etapa 3) constituie
etapa-cheie; de aceea, etapa 3 a fost
ilustrat umbrit n fig. 4.14,b (mpreun cu
entitile de intrare i de ieire aferente).

Among the four steps of the conceptual

design algorithm, the conceptual variants
generation (step 3) represents the key
step; therefore, in Fig. 4.14,b step 3 was
illustrated shaded (together with the afferent
input and output entities).

Pentru aceast etap, n fig. 4.15 s-a

detaliat un algoritm general de sintez a
variantelor conceptuale, innd seama de
exemplele i de noiunile prezentate n
cap. 2 (vezi i anexa A.1).

For this step, in Fig. 4.15 was detailed a

general algorithm for the synthesis of the
conceptual variants, taking into account the
examples and the notions presented in
chapter 2 (see also appendix A.1).

4.3.2. Algoritmul de sintez a variantelor

conceptuale

4.3.2. The algorithm for the synthesis of

conceptual variants

Algoritmul din fig. 4.15, destinat sintezei

variantelor conceptuale (etapa 3, din
fig. 4.14,b), este derivat din algoritmul
omonim propus de Ulrich i Eppinger
(v. fig.4.8), pe baza terminologiei promovat
de VDI.

The algorithm from Fig. 4.15, for the

synthesis of the conceptual variants (step
3, from Fig. 4.14,b), is derived from the
homonymous algorithm proposed by Ulrich
and Eppinger (see Fig. 4.8), on the basis of
the terminology promoted by VDI.

Conform fig. 4.15, algoritmul este centrat pe o

baza adecvat de informaii, pornete de la o
structur de subfuncii cunoscut i cuprinde
patru etape (dreptunghiuri) i cinci rezultate
(cercuri):

According to Fig. 4.15, the algorithm is

centered on an adequate information base,
starts from a known structure of sub-functions
and contains four steps (rectangles) and five
results (circles):

1. Identificarea i gruparea subfunciilor

componente n:

1. Identifying and grouping the component

sub-functions into:

a) funcii de tip P.R.N. (ale cror Principii de

Rezolvare sunt Necunoscute) i

a) functions of S.P.U. type (whose Solving

Principles are Unknown) and

b) funcii de tip P.R.C. (ale cror Principii de

Rezolvare sunt Cunoscute);
Rezultate: Funcii de tip P.R.N. i funcii de
tip P.R.C.

b) functions of S.P.K. type (whose Solving

Principles are Known);
Results: Functions of S.P.U. type and
functions of S.P.K. type.

2. Sinteza principiilor de rezolvare pentru

funciile de tip P.R.N., la care se adaug
funciile de tip P.R.C. ale cror soluii
existente sunt nesatisfctoare pentru
produsul proiectat sau dezvoltat.

2. The synthesis of the solving principles for

the functions of S.P.U. type, at which there
are added the functions of S.P.K. type, whose
existent solutions are unsatisfactory for the
designed or developed product.

Sinteza principiilor de rezolvare se

realizeaz prin identificarea efectelor fizice
i prin configurarea purttorilor de efecte,
urmat, n cazul subfunciilor compuse, de
compunerea soluiilor pariale.

The synthesis of the solving principles is

made by the identification of the physical
effects and by the configuration of the
effects carriers, followed (for composed
sub-functions) by the composition of the
compatible partial solutions.

112

Rezultat: Principii
rezolvare noi.

i/sau

variante

Result: New solving

solving variants.

de

principles

and/or

3. Identificarea i sistematizarea soluiilor

existente.
Rezultat: Clasa soluiilor existente,

3. Identification and systematization of the

existent solutions.
Result: The class of existent solutions,

4. Generarea variantelor conceptuale, care

cuprinde dou subetape:

4. Generation of the conceptual variants,

which contains two sub-steps:

4.1 Se genereaz mai nti variantele de

rezolvare, prin compunerea combinatorie a
soluiilor compatibile din etapele 2 i 3;

4.1 Firstly, there are generated the solving

variants, through combining and composing
the compatible solutions from steps 2 and 3;

4.2 a) se efectueaz o prim configurare

(sintez
geometrico-cinematic)
a
variantelor obinute;
b) se prestabilesc principalele caracteristici
tehnice ale acestor variante;
c) se elimin apoi variantele de rezolvare
ale cror caracteristici tehnice nu satisfac
cantitativ cerinele (obiectivele principale)
din SDP (lista de cerine).
Rezultat: Clasa variantelor conceptuale.

4.2 a) it is made an initial configuration

(geometrical-kinematical synthesis) of the
obtained variants;
b) there are pre-established the main
technical characteristics of these variants;
c) then, there are eliminated the solving
variants whose technical features dont
satisfy quantitatively the requirements (main
objectives) from the PDS (requirements list).
Result: The class of the conceptual variants.

Aadar o variant conceptual este o

variant de rezolvare care rezolv funcia
global a produsului, n conformitate cu
obiectivele principale din SDP (lista de
cerine), att calitativ, ct i cantitativ.

Hence, a conceptual variant is a solving

variant that solves the product global
function, according to the main objectives
from the PDS (requirements list), both
qualitatively and quantitatively.

n rezolvarea etapelor 1N 3, baza de

informaii i experiena echipei de proiectare
joac un rol decisiv.

In solving steps 1N 3, a decisive role is

played by the information base and the
experience of the design.

n cazul funciilor de tip P.R.C., identificarea

soluiilor existente se bazeaz pe dou
izvoare principale:

In the case of the functions of S.P.K. type,

the identification of the existent solutions is
based on two main sources:

a) analiza literaturii de specialitate i

b) analiza sistemelor tehnice existente.

a) The analysis of the technical literature and

b) The analysis of the existent technical
systems.

Sursele curente de informare din literatur

se refer la: reviste, buletine i periodice
tiinifice, tehnice i economice din domeniu
cercetat; monografii i cursuri universitare,
buletine de referine, dicionare, lexicoane i
enciclopedii, memoratoare matematice i
tehnice, teze de doctorat, proiecte de
cercetare tiinific, norme legislative, norme
i standarde tehnice, literatura de patente
(brevete de invenie), cataloage de
proiectare (cataloage de efecte fizice,
cataloage pentru soluii de principiu ale unor
funcii
uzuale,
cataloage
de
soluii
constructive etc.), cataloage i prospecte de
produse (editate de firme productoare

The present information sources from

literature are referring to: technical and
economical periodicals, bulletins and
magazines from the research field;
monographs
and
academic
courses,
reference bulletins, dictionaries, lexicons and
encyclopedias, mathematical and technical
agendas, PhD thesis, research projects,
legislative norms, technical norms and
standards, patents, design catalogues
(catalogues of physical effects, catalogues of
principle solutions for usual functions,
catalogues of constructive solutions etc.),
catalogues and prospects of products (edited
by the producer companies and/or sale

113

Structura
funciei
globale

1. Identificarea (sub)funciilor componente:

cu Principii de Rezolvare
<ecunoscute (PRN) i
cu Principii de Rezolvare

Cunoscute (PRC).

Funcii
P.R.C

Funcii
P.R.

2. SINTEZA principiilor de
rezolvare prin identificarea
efectelor i configurarea
purttorilor de efecte;
compunerea principiilor de
rezolvare (dac este cazul)

Principii i
variante de
rezolvare
noi

BAZA DE
INFORMAII

3. Identificarea i
sistematizarea soluiilor
existente

4. Generarea variantelor conceptuale:

4.1. generarea variantelor de rezolvare, prin
compunerea combinatorie a soluiilor pariale;
4.2.
a) Configurarea iniial a variantelor obinute
(sintez cinematic);
b) Prestabilirea caracteristicilor tehnice;
c) Eliminarea variantelor de rezolvare ale cror
caracteristici tehnice nu satisfac cantitativ
cerinele din SDP (lista de cerine).

Clasa
soluiilor
existente

Clasa
variantelor
conceptuale

Fig. 4.15. Algoritm pentru detalierea generrii variantelor conceptuale (etapa 3 din fig. 4.14,b).

114

The
structure of
the global

function

1. Identification of the component (sub)functions:

with Solving Principles which are

Unknown (SPU) and
with Solving Principles which are
Known (SPK).
S.P.K.
functions

S.P.U.
functions

2. The SYNTHESIS of the

solving principles by
identifying the effects and
configuring the effects carriers;
composition of solving
principles (if it is the case)

<ew solving
principles
and solving
variants

THE
INFORMATION
BASE

4. Generation of conceptual variants:

4.1. Generation of the solving variants, through
combining and composing the partial solutions;
4.2.
a) Initial configuration of the obtained variants
(kinematical synthesis);
b) Pre-establishment of technical features;
c) Elimination of the solving variants whose
technical features dont satisfy quantitatively the
requirements from the PDS (requirements list).

3. Identification and
systematization of existent
solutions

The class of
existent
solutions

The class of
conceptual
variants

Fig. 4.15. Algorithm for detailing the generation of the solving structures (step 3 from Fig. 4.14,b).

115

i/sau de desfacere), rapoarte tiinifice,

tehnice i economice elaborate de diverse
instituii i asociaii, site-uri existente pe
internet n domeniu cercetat etc.

companies),
scientific,
technical
and
economical reports, elaborated by different
institutions and associations, web-sites in the
field etc.

n cazul funciilor de tip P.R.N., gsirea

efectelor fizice i/sau a configuraiei
purttorilor de efecte (din principiile de
rezolvare cutate) poate fi realizat prin:

For the functions of S.P.U. type, the

physical effects and/or the configuration of
the effects carriers (from the solving
principles that we are looking for) can be
found through:

metode convenionale [7, 9, 15, 16];

exemple: analiza sistemelor naturale,
analogia,
testarea
i
msurarea
modelelor,
metode intuitive [2, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12,
16, 17]; exemple: brainstorming, metoda
635, metoda Gallery, sinectica, metoda
Delphi,
metode logice [2, 9, 12, 16, 23]; exemple: modelarea i simularea numeric a
proceselor fizice, cutarea sistematic
cu ajutorul matricelor i cataloagelor de
efecte, variaia configuraiei purttorilor
de efecte ale unor soluii cunoscute; o
alta abordare de acest tip este oferita de
teoria TRIZ (v. Anexa A.4).

conventional methods [7, 9, 15, 16];

examples: the analysis of the natural
systems, models analogy, testing and
measurement,

intuitive methods [2, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12,

16, 17]; examples: brainstorming, 635
method, Gallery method, synectics,
Delphi method,
logical methods [2, 9, 12, 16, 23] as:
modeling and numerical simulation of
physical processes, systematical search
by using matrixes and catalogues of
physical effects, the variation of the
effects carriers for known solutions;
another approach of this type is offered
by TRIZ Theory (see Appendix A.4).

Generarea variantelor de rezolvare, prin

combinarea i compunerea soluiilor pariale
(subetapa 4.1 din fig. 4.15), poate fi
realizat cu ajutorul metodelor matematice
de combinare sau pe baza matricelor
morfologice (v. cap. 2); dintre acestea,
alternativa secund, analizat n cap. 2, are
cea mai larg utilizare, pe plan mondial [1,
2, 7, 9, 11, 16, 17, 20].

The generation of solving variants, through

combining and composing the compatible
partial solutions (sub-step 4.1 from
Fig. 4.15), can be done using mathematical
combining methods or morphological
matrixes (see chapter 2); between them, the
second alternative, which was analyzed in
chapter 2, is the most used world-wide [1, 2,
7, 9, 11, 16, 17, 20].

4.3.3. Concluzii

4.3.3. Conclusions

Pe baza algoritmilor din fig. 4.14 i 4.15 pot

fi formulate urmtoarele concluzii:

The following conclusions can be drawn

based on the algorithms from Fig. 4.14 and
Fig. 4.15:

a. Fiecare etap a modelului din fig. 4.14,a

constituie o activitate distinct, relativ
autonom, cu noiuni i metode proprii.

a. Each step of the model from Fig. 4.14,a

represents a distinct activity, relatively
autonomous, with its own notions and methods.

b. Pentru a crea o imagine intuitiv i

unitar asupra ierarhiei i corelaiilor dintre
noiunile utilizate, n fig. 4.16 s-a propus o
variant
sintetic
i
simplificat
a
algoritmilor din fig. 4.14,b i 4.15.

b. In order to create an intuitive and unitary

image on the hierarchy and correlations among
the notions that are used, a simplified and
synthetic variant of the algorithms from
Fig. 4.14,b and 4.15 was proposed in Fig. 4.16.

c. n conformitate cu fig. 4.14,b i 4.15,

funcia global a unui produs prezint
elemente de noutate dac:

c. According to Fig. 4.14,b and 4.15, the

global function of a product present
elements of novelty if:

116

SDP (Lista de Cerine)

SDP

Cerine (Obiective principale: nevoi; restricii)

Criterii de evaluare
(Obiective secundare: dorine;
condiii de protecie)

Entiti de intrare / ieire; caracteristici

Funcia global
Structura de subfuncii
Conexiuni

Subfuncii
cu principii de rezolvare
necunoscute
n planul
efectelor fizice

cu principii de rezolvare
cunoscute
Soluii existente: n
planul efectelor i
configuraiilor

n planul
configuraiilor

Sinteza efectelor fizice

Configurarea purttorilor de efecte (soluii noi)
Sistematizarea soluiilor pariale (noi i existente)
Generarea variantelor de rezolvare (prin combinarea i compunerea
soluiilor pariale)
Configurarea i prestabilirea caracteristicilor fiecrei variante
Decelarea variantelor conceptuale (prin eliminarea variantelor ale cror
caracteristici nu ndeplinesc cantitativ cerinele)
Decelarea soluiei conceptuale (prin stabilirea variantei conceptuale care rspunde
cel mai bine criteriilor de evaluare)

S.C.

Soluia Conceptual (conceptul)

Fig. 4.16. Explicitarea algoritmului de proiectare conceptual din fig. 4.14,b.

117

PDS (Req. List)

PDS

Requirements (main objectives: needs; restrictions)

Evaluation criteria
(Secondary objectives:
wishes; protection conditions)

Input/output entities; characteristics

Global function
Structure of sub-functions
Connections

Sub-functions
With unknown solving
principles
In the plan of
physical effects

With known solving

principles
Existent solutions:
in the plan of effects
and configurations

In the plan of
configurations

The synthesis of physical effects

Configuration of effects carriers (new

solutions) noi)
Systematization of partial solutions (new and existent)
Generation of solving variants (by combining and composing the
compatible partial solutions)
Configuration and pre-establishment of each variant characteristics
Selection of the conceptual variants (by eliminating the variants whose
characteristics do not fulfill the requirements quantitatively)
Election of the conceptual solution (by establishing the conceptual variant that
responds to the evaluation criteria in the best way)

C.S.

Conceptual Solution (the concept)

Fig. 4.16. Detailing of the conceptual design algorithm from Fig. 4.14,b.

118

c1) are cel puin o subfuncie de tip P.R.N.

(cu principiu de rezolvare necunoscut) i/
sau dac:

c1) it has at least a sub-function of S.P.U.

type (with an unknown solving principle)
and/or if:

c2) n structura de subfuncii intervine cel

puin o conexiune original.

c2) in the structure of sub-functions

interferes at least an original connection.

d. n funcie de elementele de noutate, din

funcia global a unui produs, se deosebesc
mai multe tipuri [2; 15; 16] i variante de
design (v. tab. 4.1):

d. In terms of novelty, from the global

function of a product can come out more
design types [2; 15; 16] and variants (see
Tab. 4.1):

d1) Proiectarea original (PO), cu apte

variante distincte (PO-I,N,PO-VII),
d2) Proiectarea adaptiv (PA), cu dou
variante distincte (PA-I i PA-II) i
d3) Proiectarea variant (PV), cu o singur
alternativ.
Diferenele dintre ele decurg din tab. 4.1:
- n
proiectarea
original,
soluia
conceptual conine elemente de
originalitate cel puin n planul efectelor
sau cel puin n planul conexiunilor;
- n
proiectarea
adaptiv,
soluia
conceptual aduce elemente de noutate
doar n privina configuraiei purttorilor
de efecte,

d1) Original design (OD), with seven distinct

variants (OD-I,N,OD-VII),
d2) Adaptive design (AD), with two distinct
variants (AD-I and AD-II) and
d3) Variant design (VD), with a single
alternative.
The following differences derive from Tab. 4.1:

Structura
funciei globale
conine

- in the original design, the conceptual

solution contains elements of originality
at least in the effects plan or at least in
the connections plan;

- in the adaptive design, the conceptual

solution brings elements of novelty only
regarding the configuration of the effects
carriers,

Tab. 4.1. Tipuri i variante de proiectare

Principii de rezolvare
cunoscute
noi
cu REconfigurare
n configuraie existent

Soluiile subfunciilor
componente
conin

P.O. tip VII

P.O. tip VI
P.O. tip II
P.O. tip
P.A. tip I
P.V.
III
P.A.
tip
II
Conexiuni cunoscute
P.O. tip IV
Legend: P.O. = Proiectare Original; P.A. = Proiectare Adaptiv; P.V. = Proiectare Variant
Conexiuni noi

P.O. tip V

P.O.
tip I

Tab. 4.1. Design types and variants

The solutions of the component
Solving principles
sub-functions
known
The structure
contain
new
With REIn the existent
of the global function
configuration
configuration
contains
O.D. type V
O.D. type VII
O.D.
type I
O.D. type VI
ew connections
O.D. type II
A.D. type I
O.D.
V.D.
type III
A.D. type II
Known connections
O.D. type IV
Legend: O.D. = Original Design; A.D. = Adaptive Design; V.D. = Variant Design

119

n
proiectarea
variant,
soluia
conceptual este cunoscut n toate cele
trei plane: al efectelor, al configuraiei
purttorilor de efecte i al conexiunilor;
ca urmare, proiectarea variant este o
form de proiectare constructiv prin
similitudine (dup model); n [2], acest
tip de proiectare este numit, de
asemenea, modificare.

- in the variant design, the conceptual

solution is known in all the three plans: of
effects,
of
the
effects
carriers
configurations and of connections;
therefore, the variant design is a form of
embodiment design through similitude
(by using a pattern); in [2], this design
type in named also modification.

La aceste tipuri de proiectare, poate fi

adugat [2]:
d4) Proiectarea de selectare, care este o
selecie a componentelor necesare, din
cataloagele de firma, dup performane i
costuri.

Near these design types, can be added [2]:

d4) Select design, which is a selection of the
needed components, from the firm catalogs,
upon performances and costs.

e. Deoarece n capitolul 2 au fost deja

abordate principalele aspecte referitoare la
etapele 1, 2 i 3, ale modelului din
fig. 4.14,b, n subcapitolul urmtor sunt
prezentate succint principalele metode de
evaluare tehnico-economic, folosite n
etapa 4 (fig. 4.14,b), pentru stabilirea
soluiei de principiu.

e. Because the main aspects regarding

steps 1, 2 and 3 of the model from
Fig. 4.14,b were already approached in
chapter 2, in the next subchapter there are
presented succinctly the main methods of
technical and economical evaluation, used
in step 4 (Fig. 4.14,b) for establishing the
principle solution.

4.4. STABILIREA SOLUIEI

CONCEPTUALE PRIN EVALUAREA
VARIANTELOR CONCEPTUALE

4.4. THE CONCEPTUAL SOLUTION

SETTLEMENT BY THE CONCEPTUAL
VARIANTS EVALUATION

Etapa final a algoritmului de proiectare

conceptual (v. etapa 4 din fig. 4.14,b),
pornete de la variantele conceptuale,
obinute n etapa precedent, i se ncheie
cu
identificarea
soluiei
conceptuale
(conceptului sau soluiei de principiu a
produsului).
Identificarea
soluiei
conceptuale presupune evaluarea tehnicoeconomic a variantelor conceptuale
obinute i decelarea celei mai bune
variante conceptuale.

The final step of the algorithm for the

conceptual design (see step 4 from
Fig. 4.14,b), is starting from the conceptual
variants that were obtained in the previous
step and is concluding with the identification
of the conceptual solution (concept or
principle solution). The identification of the
conceptual solution supposes the technical
and economical evaluation of the obtained
conceptual variants and the election of the
best conceptual variant.

Deoarece informaiile despre produs, n

aceast faz, nu sunt suficient de precise,
pot fi decelate 2 sau chiar 3 variante
optime, dac punctajele de evaluare ale
acestora sunt suficient de apropiate.

If their evaluation scores are close enough

two or even three optimal variants can be
obtained because in this phase the
information on the product is not sufficiently
accurate.

4.4.1. Criterii de evaluare

4.4.1. Evaluation criteria

Evaluarea comparativ a variantelor

conceptuale se efectueaz pe baza unor
criterii tehnice, economice i de siguran
stabilite cu ajutorul SDP (listei de cerine).

The comparative evaluation of the

conceptual variants is made on the basis of
some technical, economical and safety
criteria that were established using the PDS
(requirements list).

120

Dup cum s-a precizat anterior (v. cap. 3),

obiectivele din SDP (lista de cerine) se
grupeaz n: obiective principale sau
prescurtat cerine i n obiective secundare.
Cerinele sunt utilizate n configurarea
purttorilor de efecte i n decelarea
variantelor conceptuale dintre variantele de
rezolvare generate anterior. Ca urmare,
cerinele din SDP nu pot fi folosite n calitate
de criterii de evaluare!

As it was previously specified, the

objectives from the PDS (requirements list)
are grouped into: main objectives or,
abridged, requirements and secondary
objectives. The requirements are used in
configuring the effects, the effects carriers
and in electing the conceptual variant from
the solving variants that were previously
generated. Therefore, the requirements
from the PDS can not be used as evaluation
criteria!

Exemplu: dac n SDP se solicit proiectarea

unui reductor de turaie care, printre altele,
trebuie s realizeze urmtoarele obiective
principale: un raport de transmitere i = 40
5% i un randament 70%. Evident, prin
definiie, toate structurile de rezolvare ale
acestui reductor vor ndeplini cerinele: i = 40
5% i 70%; ca urmare, aceste restricii
nu pot fi, n acelai timp, i criterii de evaluare!

Example: if in PDS, it is claimed to design a

speed reducer that, among others, must
fulfill the following main objectives: a
transmission ratio i = 40 5% and an
efficiency 70%. Obviously, by its definition,
all the solving structures of this reducer can
fulfill the previous requirements; therefore,
these conditions can not be evaluation
criteria in the same time!

Formularea criteriilor de evaluare se

bazeaz
pe
utilizarea
obiectivelor
secundare (din SDP), care de obicei sunt
conexe obiectivelor principale.

The formulation of the evaluation criteria is

based on the use of secondary objectives
(from the PDS), which are usually
complementary objectives to the main
objectives.

n cazul exemplului considerat, pot fi

utilizate, n calitate de criterii de evaluare,
urmtoarele obiective secundare (conexe
cerinelor de mai sus):

In the case of the considered example, the

following secondary objectives (complementary
objectives to the previous requirements) can be
used as evaluation criteria:

minimizarea gradului de complexitate

(criteriu tehnico-economic);

- minimization of the complexity degree

(technical-economical criterion);

simplificarea montajului i a ntreinerii

(criteriu tehnico-economic);

- simplification
of
assemblage
and
maintenance (technical-economical criterion);

minimizarea
costurilor
(criteriu economic);

- minimization of technological
(economical criterion);

minimizarea gabaritului radial i axial

(criteriu tehnico-economic);

minimizarea riscului de
(criteriu de siguran);

- minimization of the accidents risk (safety

criterion);

minimizarea pierderilor prin

(criteriu tehnico-economic) etc.

tehnologice

accidentare

costs

minimization of the radial and axial overall

dimensions (technical-economical criterion);

frecare

- minimization of losses due to friction

(technical-economical criterion) etc.

Pentru orientare, n literatura german [16]

sunt sistematizate, cu exemplificare, sursele
uzuale ale obiectivelor secundare, din care
pot fi selectate criteriile de evaluare; iat
cele mai importante surse, cu exemple de
obiective secundare:

For orientation, in the German literature [16]

are systematized the usual sources of the
secondary objectives, with exemplification,
from which can be selected the evaluation
criteria; these are the most important sources,
with examples of secondary objectives:

a) Funcia
produsului:
optimizarea
caracteristicilor purttorilor de efecte ale
subfunciilor secundare importante.

a) The product function: optimization of the

characteristics of the effects carriers from
the important secondary sub-functions.

121

b) Structura
produsului:
reducerea
numrului de componente, reducerea
complexitii, reducerea gabaritului etc.
c) Sigurana omului i a mediului: utilizarea
preferenial a tehnicilor directe de
siguran, protejarea mediului.
d) Ergonomia produsului: mbuntirea
corelaiei
om-main,
mbuntirea
aspectului estetic.
e) Fabricaie: simplificarea metodelor i
procedeelor de fabricaie; evitarea
echipamentelor scumpe.
f) Control calitate: simplificarea procedeelor de testare i verificare.
g) Montaj: simplificarea i reducerea timpului
de montaj, evitarea mijloacelor speciale.
h) Transport: evitarea mijloace speciale de
transport, eliminarea riscurilor.
i) Instalare i ntreinere: simplificarea
operaiilor de instalare i utilizare,
simplificarea i reducerea operaiilor de
ntreinere.
j) Reciclare/nlturare:
recuperarea
uoar a componentelor, nlturarea n
condiii de siguran.
k) Costuri: eliminarea costurilor curente
speciale
i
costurilor
asociate,
eliminarea riscurilor de depire a
termenelor.
n urma stabilirii criteriilor de apreciere
comparativ, se poate trece la evaluarea
propriu-zis. n cazurile produselor cu structuri
de rezolvare numeroase, evaluarea se
desfoar, de regul, n dou faze succesive:

b) The product structure: diminution of the

number of components, diminution of
complexity, diminution of the overall size etc.
c) Human and environmental safety:
preferential use of direct safety
techniques, environment protection.
d) Product ergonomics: improvement of the
correlation man-machine, improvement of
aesthetic aspect.
e) Manufacture:
simplification
of
manufacturing methods and procedures;
avoidance of expansive equipments.
f) Quality control: simplification of the
testing and inspection procedures.
g) Assemblage:
simplification
and
diminution of the assembling time,
avoidance of special means.
h) Transport:
avoidance
of
special
transportation means, elimination of risks.
i) Installation
and
maintenance:
simplification of installing and using
operations, simplification and diminution
of the maintenance operations.
j) Recycling/removal: easy recovery of
components,
removal
in
safety
conditions.
k) Costs: elimination of the special current
costs and associated costs, elimination
of the risks of exceeding terms.
By establishing the criteria of comparative
appreciating, the properly evaluation can be
started. As a rule, in the case of products with
numerous solving structures, the evaluation
takes place in two successive phases:

A. Se efectueaz mai nti o evaluare

grosier, denumit i cernere, n care
criteriile de evaluare sunt considerate egale
ca importan. Prin cernere se obine o
reducere semnificativ a numrului iniial de
soluii (structuri).

A. Firstly, it is made a rough evaluation,

also called screening, in which the
evaluation criteria are considered equally
important. By screening, a significant
diminution of the initial number of solutions
(structures) is obtained.

B. Pentru structurile rmase (n urma

cernerii), se efectueaz apoi o evaluare fin,
numit i notare ponderat, n care criteriile
de evaluare sunt difereniate prin coeficieni
de pondere (importan), care au valori
diferite. Prin aplicarea notrii ponderate se
ajunge la soluia de principiu, desemnat de
soluia (structura) cu punctajul maxim; dac
diferena de punctaj dintre primele soluii
clasate este mic, atunci soluia de principiu
poate fi format din dou sau chiar trei soluii
(structuri) considerate optime.

B. Then, for the rest of structures (after

screening), it is made a fine evaluation, also
called weight evaluation, in which the
evaluation criteria are differentiated through
weight (importance) coefficients that have
different values. By applying the weight
evaluation it is obtained the principle
solution, designated through the solution
(structure) with the maximum score; if the
difference of scores between the first graded
solutions is small, then the principle solution
can be formed of two or even three solutions
(structures) that are considered optimal.

122

n continuare sunt prezentate succint aceste

tipuri de evaluare, n cele dou variante de
abordare existente n literatur: abordarea
german i abordarea promovat cu
precdere n literatura de limb englez.

Further, there are presented succinctly

these types of evaluation in the two
approaching variants that exist in literature:
the German approach and the approach
promoted mainly in the English literature.

4.4.2. Evaluarea soluiilor n literatura de

limb german

4.4.2. Solutions evaluation in German

literature

Se exemplific evaluarea soluiilor unui

excitator axial (dintr-un stand cu circuit nchis
de putere), destinat s genereze fore
axiale ntr-un cuplaj dinat (ncrcat cu
moment de torsiune variabil).

It is exemplified the evaluation of the solutions

of axial exciter (from a test rig with a closed
power circuit), meant to generate axial
forces in a claw coupling (loaded with a
variable torque).

Exemplul de evaluare, prelucrat dup Pahl

i Beitz [16], pornete de la un numr iniial
de 5 soluii (structuri de rezolvare), ale
excitatorului axial, notate prin: I,5,V.

The example of evaluation, adapted from

Pahl and Beitz [16], starts from an initial
number of five solutions (solving structures)
of the axial exciter, denoted by: I,N,V.

Se efectueaz mai nti o evaluare grosier

a celor 5 soluii, n conformitate cu norma
VDI 2225. Aceast evaluare cuprinde dou
etape: o evaluare tehnic i, separat, o
evaluare economic. Cu acest scop s-au
propus, pe baza listei de cerine, 5 criterii
tehnice de evaluare (v. fig. 4.17,a) i
respectiv 4 criterii economice (v. fig. 4.17,b);
criteriile din fiecare grup sunt considerate
egale ca importan.

Firstly, it is made a rough evaluation of the

five solutions, according to the VDI 2225
norm. This evaluation consists of two steps:
a technical evaluation and, separately, an
economical evaluation. With this aim and
based on the requirements list, 5 technical
criteria of evaluation (see Fig. 4.17,a) and 4
economical criteria (see Fig. 4.17,b) were
proposed; the criteria from each group are
considered equally important.

Pe baza unei scale de apreciere de la 0 la 4

(adoptat de VDI 2225), se acord fiecrei
variante un numr de note, egal cu numrul
criteriilor de evaluare (v. fig.4.17,a i b).
Pentru fiecare soluie, se determin apoi
punctajul total (prin nsumarea notelor
obinute) i se calculeaz rata de evaluare
tehnic Rt (v. fig. 4.17,a) i rata de evaluare
economic Re (v. fig. 4.17,b).

On the basis of a scale from 0 to 4 (adopted

by VDI 2225), each variant will receive a
number of grades, equal to the number of
evaluation criteria (see Fig.4.17,a and b).
Then, for each solution, it is established the
total score (by summing the obtained grades)
and it is calculated the technical evaluation
rate Rt (see Fig. 4.17,a) and the economical
evaluation rate Re (see Fig. 4.17,b).

Rata de evaluare se obine ca raport ntre

punctajul total realizat i punctajul obinut n
condiii ideale (nota max. 4 x 5 criterii = 20
puncte, n cazul evalurii tehnice, i nota
max. 4 x 4 criterii = 16 puncte, n cazul
evalurii economice).

The evaluation rate is obtained as a ratio

between the total score and the score
obtained in ideal conditions (maximum
grade 4 x 5 criteria = 20 points, in the case
of technical evaluation, and maximum grade
4 x 4 criteria = 16 points, in the case of
economical evaluation).

Conform fig. 4.17,a i b, soluiile III i IV sunt

cele mai bune soluii (la egalitate), urmate
ndeaproape de soluia II. n premisa c ratele
Rt i Re au importan egal, analiza
numeric poate fi simplificat prin utilizarea
unei rate medii Rm, calculat fie ca medie
aritmetic: Rm = (Rt + Re)/2, fie ca medie
geometric: Rm2 = Rt Re; n ambele cazuri se
obine o valoare cuprins ntre 0 i 1.

According to Fig. 4.17,a and b, the solutions

III and IV are the best solutions
(on equality), followed closely by solution II.
In the premise that rates Rt and Re have an
equal importance, the numerical analysis can
be simplified by using a medium rate Rm,
calculated either as an arithmetical mean:
Rm = (Rt +Re)/2, or as a geometrical mean:
Rm2 = Rt Re; in both cases it is obtained a
value between 0 and 1.

123

I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

14
14
= 0 ,7
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

16
16
= 0 ,8
20

Soluia
Criterii
tehnice
1. Perturbaii mici
ale cinematicii de
cuplare
2. Punere simpl n
funciune
3. Schimbarea
uoar a
cuplajului
4. Sigurana
funcional
5. Construcie
simpl
Total
Total
Rt =
20

a
I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

9
9
= 0 ,56
16

11
11
= 0 ,69
16

13
13
= 0 ,81
16

13
13
= 0 ,81
16

9
9
= 0 ,56
16

Soluia
Criterii
economice
1. Costuri
reduse de
materiale
2. Costuri
reduse de
reasamblare
3. Timp scurt
de testare
4. Posibilitate
de realizare n
atelierul
propriu
Total
Total
Re =
16

b
Fig. 4.17,a i b. Exemplu de evaluare grosier, aplicat unui numr de cinci soluii
(variante conceptuale) ale unui excitator axial (prelucrare dup Pahl i Beitz [16]):
a) Matricea de evaluare tehnic i b) Matricea de evaluare economic.

124

I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

14
14
= 0 ,7
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

17
17
= 0 ,85
20

16
16
= 0 ,8
20

Solution

131

Technical
criteria
1. Small
perturbations of the
coupling
kinematics
2. Simple setting
into service
3. Easy change of
the coupling
4. Functional safety
5. Simple
construction
Total
Total
Rt =
20

a
I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

9
9
= 0 ,56
16

11
11
= 0 ,69
16

13
13
= 0 ,81
16

13
13
= 0 ,81
16

9
9
= 0 ,56
16

Solution

Economic
criteria
1. Reduced
materials costs
2. Reduced
reassembling
costs
3. Short testing
time
4. The
possibility of
manufacturing
in the own
workshop
Total
Total
Re =
16

b
Fig. 4.17,a and b. Example of rough evaluation, applied to a number of five solutions (conceptual
variants) referring to an axial exciter (adapted after Pahl and Beitz [16]): a) The matrix of technical
evaluation and b) The matrix of economical evaluation.

125

<ivel 2

Funcionare
sigur
W11 =
0,4

Wk11 =
0,4

<ivel 3
Reproductibilitate
bun a curbei
cuplu-timp
W111 = Wk111 =
0,7
0,28

Tolerana la
suprancarcare
Wk112 = Wk112 =
0,3
0,12

Siguran
mecanic nalt

131

W121 = Wk121 =
0,7
0,21

<ivel 4
Uzuri reduse ale
prilor mobile
W1111 = Wk1111 =
0,2
0,056

Wk12 =
0,3

<ivel 1

W122 = Wk122 =
0,3
0,09

Mecanism de
testat simplu i
sigur
W1 =
1

Puine erori
posibile de
operare

Wk1 =
1

Fabricare
simpl
W13 =
0,1

Wk13 =
0,1

0,056

Sensibilitate
redus la vibraii
W1112 = Wk1112 =
0,5
0,14

0,14

Puini factori
perturbatori
W1113 = Wk1113 =
0,3
0,084

0,084
0,12
0,21

Siguran
nalt
W12 =
0,3

Wi

0,09
&umr mic de
componente
W1311 = Wk1311 =
0,5
0,03

Fabricare simpl
a componentelor

Complexitate
redus a
componentelor

W131 = Wk131 =
0,6
0,06

W1312 = Wk1312 =
0,2
0,012

Asamblare
simpl

Multe pri sunt

normalizate i se
pot cumpra

W132 = Wk132 =
0,4
0,04

W1313 = Wk1313 =
0,3
0,018

0,03

0,012

0,018
0,04
0,06

Caracteristici
funcionale bune
W14 =
0,2

Wk14 =
0,2

Intreinere
simpl

Schimbare rapid
a legturilor la
testare

W141 = Wk141 =
0,3
0,06

W1421 = Wk1421 =
0,6
0,084

Manipulare
simpl

Buna accesibilitate a sistemelor de msur.

Wk142 = Wk142 =
0,7
0,14

W1422 = Wk1422 =
0,4
0,056

0,084

0,056
=1

Fig. 4.17,c. Arborele obiectivelor (secundare) pentru produsul de tip excitator axial
(prelucrare dup Pahl i Beitz [16]).
126

Level 2

Safe working
W11 =
0,4

Wk11 =
0,4

Level 3

Level 4

Good reproducibility of the

curve couple-time

Reduced wears of
the mobile parts

W111 = Wk111 =
0,7
0,28

W1111 = Wk1111 =
0,2
0,056

Tolerance at
overloading

Reduced
sensibility to
vibrations
W1112 = Wk1112 =
0,5
0,14

Wk112 = Wk112 =
0,3
0,12
High mechanical
safety

131

W121 = Wk121 =
0,7
0,21

Wk12 =
0,3

Level 1

W1 =
1

Wk1 =
1

Simple
manufacturing
W13 =
0,1

Wk13 =
0,1

0,14

W1113 = Wk1113 =
0,3
0,084

0,084
0,12
0,21
0,09

A few possible
operating errors
W122 = Wk122 =
0,3
0,09

Simple and safe

testing
mechanism

0,056

A few disturbing
factors

High safety
W12 =
0,3

Wi

Small number of
components
W1311 = Wk1311 =
0,5
0,03

0,03

Reduced
complexity of
components

Simple
manufacturing of
components
W131 = Wk131 =
0,6
0,06

W1312 = Wk1312 =
0,2
0,012

Simple
assembling

Many parts are

standardized and
can be bought

W132 = Wk132 =
0,4
0,04

W1313 = Wk1313 =
0,3
0,018

0,012

0,018
0,04
0,06

Simple
maintenance
Good functional
characteristics
W14 =
0,2

Wk14 =
0,2

Fast changing of
links while testing

W141 = Wk141 =
0,3
0,06

W1421 = Wk1421 =
0,6
0,084

Simple
manipulation

Good accesibility
of the measurement system

Wk142 = Wk142 =
0,7
0,14

W1422 = Wk1422 =
0,4
0,056

0,084

0,056
=1

Fig. 4.17,c. The (secondary) objectives tree for a product of type axial exciter (adapted after Pahl and
Beitz [16]).

127

131

Pentru cele trei soluii reinute (IV, III i II,

v. fig. 4.17,a i b), n continuare se
efectueaz o evaluare fin, bazat pe
analiza valorii [8, 9, 16].
n aceast evaluare, obiectivele secundare
de natur tehnic (formulate cu ajutorul
listei de cerine) sunt difereniate, pe diverse
niveluri, cu ajutorul unei scheme denumit
arborele obiectivelor.
n cazul excitatorului axial (considerat ca
exemplu), din lista de cerine se obine
arborele cu patru niveluri din fig. 4.17,c
(prelucrare dup Pahl i Beitz [16]); din
aceste obiective, numai cele de nivel maxim
devin apoi criterii de evaluare. Cu ajutorul
acestui arbore, se determin, mai departe,
coeficienii de pondere (importan) ai
criteriilor de evaluare.
Conform fig. 4.17,c, fiecrui obiectiv i se
asociaz doi coeficieni de pondere:
- primul coeficient (notat W1,J,W1422) se
refer la ponderea obiectivului, n raport
cu obiectivele din aceeai filiaie (de
acelai nivel i cu acelai obiectivprinte); evident, suma coeficienilor
primari, ai obiectivelor de aceeai filiaie,
este egal cu unitatea;
- coeficientul secund (notat Wk1,J,Wk1422) se
refer la ponderea obiectivului, n raport cu
obiectivele de pe acelai nivel; aceasta
nseamn c, pe orice nivel, suma
coeficienilor secunzi este egal cu unitatea.

Further, for the three solutions that were

kept (IV, III and II, see Fig. 4.17,a and b), it
is made a fine evaluation, based on the
value analysis [8, 9, 16].
In this evaluation, the secondary objectives of
technical nature (formulated by means of the
requirements list) are differentiated, on
different levels, by means of a scheme called
the objectives tree.
In the case of axial exciter, the tree with four
levels from Fig. 4.17,c (adapted after Pahl
and Beitz [16]) is obtained from the
requirements list; from these objectives,
only those of maximum level (here level 4)
become evaluation criteria. Further, by
means of this tree, there are established the
coefficients of weight (importance) of the
evaluation criteria.
According to Fig. 4.17,c, two coefficients of
weight are associated to each objective:
- The first coefficient (denoted W1,N,W1422) is
referring to the objective weight, with
respect to the objectives from the same
filiation (of the same level and with the
same parent-objective); obviously, the sum
of the primary coefficients of the objectives
from the same filiation is always equal to 1;
- The second coefficient (denoted Wk1,N,
Wk1422) is referring to the objective weight
with respect to the objectives from the
same level; this means that, on any level,
the sum of the secondary coefficients is
always equal to 1.

Primul coeficient de pondere (al oricrui

obiectiv) este desemnat de echipa de
proiectare, prin comparaie cu celelalte
obiective din aceeai filiaie. Coeficientul
secund modeleaz importana global a
obiectivului i se calculeaz ca produs dintre
primul coeficient al obiectivului considerat i
coeficientul secund al obiectivului-printe (de
examplu: Wk111= W111Wk11= 0,7x0,4 = 0,28,
v. fig. 4.17,c).

The first weight coefficient (of any objective) is

designated by the design team, relating to the
other objectives from the same filiation. The
second coefficient models the global
importance of the objective and is calculated as
the product between the first coefficient of the
considered objective and the second coefficient
of the parent-objective (for example: Wk111 =
W111 Wk11= 0,7x0,4 = 0,28, see Fig. 4.17,c).

Liniile ntrerupte din fig. 4.17,c indic faptul

c obiectivele fr filiaie (fr obiective-fii)
se regsesc neschimbate n toate nivelurile
de ordin superior, implicit i n cel de nivel
maxim.

The dashed lines from Fig. 4.17,c indicate

that the objectives without filiation (without
son-objectives) are found unchanged on all
the levels of superior order and implicitly, in
the maximum level, as well.

Obiectivele de pe nivelul maxim sunt

considerate, mai departe, criterii de evaluare i
pentru a fi mai uor de recunoscut sunt scrise
italic; coeficieni de pondere Wi ai acestor criterii
sunt descrii prin coeficienii secunzi (stabilii
anterior) care s-au scris cu litere groase (bold).

Further, the objectives from the maximum

level (see Fig. 4.17,c) are considered as
evaluation criteria and are written italic in
order to be easier recognized; the coefficients
of weight Wi of these criteria are described
through the second coefficients (previously
established) which were written bold.

128

131

Pe baza criteriilor i coeficienilor de

pondere stabilii cu ajutorul fig. 4.17,c, n
fig. 4.18 sunt evaluate mai departe soluiile
II, III i IV, selectate n faza anterioar
(fig. 4.17,a i b). Conform fig. 4.18
(prelucrat dup Pahl i Beitz [16]), n
prima coloan sunt ordonate criteriile de
evaluare i coeficienii de pondere ai
acestora Wi; n coloana alturat sunt
precizai parametrii caracteristici ai criteriilor
utilizate i unitile de msur aferente.

On the basis of the criteria and the

coefficients of weight that were established
using Fig. 4.17,c, in Fig. 4.18 there are
further evaluated the solutions II, III and IV,
selected in the previous phase (Fig. 4.17, a
and b). According to Fig. 4.18 (adapted
after Pahl and Beitz [16]), the evaluation
criteria and their coefficients of weight Wi
are ordered in the first column; in the
adjoining column there are specified the
characteristic parameters of the used
criteria and their units of measurement.

Coloana fiecreia dintre soluiile analizate

(II, III i IV) este divizat n trei subcoloane:
- n prima subcoloan sunt nscrise datele
cantitative
i/sau
calitative
ale
parametrilor caracteristici realizai de
soluia considerat;
- n subcoloana secund se apreciaz
modul n care soluia analizat
ndeplinete fiecare criteriu, pe baza unei
note Ni, pe o scar de la 1 la 10;
- n subcoloana ter este calculat nota
ponderat, ca produs dintre nota din
subcoloana secund Ni i coeficientul de
pondere Wi.

The column of each from the analyzed

solutions (II, III and IV) is divided into three
sub-columns:
- In the first sub-column there are written
the quantitative and/or qualitative data of
the characteristic parameters obtained
by the considered solution;
- In the second sub-column it is appreciated
the way in which the analyzed solution
fulfills each criterion, based on a grade Ni,
on a scale from 1 to 10;
- In the third sub-column it is calculated the
weighted grade, as the product between
the grade from the second sub-column Ni
and the coefficient of weight Wi.

Cu suma notelor obinute, de fiecare soluie,

se calculeaz rata de evaluare a soluiei Rk,
specific evalurii de tip grosier (v. i
fig. 4.17,a i b):

Then, the evaluation rate of the solution Rk,

which is specific to the rough evaluation, is
calculated as the sum of the obtained
grades (see Fig. 4.17,a and b):

Rk = (Ni)/(10n),
k = 2 (pentru soluia II), 3 (pentru soluia III),
4 (pentru soluia IV), n = 13 criterii.

Rk = (Ni)/(10n),
k = 2 (for solution II), 3 (for solution III),
4 (for solution IV), n = 13 criteria.

Pentru evaluarea fin, se nsumeaz notele

ponderate i se determin rata ponderat a
soluiei (fig. 4.18):

For the fine evaluation, the weighted grades

are summed into the solution weighted rate
(Fig. 4.18):

WRk = ( Wi Ni)/10, k = II, III, IV.

WRk = ( Wi Ni)/10, k = 2, 3, 4.

Comparaia dintre mrimile Rk i WRk

evideniaz efectul diferenierii dintre criterii,
prin intermediul coeficienilor de pondere.

The comparison between the quantities Rk

and WRk highlights the effect of
differentiation between criteria, through the
weight coefficients.

Dei n evaluarea grosier, din fig. 4.16,

soluiile IV i III se aflau la egalitate pe
primul loc, n evaluarea fin, primul loc este
ocupat de soluia II, urmat la mic diferen
de soluia III. Aceast fluctuaie de locuri
scoate n eviden importana care trebuie
acordat n elaborarea criteriilor de evaluare.

Although, in the rough evaluation from

Fig. 4.16, the solutions IV and III were on the
first place, in the fine evaluation, the first
place is occupied by solution II, followed at a
small difference, by solution III. This
fluctuation of places highlights the
importance that must be conferred in
elaborating the evaluation criteria.

129

130
131

0,06

0,084

0,056

Asamblare simpl

Intreinere simpl

Schimbare rapid a
legturilor la testare

Buna accesibilitate a
sistemelor de masur

10

11

12

13

= 1

0,018

0,012

0,03

0,09

Operare cu
posibile erori
Nr. de
componente
Complexitatea
componentelor
Proporia comp.
tipizate i
cumprate
Simplitatea
montrii
Timpul i costul
ntreinerii
Timpul estimat
pentru schimbarea conexiunilor
la testare
Accesibilitatea
sist. de msurare

Rezerv
suprasarcin
Sigurana mecanic ateptat

Frecvena
natural
Perturbaii

Uzur

Parametri

redus

85

Total

R2= 0,65

bun

120

redus

medie

<i

ot

min

medie

medie

redus

ridicat

10

redus

2370

redus

Mrime

-1

U
M
-

Soluia II

WR2=0,68

6,816

0,392

0,588

0,480

0,200

0,108

0,084

0,120

0,630

1,470

0,840

0,588

0,980

0,336

Wi.<i

ot
ponderat

Total

bun

120

redus

medie

medie

medie

medie

redus

ridicat

10

redus

2370

medie

Mrime

R3= 0,60

78

<i

ot

WR3=0,64

6,446

0,392

0,588

0,420

0,200

0,108

0,060

0,120

0,540

1,470

0,840

0,504

0,980

0,224

Wi.<i

ot
ponderat

Soluia III

Total

medie

180

ridicat

ridicat

ridicat

ridicat

redus

foarte
ridicat
medie

20

(medie)

< 410

redus

Mrime

R4= 0,52

68

<i

ot

WR4=0,54

5,388

0,280

0,336

0,180

0,280

0,144

0,036

0,180

0,360

1,680

0,960

0,336

0,280

0,336

Wi.<i

ot
ponderat

Soluia IV

130

Fig. 4.18. Evaluarea fin (prin notare ponderat) a soluiilor II, III i IV (din 4.17,a i b), pe baza criteriilor i coeficienilor de pondere Wi rezultai din
fig. 4.17,c (prelucrare dup Pahl i Beitz [16]).

<imax = 10; Rk = (<i )/(10n); WR = ( Wi.<i)/10

n = 13

0,04

Puine erori posibile de

operare
Numr mic de
componente
Complexitate redus a
componentelor
Multe pri sunt normalizate i se pot cumpra

0,21

0,12

0,084

0,14

0,056

Uzuri reduse ale prilor

mobile
Sensibilitate redus la
vibraii
Puini factori
perturbatori
Tolerana la
suprancarcare
Siguran mecanic
nalt

Wi

Nr

Criteriul de evaluare

131

0,06

0,084

0,056

Simple maintenance

Fast change of testing

links

Good accessibility of
the measurement
systems

10

11

12

13

= 1

0,018

0,012

0,03

0,09

Natural
frequency
Perturbations
Deposit
overload
The expected
mechanical
safety
Operation with
possible errors
No. of
components
Components
complexity
The proportion of
standard type and
bought comp.
Simplicity of
assemblage
Maintenance
time and cost
The estimated
time for
changing the
connections
while testing
Accessibility
measurement
system

Wear

Parameters

reduced

min

85

Total

R2= 0,65

7
7

<i

ote

good

120

reduced

medium

medium

reduced

medium

high

reduced
10

2370

reduced

Quantity

-1

U
M
-

Solution II

WR2=0,68

6,816

0,392

0,588

0,480

0,200

0,108

0,084

0,120

0,630

1,470

0,588
0,840

0,980

0,336

Wi.<i

Weighted
grade

Total

good

120

reduced

medium

medium

medium

medium

reduced

high

reduced
10

2370

medium

Quantity

R3= 0,60

78

6
7

<i

ote

WR3=0,64

6,446

0,392

0,588

0,420

0,200

0,108

0,060

0,120

0,540

1,470

0,504
0,840

0,980

0,224

Wi.<i

Weighted
grade

Solution III

Total

medium

180

high

high

high

high

reduced

medium

Very
high

(medium)
20

< 410

reduced

Quantity

R4= 0,52

68

4
8

<i

ote

WR4=0,54

5,388

0,280

0,336

0,180

0,280

0,144

0,036

0,180

0,360

1,680

0,336
0,960

0,280

0,336

Wi.<i

Weighted
grade

Solution IV

131

<imax = 10; Rk = (<i )/(10n); WR = ( Wi.<i)/10

Fig. 4.18. The fine evaluation (by weighted grading) of solutions II, III and IV (from 4.17,a i b), based on the criteria and weight coefficients Wi resulted
from Fig. 4.17,c (adapted after Pahl and Beitz [16]).

n = 13

0,04

A few possible
operating errors
Small number of
components
Reduced components
complexity
Many parts are
standardized and can be
bought
Simple assembling

0,21

0,084
0,12

0,14

3
4

0,056

Reduced wears of the

mobile parts
Reduced sensibility at
vibrations
A few disturbing factors
Tolerance to
overloading
High mechanical safety

Wi

No

Evaluation criterion

131

Deoarece soluiile II i III au rate ponderate

de valori apropiate, ambele pot fi declarate
ca soluii de principiu.

Because solutions II and III have weighted

rates of close values, both can be declared
as principle solutions.

4.4.3. Evaluarea soluiilor n literatura de

limb englez

4.4.3. Solutions Evaluation in English

Literature

n literatura de limb englez, cea mai larg

utilizat metod de evaluare grosier,
cunoscut i sub denumirea de cernere, se
refer la matricea de evaluare de tip Pugh [17].

In the English literature, the most used

method of rough evaluation, known as
screening, is referring to the evaluation
matrix of Pugh type [17].

Pentru exemplificare, n fig. 4.19 este

ilustrat o astfel de matrice (adaptat dup
Pugh [17]), destinat selectrii celor mai
potrivite profile, n raport cu ase criterii:
A,A,F. Selectarea pornete de la 10 soluii
de profile, care sunt comparate cu un profil
de referin.

For example, in Fig. 4.19 it is illustrated such

a matrix (adapted after Pugh [17]), which is
meant to select the most appropriate
profiles, with respect to the six criteria:
A,N,F. The selection starts from the 10
solutions of profiles, which are compared
with a reference profile.

Dac un profil satisface un anumit criteriu

mai bine dect profilul de referin, acel
profil primete nota plus (+) pentru criteriu
considerat (fig. 4.19); n caz contrar,
primete nota minus (-); dac profilul
ndeplinete criteriul considerat la fel ca
profilul de referin, atunci profilul analizat
primete nota I (idem).

If a profile satisfies a certain criterion better

than the reference profile, that profile gets a
plus (+) for the considered criterion
(Fig. 4.19); on contrary, it gets a minus (-);
if the profile fulfills the considered criterion
exactly like the reference profile, then the
analyzed profile gets an I (idem).

Pe baza acestor note, se determin apoi

sumele obinute de fiecare variant: +, i I; cu ajutorul acestor sume, se poate
efectua ordonarea soluiilor.

Then, on the basis of these grades, there are

established the sums obtained by each
variant: +, - and I; by means of these
sums, it can be made the solutions ordering.

Conform rezultatelor din fig. 4.19, pot fi

selectate soluiile: nr. 3 (locul 1), nr. 8 la

According to the results from Fig. 4.19,

there can be selected the solutions: no. 3

Solutions
Soluii
Criterii
Criteria
A
B
C
D
E
F

+
+
+
-

I
+
+
-

+
+
+
+
I

I
+

+
I
I
I
+

I
+
+
-

7
RR
EE
FF
EE
RR
IE
NN
C
E

10

11

+
+
I
I
+

+
I
+
-

+
+
+

+
I
+
I

Fig. 4.19. Exemplu de evaluare grosier (cernere), cu ajutorul matricei de evaluare de tip Pugh
(prelucrare dup Pugh [17]).
Fig. 4.19. Example of rough evaluation (screening), by means of the evaluation matrix of Pugh type
(adapted after Pugh [17]).

132

131

egalitate cu nr. 10 (locul 2), nr. 5 (locul 3)

i nr.11 la egalitate cu nr.1 (locul 4).

(place 1), no. 8 equal to no. 10 (place 2),

no. 5 (place 3) and no.11 equal to no.1
(place 4).

Dac se consider c I = 0 i (+) + (-) = 0,

calculul se poate simplifica, prin obinerea
unei sume globale/soluie.

If it is considered that I = 0 and (+) + (-) = 0,

the calculus can be simplified by obtaining a
global sum/solution.

Un alt exemplu intuitiv (prelucrat dup

Ulrich i Eppinger [19]) este reprezentat n
fig. 4.20 i se refer la un numr iniial de
7 soluii (variante conceptuale) de seringi
medicale: A,N,G i la 7 criterii de evaluare.
n schema a, din fig. 4.20, sunt evideniate
grafic efectele celor dou faze de evaluare:
cernerea (evaluarea grosier) i notarea
ponderat (evaluarea fin).

Another intuitive example (adapted after

Ulrich and Eppinger [19]) is represented in
Fig. 4.20 and is referring to an initial number
of 7 solutions (conceptual variants) of
syringes: A,N,G and to 7 evaluation criteria.
In the scheme a from Fig. 4.20 are graphically
highlighted the effects of the two evaluation
phases: screening (rough evaluation) and
weighted grading (fine evaluation).

Cernerea (n varianta de tip Pugh) este

detaliat n fig. 4.20,b, iar notarea
ponderat, n fig. 4.20,c (n premisa
cunoaterii coeficienilor de pondere).

The screening (in the variant of Pugh type)

is detailed in Fig. 4.20,b, and the weighted
grading, in Fig. 4.20,c (in the premise of
knowing the weight coefficients).

n cernerea din fig. 4.20,b, ordonarea

soluiilor (n care este inclus i varianta de
referin) s-a efectuat pe baza sumei
globale; din rezultatele obinute a decurs
urmtoarea decizie:

In the screening from Fig. 4.20,b, the

solutions ordering (in which it is also
enclosed the reference variant) was made
on the basis of the global sum; the following
decision derived from the obtained results:

Continu mai departe soluiile A i E

(situate pe locurile 1 i respectiv 2), se
combin soluiile D i F (aflate pe locul 3) i
se revizuiete soluia G (aflat, de
asemenea, pe locul 3).

Continue further with the solutions A and E

(situated on places 1 and 2), solutions D
and F (from the third place) are combined
and solution G (also from the third place) is
revised.

Cele patru soluii selectate n urma cernerii

(A, DF, E i G+) sunt evaluate, mai departe,
pe baza notrii ponderate; procedeul de
lucru este analog cu cel aplicat n fig. 4.18,
cu diferena c scara de notare are valori
ntre 1 i 5.

The 4 solutions, selected after screening (A,

DF, E and G+), are further evaluated on the
basis of the weighted grading ; the working
procedure is analogue to the one applied in
Fig. 4.18, with the difference that the
grading scale has values between 1 and 5.

Din ordonarea soluiilor, pe baza sumei

notelor ponderate (fig. 4.20,c), rezult c
soluia
(varianta
conceptual)
DF
desemneaz soluia conceptual cutat.

From the solutions ordering, based on the sum

of weighted grades (Fig. 4.20,c), it results that
the solution (conceptual variant) DF designates
the searched conceptual solution.

4.4.4. Despre cele dou variante de

evaluare fin. Formula FRISCO

4.4.4. On the two fine evaluation

variants. The FRISCO formula

Comparaia dintre cele 2 modaliti de

evaluare fin, prezentate anterior, (vezi
fig. 4.17, fig. 4.18 i fig. 4.20,c) arat c
acestea sunt n principiu asemntoare; n
ambele abordri se disting trei faze:

The comparison between the 2 methods of

fine evaluation that were previously
presented (see Fig. 4.17, Fig. 4.18 and
Fig. 4.20,c) shows that, in principle, they are
similar; three phases are highlighted in both
approaches:

a) Se stabilesc criteriile de evaluare i

coeficienii de pondere ai acestora;

a) There are established the evaluation

criteria and their coefficients of weight;

133

Cernerea soluiilor
&otarea ponderat a
soluiilor

Generarea
soluiilor

A l e g e r e a

c o n c e p t u l u i

131

a
Criterii

1. Uurina manevrrii
2. Uurina utilizrii
3. Uurina citirii
4. Precizia dozajului
5. Durabilitate
6. Uurina fabricrii
7. Portabilitate
Sum de +
Sum de 0
Sum de Suma global
Locul
Continu?

0
0
0
0
0
+
+
2
5
0
2
1
Da

0
0
0
0
+
1
4
2
-1
6
Nu

Soluii (variante conceptuale)

C
D
E
F
(referin)
0
0
0
0
+
+
0
+
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
+
0
0
0
0
+
0
1
0
2
2
3
7
4
3
3
0
1
2
-2
0
1
0
7
3
2
3
Nu
Combinare
Da
Combinare

G
0
+
0
0
0
0
1
5
1
0
3
Revizuire

b
Soluii (variante conceptuale) selectate prin cernere

Criterii
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Coef. de
pondere

5%
15%
10%
25%
15%
20%
10%
Locul
Continu?

A
Not

DF

Not
ponderat

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL:

0.15
0.45
0.3
0.75
0.45
0.6
0.3
3.00
4
Nu

Not
ponderat

Not

3
4
3
3
5
3
3
TOTAL:
(DA)

0.15
0.6
0.3
0.75
0.75
0.6
0.3
3.45
1
Dezvoltare

Not

4
4
5
2
4
2
3
TOTAL:

G+
Not
ponderat

0.2
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.3
3.10
2
Nu

Not

Not
ponderat

4
3
5
3
3
2
3
TOTAL:

c
Fig. 4.20. Exemplu de evaluare grosier (cernere) i evaluare fin (notare ponderat) aplicate unor
variante conceptuale ale unei seringi medicale (adaptare dup Ulrich i Eppinger [19]).

134

0.2
0.45
0.5
0.75
0.45
0.4
0.3
3.05
3
Nu

Solutions screening

Solutions
generation

Weighted grading of
solutions

C h o s e

o f

c o n c e p t

131

a
Criteria
1. Easiness of
operation
2. Easiness of using
3. Easiness of reading
4. Accuracy of dosage
5. Durability
6. Easiness of
manufacture
7. Portability
Sum of +
Sum of 0
Sum of Global sum
Place
Continues?

Solutions (conceptual variants)

C
D
E
(reference)

0
0
0
0

0
0
0

+
0
0

0
0
0
0

0
+
0

+
0
0
+

0
+
0
0

+
2
5
0
2
1
Yes

+
1
4
2
-1
6
No

0
1
3
3
-2
7
No

0
0
7
0
0
3
Combination

+
2
4
1
1
2
Yes

0
2
3
2
0
3
Combination

0
1
5
1
0
3
Revision

b
Solutions (conceptual variants) selected by screening

Criteria
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Coef. of
weight

5%
15%
10%
25%
15%
20%
10%
Place
Continues?

A
Note

Weighted
grade

3
0.15
3
0.45
3
0.3
3
0.75
3
0.45
3
0.6
3
0.3
TOTAL: 3.00
4
No

DF
Note

Weighted
grade

3
0.15
4
0.6
3
0.3
3
0.75
5
0.75
3
0.6
3
0.3
TOTAL: 3.45
1
(YES)Development

Note

G+
Weighted
grade

4
4
5
2
4
2
3
TOTAL:

0.2
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.3
3.10
2
No

Note

Weighted
grade

4
0.2
3
0.45
5
0.5
3
0.75
3
0.45
2
0.4
3
0.3
TOTAL: 3.05
3
No

c
Fig. 4.20. Example of rough evaluation (screening) and fine evaluation (weighted grading) applied to some
conceptual variants of a syringe (adapted after Ulrich and Eppinger [19]).

135

131

b) La fiecare soluie (variant conceptual),

se apreciaz, printr-o not (pe o scar
convenabil), modul n care sunt
ndeplinite fiecare dintre criteriile de
evaluare; se calculeaz apoi notele
ponderate, ca produs ntre fiecare not
acordat i coeficientul de pondere al
criteriului aferent.

b) For each solution (conceptual variant), it is

appreciated the way in which there are
fulfilled each of the evaluation criteria
through a grade (on a convenient scale);
then, it is calculated the weighted grades
as the product between the conferred
grade and the afferent criterion weight
coefficient.

c) Se nsumeaz notele ponderate ale

fiecrei soluii i se ordoneaz valoric
soluiile analizate, pe baza sumelor
(punctajelor) obinute.

c) The weighted grades of each solution

are summed and the analyzed solutions
are ordered on the basis of the obtained
sums (score).

Diferenele semnificative dintre cele dou

abordri se refer, cu precdere, la prima
faz. Rezolvarea acestei faze, prin metoda
german (bazat pe arborele de obiective)
este precis, dar laborioas (incumb un
volum relativ mare de lucru).

The significant differences between the two

approaches are referring mainly to the first
phase. This phase solving, through the
German method (based on the objectives
tree), is accurate but laborious (needs a
relatively big volume of work).

La cellalt tip de abordare (v. fig. 4.20),

rezolvarea primei faze este, de regul,
intuitiv i sumar; se presupune, probabil,
c pentru determinarea coeficienilor de
pondere exist metode matematice de
calcul.

As a rule, in the other approach (see

Fig. 4.20), the first phase is solved
intuitively and sketchy; it is supposed
probably that there are mathematical
methods of calculus for establishing the
coefficients of weight.

Dintre procedeele matematice, existente n

literatur, pentru calculul simplificat al
coeficienilor de pondere, n continuare se
prezint o variant empiric, bazat pe
formula FRISCO [21]. Pentru intuitivitate,
prezentarea este efectuat pe un exemplu
(fig. 4.21):

Among the mathematical procedures that can

be found in the technical literature for the
simplified calculus of the weight coefficients,
further it is presented the empiric variant,
based on the FRISCO formula [21]. For
intuitiveness, the presentation is made on
an example (Fig. 4.21):

Sunt date trei variante conceptuale ale unui

produs (I, II i III) i n = 4 criterii de
evaluare: a > b > c > d (notaia > nseamn:
mai important dect).

There are given three conceptual variants of

a product (I, II and III) and n = 4 evaluation
criteria: a > b > c > d (the notation > means:
more important than).

Se cere s se determine coeficienii de

pondere ai criteriilor a, b, c i d i s se
ordoneze valoric variantele I, II i III.

It is required to establish the weight

coefficients of the criteria a, b, c and d and to
order the variants I, II and III using their value.

Rezolvare:
Cu
ajutorul
matricei
n n = 4 4 din fig. 4.21,a, se determin
mai nti punctajul Pk i apoi locul Lk al
fiecrui criteriu k (k = 1, 2, 3, 4).

Solution: Firstly, by means of the matrix

nn=44
from
Fig. 4.21,a,
it
is
established the score Pk and then, the place
Lk for each criterion k (k = 1, 2, 3, 4).

n matricea din fig. 4.21,a se opereaz pe

linie, dup urmtoarele reguli :

On the rows of the matrix from Fig. 4.21,a it

is operated following the rules:

1. Criteriul de pe linia k (k =1,2,3,4) se

compar, cu fiecare dintre criteriile date,
primind urmtoarele note:

1. The criterion from row k (k =1,2,3,4) is

compared to each of the given criteria,
receiving the following grades:

0 dac este mai puin important (dect

criteriul cu care este comparat),

0 if it is less important (than the criterion

with which it is compared),

0,5 dac este tot att de important i

0,5 if it has the same importance and

136

131

1 dac este mai important (dect criteriul

cu care este comparat).

1 if is more important (than the criterion

with which it is compared).

2. Se calculeaz punctajul criteriului de pe

linia k (Pk) prin nsumarea notelor de pe
acea linie (k = 1,2,3,4); de exemplu, pentru
k=2 (criteriul b): Pk= 0+0,5+1+1= 2,5.

2. It is calculated the score of the criterion

from row k (Pk) by summing the grades
from that row (k = 1,2,3,4); for example, for
k=2 (the criterion b): Pk= 0+0,5+1+1= 2,5.

3. Se stabilesc locurile de ordine ale celor

n = 4 criterii (Lk = 1, 2, 3, 4), prin
compararea punctajelor obinute; pe baza
acestei ordonri, se determin apoi
mrimea Sk, care desemneaz numrul
criteriilor ale cror punctaje sunt inferioare
criteriului curent k; de exemplu, comparativ
cu criteriul b (care are nota Pk = 2,5), exist
dou criterii Sk= 2 cu note mai mici: criteriul
c (cu Pk=1,5) i d (cu Pk=0,5).

3. There are established the places for the

n = 4 criteria (Lk = 1, 2, 3, 4), by comparing
the obtained scores; on the basis of these
orderings, it is then established the quantity
Sk, that designates the number of criteria
that have scores smaller than the current
criterion k; for example, compared to
criterion b (which has the score Pk=2,5),
there are Sk=2 criteria with smaller scores:
criteria c (with Pk=1,5) and d (with Pk=0,5).

Se pot determina acum, cu ajutorul formulei

FRISCO, att valorile absolute (Wk) ale
coeficienilor de pondere (v. fig.4.21,a):

Now, with the FRISCO formula can be

established both the absolute values (Wk) of
the weight coefficients (see Fig.4.21,a):

Wk = (2Pk- Pmin+Sk+0,5)/(0,5n+Pmax-Pk);
Pmax = max(Pk, k = 1 Nn);
Pmin = min(Pk, k = 1 Nn);

Wk = (2Pk - Pmin+Sk+0,5)/(0,5n + Pma x - Pk);

Pmax = max (Pk, k = 1 Nn);
Pmin = min (Pk, k = 1 Nn);

ct i valorile relative (wk) ale acestora:

and their relative values (wk):

wk = Wk/(Wk), k = 1,N,n.

wk = Wk/(Wk), k = 1,N,n.

Conform matricei din fig. 4.21,b, pe baza

rezultatelor obinute anterior, se efectueaz
urmtoarele operaii:

According to the matrix from Fig. 4.21,b, and

based on the previously obtained results, the
following operations can be made:

- se apreciaz, mai nti, cu note Nk (de la

1 la 10), modul n care este ndeplinit
fiecare criteriu, de ctre fiecare variant
conceptual (I, II i III);

- firstly, it is appreciated the way in which

each criterion is fulfilled by each
conceptual variant (I, II and III) with
grades Nk (from 1 to 10);

- se calculeaz apoi notele ponderate, ca

produs ntre nota Nk i coeficientul relativ
de pondere wk aferent;

- then, there are calculated the weighted

grades, as the product between the
grade Nk and the afferent relative
coefficient of weight wk;

- se determin punctajul fiecrei variante

conceptuale, prin nsumarea notelor
ponderate proprii;

- it is established each conceptual variant

score by summing its own weighted
grades;

- se stabilesc locurile de ordine ale variantelor

conceptuale, comparnd punctajele obinute.

- there are established the places of the conceptual variants, by comparing the scores.

Comparativ
cu
abordarea
german
(v. fig. 4.17 i 4.18), abordrile de tipul celei
din fig. 4.21 sunt relativ mai simple, dar i
mai puin precise.

In comparison to the German approach

(see Fig. 4.17 and 4.18), the approaches
like the one from Fig. 4.21 are relatively
simpler but also less accurate.

Datorit simplitii, metodele de acest tip

(v. fig. 4.21) pot fi direct aplicate, chiar i n
cazurile n care numrul soluiilor (variante
conceptuale) este relativ mare.

Due to its simplicity, the methods of this

type (see Fig. 4.21) can be directly applied
even in the cases of relatively big number of
solutions (conceptual variants).

137

Criteriul
k
1
2
3
4

Criteriul
a
b
c
d

Pk

Lk

Sk

Wk

wk

0,5
0
0
0

1
0,5
0,5
0,5

1
1
0,5
0,5

1
1
1
0,5

3,5
2,5
1,5
0,5

1
2
3
4

3
2
1
0
Suma:

5
2,33
1
0,2
8,53

0,59
0,27
0,12
0,02
1

131

a>b>c>d (semnul > semnific: mai important dect)

k =1, , n numrul de ordine al criteriului curent;
Pk = nota global a criteriului k = suma notelor din linia k a matricei n x n= 4 x 4;
Lk = locul de ordine valoric al criteriului curent k;
Sk = nr. criteriilor ale cror note globale sunt inferioare notei globale a criteriului curent k;
Wk = coeficientul absolut de pondere al criteriului curent k, calculat cu formula FRISCO:
2 Pk Pmin + Sk + 0,5
;
Wk =
0,5 n + Pmax Pk
wk = coeficientul relativ de pondere al criteriului curent k:
Wk
.
wk =
n

Wk

Criteriul
a
b
c
d

wk
0,59
0,27
0,12
0,02
Suma:
Locul:

Varianta conceptuala I
<k
wk.<k
8
4,72
6
1,62
7
0,84
9
0,18
30
7,36
3

Varianta conceptuala II
<k
wk.<k
8
4.72
9
2.43
6
0.72
7
0.14
30
8,01
1

Varianta concept. III

<k
wk.<k
7
4.13
9
2.43
8
0.96
6
0.12
30
7,64
2

Fig. 4.21,a. Determinarea coeficienilor relativi de pondere ai criteriilor a, b, c i d;

b. Ordonarea a trei variante conceptuale (I, II i III) pe baza sumei notelor ponderate ( w k N k ).

138

Criterion
k
1
2
3
4

Criterion
a
b
c
d

Pk

Lk

Sk

0,5
0
0
0

1
0,5
0
0

1
1
0,5
0

1
1
1
0,5

3,5
2,5
1,5
0,5

1
2
3
4

3
2
1
0
Sum:

Wk

wk

5
2,33
1
0,2
8,53

0,59
0,27
0,12
0,02
1

a>b>c>d (the notation > means: more important than)

k =1, , n the order number of the current criterion;
Pk = the global grade of the criterion k = the sum of grades from row k of the matrix n n= 4 4;
Lk = the place of the current criterion k;
Sk = no. of criteria whose global grades are inferior to the global grade of the current criterion k;
Wk = the absolute coefficient of weight of the current criterion k, calculated with the FRISCO formula:

Wk =

2 Pk Pmin + S k + 0,5
;
0,5 n + Pmax Pk

131

wk = the relative coefficient of weight of the current criterion k: wk =

Wk

Wk

Criterion
a
b
c
d

wk
0,59
0,27
0,12
0,02
Sum:
Place:

Conceptual variant no: I

<k
wk.<k
8
4,72
6
1,62
7
0,84
9
0,18
30
7,36
3

Conceptual variant no: II

<k
wk.<k
8
4.72
9
2.43
6
0.72
7
0.14
30
8,01
1

Concept. variant no: III

<k
wk.<k
7
4.13
9
2.43
8
0.96
6
0.12
30
7,64
2

b
Fig. 4.21,a. Establishment of the relative coefficients of weight of the criteria a, b, c and d;
b. Ordering of the three conceptual variants (I, II and III) on the basis of the sum of weighted
grades ( w k N k ).

139

5. EXEMPLU DE PROIECTARE
CONCEPTUAL A UNUI
PRODUS TEHNIC

5. EXAMPLE OF A TECHNICAL
PRODUCT CONCEPTUAL
DESIGN

n acest capitol este exemplificat aplicarea

algoritmului de proiectare conceptual
(v. fig. 4.14 i fig. 4.15), n cazul unui
produs tehnic de tip: motoreductor.

In this chapter it is exemplified the algorithm

for the conceptual design (see Fig. 4.14 and
Fig. 4.15) applied for a technical product of
motor-reducer type.

Acest motoreductor este destinat s

echipeze o platform rotativ, pe care este
montat o anten de tip parabolic;
motoreductorul trebuie s aduc platforma n
diverse poziii unghiulare, n condiii de
precizie i stabilitate impuse.

This motor-reducer is used in a rotational

platform on which it is installed a parabolic
antenna; the motor-reducer must bring the
platform in different angular positions, under
imposed conditions of accuracy and stability.

Pentru ca numerele de ordine, ale etapelor

din fig. 4.14,b, s coincid cu cele ale
subcapitolelor
care
urmeaz,
primul
subcapitol, destinat specificaiilor de design
ale produsului (listei de cerine), s-a notat
cu 5.0.

In order to obtain the same order numbers

in the subsequent sub-chapters as in
Fig. 4.14,b, the first sub-chapter, meant for
the product design specifications (requirements list), was denoted with 5.0.

5.0. DESPRE SPECIFICAIILE DE

DESIGN ALE PRODUSULUI (SDP)

5.0. ON THE PRODUCT DESIGN

SPECIFICATIONS (PDS)

Din SPD (Specificaiile de Design ale

Produsului) global, format de ansamblul
antenei parabolice, se desprind urmtoarele
cerine (obiective principale) referitoare la
platforma rotativ i la motoreductor:

The following requirements (main objectives)

regarding the rotational platform and the
motor-reducer come out from the PDS
(Product Design Specifications) of the global
pro-duct: the parabolic antenna assembly:

1. Diametrul maxim al coroanei dinate,

solidar cu platforma: 5 m.

1. The maximum diameter of the crown gear

that is fixed to the platform: 5m.

2. Diametrul maxim al pinionului de

antrenare al coroanei dinate: 100 mm.

2. The maximum diameter of the pinion

which drives the crown gear: 100 mm.

3. Masa total maxim a platformei: 31,2 t.

3. The platform maximum total weight:

31.2 tons.

4. Momentul mecanic de inerie maxim al

platformei, n raport cu axa fix de rotaie:
9,75 104 kgm2.

4. The platform maximum inertia moment

vs. the fixed revolute axis: 9.75 104 kgm2.

5. Rezemarea axial i radial a

platformei: prin intermediul unor role
periferice cu axe fixe.

5. The platform axial and radial support:

through some peripheral rollers with fixed
axes.

6. Turaia maxim a platformei n timpul

deplasrii unghiulare: 0,6 rot/min.

6. The platform maximum speed during the

angular displacement: 0.6 rot/min.

7. Precizia de poziionare: 5.

7. The positioning accuracy: 5.

8. Meninerea stabil a poziiei unghiulare a

platformei: prin (auto)frnarea reductorului, n
paralel cu blocarea platformei.

8. The stable maintenance of the platform

angular position: through the reducer
blocking, in the same time with the platform
blocking.

9. Sursa de energie: electric.

9. The energy source: electrical.

140

10. Raportul cinematic de transmitere al

reductorului: i = 100 1,5 % (prin
urmare, reductorul trebuie s reduc
turaia motorului de 100 de ori).

10. The reducer kinematical transmission

ratio: i = 100 1.5 % (i.e. the reducer
must reduce the motor speed 100
times).

11. Randamentul
minim admis pentru
reductor: min = 0,5 (deci, reductorul
trebuie s amplifice momentul motorului
de cel puin min i = 50 ori).

11. The
reducer
admissible
minimum
efficiency: min = 0.5 (i.e. the reducer must
the motor moment at least mini = 50
times).

Acestor cerine le sunt asociate urmtoarele 5

obiective de optimizare, enumerate n ordinea
importanei relative:

The following 5 optimization objectives that

are enumerated in their relative importance
order are associated to these requirements:

A. Minimizarea costurilor de fabricaie,

A. Minimization of the production costs,

B. Reducerea pierderilor prin frecare,

B. Reducing the friction losses,

C. Minimizarea gradului de complexitate,

C. Minimization of the complexity degree,

D. Minimizarea gabaritului radial i

D. Minimization of the radial overall size and

E. Minimizarea gabaritului axial.

E. Minimization of the axial overall size.

Aceste obiective (secundare) sunt folosite

ulterior, n calitate de criterii de evaluare
tehnico-economic, pentru identificarea
soluiei conceptuale (dintre variantele
conceptuale generate).

Ulterior, these (secondary) objectives are

used as technical and economical
evaluation criteria for the identification of the
conceptual solution (from the conceptual
variants crowd that were generated).

5.1. IDENTIFICAREA FUNCIEI

MOTOREDUCTORULUI

5.1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE

MOTOR-REDUCER FUNCTION

Funcia global a motoreductorului este o

subfuncie a platformei rotative. Pentru
identificarea acesteia, n fig. 5.1 s-au
reprezentat succesiv:

The motor-reducer global function is a subfunction of the rotational platform. In order

to identify it, in Fig.5.1 were successively
represented:

funcia global a platformei (fig. 5.1,a),

The platform global function (Fig.5.1,a),

structura acesteia de ordinul 1M+1E+1I

(fig. 5.1,b) i

Its structure
(Fig.5.1,b) and

- structura de ordinul 3M+4E+4I (fig 5.1,c

i d), derivat din structura anterioar.

The structure of 3M+4E+4I order (Fig.5.1,c

and d), derived from the previous structure.

Ultima structur, ilustrat att n variant

descriptiv (fig. 5.1,c) ct i n variant
simbolic (fig. 5.1,d), are urmtoarele
subfuncii componente:

The last structure, illustrated both in a

descriptive variant (Fig. 5.1,c) and in a
symbolic variant (Fig. 5.1,d), has the
following component sub-functions:

FM1: conectarea
energie mecanic;

FM1: connecting the material (platform) to

the mechanical energy;

material

(platform)-

of

1M+1E+1I

FM2: deplasarea unghiular (rotirea) a

materialului (platformei);

FM2: the material

displacing (rotating);

FM3: nregistrarea poziiei unghiulare a

materialului (platformei);

FM3: registration of the material (platform)

angular position;

FE1: Conectarea/deconectarea tensiunii de

la reeaua electric;

FE1: Connecting/disconnecting the voltage;

141

(platform)

order

angular

Funcia global
a platformei
rotative

M
E

FM

M*

FE

E*

FI

M*
E

The global
function of the
rotational
platform

I*

I*

b
FM1

FM2

FE1

FE2

M*

FM3

FE3

FE4

E2*
E1*

FI2

FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

c
FM1

FM3

M1*

FM2

FE3

FE1

FE4

FE2

E2*

FI2

E1*

FI1

FI3

FI4

I*

d
Fig. 5.1,a. Funcia global a platformei rotative; b. Structura de funcii de ordinul 1M+1E+1I,
derivat din funcia global; c i d. Structura de funcii de ordinul 3M+4E+4I, n varianta descriptiv
(c) i n varianta simbolic (d); subfuncia FE2 desemneaz funcia global a motoreductorului.
Fig. 5.1,a. The rotational platform global function; b. The structure of functions of 1M+1E+1I order,
derived from the global function; c and d. The structure of sub-functions of 3M+4E+4I order, in the
descriptive variant (c) and in the symbolic variant (d); the sub-function FE2 designates the motorreducer global function.

142

FE2: Transformarea energiei electrice n

energie mecanic + blocarea transmisiei in
timpul staionrii motorului + reducerea
primar a turaiei;

FE2: Transformation of the electrical energy

into mechanical energy + transmission
blocking while the motor is stopped + the
speed primary reducing;

FE3: Transmiterea energiei mecanice cu

reducerea secundar a turaiei (folosind
coroana dinat solidar cu platforma);

FE3: Transmission of mechanical energy

with the speed secondary reducing (using
the crown gear that is fixed to the platform);

FE4: Ramificarea energiei mecanice n

dou ramuri: energie util i energie
pierdut (n principal prin frecare);

FE4: Ramification of the mechanical energy

into two branches: useful energy and lost
energy (through friction, mainly);

FI1: Ramificarea informaiei de intrare n

dou ramuri: emiterea semnalului de
pornire i transmiterea informaiei privind
poziia unghiular dorit ctre (sub)funcia
FI3;

FI1: Ramification of the input information

into two branches: emission of the starting
signal and transmission of the information
regarding the wanted angular position to the
FI3 (sub)function;

FI2: Comand execuia semnalelor de

pornire i oprire; deosebit de funcia logic
FE1 (de tip AND), funcia FI2 este o funcie
logic de tip INHIBITION (v. pct. 2.3*).

FI2: Commanding the execution of the

starting/stopping signals; unlike the logical
function FE1 (of AND type), the function FI2
is a logical function of INHIBITION type.

FI3: Receptarea informaiilor privind poziiile

unghiulare: dorit i curent i compararea
acestora;

FI3: Reception of the information regarding

the angular positions: wanted and current
and their comparison;

FI4: Emiterea semnalului de oprire, cnd

cele dou poziii devin egale, i
nregistrarea poziiei unghiulare finale.

FI4: Emission of the stopping signal when

the two positions become equal, and
registration of the final angular position.

n concluzie, funcia global a motoreductorului este reprezentat de subfuncia FE2, din componena structurii de
ordinul 3M+ 4E+ 4I (fig. 5.1,c i d).

In conclusion, the motor-reducers global

function is represented by the sub-function
FE2, from the structure of 3M+ 4E+ 4I
order. (fig. 5.1,c i d).

5.2. DETALIEREA FUNCIEI

MOTOREDUCTORULUI

5.2. DETAILING OF THE MOTORREDUCER FUNCTION

Se extrage mai nti, din fig.5.1,d, funcia

motoreductorului (fig.5.2,a). Prin detalierea
acestei funcii globale rezult structura de
funcii, n variant simbolic, din fig. 5.2,b.

Firstly, it is extracted the motor-reducer

function from Fig. 5.1,d (see Fig. 5.2,a); by
detailing this global function, the structure of
sub-functions from Fig.5.2,b (in a symbolic
variant) results.

Cele patru subfuncii, ale acestei structuri,

au urmtoarele semnificaii:

The four sub-functions from this structure

have the following significances:

FE21: Transformarea energiei electrice n

energie mecanic (subfuncie principal);

FE21: Transformation of the electrical

energy into mechanical energy (a main subfunction);

FE22: Transmiterea energiei mecanice, cu

blocarea reductorului in timpul staionrii
motorului
(subfuncie,
de
asemenea,
principal);

FE22: Blocking of the movement while the

motor is disconnected (a main sub-function
as well);

FE23: Modificarea parametrilor energiei

mecanice: reducerea turaiei i, implicit,
amplificarea momentului de torsiune
(subfuncie principal);

FE23: Modification of the mechanical energy

parameters: speed reducing and, implicitly,
the torque amplification (a main sub-function);

143

E1

E2

FE2

E1*

a
FE21

FE23

FE22

FE24

E1

E2

E1*

b
Subfuncia
FE21 Transformarea
energiei electrice n
energie mecanic
FE22 Transmiterea
ireversibil a
energiei mecanice

Efectul fizic
Efectul forei
electromagnetice
Efectul
frecrii
coulombiene

FE23 Reducerea turaiei

(amplificarea
momentului)
FE24 Minimizarea
pierderilor prin
frecare

Efectul de
prghie

Subsoluii conceptuale poteniale

Motor
de 1.2
Motor 1.3
Motor
1.1
curent
electric
electric
continuu
asincron
sincron
Cuplaj
Cuplaj
Angrenaj
2.2
2.3
2.1
normal cuplat
unisens
ireversibil
cu decuplare
electromagn.
Angrenaj 3.2 Angrenaj 3.3 Unitate
3.1
cilindric cu
melcat cu
planetar
axe fixe
axe fixe
Calitate 4.2 Ungere 4.3 Angrenaj
4.1
superioar
forat cicloidal cu
de fabricaie
boluri

Efectul
frecrii
coulombiene

c
Subfuncia
Variante
de rezolvare
VR1
VR2
VR3
VR4
VR5
VR6

FE21

FE22

FE23

1.2
2.3
3.2
1.2
2.1
3.1+3.1+3.1
1.2
2.2
3.1+3.3
1.2
2.2
3.3
1.2
2.2
3.3
1.2
2.2
3.3
Exemplu: varianta de rezolvare VR1 = 1.2+2.3+3.2+(4.1+4.2)
d

FE24
4.1+4.2
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1+4.3
4.1

Fig. 5.2,a. Funcia global a motoreductorului; b. Structura de funcii n variant simbolic; c.

Matricea morfologic de generare a variantelor de rezolvare; d. Exemple de variante de rezolvare.

144

E1

E2

FE2

E1*

FE21

FE23

FE22

FE24

E1

E2

E1*

Sub-function

Physical effects

FE21 Transformation
of the electrical
energy into
mechanical
energy

The effect of the

electro-magnetic
force

Potential conceptual subsolutions

1.1
D.C. Motor

FE22 Movement
blocking

1.2
Asynchronous
motor

1.3
Synchronous
motor

The effect of
2.1
Columbian friction
Coupling
normally coupled
with electromagn.
decoupling
FE23 Speed reduction Lever effect
3.1
(torque
Spur gear pair
amplification)
with fixed axes

2.3
Brake
Irreversible gear
(between motor
pair
rotor and -stator)

FE24 Friction losses

minimization

4.2
3.3
Forced lubricate Pin cycloidal
gear

The effect of
4.1
Columbian friction High quality of
manufacturing

2.2

3.2
3.3
Worm drive with Planetary gear
fixed axes

Subfunction
Solving variants
SV1
SV2
SV3
SV4
SV5
SV6

FE21

FE22

FE23

1.2
2.3
3.2
1.2
2.1
3.1 + 3.1 + 3.1
1.2
2.2
3.1 + 3.3
1.2
2.3
3.3
1.2
2.2
3.3
1.2
2.3
3.3
Example: solving variant SV1 = 1.2 + 2.3 + 3.2 + (4.1 + 4.2)
d

FE24
4.1 + 4.2
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1+4.3
4.1

Fig. 5.2,a. The motor-reducer global function; b. The structure of sub-functions in a symbolic variant;
c. The morphological matrix for the generation of solving variants; d. Examples of solving variants.

145

FE24: Maximizarea raportului de amplificare

a momentului, prin reducerea pierderilor
datorate frecrii (subfuncie secundar).

FE24: Maximization
of
the
moment
amplification ratio, by reducing the friction
losses (secondary sub-function).

Pe baza structurii de funcii din fig.5.2,b, n

continuare se trece la generarea variantelor
conceptuale ale motoreductorului.

Further, based on the structure of functions

from Fig.5.2,b, there are generated the
motor-reducers conceptual variants.

5.3. GENERAREA VARIANTELOR

CONCEPTUALE

5.3. THE CONCEPTUAL VARIANTS

GENERATION

Acest subcapitol cuprinde dou pri relativ

distincte:

This subchapter contains two parts that are

relatively distinct

5.3.1. Generarea
rezolvare i

variantelor

5.3.1. Generation (synthesis) of the solving

variants and

5.3.2. Stabilirea variantelor conceptuale prin

configurarea
(sinteza)
cinematic
a
variantelor de rezolvare obinute i prin
eliminarea variantelor ale cror caracteristici
tehnice nu ndeplinesc cantitativ cerinele
din specificaiile de design ale produsului.

5.3.2. Establishment of the conceptual

variants, by the kinematical configuration
(synthesis) of the obtained solving variants
and by elimination of the variants whose
technical
characteristics
dont
fulfill
quantitatively the requirements from PDS.

(sinteza)

5.3.1. Generation of the solving

variants

5.3.1. Generarea (sinteza) variantelor

de rezolvare

From the research on the sources of

existent solutions (catalogues of physical
effects, catalogues of solutions for the
functions of large use, prospects, patents,
offers etc.), the following conclusions
regarding the previous sub-functions (see
Fig. 5.2,b) result:

Din cercetarea surselor de soluii existente

(cataloage de efecte fizice, cataloage de
soluii pentru funcii cu larg utilizare,
prospecte, brevete de invenie, oferte etc.),
rezult urmtoarele concluzii privind
rezolvarea subfunciilor din fig.5.2,b:
-

toate aceste sub-funcii sunt de tip PRC

(v. fig. 4.15);

All these sub-functions are of SPK type

(see Fig. 4.15);

soluiile conceptuale poteniale ale

acestor
subfuncii
sunt
complet
cunoscute n planul efectelor i sunt
parial cunoscute n planul configuraiei
purttorilor de efecte (o parte dintre
configuraiile gsite vor fi reconfigurate).

The potential conceptual solutions of

these sub-functions are completely known
in the effects plan and are partially known
in the plan of the effects carriers
configuration (a part of the found
configurations have to be reconfigured).

Pentru exemplificare, rezultatele gsite au

fost sistematizate n matricea morfologic
simplificat din fig. 5.2,c. Cu ajutorul acestei
matrice, pot fi generate mai multe variante
de rezolvare, prin combinarea i prin
compunerea
compatibil
a
soluiilor
poteniale din fig.5.2,c; evident, dintre
variantele obinute, vor fi considerate
variante conceptuale (pentru funcia FE2 a
motoreductorului) numai cele ale cror
caracteristici tehnice ndeplinesc nu numai
calitativ, ci i cantitativ cerinele din
specificaiile de design ale produsului.

For exemplification, the results that were

found are systematized in the simplified
morphological matrix from Fig.5.2,c. By
means of this matrix, there can be generated
more solving variants, by combining and by a
compatible composition of the potential
solutions from Fig.5.2,c; obviously, from the
obtained variants, there will be considered as
conceptual variants (for the motor-reducers
FE2 function) only those whose technical
characteristics fulfill the requirements from the
product design specifications quantitatively,
as well.

146

Precizare: Conform tab. 4.1, n premiza c

n structura de funcii (fig. 5.1,c i d) intervin
i conexiuni noi, rezult c proiectarea
motoreductorului este o proiectare original
(P.O.) de tip VI (v. tab. 4.1); n premiza c
toate
conexiunile
sunt
cunoscute,
proiectarea motoreductorului devine o
proiectare adaptiv (P.A.) de tip II
(v. tab. 4.1).

Assignation: According to Tab. 4.1 and in

the premise that in the structure of functions
(Fig. 5.1,c and d) new connections can
interfere, it results that the motor-reducer
design is an original design (O.D.) of VI type
(see Tab. 4.1); in the premise that all
connections are known, the motor-reducer
design becomes an adaptive design (A.D.) of
II type (see Tab. 4.1).

Pentru continuarea aplicaiei, n fig. 5.2,d

s-au sistematizat ase variante de rezolvare
distincte: SR1, J, SR6; exemplu: varianta
SR1 (din fig. 5.2,d) reprezint rezultanta
soluiilor poteniale: 1.2, 2.3, 3.2 i 4.1
combinat cu 4.2 (fig. 5.2, c):

Continuing the previous application, six

distinct solving variants were systematized
in Fig.5.2,d: SR1, J, SR6; example: the
variant SR1 represents the resultant of the
potential solutions: 1.2, 2.3, 3.2 and 4.1
combined with 4.2 (Fig.5.2, c):

SR1 = 1.2 + 2.3 + 3.2 + (4.1+4.2).

SR1 = 1.2+2.3+3.2+(4.1+4.2).

Schemele calitative ale acestor ase

variante sunt ilustrate simplificat (fr
reprezentarea motorului) n fig. 5.3,a,J,f. n
continuare, pentru aceste scheme se
stabilesc numerele de dini (din condiia
i =100 1,5 %) i apoi se calculeaz
randamentul
i
implicit raportul
de
amplificare a momentului, realizate de
fiecare
variant.
Evident,
variantele
conceptuale ale funciei FE2 vor fi
nominalizate de variantele care realizeaz:
i = 100 1,5 %, 0,5 i transmiterea
ireversibil a energiei mecanice.

The qualitative schemes of the six variants

are represented in Fig.5.3,a,..,f in a simplified
way (without the motor representation). For
these schemes there are further established
the numbers of teeth (from the condition
i =100 1.5 %) and, then, it is calculated
the efficiency and the moment amplification
ratio, for each variant. Obviously, the
conceptual variants of the function FE2 will
be nominated by the variants that obtain:
i =100 1.5 %), 0.5 and the irreversible
transmission of the mechanical energy.

5.3.2. Stabilirea variantelor

conceptuale

5.3.2. Establishment of the

conceptual variants

Pentru stabilirea variantelor conceptuale

se efectueaz, mai nti, sinteza numerelor
de dini, din condiia: i = 100 1,5 %. Pe
baza
randamentelor
cunoscute
se
calculeaz randamentele reductoarelor
propuse, n cele dou cazuri posibile de
acionare (direct i invers) i se
determin raportul de amplificare al
momentului de intrare, n premisa acionrii
directe.

In order to establish the conceptual

variants, firstly it is made the synthesis of

Dac randamentul, la acionarea invers,

este nul sau negativ, atunci reductorul
analizat transmite puterea ireversibil i, ca
urmare, blocarea transmisiei, cnd motorul
staioneaz, devine superflu.

If the efficiency for the inverse actuation is

null or negative, then the analyzed reducer
transmits the power irreversible and,
therefore, the use of the blocking coupling
or the brake become superfluous.

Cazul variantei VR1. n conformitate cu

fig. 5.3,a, pentru angrenajul melcat cu axe
fixe, condiia realizrii raportului cinematic
de transmitere poate fi scris sub forma :

The case of the SV1 variant. According to

Fig. 5.3,a, for the worm drive with fixed axes,
the condition for obtaining the kinematical
transmission ratio can be written as follows:

the number of teeth from the condition:

i = 100 1,5 %. Then, on the basis of the
known efficiencies of the gear pairs with
fixed axes, there are calculated the
efficiencies of the proposed reducers, in the
two possible actuation cases (direct and
inverse) and it is established the
amplification ratio of the input moment for
the direct actuation.

147

1
T1

h=0

1
T1

1(dr./
rg.)
2

2
+

T2
T6

Frn
Brake

b
3=0

Frn
Brake

H1

6=0

H2

T1

TH2
1
5

H 3=0

TH

T1

4 H2
6=0
2

3=0
c

Frn

3=0

Brake

H
TH

T1

TH

T1
H

1
2
3
e

Fig. 5.3. Schemele simplificate (fr motor) ale variantelor de rezolvare din fig. 5.2,d.
Fig. 5.3. Simplified schemes (without motor) of the solving variants from Fig. 5.2,d.

148

i = i h1,2 = i1,2 = 1/2 = +z2/z1= +100.

i = i h1,2 = i1,2 = 1/2 = +z2/z1= +100.

(5.1)

(5.1)

Adoptnd z1 = 1 (din cauza gabaritului

radial), din rel. (5.1) se obine z2 = 100 dini.
n premisa c unghiul de pant al melcului 1
este mai mic dect unghiul de frecare
(1 < tg), pentru acest angrenaj cu axe fixe,
randamentele au urmtoarele valori:

Adopting z1 = 1 (because of the radial overall

size), from rel. (5.1) it is obtained z2 = 100
teeth. In the premise that the angle of fall for
the worm 1 is smaller than the angle of friction
(1 < tg ), for this gear pair with fixed axes,
the efficiencies have the following values:

= 1,2 0,65 i inv = 2,1 = 0;

= 1,2 0.65 and inv = 2,1 = 0;

prin urmare, angrenajul melcat cu axe fixe

este ireversibil.

therefore, the worm drive with fixed axes is

irreversible.

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta VR1 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SV1 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 de ori (2 = 1/100),

- it reduces the input angular speed 100

times (2 = 1/100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 65 de

ori (T2 = i T1 = 65 T1),

- it amplifies the input moment 65 times

(T2 = - iT1 = -65T1),

reductorul, fiind ireversibil, se blocheaz n

timpul staionrii motorului,

- it transmits power in an irreversible way,

are un grad de complexitate redus,

- it has a reduced complexity degree,

realizeaz un gabarit axial redus,

- it obtains a reduced axial overall size,

necesit materiale speciale (pentru

dantura rotii) si o tehnologie de
fabricaie mai pretenioas.

- it needs special material (for the teeth

gear)
and
a
more
pretentious
manufacturing technology.

Primele trei proprieti de mai sus certific

satisfacerea att calitativ, ct i cantitativ a
cerinelor din specificaiile de design ale
produsului (i = 100 1,5 %, 0,5 i
blocarea transmisiei n timpul staionrii
motorului); ca urmare, varianta VR1 constituie
o variant conceptual a funciei FE2.

The first three properties certify the

fulfillment of the requirements from the list
(i = 100 1.5 %, 0.5 and the motion is
blocked while the motor is disconnected);
therefore, the variant SV1 represents a
conceptual variant of the function FE2.

Cazul variantei VR2. Pentru reductorul

cilindric, cu axe fixe, n trei trepte, din
fig. 5.3,b, condiia realizrii raportului de
transmitere are expresia:

The case of the SV2 variant. For the

three-stage spur reducer with fixed axes
from Fig. 5.3,b, the condition of obtaining
the transmission ratio has the expression:

i = i1,6 = i1,2 i3,4 i5,6 = 1/6 =

= (z2z4z6)/(z1z3z5) = 100.

i = i1,6 = i1,2 i3,4 i5,6 = 1/6 =

= (z2z4z6)/(z1z3z5) = 100.

(5.2)

(5.2)

Pentru simplificare, s-au adoptat: i1,2 = 5,

i3,4 = 5, i5,6 = 4, z1 = z3= 20 i z5 = 25; ca
urmare, din relaia (5.2) rezult numerele de
dini: z2 = z4 = z6 =100.

For simplification, were adopted: i1,2 = 5, i3,4

= 5, i5,6 = 4, z1 = z3= 20 and z5 = 25;
therefore, the numbers of teeth result from
relation (5.2): z2 = z4 = z6 =100.

n premiza c fiecare angrenaj cilindric

evolventic cu axe fixe are randamentul 0,98,
pentru reductorul din fig. 5.3,b se obin
randamentele:

In the premise that each involute spur gear

pair with fixed axes has the efficiency 0.98,
there are obtained the efficiencies for the
reducer from Fig. 5.3,b:

= 1,6 = (0,98)3= 0,941; inv = 6,1 0,941.

= 1,6 = (0.98)3= 0.941; inv = 6,1 0.941.

149

Deoarece inv >0, rezult c reductorul

cilindric din fig. 5.3,b trebuie dotat cu un
cuplaj de blocare (frn).

Because inv >0, it outcomes that the spur

reducer from Fig. 5.3,b must be equipped
with a coupling (brake) for the motion
blocking while the motor is disconnected.

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta VR2 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SV2 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 de ori (6 = - 1/100),

it reduces the input angular speed 100

times (6 = - 1/100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 94,1

ori (T6 = - iT1 = +94,1T1),

it amplifies the input moment 94.1 times

(T6 = - iT1 = +94.1T1),

pentru blocarea transmisiei, in timpul

staionrii motorului, se utilizeaz o
frn (materializata printr-un cuplaj
normal-cuplat, cu decuplare electromagnetic),

it uses a brake (materialized by a

coupling normally-coupled) for the
motion blocking while the motor is
disconnected,

are un grad de complexitate ridicat,

it has a high degree of complexity,

gabaritul axial i cel radial sunt mari,

the axial and radial overall sizes are big,

necesit o tehnologie de fabricaie mai

puin pretenioas.

it needs a manufacturing technology

less pretentious.

Primele trei proprieti de mai sus certific

ndeplinirea cerinelor din lista de cerine
(i = 100 1,5%, 0,5 i blocarea
transmisiei in timpul staionrii motorului);
ca urmare, varianta VR2 constituie, de
asemenea, o variant conceptual a funciei
FE2.

The first three properties certify the

fulfillment of the requirements from the list
(i = 100 1.5 %, 0.5 and the motion is
blocked while the motor is disconnected);
therefore, the variant SV2 represents also a
conceptual variant of the function FE2.

Cazul variantei VR3. n conformitate cu

fig. 5.3,c, condiia realizrii raportului de
transmitere (pentru reductorul planetar n
dou trepte) poate fi scris sub forma:

The case of the SV3 variant. According to

Fig.5.3,c, the condition of obtaining the
transmission ratio (for the two-stage
planetary reducer) can be written as follows:

i = i1,H2 = 1/H2 = i 31,H1 i 64,H2 =

= (1i01)(1i02) = +100;

i = i1,H2 = 1/H2 = i 31,H1 i 64,H2 =

= (1i01)(1i02) = +100;

(5.3)

(5.3)

prin i01 i i02 s-au notat rapoartele

cinematice interioare ale celor dou uniti
planetare nseriate:

where i01 and i02 are the interior kinematical

ratios of the two planetary gears that are in
serial connection:

i01= i H11,3 = z3/z1; i02 = i H24,6 = z6/z4.

i01= i H11,3 = z3/z1; i02 = i H24,6 = z6/z4.

(5.4)

(5.4)

Admind, pentru simplitate, c i01 = i02,

z1 =18 i z4 =15, din rel. (5.3) i (5.4) se
obin valorile (v. i fig. 5.4):

For simplification, admitting that i01 = i02,

z1 =18 and z4 =15, the values (see also
Fig. 5.4) are obtained from relation (5.3)
and (5.4):

i01 = i02 = 9, z3 = 162 i z6 =135.

i01 = i02 = - 9, z3 = 162 and z6 =135.

n premisa c cele dou uniti planetare

sunt formate din angrenaje cilindrice
evolventice, pentru randamentele interioare
ale acestor uniti se consider urmtoarele
valori (vezi anexa A.2.):

In the premise that the two planetary gears

consist of involute spur gear pairs, the
following values (see Appendix A.2.) are
considered for the interior efficiencies of
these gears:

150

01 = H11,3 = (0,985)2 = 0,97 i

02 = H24,6 = (0,985)2 = 0,97.

01 = H11,3 = (0.985)2 = 0.97 and

02 = H24,6 = (0.985)2 = 0.97.

Ca urmare, pentru reductorul planetar din

fig. 5.3,c se obin urmtoarele randamente
(v. anexa A.2):

Therefore, the following efficiencies (see

Appendix A.2) are obtained for the
planetary reducer from Fig. 5.3,c:

= 1,H2 = 31,H164,H2 = (0,9730)2 = 0,9467,

inv = H2,1 = 6H2,43H1,1 = (0,9729)2 = 0,9465,

= 1,H2 = 31,H164,H2 = (0.9730)2 = 0.9467,

inv = H2,1 = 6H2,43H1,1 = (0.9729)2 = 0.9465,

n care:

where:

31,H1 = (H1,3TH1)/(1,3T1) =
= (TH1/T1)/ i31,H1 =
= [1i01(01)w1] /(1i01) =
= [1+9(0,97)+1] /(1+9) = 0,9730,
w1 = sgn(1,H1T1)=
= sgn[(1,H1T1)/(1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H1)/(1,H13,H1)] =
= sgn [i01/(i011)] = sgn [9/(91)] = +1;

31,H1 = (H1,3TH1)/(1,3T1) =
= (TH1/T1)/ i31,H1 =
= [1i01(01)w1] /(1i01) =
= [1+9(0.97)+1] /(1+9) = 0.9730,
w1 = sgn(1,H1T1)=
= sgn[(1,H1T1)/(1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H1)/(1,H13,H1)] =
= sgn [i01/(i011)] = sgn [9/(91)] = +1;

64,H2 = (H2,6TH2)/(4,6T4)=
= (TH2/T4)/ i 64,H2=
= [1i02(02)w2] /(1i02)=
= [1+9(0,97)+1] /(1+9)= 0,9730,
w2 = sgn(4,H2T4)=
= sgn[(4,H2T4)/(4,6T4)] =
= sgn [(4,H2)/(4,H2-6,H2)]
= sgn [i02/(i021)] =
= sgn [9/(91)] = +1;

64,H2 = (H2,6TH2)/(4,6T4)=
= (TH2/T4)/ i 64,H2=
= [1i02(02)w2] /(1i02)=
= [1+9(0.97)+1] /(1+9)= 0.9730,
w2 = sgn(4,H2T4)=
= sgn[(4,H2T4)/(4,6T4)] =
= sgn [(4,H2)/(4,H2-6,H2)]
= sgn [i02/(i021)] =
= sgn [9/(91)] = +1;

6H2,4 = (4,6T4)/(H2,6TH2)=
= (T4/TH2)/ i 6H2,4=
= (1i02)/[1i02(02)x2] =
= (1+9)/[1+9(0,97)-1] =0,9729,
x2= w2 = 1;

6H2,4 = (4,6T4)/(H2,6TH2)=
= (T4/TH2)/ i 6H2,4=
= (1i02)/[1i02(02)x2] =
= (1+9)/[1+9(0.97)-1] =0.9729,
x2= w2 = 1;

3H1,1 = (1,3T1)/(H1,3TH1)=
= (T1/TH1)/ i 3H1,1=
= (1i01)/[1i01(01)x1] =
= (1+9)/[1+9(0,97)-1] = 0,9729,
x1= w1 = 1.

3H1,1 = (1,3T1)/(H1,3TH1)=
= (T1/TH1)/ i 3H1,1=
= (1i01)/[1i01(01)x1] =
= (1+9)/[1+9(0.97)-1] = 0.9729,
x1= w1 = 1.

Deoarece inv >0, reductorul planetar din

fig. 5.3,c necesit o frn pentru blocarea
reductorului in timpul staionrii motorului.

Because inv >0, the planetary reducer from

Fig. 5.3,c needs a brake for the irreversible
transmission of power.

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta VR3 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SV3 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 de ori (H2 = +1/100),

-it reduces the input angular speed 100

times (H2 = +1/100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 94,67

ori (TH2 = iT1 = 94,67T1),

-it amplifies the input moment 94.67 times

(TH2 = iT1 = 94.67T1),

151

asigur blocarea reductorului, n timpul

staionrii motorului, cu o frn montat
pe arborele de intrare,
gradul de complexitate este relativ
ridicat,
gabaritul axial i cel radial sunt relativ
reduse (n premisa c sunt montai cel
puin cte 3 satelii n paralel),

it uses a brake for the motion blocking

while the motor is disconnected,

the degree of complexity is relatively

high,
the axial and radial overall sizes are
relatively reduced (in the premise that
there are assembled at least three
satellites in parallel),
it needs a manufacturing technology
quite pretentious.

necesit o tehnologie de fabricaie

destul de pretenioas.

Deoarece primele trei proprieti atest

ndeplinirea cerinelor din list (i = 100
1,5%, 0,5 i blocheaz transmisia n
timpul staionrii motorului), rezult c
varianta VR3 constituie, de asemenea, o
variant conceptual a funciei FE2.

The first three properties certify the

fulfillment of the requirements from the list
(i = 100 1.5 %, 0.5 and the motion is
blocked while the motor is disconnected);
therefore, the variant SV3 represents a
conceptual variant of the function FE2.

Cazul variantei VR4. Pentru reductorul

planetar cu o roat central din fig. 5.3,d
(format din angrenajul cilindric interior
evolventic 1-2 i din semicuplajul de tip
Schimdt 2-3), condiia de realizare a
raportului de transmitere poate fi scris sub
urmtoarea form:

The case of the SV4 variant. For the

planetary reducer with a sun gear from
Fig. 5.3,d (consisting of an involute internal
spur gear pair 1-2 and of the Schmidt semicoupling 2-3), the condition of obtaining the
transmission ratio can be written as follows:

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1-i0) = +100;

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1-i0) = +100;

(5.5)

(5.5)

n relaia (5.5), prin i0 s-a notat raportul

cinematic interior al unitii planetare cu o
roat central din fig. 5.3,d:

in relation (5.5), through i0 was denoted the

kinematical interior ratio of the planetary
gear with a sun gear from Fig. 5.3,d:

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H1,2 i H2,3 =

= (+z2/z1).(+1) = +z2/z1 .

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H1,2 i H2,3 =

= (+z2/z1).(+1) = +z2/z1 .

(5.6)

(5.6)

Admind, la limit (pentru angrenajele

evolventice interioare), c z1 = z2 + 4, din
relaiile (5.5 i 5.6) se obin valorile (v. i
fig. 5.4): z1= 400, z2= 396 i i0 = +0,99.

At limit (for the internal involute gear pairs),

admitting that z1 = z2 + 4, the values (see
Fig. 5.4) are obtained from relations (5.5
and 5.6): z1= 400, z2= 396 and i0 = +0.99.

n premisa c unitatea planetar

fig. 5.3,d are randamentul interior :

In the premise that the planetary gear from

Fig. 5.3,d has the interior efficiency:

din

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = (0,995)2 = 0,99 ,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = (0.995)2 = 0.99 ,

se obin urmtoarele valori pentru

randamentele reductorului planetar:

the following values are obtained for the

efficiencies of the planetary reducer:

= 3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1=(1i0)/[1i0.(0)w] =
= (10,99)/[10,99 (0,99)+1] = 0,5025,
w = sgn(1,HT1)=
= sgn[(1,HT1)/(-1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/(-1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0+1)] =
= sgn [+0,99/(0,99 +1)] = +1;

= 3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1=(1i0)/[1i0.(0)w] =
= (10.99)/[10.99 (0.99)+1] = 0.5025,
w = sgn(1,HT1)=
= sgn[(1,HT1)/(-1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/(-1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0+1)] =
= sgn [+0.99/(0.99 +1)] = +1;

152

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH/T1)/ i 31,H =
= [1i0 (0)x] /(1i0) =
= [10,99(0,99)-1] /(10,99) = 0,
x= w = 1.

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH/T1)/ i 31,H =
= [1i0 (0)x] /(1i0) =
= [10.99(0.99)-1] /(10.99) = 0,
x= w = 1.

Deoarece inv = 0, reductorul planetar din

fig. 5.3,d nu necesit frn de blocare, n
timpul staionrii motorului.

Because inv = 0, the planetary reducer from

Fig. 5.3,d doesnt need a blocking coupling
or a brake for the motion blocking while the
motor is disconnected.

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta VR4 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SV4 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 ori (1 = +H/100),

it reduces the input angular speed 100,

times (1 = +H/100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 50,3

ori (T1 = iTH = 50,25T1),

it amplifies the input moment 50.25

times (T1 = iTH= 50.25T1),

reductorul, fiind ireversibil, se blocheaz

n timpul staionrii motorului,

it transmits irreversible the power,

are un grad redus de complexitate,

it has a reduced degree of complexity,

are un gabarit axial redus,

it has a reduced axial overall size,

gabaritul radial este relativ mare (fiind

dificil montarea de satelii n paralel),

the radial overall size is relatively big

(being difficult to assembly the satellites
into parallel),

tehnologia de fabricaie este relativ

simpl, dar necesit precizii ridicate.

the
manufacturing
technology
is
relatively simple, but needs high
accuracies.

Primele trei proprieti de mai sus arat c

cerinele din list (i = 100 1,5 %, 0,5
i asigura blocarea n timpul staionrii
motorului) sunt ndeplinite; ca urmare, i
varianta VR4 este o variant conceptual a
funciei FE2.

The first three properties show that the

requirements from the list (i = 100 1.5 %,
0.5 and the motion is blocked when the
motor is disconnected) are fulfilled; the
variant SV4 is a conceptual variant of the
function FE2.

Cazul variantei VR5. Pentru reductorul

planetar cu o roat central din fig. 5.3,e
(format din cuplajul cu boluri 1-2 i din
angrenajul cicloidal cu role 2-3), condiia de
realizare a raportului de transmitere poate fi
scris sub urmtoarea form:

The case of SV5 variant. For the planetary

reducer with a sun gear from Fig.5.3,e
(consisting of the pin coupling 1-2 and the
cycloidal gear pair with rollers 2-3), the
condition of obtaining the transmission ratio
can be written as follows:

i = i 3H,1= H,3/1,3 =1/(1i0) = 100;

i = i 3H,1= H,3/1,3 =1/(1i0) = 100;

(5.7)

(5.7)

n relaia (5.7), prin i0 s-a notat raportul

cinematic interior al unitii planetare cu o
roat central (fig. 5.3,e):

in relation (5.7), i0 is the interior kinematical

ratio of the planetary gear with a sun gear
(Fig. 5.3,e):

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H/3,H = i H1,2 i H2,3=

= (+1)(+z3/z2) = +z3/z2.

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H/3,H = i H1,2 i H2,3=

= (+1)(+z3/z2) = +z3/z2.

(5.8)

153

(5.8)

Considernd z3 = z2+1 (proprietate caracteristic angrenajelor cicloidale cu role), din

relaiile (5.7) i (5.8) se obin valorile (v. i
fig. 5.4): z2 = 100, z3 = 101 i i0 = +1,01.

Considering that z3 = z2+1 (a property

specific to the cycloid gear pairs with
rollers), the following values (see also
Fig. 5.4) are obtained from relations (5.7)
and (5.8): z2 = 100, z3 = 101 and i0 = +1.01.

n premisa c unitatea planetar din

fig. 5.3,e are randamentul interior (v. anexa
A.2):

In the premise that the planetary gear from

Fig. 5.3,e has the interior efficiency
(see Appendix A.2):

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = (0,999)2 = 0,998,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = (0.999)2 = 0.998,

se obin urmtoarele valori pentru

randamentele reductorului planetar:

the following values for the planetary

reducer efficiencies are obtained:

= 3H,1 = (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =
= (11,01)/[11,01(0,998)-1] = 0,831,
w = sgn(1,HT1)=
= sgn[(1,HT1)/( 1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/( 1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0+1)] =
= sgn [+1,01/(1,01+1)] = 1;

= 3H,1 = (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =
= (11.01)/[11.01(0.998)-1] = 0.831,
w = sgn(1,HT1)=
= sgn[(1,HT1)/( 1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/( 1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0+1)] =
= sgn [+1.01/(1.01+1)] = 1;

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH /T1)/ i 31,H =
= [1i0(0)x] /(1i0) =
= [11,01(0,998)+1] /(11,01) = 0,798,
x= w = +1.

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH /T1)/ i 31,H =
= [1i0(0)x] /(1i0) =
= [11.01(0.998)+1] /(11.01) = 0.798,
x= w = +1.

Deoarece inv >0, reductorul planetar din

fig. 5.3,e necesit o frn de blocare n
timpul staionrii motorului.

Because inv >0, the planetary reducer from

Fig. 5.3,e needs a blocking coupling or a
brake for the motion blocking while the
motor is disconnected.

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta VR5 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SV5 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 de ori (1 = H /100),

it reduces the input angular speed 100

times 1 = H /100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 83,1

ori (T1 = iTH = +83,1T1),

it amplifies the input moment 83.1 times

(T1 = iTH = +83.1T1),

realizeaz blocarea, n timpul staionrii

motorului, cu o frn montat pe
arborele de intrare,

it uses a brake for the motion blocking

while the motor is disconnected,

gradul de complexitate este relativ

redus,

the degree of complexity is relatively

reduced,

gabaritul radial este relativ redus (prin

montarea de satelii n paralel),

the radial overall size is relatively

reduced (by assembling in parallel the
satellites),

are un gabarit axial redus,

it has a reduced axial overall size,

tehnologia de fabricaie este relativ

simpl, dar necesit precizii ridicate.

the
manufacturing
technology
is
relatively simple, but it needs high
accuracies.

154

Primele trei proprieti de mai sus arat c

cerinele din list ( i = 100 1,5 %, 0,5
i asigura blocarea n timpul staionrii
motorului) sunt ndeplinite; prin urmare,
varianta VR5 este, de asemenea, o variant
conceptual a funciei FE2.

The first three properties show that the

requirements from the list (i = 100 1.5 %,
0,5 and the motion is blocked while the
motor is disconnected) are fulfilled;
therefore, variant SV5 is also a conceptual
variant of the function FE2.

Cazul variantei VR6. Pentru reductorul

armonic din fig. 5.3,f (format din angrenajul
evolventic de tip armonic 1-2 i din cuplajul
dinat de tip armonic 2-3), condiia de
realizare a raportului de transmitere poate fi
scris sub forma:

The case of the SV6 variant. For the

harmonic reducer from Fig. 5.3,f (consisting
of the involute gear pair of harmonic type1-2
and of the claw coupling of harmonic type 23), the condition of obtaining the
transmission ratio can be written as follows:

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1i0) = +100;

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1i0) = +100;

(5.9)

(5.9)

n relaia (5.9), prin i0 s-a notat raportul

cinematic interior (tip armonic) din fig. 5.3,d:

in relation (5.9), i0 is the interior kinematical

ratio of the planetary gear from Fig. 5.3,d:

i0 = iH1,3 = 1,H /3,H = iH1,2 iH2,3=

= (+z2/z1)(+1) = +z2/z1.

i0 = iH1,3 = 1,H /3,H = iH1,2 iH2,3=

= (+z2/z1)(+1) = +z2/z1.

(5.10)

(5.10)

Considernd z1 = z2 + 2 (relaie specific

angrenajelor de tip armonic), din relaiile
(5.9) i (5.10) se obin valorile (v. i fig. 5.4):

Considering that z1 = z2 + 2 (relation that is

specific to the harmonic gear pairs), the
following values are obtained from relations
(5.9) and (5.10) (see also Fig. 5.4):

z1 = 200, z2 = z3 = 198 i i0 = +0,99.

z1 = 200, z2 = z3 = 198 and i0 = +0.99.

n premisa c unitatea planetar de tip

armonic (fig. 5.3,f) are randamentul interior:

In the premise that the harmonic planetary

gear (Fig. 5.3,f) has the interior efficiency:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2.H2,3 = (0,995)2 = 0,99 ,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = (0.995)2 = 0.99 ,

se obin urmtoarele valori

randamentele reductorului armonic

the following values are obtained for the

efficiencies of the harmonic reducer :

pentru

= 3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =
= (10,99)/[10,99(0,99)+1] = 0,5025,
w = sgn(1,HT1)
= sgn[(1,HT1)/(-1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/( 1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0 + 1)] =
= sgn [+0,99/(0,99 +1)] = +1;

= 3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =
= (10.99)/[10.99(0.99)+1] = 0.5025,
w = sgn(1,HT1)
= sgn[(1,HT1)/(-1,3T1)] =
= sgn [(1,H)/( 1,H + 3,H)] =
= sgn [i0/(i0 + 1)] =
= sgn [+0.99/(0.99 +1)] = +1;

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH / T1)/ i31,H =
= [1i0(0)x] /(1i0) =
= [10,99(0,99)-1] /(10,99) = 0;
x = w = 1.

inv = 31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH / T1)/ i31,H =
= [1i0(0)x] /(1i0) =
= [10.99(0.99)-1] /(10.99) = 0;
x = w = 1.

Fiind ireversibil inv = 0, reductorul armonic

din fig. 5.3,f nu necesit frn de blocare n
timpul staionrii motorului.

Because inv = 0, the harmonic reducer from

Fig. 5.3,f doesnt need a blocking coupling
or a brake for the motion blocking while the
motor is disconnected.

155

n concluzie (v. i fig. 5.4), varianta SR6 are

urmtoarele proprieti:

In conclusion (see also Fig. 5.4), the variant

SR6 has the following properties:

reduce viteza unghiular de intrare de

100 de ori (1 = +H / 100),

it reduces the input angular speed 100

times (1 = +H / 100),

amplific momentul de intrare de 50,25

ori (T1 = iTH = 50,25T1),

it amplifies the input moment 50.25

times (T1 = iTH = 50.25T1),

se blocheaz prin ireversibilitate, n

timpul staionrii motorului,

it transmits the power irreversible,

are un grad redus de complexitate,

it has a reduced complexity degree,

are gabaritul axial i -radial reduse,

it has reduced axial-radial overall sizes,

tehnologia de fabricaie este deosebit

de pretenioas.

the
manufacturing
extremely pretentious.

technology

is

Conform primelor 3 proprieti, cerinele din

list (i = 100 1,5%, 0,5 i se
blocheaz n timpul staionrii motorului)
sunt ndeplinite; ca urmare, varianta VR6
constituie, de asemenea, o variant
conceptual a funciei FE2.

According to the first three properties, the

requirements from the list (i = 100 1.5%,
0,5 and the motion is blocked while the
motor is disconnected) are fulfilled;
therefore, the variant SV6 represents also a
conceptual variant of the function FE2.

Dintre cele 6 variante conceptuale obinute

mai sus (v. fig. 5.4), urmeaz s se
identifice soluia conceptual sau conceptul
motoreductorului. Cu acest scop, variantele
conceptuale generate sunt ordonate, n
continuare,
prin
evaluare
tehnicoeconomic.

The conceptual solution or the motorreducer concept will be identified between

the previous 6 conceptual variants (see
Fig. 5.4).
Therefore,
the
generated
conceptual variants will further order
through a technical and economical
evaluation.

5.4. EVALUAREA VARIANTELOR

CONCEPTUALE

5.4. EVALUATION OF THE

CONCEPTUAL VARIANTS

Variantele conceptuale, generate mai sus,

sunt sistematizate n fig. 5.4: alturi de
cele 6
caracteristici
tehnice,
sunt
prezentate i cele cinci obiective de
optimizare (formulate n subcap. 5.0).

The conceptual variants that were

previously generated are systematized in
Fig. 5.4; near the six technical features,
there are also presented the five
optimization objectives (which were
formulated in subchapter 5.0).

Aceste obiective (secundare) sunt folosite

in continuare in calitate de criterii tehnicoeconomice de evaluare. ndeplinirea
acestor criterii, de fiecare variant
conceptual n parte, este apreciat cu
note pe o scar de la 1 la 10, dei uzual
scara folosit n evaluarea grosiera este
mai mic; utiliznd n ambele evaluri
(grosier i fin) aceeai scar (i implicit
aceleai note), devine posibil analiza
comparativ direct a rezultatelor din cele
dou evaluri.

These (secondary) objectives are used as

technical and economical evaluation
criteria. The fulfillment of these criteria by
each conceptual variant is appreciated with
grades on a scale from 1 to 10; the scale
used in the rough evaluation is usually
smaller, but using the same scale for the
both
evaluation
phases,
a
direct
comparison between rough phase and fine
phase will become possible.

Pe baza acestor note (sistematizate de

asemenea n fig. 5.4), s-a efectuat o prim
ordonare a celor 6 variante conceptuale, n
premisa c cele 5 criterii au importan
egal (evaluare grosiera sau cernere).

Based on these grades (systematized in

Fig. 5.4), it was made a first ordering of the
six conceptual variants, in the premise that
the 5 criteria are of equal importance
(screening method).

156

Varianta conceptual
Figura 5.3

VR1
a

VR2
b

VR3
c

VR4
d

VR5
e

VR6
f

z1 = 1
z2 = 100

z1 = 20
z2 = 100
z3 = 20
z4 = 100
z5 = 25
z6 = 100

z1 = 18
z2 = 162
z3 = 15
z5 = 135

z1 = 400
z2 = 396

z2 = 100
z3 = 101

z1 = 200
z2 = 198
z3 = 198

100

-100

100

100

-100

100

0,65

0,98

0,985

0,995

0,999

0,995

12 =
0,65

16 =
0,941

1H =
0,9467

H1=
0,5025

H1 =
0,831

H1 =
0,5025

21 = 0

61 =
0,941

H1 =
0,9465

1H = 0

1H =
0,79

1H = 0

-65

94,1

-94,67

-50,25

83,1

-50,25

CARACTERISTICI TEH.ICE
1. 1umerele de dini
ale roilor

2. Raportul de
reducere al turaiei
de intrare
3. Randamentul unui
angrenaj cu axe fixe
4. Randamentul
reductorului
(acionare direct)
5. Randamentul
reductorului n
premiza acionrii
inverse inv
6. Raportul de
amplificare a
momentului de intrare

CRITERII DE EVALUARE / .ote

A. Minimizarea
costurilor de
fabricaie
B. Reducerea
pierderilor prin
frecare
C. Minimizarea
gradului de
complexitate
D. Minimizarea
gabaritului radial
E. Minimizarea
gabaritului axial
=
R = /(5x10) =
Locul

40
0,80
2

31
0,62
5

35
0,7
4

35
0,7
4

42
0,84
1

36
0,72
3

Fig 5.4. Caracteristicile tehnice ale variantelor conceptuale; aprecierea satisfacerii criteriilor de
evaluare cu ajutorul notelor (pe o scar de la 1 la 10) i ordonarea variantelor conceptuale prin
cernere.

157

Conceptual variant
Figure 5.3

SV1
a

SV 2
b

SV 3
c

SV 4
d

SV 5
e

SV 6
f

z1 = 1
z2 = 100

z1 = 20
z2 = 100
z3 = 20
z4 = 100
z5 = 25
z6 = 100

z1 = 18
z2 = 162
z3 = 15
z5 = 135

z1 = 400
z2 = 396

z2 = 100
z3 = 101

z1 = 200
z2 = 198
z3 = 198

100

-100

100

100

-100

100

0,65

0,98

0,985

0,995

0,999

0,995

12 =
0,65

16 =
0,941

1H =
0,9467

H1=
0,5025

H1 =
0,831

H1 =
0,5025

21 = 0

61 =
0,941

H1 =
0,9465

1H = 0

1H =
0,79

1H = 0

-65

94,1

-94,67

-50,25

83,1

-50,25

40
0,80
2

31
0,62
5

35
0,7
4

35
0,7
4

42
0,84
1

36
0,72
3

TECH.ICAL FEATURES
1. The gears numbers
of teeth

2. The reducing ratio

for the input speed
3. The efficiency of a
gear pair with fixed
axes
4. The efficiency of
the reducer
(direct actuation)
5. The efficiency of
the reducer for the
case of inverse
actuation inv
6. The amplification
ratio for the input
moment

EVALUATIO. CRITERIA / Grades

F. Minimization of
the production
costs
G. Reducing the
friction losses
H. Minimization of
the complexity
degree
I. Minimization of
the radial overall
size
J. Minimization of
the axial overall
size
=
R = /(5x10) =
Place

Fig 5.4. The technical features of the conceptual variants; assessment of the evaluation criteria
fulfillment by using grades (scale from 1 to 10) and ordering the conceptual variants by screening.

158

k Criteriul

Criteriul
Criterion

Pk

Lk

Sk

Wk

wk

0,5
0
0
0
0

1
0,5
0
0
0

1
1
0,5
0
0

1
1
1
0,5
0

1
1
1
1
0,5

4,5
3,5
2,5
1,5
0,5

1
2
3
4
5

4
3
2
1
0

5,2
2,85
1,55
0,73
0,15
10,48

0,5
0,27
0,15
0,07
0,01
1,00

Criterion

1
2
3
4
5

A
B
C
D
E

Suma / Sum:

FRISCO formula:

2 Pk Pmin + S k + 0,5
Wk =
;
0,5 n + Pmax Pk

wk =

Wk

a
VR/SV1
Criteriul
Criterion
A

wk

0,5
0,27
0,15
0,07
0,01
Suma / Sum:
Locul / Place:

B
C
D
E

VR/SV 3

VR/SV 4

VR/SV 5

VR/SV 6

1k

wk1k

1k

wk1k

1k

wk1k

1k

wk1k

1k

wk1k

8
6
9
8
9
40

4
1,62
1,35
0,56
0,09
7,62
2

7
9
6
7
6
35

3,5
2,43
0,9
0,49
0,06
7,38
3

8
5
9
4
9
35

4
1,35
1,35
0,28
0,09
7,07
4

9
8
8
9
8
42

4,5
2,16
1,2
0,63
0,08
8,57
1

6
5
8
8
9
36

3
1,35
1,2
0,56
0,09
6,2
5

b
Fig. 5.5,a. Stabilirea coeficienilor de pondere relativ wk, cu ajutorul formulei FRISCO i
b. Reordonarea variantelor conceptuale situate pe primele cinci locuri n faza de cernere (fig. 5.4).
Fig. 5.5,a. Establishment of the relative weight coefficients wk, by using the FRISCO formula and
b. Reordering of the conceptual variants that are situated on the first five places in the screening phase
(Fig. 5.4).
n conformitate cu rata de evaluare R,
rezultat prin cernere (v. fig. 5.4), se obine
urmtoarea
ordonare
a
variantelor
conceptuale: VR5 (locul 1), VR 1 (locul 2),
VR 6 (locul 3), la egalitate VR 3 i VR 4
(locul 4), SR2 (locul 5).

According to the evaluation rate R, resulted

by screening (see Fig. 5.4), the following
ordering of the conceptual variants is
obtained: SV5 (place 1), SV 1 (place 2),
SV6 (place 3), SV3 and SV 4 (place 4), SV2
(place 5).

n continuare, variantele conceptuale de pe

primele cinci locuri (v. fig. 5.4), sunt
reordonate n fig. 5.5 printr-o nou evaluare,
n premisa c cele 5 criterii au ponderi
diferite (evaluare fin).

Further, the conceptual variants from the

first five places (see Fig. 5.4), are reordered
in Fig. 5.5 through a new evaluation, in the
premise that the 5 criteria are of different
weights (fine evaluation).

Cu acest scop, s-au determinat mai nti

coeficienii de pondere absolut (Wk) i apoi
coeficienii de pondere relativ (wk), cu
ajutorul formulei FRISCO (fig. 5.5,a).

With this aim, firstly there were established

the absolute weight coefficients (Wk) and
then the relative weight coefficients (wk), by
using the FRISCO formula (Fig. 5.5,a).

Cu notele din fig. 5.4, n fig. 5.5,b s-au

reordonat variantele conceptuale rmase,
pe baza notelor ponderate. Se observ c
noua ordonare (din fig. 5.5,b) difer de cea
anterioar (din fig. 5,4): VR5 (locul 1), VR1
(locul 2), VR3 (locul 3), VR4 (locul 4) i VR6
(locul 5).

With the grades from Fig. 5.4, the remained

conceptual variants were reordered in
Fig. 5.5,b on the basis of the weighted grades.
The new ordering (Fig. 5.5,b) has differences
vs. the previous one (Fig. 5,4): SV5 (place 1),
SV1 (place 2), SV3 (place 3), SV4 (place 4)
and SV6 (place 5).

159

Din evalurile efectuate, pe baza fig. 5.4 i

5.5, reiese n mod evident c soluia
conceptual a motoreductorului este
desemnat de varianta conceptual VR5 (a
crei schem este ilustrat n fig. 5.3,e).

From these evaluations and based on

Fig. 5.4 and 5.5, it obviously outcomes that
the conceptual solution of the motor-reducer
is designated by the conceptual variant SV5
(whose scheme is illustrated in Fig. 5.3,e).

Aceast soluie conceptual conine trei

module fezabile (motor, reductor, frn) i
reprezint entitatea de intrare pentru faza
proiectrii constructive (fig. 4.14,a).

This conceptual solution (Fig. 5.3,e)

contains three feasible modules (motor,
reducer, brake) and represents the input
entity in the embodiment design phase
(Fig. 4.14,a).

160

6. EXEMPLE DE SOLUII ALE

UNOR FUNCII CU UTILIZARE
TEHNIC UZUAL

6. SOLVING EXAMPLES FOR

FUNCTIONS WITH USUAL
TECHNICAL USE

n acest capitol sunt prezentate succint cele

mai semnificative soluii folosite n tehnic
pentru rezolvarea unor funcii uzuale,
precum:
1. nsumarea a 2 micri, mpreun cu
funcia
sa
invers:
distribuirea
nedeterminat a unei micri n alte 2
micri (subcap. 6.1);
2. nsumarea a 2 momente, mpreun cu
funcia
sa
invers:
distribuirea
nedeterminat a unui moment n alte 2
momente (subcap. 6.2);
3. Transmiterea energiei mecanice, cu
reducerea turaiei sub un raport de
transmitere constant (subcap. 6.3);
4. Transmiterea energiei mecanice, fr
modificarea turaiei (subcap. 6.4);
5. Soluii de propulsie n medii fluide
(subcap. 6.5).
6. Soluii bionice i soluii tehnice
echivalente (subcap. 6.6).

In this chapter there are succinctly

presented the most significant solutions
used in techniques for solving some usual
functions, like:
1. Summation of 2 motions, together with its
inverse function: indeterminate distribution
of one motion into another 2 motions (6.1);
2. Summation of 2 torques, together with
its
inverse
function:
indeterminate
distribution of one torque into another 2
torques (6.2);
3. Transmission of mechanical energy, with
speed reduction under a constant
transmission ratio (6.3);
4. Transmission of mechanical energy,
without speed modification (6.4);
5. Solutions of propulsion in fluid
environments (6.5).
6. Bionic solutions and equivalent technical
solutions (6.6).

6.1. NSUMAREA A 2 MICRI;

DISTRIBUIREA NEDETERMINAT A
UNEI MICRI N ALTE 2 MICRI

6.1. SUMMATION OF TWO MOTIONS;

DISTRIBUTION OF A MOTION INTO
OTHER 2 MOTIONS

n acest subcapitol sunt prezentate mai nti

cteva exemple reprezentative de utilizare a
acestor funcii, iar apoi sunt stabilite, n
condiii simplificate, proprietile caracteristice unitilor planetare difereniale
(referitoare la micri i momente).

In this subchapter there are firstly presented

some representative examples of using
these functions, and, then, there are
established the differentials properties
(regarding the motions and torques), in
simplified conditions.

6.1.1. Exemple de utilizare

6.1.1. Examples of use

Pentru intuitivitate, sunt prezentate 2 genuri

distincte de exemple tehnice: primul gen pune
n eviden necesitatea nsumrii a 2 micri,
iar al doilea gen pune n eviden necesitatea
distribuirii nedeterminate a unei micri, n
alte 2 micri.

In order to be intuitive, 2 distinct types of

technical examples are presented: the first
type highlights the need of summing 2
motions, while the second type highlights
the need of indeterminate distribution of one
motion into other 2 motions.

Primul exemplu, ilustrat n fig. 6.1 i 6.2,

aparine primului gen i se refer la
cinematica generrii unei roi cilindrice cu
dini nclinai 1 (cu z = 20 i pZ = 500 mm /
dreapta), cu ajutorul unei scule 2, de tip
frez-melc (care are zS = 1 / dreapta).

The first example, illustrated in Fig. 6.1 and

Fig. 6.2, belongs to the first type and it
refers to the kinematics of generating a
helical gear 1 (with z = 20 and pZ = 500 mm
/ right), using a tool 2, of worm cutter type
(which has zS = 1 / right).

161

a1

b1

c1

(pentru realizarea numrului de dini

Fig. 6.1,a,b i c. Modelul cinematic al nsumrii micrilor n10
(pentru realizarea elicei danturii, de pas pz), n cazul generrii unei roi cilindrice cu dantur
z) i n10
nclinat (1), cu o scul de tip frez-melc (2). a1,b1,c1. Exemplu simplificat de rezolvare a nsumrii
micrilor cu ajutorul unei uniti planetare difereniale (bimobile): 4-5-6-H.

(for obtaining the number of

Fig. 6.1,a,b and c. The kinematical model of summing the motions n10
(for obtaining the gears helix, with the pitch pz), in the case of generating a helical
teeth z) and n10
gear (1), with a tool of a worm cutter type (2). a1,b1,c1. A simplified example of solving the motions
summation using a differential (2 DOF): 4-5-6-H.
162

n premisa c melcul 2 are turaia n2h = +100

rot/min, conform fig. 6.1,a i a1, pe
circumferina roii vor fi generai z = 20 dini,
dac roata 1 are turaia:

According to Fig. 6.1,a and a1, and in the

premise that tool 2 has the speed
n2h = +100 rot/min, there can be generated
z = 20 teeth on the gear circumference, if
gear 1 has the speed:

n10(3 0) = n10 = (+zS / z)n2h =

= (+1/ 20)(+100) = + 5 rot/min.

n10(3 0) = n10 = (+zS / z)n2h =

= (+1/ 20)(+100) = + 5 rot/min.

Conform fig. 6.1,b i b1, n premisa c urubul

de avans 3 are turaia n30 = +5 rot/min i pasul
p = 10 mm / dreapta, se genereaz o dantur
cu elice de pas pZ = +500 mm (dreapta), dac
roata 1 are turaia:

According to Fig. 6.1,b and b1, in the premise

that the feeding screw 3 has the speed
n30 = +5 rot/min and the pitch p = 10 mm /
right, it is generated a gear with a helixs pitch
pZ = +500 mm (right), if the gear 1 speed is:

n10(2 h) = n10 = (p/ pZ)n30 =

= (+10/ 500) (+5)= +0,1 rot/min.

n10(2 h) = n10 = (p/ pZ)n30 =

= (+10/ 500) (+5)= +0.1 rot/min.

n concluzie, numrul de dini ai roii (z) i

elicea danturii (pZ) pot fi generate simultan
dac semifabricatul 1 (fig. 6.1,c i c1)
efectueaz turaia-sum:

In conclusion, the gears number of teeth (z)

and helix (pZ) can be generated
simultaneously if the semi-product 1
(Fig. 6.1,c and c1) performs the sum speed:

n10 = n10 + n10 = (+zS / z)n2h +(p /pZ)n30 =

= +5 + 0,1 = +5,1 rot/min.

n10 = n10 + n10 = (+zS / z)n2h +(p /pZ)n30 =

= +5 + 0.1 = +5.1 rot/min.

Turaia-sum poate fi scris sub forma

generalizat:

The sum speed can be written in a

generalized form:

An2h + Bn30 = n10 + n10 = n10 =>

An2h + Bn30 = n10 ,

An2h + Bn30 = n10 + n10 = n10 =>

An2h + Bn30 = n10 ,

(6.1)

(6.1)

n care A i B sunt coeficieni constani.

Aceast egalitate poate fi interpretat ca o
relaie de nsumare.

in which A and B are constant coefficients.

This equality can be interpreted as a
summation relation.

Fiind cunoscute turaiile n2h i n30, prin

nsumarea lor, dup regula (6.1), se obine
turaia-sum n10.

Considering that the speeds n2h and n30 are

known, by summing them according to the
rule (6.1), the sum speed n10 is obtained.

Turaiile n2h i n30 fiind independente,

rezult c relaia (6.1) reprezint funcia de
transmitere a unui mecanism bimobil (cu
M = 2 micri independente), care are trei
micri exterioare (L = 3): dou micri de
intrare independente (n2h i n30) i o micare
de ieire dependent: micarea-sum n10.

Because the speeds n2h and n30 are

independent, it outcomes that relation (6.1)
represents the transmission function of a two
degree-of-freedom mechanism (with M = 2
independent motions), which has three
external motions (L= 3): two independent
input motions (n2h and n30) and a dependent
output motion: the sum speed n10.

Acest mecanism, ilustrat simplificat n

fig. 6.1,c1, conine: o unitate planetar
diferenial 4-5-6-H i trei trenuri de
angrenaje cu axe fixe, , i , ilustrate
simplificat prin linii de legtur; aceste
trenuri de angrenaje leag unitatea
planetar diferenial (bimobil) cu frezamelc 2, cu urubul de avans 3 i respectiv
cu semifabricatul 1.

This mechanism, illustrated in Fig. 6.1,c1,

contains: a 2 DOF planetary gear 4-5-6-H
(differential) and three gear trains with fixed
axes , and , which are illustrated in a
simplified way through flow lines; these gear
trains connect the differential to the tool 2,
to the feeding screw 3 and to the semiproduct 1, respectively.

163

n fig. 6.2 este detaliat schema de principiu

a unui astfel de mecanism; n plus, fa de
fig. 6.1,c1, s-au figurat : motorul (destinat
antrenrii frezei 2), motorul (destinat
antrenrii urubului de avans 3) i
angrenajele de legtur aferente. n
schema din fig. 6.2, iS este notaia raportului
de transmitere al cutiei de viteze, iar ia este
notaia raportului de transmitere al cutiei de
avansuri; cele 2 cutii sunt ilustrate
simplificat prin cte un paralelipiped trasat
cu linie ntrerupt. Cele dou cutii permit
reglarea a dou viteze independente: viteza
sculei achietoare i viteza urubului de
avans.

The principle scheme of such a mechanism

is detailed in Fig. 6.2; moreover, towards
Fig. 6.1,c1, there were illustrated: the motor
(meant to actuate the worm cutter 2), the
motor (meant to actuate the feeding screw
3) and the afferent connecting gear pairs. In
the scheme from Fig. 6.2, iS is the notation
for the transmission ratio of the gear box,
and ia is the notation for the transmission
ratio of the feeding box; both boxes are
illustrated in a simplified way, through
parallelepipeds designed with a dashed
line. The two gear boxes allow adjustment
of the two independent speeds: tool speed
and feeding screw speed.

C.V./G.B.

C.A./F.B.
Fig. 6.2. Variant detaliat a exemplului de rezolvare din fig. 6.1,c1 (C.V. = cutie de viteze; C.A. = cutie
de avansuri).
Fig. 6.2. A detailed variant of the solving example from Fig. 6.1,c1 (G.B.= gear box; F.B.= feeding box).

164

n ambele figuri (6.1 i 6.2), nsumarea

micrilor este realizat de unitatea
planetar bimobil (diferenial) 4-5-6-H; n
aceste cazuri, turaiile roilor centrale 4 i 6
desemneaz micrile de intrare, iar turaia
braului H, micarea de ieire (adic
micarea-sum):

In both figures (6.1 and 6.2), the motions

summation is obtained through the 2 DOF
planetary gear 4-5-6-H (differential); in
these cases, the speeds of the sun gears 4
and 6 designate the input motions, while the
speed of the carrier H, the output motion
(that is the sum speed):

A4n4 +B6n6 = nH +nH = nH.

A4n4 +B6n6 = nH +nH = nH.

(6.2)

(6.2)

O aplicaie similar se regsete la

detalonarea pe elice a frezelor cu dini
nclinai; ca exemplu, n fig. 6.3 este
ilustrat schema transmisiei unui strung de
detalonat, pe care se realizeaz o astfel de
prelucrare. n acest caz, nsumarea se
realizeaz cu ajutorul unitii planetare
bimobile 34-35-36-H.

A similar application can be found in relieving

the cutters with helical teeth; for instance, in
Fig. 6.3 it is illustrated the scheme of the
transmission from a backing-off lathe, on
which it is made such a tooling. In this case,
the summation is made with a 2 DOF
(differential) planetary gear 34-35-36-H.

Un alt tip de aplicaie, bazat pe nsumarea a

2 micri, se refer la sinteza unor
variatoare de turaie, care pot transmite
puteri medii i mari.

Another type of application based on

summing two motions, is referring to the
synthesis of speed variators, which can
transmit medium and high powers.

n acest gen de aplicaii, una dintre cele

dou micri nsumate este reglabil; ca
urmare, rezult o micare-sum de
asemenea reglabil.

In this kind of applications, one of the two

motions that are added up is adjustable;
therefore, it results also a sum motion that
is adjustable

Ca exemplu, n fig. 6.4 este reprezentat un

astfel de variator monomobil (M = 1), format
dintr-o unitate planetar bimobil 1-2-3-H
(care asigur nsumarea) i un lan
cinematic de nchidere (4-D-9), care
conine un variator cu lan (4-5) pentru
reglare.

For instance, in Fig. 6.4 it is represented a 1

DOF variator (M = 1), consisting of a 2 DOF
planetary gear 1-2-3-H (that ensures the
summation) and a closed kinematical
chain (4-D-9), which contains a variator
(4-5) for adjustment.

n conformitate cu fig. 6.4, unitatea planetar

bimobil nsumeaz turaia motorului nH cu
turaia reglabil n1 i se obine turaia-sum
n3, de asemenea reglabil.

According to Fig. 6.4, the 2 DOF planetary

gear (differential) sums the motor speed nH
and the adjustable speed n1 and the sum
speed n3, also an adjustable speed, is
obtained.

Exemplele ilustrate n fig. 6.5, fig. 6.6 i

fig. 6.7 aparin celui de-al doilea gen, care
pune n eviden necesitatea distribuirii
nedeterminate a unei micri, n alte 2
micri.

The examples that are illustrated in Fig. 6.5,

Fig. 6.6 and Fig. 6.7 belong to the second
type, which highlights the necessity of an
indeterminate distribution of a motion in
other 2 motions.

Exemplul din fig. 6.5 se refer la cinematica

rulrii fr alunecare a roilor unei puni
motoare, n timpul virrii automobilului
(R = raz aleatoare de virare; b = ecartament constant; r = raza celor 2 roi motoare
ale punii; i = vitezele unghiulare ale
roilor motoare n virare; = viteza
unghiular de virare a automobilului, n jurul
centrului O).

The example from Fig. 6.5 is referring to the

kinematics of rolling without sliding for the
wheels from a rear axle, while the car is
turning (R = the random turning radius;
b = the constant gauge; r = the radius of the
2 driving wheels of the axle; and = the
angular speeds of the driving wheels while
turning; = the angular speed for the car
turning, round the center O).

165

Fig. 6.3. Exemplu de nsumare a dou micri, cu ajutorul unei uniti planetare difereniale (34-3536-H), folosit n transmisia unui strung de detalonat, pentru detalonarea frezelor cu dini nclinai.
Fig. 6.3. Example of summing two motions, using a 2 DOF planetary gear (differential 34-35-36-H),
used in the transmission of a backing-off lathe, for relieving the cutters with helical teeth.

Fig. 6.4. Exemplu de nsumare a dou micri, cu ajutorul unei uniti planetare difereniale (1-2-3H), folosit n transmisia unui variator de turaie.
Fig. 6.4. Example of summing two motions, using a 2 DOF planetary gear (differential 1-2-3-H), used
in the transmission of a speed variator.

166

Conform fig. 6.5,a, roile unei puni motoare

ruleaz (se rostogolesc) fr alunecare pe
drum, dac viteza de antrenare a punii
(H din fig. 6.5,b) se distribuie pe cele dou
roi astfel nct:

According to Fig. 6.5,a, the wheels from a

rear axle are rolling without sliding on a
road, if the axle driving speed (H from
Fig. 6.5,b) is distributed on the two wheels
so that :

vA / vC = [(R0,5b)] / [(R+0,5b)] =

vA / vC = [(R0.5b)] / [(R+0.5b)] =

= (R0,5b) / (R+0,5b);

= (R0.5b) / (R+0.5b);

vA / vC = (r )/( r ) =>
/ = (R0,5b) / (R+0,5b);

vA / vC = (r )/( r ) =>
/ = (R0.5b) / (R+0.5b);

(6.3)

n cazul general, R fiind o mrime

aleatoare, rezult c raportul (6.3) este
nedeterminat! Cu alte cuvinte, n virare
(v. fig. 6.5,a i b), roile unei puni motoare
pot rula fr alunecare pe drum, dac
micarea de antrenare (H din fig. 6.5,b)
este distribuit n mod nedeterminat,
printr-un mecanism adecvat, pe roile punii
( i ); aceast proprietate poate fi
modelat matematic printr-o ecuaie liniar

(6.3)

in the general case, R being a random

quantity, it outcomes that the ratio (6.3) is
indeterminate! Putting it differently, while
turning (see Fig. 6.5,a and b), the wheels
from a rear axle are rolling without sliding
on a road, if the driving motion (H from
Fig. 6.5,b) is distributed in an indeterminate
way, using an adequate mechanism, on the
axle wheels ( and ); this property can
be mathematically modeled through a linear

b
Fig. 6.5,a. Modelul cinematic al rulrii roi-drum, n cazul unei puni motoare, la deplasarea n curbe
(R= raz de virare aleatoare): micarea de antrenare a punii se distribuie nedeterminat pe roile
acesteia; b. Exemplu de distribuire nedeterminat a micrii H, n micrile i , cu ajutorul
unei uniti planetare difereniale simetrice (i0 = 1) inter-roi.
Fig. 6.5,a. The kinematical model of wheels-road rolling, in the case of a rear axle, while the car is
turning (R = the random turning radius): the driving motion of the axle is distributed on its wheels
indeterminately; b. Example for the indeterminate distribution of the motion H, into the motions
and , using an inter-wheels symmetrical differential (i0 = 1).

167

cu coeficieni constani, ale crei soluii,

i , sunt nedeterminate:

equation with constant coefficients, whose

solutions, and , are indeterminate:

H = A + B

H = A + B .

(6.4)

(6.4)

Se observ uor c ecuaia (6.4) este

similar cu rel. (6.2), dar citit n sens
invers!

It can be easily observed that equation (6.4)

is similar to relation (6.2), but read in
reverse order!

Aceasta nseamn c funcia de mai sus

poate fi realizat cu ajutorul unui uniti
planetare difereniale (v. fig. 6.5,b), n care
viteza H este micare de intrare, iar
vitezele i sunt micri de ieire. Fiind
dispus ntre roile punii motoare, acest
mecanism
este
denumit
mecanism
diferenial inter-roi; deoarece roile unei puni
motoare sunt ncrcate, de obicei, cu sarcini
egale, un astfel de mecanism conine o unitate
planetar simetric (n care i0 = i H = 1).

This means that the previous function can be

obtained using a differential (see Fig. 6.5,b),
in which the speed H is the input motion,
and the speeds and are output
motions. Being arranged between the
wheels of the rear axle, this mechanism is
called the inter-wheels differential; because
the wheels from the rear axle are usually
loaded with equal charges, such a
mechanism
contains
a
symmetrical
planetary gear unit (in which i0 = i H = 1).

Uzual, ntr-o punte motoare, elementul H al

unitii planetare difereniale (v. fig. 6.5,b)
este antrenat printr-un reductor cu axe fixe
denumit reductor central (R.C.).

Usually, in a rear axle, the carrier H from a

differential (see Fig. 6.5,b) is actuated
through a reducer with fixed axes that is
called central reducer (C. R.).

Fig. 6.6. Exemplu de distribuire nedeterminat a micrii H , n micrile 1 = RC I i 3 = RC II

(pentru antrenarea punilor motoare I i II ale unui automobil 44), cu ajutorul unei uniti planetare
difereniale asimetrice ( i0 1 ) inter-puni (prin RC I i RC II s-au notat reductoarele centrale, n
carcasele crora sunt incluse i unitile difereniale simetrice inter-roi).
Fig. 6.6. Example for the indeterminate distribution of the motion H into the motions 1 = RC I

and 3 = RC II (for actuating the driving axles I and II of a 44 car), using an asymmetrical ( i0 1 )
inter-axles differential (RC I and RC II are the central reducers, in their casings being enclosed also
the inter-wheels symmetrical differentials).

168

n conformitate cu fig. 6.6, o situaie similar,

cu cea precedent, intervine la antrenarea a
dou puni motoare, n timpul deplasrii
automobilului pe un teren denivelat. n acest
caz, micarea de intrare (H) este distribuit
n mod nedeterminat pe punile motoare I i
II (1 = RCI i 3 = RCII ), prin intermediul
unui mecanism diferenial inter-puni; dac
sarcinile pe punile I i II sunt inegale
(fig. 6.6), atunci mecanismul diferenial interpuni conine o unitate planetar asimetric
(n care i0 = i H 1).

According to Fig. 6.6, a similar situation to

the previous one interferes in the actuation
of two rear axles, while the car is moving on
a uneven road. In this case, the input
motion (H) is distributed on the rear axles I
and II in an indeterminate way (1 = RCI
and 3 = RCII), using an inter-axles
differential; if the loads on both axles are
not equal (Fig. 6.6), then the inter-axles
differential contains an asymmetrical
planetary gear unit (in which i0 = i H 1).

Pentru detalierea exemplificrii, n fig. 6.7 s-a

ilustrat transmisia unui camion 44 (cu 2 puni
motoare: I i II), pe care s-a marcat cu gri
circulaia fluxului energetic; notaiile utilizate
au urmtoarele semnificaii: C.V. = cutie de
viteze; C.D. = cutie de distribuie; Dp =
mecanismul diferenial inter-puni; RCI, RCII =
reductoarele centrale ale punilor I i respectiv
II; DI, DII = mecanismele difereniale inter-roi
ale punilor I i respectiv II.

In order to exemplify the last application, the

transmission of a 44 truck (with 2 rear
axles: I and II, on which the energetic flow
was marked with grey) was illustrated in
Fig. 6.7; the notations have the following
meanings: C.V. = gear box; C.D. =
distributing box; Dp = the inter-axles
differential; RCI, RCII = central reducers for
the axles I and II; DI , DII = the inter-wheels
differentials of the axles I and II.

n concluzie, ambele funcii analizate (att

nsumarea a 2 micri, ct i distribuia
nedeterminat a unei micri n alte 2 micri)
pot fi rezolvate cu ajutorul unitii planetare
difereniale. n continuare se stabilesc proprietile caracteristice unui astfel de mecanism.

In conclusion, both analyzed functions (the

summation of 2 motions, and the
indeterminate distribution of one motion into
other 2 motions) can be solved using a
differential. The properties of such a
mechanism will be further established.

6.1.2. Proprieti caracteristice

unitilor planetare difereniale

6.1.2. Characteristic properties of a

planetary gear unit

Pentru intuitivitate, n tab. 6.1 s-au

sistematizat schemele unitilor planetare
difereniale uzuale, cu 2 roi centrale, i
schemele
mecanismelor
monomobile
derivate din acestea, prin anularea unui
grad de mobilitate (adic prin blocarea unei
roi centrale sau a braului port-satelii H).

The schemes of usual 2 DOF planetary

gear units, with two sun gears, and the
schemes of the 1 DOF mechanisms that are
derived from the previous units by the
annulment of one degree-of-freedom (that is
by blocking a sun gear or the carrier H) are
systematized in Tab. 6.1

n continuare, se stabilesc proprietile

caracteristice unitilor planetare difereniale
(bimobile: M = 2), folosind ca exemplu
unitatea planetar cu 2 roi centrale (1 i 3)
i satelit simplu (2) din tab. 6.1,d i d1.

Further, the properties of 2 DOF planetary

gear units (with M = 2) are established
using, as an example, the planetary gear
with 2 sun gears (1 and 3) and one satellite
(2) from Tab. 6.1,d and d1.

Pentru aceast unitate planetar, n

fig. 6.8,a i b s-au reprezentat schema
structural i schema bloc, pe care s-au
precizat parametrii exteriori ai celor L = 3
legturi exterioare (intrri i ieiri ale puterii
mecanice); fiind posibile mai multe
combinaii de intrri i ieiri, s-a preferat ca
natura legturilor exterioare din fig. 6.8,a i b
s rmn neprecizat.

The structural scheme and the block scheme

of this planetary gear unit, on which were
specified the external parameters of the
L = 3 external links (inputs and outputs of the
mechanical power) were represented in
Fig. 6.8,a and b; because there are possible
more combinations of inputs and outputs, it
was preferred not to specify the nature of the
external links from Fig. 6.8,a and b.

169

Fig. 6.7. Exemplu detaliat de distribuire nedeterminat a micrii (inter-puni i inter-roi) n cazul
unui autocamion cu 2 puni motoare (4x4): C.V. = cutie de viteze, C.D. = cutie de distribuie, Dp =
unitate planetar diferenial inter-puni (asimetric), RC I i RC II = reductor central al punii I i
respectiv II, D I i D II = unitate planetar diferenial inter-roi (simetric) aferent punii I i
respectiv II.
Fig. 6.7. Detailed example for the indeterminate distribution of a motion (inter-axles and interwheels) in the case of a truck with 2 driving axles (44): C.V. = gear box, C.D. = distributing box, Dp
= inter-axles differential (asymmetrical), RC I and RC II = central reducer of the I and respectively the
II axle, D I and D II = inter-wheels differential (symmetrical) afferent to the axle I and II.

170

Alturat, n fig. 6.8,c i d, s-au ilustrat

schema structural i schema bloc ale
unitii cu axe fixe, care s-a obinut din
unitatea planetar dat (fig. 6.8,a i b),
inversnd micarea n raport cu braul H
(adic imprimnd, ntregii uniti planetare,
o micare egal i de sens invers cu
micarea elementului H).

The structural scheme and the block

scheme of the unit with fixed axes that was
obtained from the given planetary gear unit
(Fig. 6.8,a and b), by inverting the motion
vs. the carrier H (rotating the whole
planetary gear unit with a motion equal and
backwards to the motion of the element H)
were illustrated nearby, in Fig. 6.8,c and d.

Evident, n urma inversiunii micrii, se

modific micrile absolute (datorit
schimbrii bazei), dar rmn aceleai
micrile relative i momentele (n premisa
neglijrii efectelor ineriale).

Obviously, after inverting the motion, the

absolute speeds are modified (because the
frame is changed), but the relative speeds
and moments remain the same (in the
premise that the inertial effects are
neglected).

2
3
1

3H =
= 3H
H - H = 0

1H =
= 1H

H
H

T1

TH
1

T1

TH

T3

H=0

T3

(z1=30)
3

a
TH

1
T1= ?

H =?

3 (z3=90)

M=2
L=3

HH = 0

(TH )
1H =
= 1H

3
T3= ?

H=0
1

M=1
L=2

3H =
= 3H

T1

H = H (1 , 3 ) = ?

T1 = T1 (TH ) = ?
T = T (T ) = ?
3
H
3

T3

i0 = i13H =

1H
=?
3 H

Fig. 6.8,a i b. Exemplu de unitate planetar diferenial (bimobil: M = 2), cu 2 roi centrale (1 i
3) i satelit simplu (2): schem structural (a) i schem bloc (b); c i d. Unitatea cu axe fixe derivat
din unitatea planetar prin inversiunea micrii fa de braul H: schem structural (c) i schem
bloc (d).
Fig. 6.8,a and b. Example of differential unit (2 DOF planetary gear unit: M = 2), with 2 sun gears
(1 and 3) and one satellite (2): structural scheme (a) and block scheme (b); c and d. The unit with
fixed axes derived from the planetary gear unit by inverting the motion vs. the carrier H: structural
scheme (c) and block scheme (d).

171

Tab. 6.1. Exemple uzuale de uniti planetare difereniale (bimobile) i de uniti monomobile,
derivate din cele difereniale prin blocarea unui element central.
Mecanisme planetare monomobile (M = 1)
-planetare
-cu axe fixe

-cu cremaliere i satelit simplu

-cu roi conice
-cu roi cilindrice
-cu satelit simplu
-cu satelit dublu

UNITI PLANETARE ASIMETRICE (i0 1)

UNITI PLANETARE SIMETRICE (i0= 1)

Mecanisme planetare bimobile (M = 2)

M = 2 micri
independente
(de ex: s1 , s H )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: s13 = s1 )

M = 2 micri
independente
(de ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 13 = 1 )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 micri
independente
(de ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 14 = 1 )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 micri
independente
(de ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 13 = 1 )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 micri
independente
(de ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 14 = 1 )

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: 1H = 1 )

172

M = 1 - o micare
independent
(de ex: s1H = s1 )

Tab. 6.1. Usual examples of 2 DOF planetary gear units (differential units) and 1 DOF units, which
are derived from the differential units by blocking a central element.
1 DOF gear units (M = 1)
-planetary
-with fixed axes

- with racks and simple satellite

- with conical wheels
-with cylindrical wheels
-with simple satellite

UNSYMETRICAL PLANETARY UNITS (i0 1)

-with double satellite

SYMETRICAL PLANETARY UNITS (i0= 1)

2 DOF planetary gear units (M = 2)

M = 2 independent
motions
(for ex: s1 , s H )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: s13 = s1 )

M = 2 independent
motions (for
ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 independent motion
(for ex: 13 = 1 )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 independent
motions
(for ex: 1 , H )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 14 = 1 )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 independent
motions (for ex:
1 , H )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 13 = 1 )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 1H = 1 )

M = 2 independent
motions (for ex:
1 , H )

M = 1 independent
motion
for ex: 14 = 1 )

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: 1H = 1 )

173

M = 1 independent
motion
(for ex: s1H = s1 )

1. Caracterizare structural

1. Structural characterization

Pe baza interpretrii cinematice i statice a

gradului de mobilitate M [4], se identific
funciile de transmitere ale unitii planetare
bimobile, n exprimare calitativ (v. fig. 6.8,a
i b).

The transmission functions of the 2 DOF

planetary gear unit, in a qualitative form, are
identified on the basis of the kinematical
and static interpretation of the degree-offreedom M [4] (see Fig. 6.8,a and b).

Interpretare cinematic: dintre cele L = 3

micri exterioare (fig. 6.8,b), M = 2 sunt
independente (de exemplu: 1 i 3).

Kinematical interpretation: among the L = 3

external motions (Fig. 6.8,b), M = 2 are
independent (for instance: 1 and 3) [4].

Aadar, micarea rmas H (L M = 3 2

= 1) este dependent i desemneaz calitativ
funcia de transmitere a micrilor, realizat
de mecanism:

Thus, the remained motion H (L M = 3 2

= 1)
is
dependent
and
designates,
qualitatively, the mechanisms transmission
function for motions:

H = H (1 ,3) = ?

H = H (1 ,3) = ?

(6.5)

(6.5)

Interpretare static: dintre cele L = 3

momente exterioare (fig. 6.8,b), M = 2 sunt
dependente [4] (de exemplu: T1 i T3) i
desemneaz
calitativ
funciile
de
transmitere ale momentelor. Momentul
rmas
TH
(L M = 3 2 = 1)
este
independent i intervine ca argument n
funciile de transmitere ale momentelor:

Static interpretation: between the L = 3

external torques (Fig. 6.8,b), M = 2 are
dependent [4] (for instance: T1 and T3) and
designate qualitatively, the transmission
functions for torques. The remained torque
TH (L M = 3 2 = 1) is independent and
interferes as argument in the torques
transmission functions:

T1 = T1(TH) = ? ; T3 = T3(TH) = ?

T1 = T1(TH) = ? ; T3 = T3(TH) = ?

(6.5)

(6.5)

Pentru a fi uor identificate, mrimile

independente din fig. 6.8,b s-au reprezentat
ncadrat, iar mrimile dependente s-au
notat cu semn de ntrebare. n continuare
se stabilesc expresiile cantitative ale
funciilor de transmitere identificate calitativ.

In order to be easy to identify them, the

independent sizes from Fig. 6.8,b were
represented bordered, and the dependent
sizes were denoted with a question mark.
The quantitative expressions of the
transmission functions that were identified
qualitatively will be further established.

2. Funcia de transmitere a vitezelor

2. The speeds transmission function

Stabilirea acestei funcii cuprinde dou

etape:

The establishment of this function consists

of two steps:

a) Se stabilete mai nti raportul cinematic

interior i0 al unitii planetare din fig. 6.8,a i
b; acest raport coincide cu raportul de
transmitere al vitezelor unitii cu axe fixe
din fig. 6.8,c i d:

a) The internal kinematical ratio i0 of the

planetary gear unit from Fig. 6.8,a and b is
established in the first place; this ratio i0 is
equal to the speeds transmission ratio of the
unit with fixed axes from Fig. 6.8,c and d:

i0 = i H1,3 = 1H /3H = i H1,2i H2,3 =

=(z2/z1)(+z3/z2) = z3/z1 = 90/30 = 3/1;

i0 = i H1,3 = 1H /3H = i H1,2i H2,3 =

=(z2/z1)(+z3/z2) = z3/z1 = 90/30 = 3/1;

aceasta nseamn c la 3 rotaii ale roii 1

(fa de H), roata 3 efectueaz o singur
rotaie, n sens invers.

this means that while gear 1 makes 3

rotations (vs. H), gear 3 makes a single
rotation backwards (vs. H, too).

174

b) Pe baza raportului interior i0 se stabilete

ecuaia vitezelor unitii planetare bimobile
(6.6):

b) The speeds equation for the 2 DOF

planetary gear unit (6.6) is established on
the basis of the internal ratio i0:

i0 = 1H /3H = (1H)/(3H) =>

i0 = 1H /3H = (1H)/(3H) =>

1i03 (1i0)H = 0 <=>

(6.6)

1i03 (1i0)H = 0 <=>

(6.6)

1 + 33 4H = 0;

(6.6)

1 + 33 4H = 0;

(6.6)

apoi, din ecuaia (6.6) se expliciteaz

funcia de transmitere cutat (6.7):

then, from the equation (6.6), the wanted

transmission function (6.7) can be stated :

H = 1/(1i0) 3i0/(1i0) <=>

(6.7)

H = 1/(1i0) 3i0/(1i0) <=>

(6.7)

H = 0,251 + 0,753 .

(6.7)

H = 0.251 + 0.753 .

(6.7)

3. Funciile de transmitere ale

momentelor

3. The torques transmission

functions

n premisa neglijrii frecrii i a efectelor

ineriale, suma puterilor de intrare i de
ieire ale unitii planetare bimobile este
nul (fig. 6.8,b):

In the premise that the friction and the

inertial effects are neglected, the sum of the
input and output powers of the 2 DOF
planetary gear unit is null (Fig. 6.8,b):

1T1 + 3T3 + HTH = 0.

1T1 + 3T3 + HTH = 0.

(6.8)

(6.8)

innd seama de relaia (6.7), expresia

(6.8) devine:

Tacking into account the relation (6.7), the

expression (6.8) becomes:

1[T1 +TH /(1i0)] +3 [T3THi0/(1i0)] =0.

1[T1 +TH /(1i0)] +3 [T3THi0/(1i0)] =0.

Vitezele 1 i 3 fiind independente,

egalitatea precedent poate fi adevrat
numai dac parantezele devin nule; din
condiia anulrii celor 2 paranteze se obin
funciile de transmitere cutate:

The speeds 1 and 3 being independent,

the previous equality can be true only if the
brackets become null; the torques
transmission functions are obtained from
the condition of annulling the two brackets:

T1 = TH /(1i0) = 0,25TH;

T1 = TH /(1i0) = 0.25TH;

T3 = THi0/(1i0) = 0,75TH.

(6.9)

T3 = THi0/(1i0) = 0.75TH.

(6.9)

Pentru verificare, se testeaz veridicitatea

ecuaiei de echilibru a momentelor unitii
planetare (fig. 6.8,a):

The truthfulness of the equation of

equilibrium for the planetary units torques is
tested for checking (Fig. 6.8,a):

T1 +T3 +TH = 0 => 0,25TH 0,75TH +TH = 0!

T1 +T3 +TH = 0 => 0.25TH 0.75TH +TH = 0!

4. Proprietile
difereniale

planetare

4. The properties of the differential

unit

Proprietile
cinematice
i
statice,
caracteristice unitii planetare difereniale
date, se obin interpretnd funciile de
transmitere (6.7) i (6.9).

The kinematical and static properties of the

given differential unit are obtained
interpreting the transmission functions (6.7)
and (6.9).

unitii

175

a) Din relaia (6.7), citit de la dreapta la

stnga:

a) From relation (6.7), read from right to left:

0,251 + 0,753 = H,

0.251 +0.753 = H,

(6.7)

(6.7)

rezult prima proprietate cinematic:

unitatea
planetar
diferenial
dat
(fig. 6.8,a i b) are dou micri exterioare
independente, 1 i 3, pe care le poate
nsuma, dup regula (6.7), rezultnd o
micare exterioar-sum H.

it results the first kinematical property: the

given 2 DOF planetary gear unit (Fig. 6.8,a
and b) has two independent external
motions, 1 and 3, which can be summed,
according to relation (6.7), in an external
sum motion H.

Aceast proprietate a fost aplicat n cazul

exemplelor din fig. 6.1-6.4.

This property was applied in the case of the

examples from Fig. 6.1-6.4.

b) Din relaia (6.7), citit de la stnga la

dreapta, se obine a doua proprietate
cinematic (invers fa de prima):
unitatea planetar diferenial dat (fig. 6.8,a
i b) poate distribui nedeterminat micarea
exterioar H n alte dou micri
exterioare: 1 i 3.

b) From relation (6.7), read from left to

right, the second kinematical property is
obtained (reverse to the first one): the
given 2 DOF planetary gear unit (Fig. 6.8,a
and b) can distribute the external motion H
in an indeterminate way, into other two
external motions: 1 and 3.

Aceast proprietate a fost aplicat n cazul

exemplelor din fig. 6.5-6.7.

This property was applied in the case of the

examples from Fig. 6.5-6.7.

c) Din interpretarea relaiilor (6.9) se obine

urmtoarea proprietate static: unitatea
planetar diferenial dat (fig. 6.8,a i b)
are un moment exterior independent TH pe
care-l distribuie determinat n alte dou
momente exterioare: T1 i T3.

c) The following static property is obtained

from the interpretation of the relations (6.9):
the given 2 DOF planetary gear unit
(Fig. 6.8,a and b) has an independent
external torque TH which is distributed in a
determinate way, into other two external
torques: T1 and T3.

n cazul exemplelor din fig. 6.5-6.7, la

deplasarea automobilului pe un teren
alunecos, aceast proprietate poate cauza
patinarea unei roi motoare sau, mai rar,
patinarea
unei
puni
motoare
(la
automobilele cu p 2 puni motoare);
patinarea intervine la anularea aderenei
roata-drum sau punte-drum.

In the case of the examples from Fig. 6.56.7, when the car is moving on a sliding
road, this property can cause a driving
wheel skating or, rarer, sliding of the rear
axle (for the cars with p 2 rear axles); this
skating interferes when the adherence
wheel-road or axle-road becomes null.

n timpul patinrii, motorul funcioneaz n

gol i, implicit, automobilul nu se mai poate
deplasa. n cazul automobilelor cu
destinaie special, ieirea din astfel de
situaii se realizeaz prin blocarea
temporar a mecanismului diferenial
aferent roii sau punii care patineaz.

During skating, the motor runs without load

and, implicitly, the car can not move. In the
case of the cars with a special destination,
the driver can block temporary the
differential that is afferent to the wheel or
axle which is skating.

n concluzie, o unitate planetar diferenial

poate fi utilizat ca soluie de principiu
pentru urmtoarele trei funcii, ale unor
produse tehnice:
a) nsumarea a 2 micri;
b) distribuirea nedeterminat a unei
micri, n alte 2 micri;

In conclusion, a 2 DOF planetary gear unit

can be used as a principle solution for the
next three functions of some technical
products:
a) Summation of two motions;
b) Indeterminate distribution of one motion
into other two motions;

176

c) distribuirea determinat a unui moment,

n alte 2 momente.

c) Determinate distribution of one torque

into other 2 torques.

Generalizare: funcia privind nsumarea a k

micri i inversa acesteia (privind
distribuia nedeterminat a unei micri, n
alte k micri) pot fi rezolvate cu ajutorul
unui mecanism care are gradul de
mobilitate M = k i L = k + 1 intrri i ieiri
(legturi exterioare).

Generalization: the function regarding the

summation of k motions and its inverse
(regarding the indeterminate distribution of
a motion into other k motions) can be
solved using a mechanism that has the
degree-of-freedom M = k and L = k + 1
inputs and outputs (external links).

6.2. NSUMAREA A 2 MOMENTE;

DISTRIBUIREA NEDETERMINAT A
UNUI MOMENT N ALTE 2 MOMENTE

6.2. SUMMATION OF TWO TORQUES;

INDETERMINATE DISTRIBUTION OF
A TORQUE INTO OTHER TWO
TORQUES

n acest subcapitol sunt prezentate mai nti

2 exemple de utilizare tehnic a acestor
funcii, iar apoi sunt stabilite, n condiii
simplificate,
proprietile
specifice
mecanismelor monomobile (M = 1) cu trei
legturi exterioare (L = 3 intrri i ieiri ale
puterii mecanice).

Firstly, in this chapter there are presented

two examples of these functions technical
uses and, then, there are established in
simplified conditions, the specific properties
of the 1 DOF mechanisms (M = 1) with
three external links (L = 3 inputs and
outputs of mechanical power).

6.2.1. Exemple de utilizare

6.2.1. Examples of use

Pentru intuitivitate, sunt prezentate mai nti

2 exemple tehnice: un exemplu care pune
n eviden necesitatea nsumrii a dou
momente de torsiune i un al doilea
exemplu, care pune n eviden necesitatea
distribuirii nedeterminate a unui moment, n
alte 2 momente.

Two intuitional technical examples are first

presented: an example that highlights the
necessity of summing 2 torques and the
second example that highlights the
necessity of undetermined distribution of
one torque into other 2 torques.

Primul exemplu, ilustrat n fig. 6.9,a1, b1, c1

i fig.6.10 se refer la antrenarea elicei unei
nave maritime, de mare tonaj, cu ajutorul a
dou motoare. Conform fig. 6.9,a1,
mecanismul dintre elice i cele 2 motoare
este caracterizat prin:

The first example, illustrated in Fig. 6.9,a1,

b1, c1 and Fig. 6.10 is referring to the
actuation of a pusher propeller from a seagoing ship of big tonnage, using two motors
According to Fig. 6.9,a1, the mechanism
between the propeller and the two motors
must be characterized through:

a) Trei legturi exterioare (L = 3): dou

intrri (legturile cu cele dou motoare) i o
ieire (legtura cu elicea);

a) Three external links (L = 3): two inputs

(the connections with the two motors) and
one output (the connection to the propeller);

b) Trei momente exterioare: dou

independente (momentele de la cele 2
motoare: T1 i T2) i unul dependent :
momentul-sum al elicei: T5.

b) Three external torques: two independent

(the torques from the two motors: T1 and T2)
and one dependent: the sum torque of the
propeller: T5.

Vtiind c gradul de mobilitate al unui

mecanism (M) desemneaz (d.p.d.v. static)
numrul momentelor exterioare dependente
[4], rezult c mecanismul cutat din
fig. 6.9,a1 are M = 1 i L = 3.

Knowing that the degree-of-freedom (M) of

a mechanism designates (from static point
of view) the number of dependent external
torques [4], it outcomes that the searched
mechanism from Fig.6.9,a1 has M = 1 and
L = 3.

177

1 = ?

1 = ?

(motor 1)

T1

T1

elice

(propeller)

T2

T5=?

2=?
a1

L=3
M=1

T5=?

(motor)

L=3
M=1

pompa 1
(pump 1)

2=?
(motor 2)

a2

T2
1

1
T1

pompa 2
(pump 2)

1
T1

T5

T5
2

4
T2

T2

b1
+T4
5

-T4

T5=?

+T4
5

T1
+T3

-T3

1=?

b2

-T4

T1

2=?

T5=?

+T3
-T3

T2

c1

1=?

2=?
T2

c2

Fig. 6.9. Exemple pentru evidenierea funciei de nsumare a 2 momente (a1, b1, c1) i de distribuire
nedeterminat a unui moment n alte 2 momente (a2, b2, c2).
Fig. 6.9. Examples of highlighting the function of summing 2 torques (a1, b1, c1) and of indeterminate
distribution of one torque into other 2 torques (a2, b2, c2).

178

Un astfel de mecanism s-a exemplificat n

fig. 6.9,b1 i c1; din schema structural
(fig. 6.9,b1) i din schema bloc aferent
(fig. 6.9,c1) se obine relaia:

Such a mechanism was exemplified in

Fig. 6.9,b1 and c1; the following relation is
obtained from the structural scheme
(Fig. 6.9,b1) and from its block scheme
(Fig. 6.9,c1):

AT1 + BT2 = T3 + T4 = T5 =>

AT1 + BT2 = T5,

AT1 + BT2 = T3 + T4 = T5 =>

AT1 + BT2 = T5,

(6.10)

(6.10)

n care A i B sunt coeficieni constani.

where A and B are constant coefficients.

Aceast egalitate poate fi citit ca o relaie

de nsumare: considernd cunoscute
momentele motoarelor (T1 i T2), prin
nsumarea acestora, dup regula (6.10),
se obine momentul-sum al elicei (T5).

This equality can be read as a summing

relation: considering that the motors torques
are known (T1 and T2), the propellers sum
moment (T5) can be obtained by summing
them according to relation (6.10).

O variant aplicat, a unui astfel de produs,

este exemplificat n fig. 6.10; n acest caz,
cele 2 motoare sunt identice, pinionul 1 este
identic cu pinionul 2, iar roile 3 i 4 sunt
identice
i
suprapuse.
Ambreiajele
hidrodinamice (notate cu AH n fig. 6.10)
sunt introduse pentru protecia motoarelor;
n acest fel, se evit ca unul dintre motoare
s se transforme n compresor (efector).

An applied variant of such a product is

exemplified in Fig. 6.10; in this case, the 2
motors are identical, the pinion 1 is identical to
pinion 2, and the gears 3 and 4 are identical
and superposed. The hydro-dynamical
clutches (denoted with AH in Fig. 6.10) are
introduced for the motors protection; thus, it is
avoided that one of the motors to be
transformed into a compressor (effector).

Al doilea exemplu, ilustrat n fig. 6.9,a2, b2,

c2, este derivat din primul (fig. 6.9,a1, b1, c1
i fig. 6.10), nlocuind elicea, cu un motor, i
cele dou motoare, cu dou pompe. Din
fig. 6.9,b2 i c2 se obine, de asemenea,
relaia (6.10), dar citit ca o ecuaie cu 2
necunoscute (T1 i T2):

The second example, illustrated in

Fig. 6.9,a2, b2, c2, is derived from the first
one (Fig. 6.9,a1, b1, c1 and Fig. 6.10), by
replacing the propeller with a motor, and the
two motors with two pumps. From
Fig. 6.9,b2 and c2 it is also obtained relation
(6.10), but read as an equation with two
unknown quantities (T1 and T2):

Motor 1

A
H

3=4

Elice
Propeller
2

Motor 2

A
H

Fig. 6.10. Variant de aplicare a exemplului din fig. 6.9,a1, b1, c1, n cazul antrenrii, cu dou
motoare, a elicei unei nave maritime.
Fig. 6.10. An application variant of the example from Fig. 6.9,a1, b1, c1, for the actuation of the
propeller from a sea-going ship with two motors.

179

T5 =T3 + T4 = AT1 + BT2 =>

T5 = AT1 + BT2.

T5 =T3 + T4 = AT1 + BT2 =>

T5 = AT1 + BT2.

(6.11)

(6.11)

Deoarece ecuaia (6.11) are o infinitate de

soluii (T1 i T2), rezult c, n cazul general,
momentul dat de motor (T5) este distribuit n
mod nedeterminat pe cele dou pompe (T1
i T2).

Because equation (6.11) has an infinity of

solutions (T1 and T2), it outcomes that,
generally, the torque given by the motor (T5)
is distributed on the two pumps in an
indeterminate way (T1 and T2).

n ambele exemple prezentate (v. fig.6.9),

soluionarea celor dou funcii analizate s-a
realizat cu ajutorul unui mecanism cu M = 1
i L = 3 intrri i ieiri; n continuare se
stabilesc proprietile cinematice i statice
ale unui astfel de mecanism.

In both examples (see Fig. 6.9), the two

analyzed functions are solved using a gear
mechanism with M = 1 and L = 3 inputs and
outputs; further, there are established the
kinematical and static properties of such a
mechanism.

6.2.2. Proprieti caracteristice unui

mecanism cu M = 1 i L = 3

6.2.2. Characteristic properties of a

gear mechanism with M = 1 and L = 3

Pentru exemplificare, n continuare se

stabilesc proprietile caracteristice pentru
mecanismul monomobil (M = 1) cu trei
(L = 3) legturi exterioare (1, 2 i 5), ilustrat
n fig. 6.11; fiind posibile diverse combinaii
de intrri i ieiri, s-a preferat ca natura
legturilor
exterioare
s
rmn
neprecizat.

Further
there
are
established
the
characteristic properties of the mechanism
illustrated in Fig. 6.11,a; this is a 1 DOF
gear mechanism (M = 1) with three (L = 3)
external links (1, 2 and 5); being possible
different combinations of inputs and
outputs, it was preferred that the nature of
the external links to remain not specified

1. Caracterizare structural

1. Structural characterization

Conform schemelor din fig. 6.11,a i b,

mecanismul considerat conine dou
angrenaje cu axe fixe (angrenajul 13 cu
MI = 1 i angrenajul 24 cu MII = 1), care
sunt agregate n paralel prin cuplarea 4 3
(LC = 1), de ecuaii:

According to the schemes from Fig. 6.11,a

and b, the considered mechanism contains
two gear pairs with fixed axes (the gear pair
13 with MI = 1 and the gear pair 24 cu
MII = 1), which are linked in parallel through
the connection 4 3 (LC = 1), of equations:

3 = 4 = 5 i T5 T3 T4 = 0.

3 = 4 = 5 and T5 T3 T4 = 0.

(6.12)

(6.12)

Ca urmare, mecanismul global din fig. 6.11

este monomobil [4]:
M = MI + MII LC = 1 + 1 1 = 1 => o micare
exterioar independent 5 / un moment
exterior dependent T5.

Therefore, the global mechanism from

Fig. 6.11 has one degree-of-freedom [4]:
M = MI + MII LC = 1 + 1 1 = 1 => an
independent external motion 5 / a dependent
external torque T5.

Implicit, mecanismul are L M = 3 1 = 2

micri exterioare dependente, 1 i 2, i
de asemenea L M = 3 1 = 2 momente
exterioare independente: T1 i T2. Pentru
identificare, n schemele bloc din fig. 6.11,b
i c, mrimile independente sunt ncadrate,
iar cele dependente sunt marcate cu semne
de ntrebare.

Implicitly, the mechanism has L M = 3 1

= 2 dependent external motions, 1 and 2,
and also L M = 3 1 = 2 independent
external torques: T1 and T2. In order to be
easily identified, in the block schemes from
Fig. 6.11,b and c, the independent sizes are
bordered, while the dependent are
designated with question marks.

180

1 (z1=20)
1
5

T1

4 (z4=45)
T5
2
3 (z3=40)
a

T2
2 (z2=30)
1=?

T1
1=?

+T4
-T4

MI =1

T1

T5=?

+T3
-T3

MII =1

2=?

M =1
L=3

T5=?
2

T2
b

T2

2=?

Fig. 6.11. Exemplu simplificat pentru analiza proprietilor statice i cinematice ale unui mecanism cu
roi dinate monomobil (M = 1), cu 3 legturi exterioare (L = 3 intrri i ieiri).
Fig. 6.11. Simplified example for the analysis of the static and kinematical properties of a 1 DOF gear
mechanism (M = 1), with 3 external links (L = 3 inputs and outputs).
n consecin, funciile de transmitere, realizate
de mecanismul considerat (fig. 6.11), au
urmtoarele expresii calitative:

Therefore, the transmission functions, made

by the considered mechanism (Fig. 6.11),
have the following qualitative expressions:

1 = 1(5 ) = ? ; 2 = 2(5) = ?

(6.13)

1 = 1(5 ) = ? ; 2 = 2(5) = ?

(6.13)

T5 = T5(T1 ,T2) = ?

(6.14)

T5 = T5(T1 ,T2) = ?

(6.14)

n continuare se stabilesc expresiile

cantitative ale funciilor de transmitere
identificate calitativ.

Further
there
are
established
the
quantitative expressions of the transmission
functions that were previously identified.

2. Funciile de transmitere ale

vitezelor

2. The speeds transmission

functions

Pe baza schemelor din fig. 6.11,a i b, se

pot scrie relaiile:

The following relations can be written based

on the schemes from Fig. 6.11,a and b:

I: i1,3 = 1/3 = z3/z1 = 40/20 = 2 =>

I: i1,3 = 1/3 = z3/z1 = 40/20 = 2 =>

1 = 3 i1,3 = 23 ;

1 = 3 i1,3 = 23 ;

181

II: i2,4 = 2/4 = z4/z2 = 45/30 = 1,5 =>

II: i2,4 = 2/4 = z4/z2 = 45/30 = 1.5 =>

2 = 4 i2,4 = 1,54 ;
3 4 5 : 3 = 4 = 5 .

2 = 4 i2,4 = 1.54 ;
3 4 5 : 3 = 4 = 5 .

(6.15)

Din sistemul de ecuaii (6.15) rezult:

1 = 25 ; 2 = 1,55

(6.15)

From the system of equations (6.15) it results:

1 = 25 ; 2 = 1.55 .

(6.16)

(6.16)

3. Funcia de transmitere a
momentelor

3. The torques transmission

function

n premisa neglijrii frecrii i a efectelor

ineriale ale maselor, din schemele bloc
(fig. 6.11, b i c) rezult ecuaia :

In the premise of neglecting friction and the

inertial effects of the masses, from the block
schemes (Fig. 6.11, b and c) it results the
equation:

1T1 + 2T2 + 5T5 = 0.

1T1 + 2T2 + 5T5 = 0.

(6.17)

(6.17)

innd seama de (6.16), din ecuaia (6.17)

se obine urmtoare funcie de transmitere
a momentelor :

Taking into account relation (6.16), the

following transmission function for torques
is obtained from equation (6.17):

5 (2T1 1,5T2 +T5) = 0 =>

5 (2T1 1.5T2 +T5) = 0 =>

T5 = 2T1 +1,5T2.

(6.18)

T5 = 2T1 +1.5T2.

(6.18)

4. Proprietile mecanismului monomobil cu 3 legturi exterioare

4. The properties of the 1 DOF

mechanism with 3 external links

Proprietile
cinematice
i
statice,
caracteristice mecanismului cu M = 1 i
L = 3, din fig. 6.11, se obin interpretnd
funciile de transmitere (6.16) i (6.18).

The kinematical and static properties of the

mechanism with M = 1 and L = 3, from
Fig. 6.11, are obtained by interpreting the
transmission functions (6.16) and (6.18).

a) Din interpretarea relaiilor (6.16) se

obine urmtoarea proprietate cinematic
(omoloag cu proprietatea static a unitii
planetare difereniale): mecanismul cu M = 1
i L = 3 (v. fig.6.11) are o micare exterioar
independent 5 pe care o distribuie
determinat, n alte dou micri exterioare:
1 i 3.

a) The following kinematical property is

obtained from the interpretation of relations
(6.16) (homologous to the static property of
the differential): the mechanism with M = 1
and L = 3 (see Fig. 6.11) has an independent
external motion 5 , which is distributed into
other external motions in a determinate way:
1 and 3.

b) Din relaia (6.18), citit de la dreapta la

stnga:

b) From relation (6.18), read from right to left:

2T1 +1,5T2 = T5,

2T1 +1.5T2 = T5,

(6.18)

se obine prima proprietate static

(omoloag cu prima proprietate cinematic
a unitii planetare difereniale): mecanismul
cu M = 1 i L = 3 (fig .6.11) are 2 momente
exterioare independente, T1 i T2 , pe care le
poate nsuma, dup regula (6.18), rezultnd
un moment exterior-sum T5.

(6.18)

it is obtained the first static property

(homologous to the first kinematical
property of the differential): the mechanism
with M = 1 and L = 3 (Fig .6.11) has 2
independent external torques, T1 and T2 ,
which can be summed according to relation
(6.18), resulting an external sum torque T5.

182

Aceast proprietate a fost aplicat n cazul

exemplelor din fig. 6.9,a1,b1,c1 i 6.10.

This property interferes in the examples

from Fig. 6.9,a1,b1,c1 and 6.10.

c) Din relaia (6.18), citit de la stnga la

dreapta, se obine a doua proprietate static
(omoloag cu a doua proprietate cinematic
a unitii planetare bimobile): mecanismul
cu M = 1 i L = 3 (din fig. 6.11) poate
distribui nedeterminat momentul exterior
T5, n alte dou momente exterioare: T1 i
T2.

c) The second static property is obtained

from relation (6.18), read from left to right
(homologous to the second kinematical
property of the differential): the mechanism
with M = 1 and L = 3 (from Fig. 6.11) can
distribute the external torque T5 in an
indeterminate way into other two external
torques: T1 and T2.

Aceast proprietate a fost aplicat n cazul

exemplului din fig. 6.9,a2,b2,c2.

This property interferes in the example from

Fig. 6.9,a2,b2,c2.

n concluzie, un mecanism cu roi dinate,

cu M = 1 L = 3, poate fi utilizat ca soluie
de principiu pentru urmtoarele trei funcii,
ale unor produse tehnice:

In conclusion, a gear mechanism with M = 1

and L = 3 can be used as principle solution
for the following three functions of some
technical products:

a)

a) determined distribution of one motion into

other 2 motions;

distribuirea determinat a unei micri, n

alte 2 micri;

b) nsumarea a 2 momente;
c) distribuirea nedeterminat
moment, n alte 2 momente.

b) summation of 2 torques;
a

unui

c) indeterminate distribution of one torque

into other 2 torques.

Generalizare: funcia privind nsumarea a k

momente i inversa acesteia (privind
distribuia nedeterminat a unui moment, n
alte k momente) pot fi rezolvate cu ajutorul
unui mecanism care are gradul de
mobilitate M = 1 i L = k + 1 intrri i ieiri.

Generalization: the function regarding the

summation of k torques and its inverse
(regarding the indeterminate distribution of a
torque into other k torques) can be solved
using a mechanism that has the degree-offreedom M = 1 and L = k + 1 inputs and
outputs.

6.3. TRANSMITEREA PUTERII CU

REDUCEREA TURAIEI SUB
RAPORT CONSTANT

6.3. POWER TRANSMISSION WITH

ROTATIVE SPEED REDUCTION
UNDER CONSTANT RATIO

Transmiterea
puterii
mecanice,
cu
reducerea turaiei sub un raport de
transmitere constant, reprezint funcia unei
largi clase de produse, cunoscute sub
denumirea de reductoare de turaie.
Utilizarea acestor produse este impus, n
primul rnd, de neconcordana uzual dintre
turaiile ridicate ale motoarelor i turaiile
relativ joase ale efectoarelor.

The mechanical power transmission with

speed reduction under a constant
transmission ratio is the function of a large
class of products, named speed reducers.
The speed reducers use is required, first,
by the usual discrepancy between high
engine speeds and relatively low speeds of
effectors.

Spre deosebire de reducerea vitezei,

"funcia invers", denumit multiplicarea
vitezei, este mai puin utilizat n practic
(de exemplu: n turbine eoliene, n
microcentrale electrice, maini textile etc.);
orice reductor de vitez poate fi, n general,
transformat ntr-un multiplicator de vitez
prin inversarea fluxului de putere.

Unlike the speed reduction, the reverse

function named speed increase is less
used in practice (for example: in the wind
turbines, in the micro-hydro power stations,
textile machines, etc.); from any speed
reducer generally can be derived a speed
increaser by reversing of the power flow.

183

Un parametru principal, care intervine n

cerinele unui astfel de produs, se refer la
valoarea raportului de transmitere a
turaiilor: i = turaia de intrare / turaia de
ieire. n general, creterea raportului i este
nsoit de coroborarea, n diverse
combinaii, a urmtoarelor dezavantaje:

A main parameter that interferes in the

requirements of such a product is referring
to the value of the speeds transmission
ratio: i = the input rotative speed / the output
rotative speed. Generally, the increase of
the ratio i is accompanied by the
corroboration, in different combinations, of
the following disadvantages:

a) reducerea randamentului,
b) creterea gabaritului radial / axial,
c) creterea gradului de complexitate,
d) creterea costurilor tehnologice etc.

a) the reduction of efficiency,

b) the increase of the radial / axial overall size,
c) the increase of the complexity degree,
d) the increase of the technological costs etc.

Prin dezvoltarea continu a acestui tip de

produs se urmrete minimizarea unora dintre
aceste dezavantaje, n condiiile utilizrii ct
mai eficiente a resurselor informaionale,
materiale i energetice existente.

The continuous development of this kind of

product means the minimization of some of
these disadvantages, in the conditions of a
more efficient use of the existent informational,
material and energetic resources.

Avnd n vedere aceste aspecte, n acest

subcapitol
sunt
prezentate
succint
principalele soluii de reductoare cu roi
dinate, cunoscute n tehnic, cu avantajele
i dezavantajele aferente. Principiile de
rezolvare, folosite uzual n sinteza acestei
categorii de produse, pot fi divizate n 3
grupe reprezentative:

Taking into account these aspects, in this

subchapter there are presented succinctly
the main solutions of gear reducers, which
are known in technique, with their afferent
advantages and disadvantages. The solving
principles that are usual used in the
synthesis of this category of products can
be divided into three representative groups:

1 angrenaje cu axe fixe;

2 uniti planetare cu 2 roi centrale;
3 uniti planetare cu o roat central.

1 gear pairs with fixed axes;

2 planetary gear units with two sun gears;
3 planetary gear units with one sun gear.

Prezentarea care urmeaz, se bazeaz pe

aceast divizare.

The subsequent presentation is based on

the previous division.

6.3.1. Reductoare cu axe fixe

6.3.1. Gear reducers with fixed axes

Uzual, n sinteza reductoarelor cu axe fixe

sunt folosite angrenaje cu dantur evolventic
(fig. 6.12); dintre acestea, sunt utilizate cu
precdere angrenajele :

Usual, in the synthesis of the reducers with

fixed axes there are used involute gear pairs
(Fig. 6.12); between them, there are mainly
used the following:
- parallel axes external gear pairs with
straight teeth, with helical teeth or V-type
teeth (Fig. 6.12,a,b and c);
- parallel axes internal gear pairs with
straight teeth (Fig. 6.12,d), helical teeth
or V-type teeth;
- bevel gear pairs with straight teeth
(Fig. 6.12,e), oblique teeth or curve teeth
(Fig. 6.12,f);
- hyperboloid gear pairs, of worm drive
type (Fig. 6.12, g) and of hypoid type
(type that is used in some driving axles
of cars, Fig. 6.12,h).

cilindrice exterioare cu dini drepi,

nclinai sau n V (fig. 6.12,a,b i c);

cilindrice interioare cu dini

(fig. 6.12,d), nclinai sau n V;

conice cu dini drepi (fig. 6.12,e),

nclinai sau curbi (fig. 6.12,f);

hiperboloidale, de tip melcat (fig. 6.12, g)

i de tip hipoid (tip folosit, de regul, n
punile motoare ale unor automobile, fig.
6.12,h).

drepi

184

f
b

aw

aw
h
d
Fig. 6.12. Angrenaje evolventice utilizate frecvent n sinteza reductoarelor de turaie cu axe fixe:
angrenaje cilindrice exterioare (a, b i c); angrenaj cilindric interior (d); angrenaje conice (e i f);
angrenaj melcat (g); angrenaj hipoid (h).
Fig. 6.12. Involute gear pairs that are frequently used in the synthesis of speed reducers with fixed
axes: external spur gear pairs (a, b and c); internal spur gear pair (d); bevel gear pairs (e and f); worm
drive (g); hypoid gear pair (h).

185

Din bogata diversitate existent, n fig. 6.13

s-au exemplificat patru variante de
reductoare cu axe fixe:

From the large diversity, four variants of

reducers with fixed axes were exemplified in
Fig. 6.13:

1) cilindric, ntr-o treapt (fig. 6.13,a,a1),

1. cylindrical, one-stage (Fig. 6.13,a,a1),

2) cilindric, n dou trepte (fig. 6.13,b,b1),

2. cylindrical, two-stages (Fig. 6.13,b,b1),

3) conico-cilindric, n dou trepte (cu prima

treapt conic i treapta secund cilindric,
fig. 6.13,c,c1) i

3. conical-cylindrical, two-stages (with the

first stage conical and the second
cylindrical, Fig. 6.13,c,c1) and

4) cilindro-melcat, n dou trepte (cu prima

treapt cilindric i treapta secund
melcat, fig. 6.13,d,d1).

4. cylindrical-worm, two-stages (with the

first stage cylindrical and the second a
worm drive, Fig. 6.13,d,d1).

Din analiza exemplelor din fig. 6.12 i 6.13,

decurg urmtoarele concluzii utile n sinteza
de reductoare cu rapoarte mari de
transmitere:

The following conclusions that are useful in

the synthesis of the reducers with high
transmission ratios derive from the analysis
of the examples from Fig. 6.12 and 6.13:

a) Utilizarea unui singur angrenaj, cilindric

sau conic, poate fi acceptat numai n
cazurile speciale, n care se pot admite
gabarite radiale foarte mari; un astfel de
reductor prezint dou avantaje importante:
realizeaz un randament ridicat i are un
grad de complexitate relativ redus.

a) The use of a single gear pair, cylindrical

or conical, can be accepted only in special
cases, in which can be admitted very high
radial overall sizes; such a reducer has two
main advantages: it has a high efficiency
and a relative small degree of complexity.
b) An important reduction of the radial
overall size is obtained using a worm drive
in which the worm has only one tooth
(thread); instead, this advantage is
accompanied by a significant reduction of
the efficiency and by the necessity of using
scarce materials.

b) O important reducere a gabaritului radial

se obine folosind un angrenaj melcat, n
care melcul are un singur dinte (nceput); n
schimb, acest avantaj este nsoit de o
semnificativ reducere a randamentului i de
necesitatea folosirii unor materiale deficitare.
radial, se refer la nserierea a dou sau
mai multe angrenaje. Prin creterea
numrului de angrenaje legate n serie,
scade gabaritul radial, n defavoarea celui
axial, a randamentului global i a gradului
de complexitate structural.

c) Another way of reducing the radial overall

size is referring to the serial connection of
two or more gear pairs. By increasing the
number of gear pairs that are connected, it
decreases the radial overall size in the
detriment of the axial one, of the global
efficiency and of the structural degree of
complexity.

Deci, numrul maxim de angrenaje este

limitat att de restriciile de gabarit axial, ct
i de cele ale randamentului global.

Thus, the maximum number of gear pairs is

limited both by the restrictions to the axial
overall size and by those of the global
efficiency.

O alt direcie pentru ameliorarea

compromisului dintre influenele de tip
divergent, evideniate mai sus, se refer la
folosirea de uniti planetare n sinteza
reductoarelor de turaie. Aceast abordare
este n continuare analizat prin intermediul
unor exemple reprezentative.

Another direction for ameliorating the

compromise between the influences of
divergent type, previously mentioned, is
referring to the use of planetary gear units
in the synthesis of the speed reducers. This
approach is further analyzed by means of
some representative examples.

c) O alt cale de reducere a gabaritului

186

i12H = 3,15

i14H = (5) (2,8) = 14

H
12
= 0,97

14H = 0,97 2 = 0,94

H=0

H=0

T4

T2
1
T1
1

T1

a1

b1

i14H = ( 5) (2,8) = 14 ; 14H = 0,96 0,97 = 0

4

T4 4

3 1

H=0
1

T1
2

c1

i14H = (2) (45) = 90

14H = 0,97 0,75 = 0,727
1
4
+

T4

T1
+

H=0

d1
Fig. 6.13. Exemple de rezolvare a funciei privind reducerea turaiei, folosind, ca principii de rezolvare,
angrenajele evolventice cu axe fixe: a, a1) reductor cilindric ntr-o treapt, b, b1) reductor cilindric n 2
trepte, c, c1) reductor conico-cilindric, d, d1) reductor cilindro-melcat.
Fig. 6.13. Example of solving the speed reduction function, using as solving principles the involute gear
pairs with fixed axes: a,a1) one-stage cylindrical reduction (a spur gear pair), b,b1) 2 stages cylindrical
reduction (two helical gear pairs), c,c1) conical-cylindrical reducer, d,d1) cylindrical-worm reducer.

187

6.3.2. Reductoare planetare cu dou roi

centrale

6.3.2. Planetary reducers with two sun

gears

n fig. 6.14 sunt exemplificate cele mai

semnificative soluii de reductoare formate
dintr-o unitate planetar cu 2 roi centrale. n
primele soluii (fig. 6.14, a-e1), una dintre
cele 2 roi centrale este fix; ca urmare,
reductorul se reduce la o unitate planetar
monomobil (M = 1) [3, 4]. n soluiile finale
(fig. 6.14,h,h1), cele 2 roi centrale, ale unitii
planetare difereniale 1-2-3-H, sunt legate
mobil ntre ele, printr-un tren de 2 angrenaje
cu axe fixe denumit lan cinematic de
nchidere; se obine astfel reductorul de
turaie de tip: mecanism planetar complex
monomobil (M = 1), cu lan de nchidere.

The most significant solutions of reducers

consisting of a planetary gear unit with two
sun gears are exemplified in Fig. 6.14. In the
first solutions (Fig. 6.14,a-e1), one of the two
sun gears is fixed; therefore, the reducer is a
1 DOF planetary gear unit (M = 1) [3, 4]. In
the final solutions (Fig. 6.14,h,h1), the 2 sun
gears of the differential 1-2-3-H, are
interconnected through a train of 2 gear pairs
with fixed axes, called closing kinematical
chain; thus, it is obtained the speed reducer
of type: 1 DOF complex planetary
mechanism (M = 1), with closing chain.

n continuare, soluiile exemplificate sunt

analizate
comparativ,
prin
prisma
obiectivelor anterior precizate (raport de
transmitere,
randament,
complexitate,
gabarit radial/axial). Calculul randamentului
este explicitat n anexa A.2.

The exemplified solutions are further

analyzed comparatively, through the
objectives that were previously mentioned
(transmission ratio, efficiency, complexity,
radial/axial overall size). The efficiency
calculus is explained in Appendix A.2.

Reductorul din fig. 6.14,a,a1 folosete

unitatea planetar cilindric cu cea mai
larg utilizare tehnic; aceasta are dou
angrenaje evolventice (12 i 23), dou
roi centrale (1 i 3 0) i satelit simplu (2).
Prin utilizarea a S satelii simpli, dispui n
paralel i echiunghiular (n fig. 6.14,a:
S = 3), se asigur o reducere semnificativ
a gabaritului radial, concomitent cu
echilibrarea static a reductorului.

The reducer from Fig. 6.14,a,a1 uses the

planetary gear unit with the largest technical
use; it has two involute gear pairs (12 and
23), two sun gears (1 and 3 0) and a
simple satellite (2). By using S simple
satellites, disposed in parallel and
equiangular (in Fig. 6.14,a: S = 3), it is
ensured a significant reduction of the radial
overall size together with the static
equilibration of the reducer.

Conform fig. 6.14,a,a1, n premisa c

unitatea cu axe fixe asociat (care se obine
din unitatea planetar, n urma inversiunii
micrii fa de braul H) are mrimile:

According to Fig. 6.14,a,a1, in the premise

that the associated unit with fixed axes (which
is obtained from the planetary gear unit by
inverting the motion vs. the carrier H) has
the sizes:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2 H2,3 = 0,972 = 0,94,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2 H2,3 = 0.972 = 0.94,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = z3/z1= 80/20 = 4

i

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = z3/z1= 80/20 = 4

and

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H / (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0/ (i01)] =

= sgn[1,H / (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0/ (i01)] =

= sgn[4/ (41)] = +1,

= sgn[4/ (41)] = +1,

(6.19)

pentru reductorul planetar analizat se obin

urmtoarele mrimi (v. anexa A.2):

(6.19)

the following quantities are obtained for the

analyzed planetary reducer (see Appendix
A.2):

188

i = i 31,H =1,3 /H,3 = (1,H 3,H)/( H,H 3,H) =

i = i 31,H =1,3 /H,3 = (1,H 3,H)/( H,H 3,H) =

= 1 (1,H /3,H) = 1 i0 = 1 (4) = +5 =>

H,3 = 1,3 / i = 1,3 / 5;

= 1 (1,H /3,H) = 1 i0 = 1 (4) = +5 =>

H,3 = 1,3 / i = 1,3 / 5;

(6.20)

31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

(6.20)

31,H = (H,3TH)/(1,3T1) =

= (TH /T1)/ i31,H = [1i0(0)w] /(1i0) =

= (TH /T1)/ i31,H = [1i0(0)w] /(1i0) =

= [1+4(0,94)+1] /(1+4)= 0,952 =>

= [1+4(0.94)+1] /(1+4)= 0.952 =>

TH = i31,H31,H T1 = 50,952T1= 4,76T1.

TH = i31,H31,H T1 = 50.952T1= 4.76T1.

(6.21)

(6.21)

Aceasta nsemn c reductorul planetar

considerat (fig. 6.14,a,a1) reduce de 5 ori
turaia de intrare i, implicit, amplific de
4,76 ori momentul de intrare.

This means that the planetary reducer from

Fig. 6.14,a,a1 reduces the input rotative
speed 5 times and, implicitly, amplifies the
input torque 4.76 times.

Din rezultatele obinute rezult c un

reductor de acest tip are randamente
excelente (31,H = 0,952 > 0 = 0,94) i o
structur relativ simpl, dar nu poate realiza
rapoarte i = i31,H mari, datorit creterii
excesive a raportului interior i0 i implicit a
gabaritului radial.

From the obtained results it outcomes that a

reducer of this type has excellent
efficiencies (31,H = 0.952 > 0 = 0.94) and a
relative simple structure, but can not
accomplish high ratios i = i31,H, due to the
excessive increase of the internal ratio i0
and of the radial overall size, implicitly.

Din analiza raportului (6.20), reiese c

rapoartele mari de transmitere pot fi
realizate prin utilizarea unei uniti planetare
cu i0 +1, n care H este element de intrare:

From the analysis of the ratio (6.20) it

outcomes that high transmission ratios can
be obtained using a planetary gear with
i0 +1, in which H is the input element:

i = i3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = 1/(1i0).

i = i 3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1i0).

(6.22)

(6.22)

Aplicarea acestei idei este exemplificat n

reductoarele din fig. 6.14,b,b1,D,e,e1.

This idea is applied in the reducers from

Fig. 6.14,b,b1,D,e,e1.

Astfel, n premisa c unitatea cu axe fixe,

asociat unitii planetare din fig.4.16,b
(prin inversiunea micrii fa de H), este
caracterizat prin mrimile:

Thus, in the premise that the unit with fixed

axes, which is associated to the planetary
gear unit from Fig. 4.16,b (by inverting the
motion vs. the carrier H), is characterized
through the sizes:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,972 = 0,94,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.972 = 0.94,

= 1,H /3,H = +(z2z3)/(z1z2) =

i0 = iH1,3 = 1,H /3,H = +(z2z3)/(z1z2) =

i0 = i

1,3

=(8064)/(8460) = +1.015873 i

=(8064)/(8460) = +1.015873 and

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)]=

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)]=

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,0158/ (11,0158)] = 1,

= sgn[1.0158/ (11.0158)] = 1,

(6.23)

pentru reductorul planetar, cu satelit dublu,

din fig. 4.16,b rezult (v. anexa A.2):

(6.23)

for the planetary gear unit with a double

satellite from Fig. 4.16,b it outcomes (see
Appendix A.2):

189

3=0

2
1,3

3=0

H
H

3=0

H,3

T1

TH
H

1
1

a1

3=0

3=0

2
H

H,3

1,3

TH

T1

2
2

b1

1
H

1,3

H,4

T1

TH
2

4=0

4=0

c1

3=0

4=0

1
2

H,3
TH

1,3
T1
H

H
d

d1

2
190

H,3

1,3

TH

T1

H
3=0

3=0
2

e1

i = i 3H1
1
1 0

= 3H1

0
1 0
i

1 / 0

1
1 + 0
0

0
1 + 0

5=6

1 / 0

TH

i0

A
H

TA

+
4

h1

Fig. 6.14. Exemple reprezentative de reductoare formate din uniti planetare cu 2 roi centrale: a
e), reductoare de tip unitate planetar monomobil; f) diagramele de variaie ale raportului de
transmitere ( i = i 3H1 ) i randamentului ( = 3H1 ) n cazul unitilor planetare monomobile cu i 0 +1 ,
g) motoreductor Maxon format prin nserierea a 2 uniti planetare de tipul celor din fig. 6.14,a i a1,
h, h1), reductor de tip unitate planetar bimobil cu lan de nchidere monomobil.
Fig. 6.14. Representative examples of reducers consisting of planetary gear units with 2 sun gears:
a e) reducers of 1 DOF planetary gear type; f) diagrams of the transmission ratio variation
( i = i 3H1 ) and of the efficiency variation ( = 3H1 ) in the case of 1 DOF planetary gear units with
i 0 +1 , g) the Maxon motor-reducer formed by a serial connection of 2 planetary gear units like the
ones from Fig. 6.14,a and a1; h, h1) Vaucanson reducer: a differential gear unit with a 1 DOF
closing chain type.

191

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H) =

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H) =

= 1/ [1 (1,H /3,H) ] =1/(1 i0) =

= 1/ [1 (1,H /3,H) ] =1/(1 i0) =

= 1/(1 1,015873) = 63 =>

= 1/(1 1.015873) = 63 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /( 63);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /( 63);

(6.24)

3H,1 = (1,3.T1)/(H,3TH) =

(6.24)

3H,1 = (1,3.T1)/(H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (11,015873)/[11,015873(0,94)-1]

= (11.015873)/[11.015873(0.94)-1]

= 0,1966 <<0 =>

= 0.1966 <<0 =>

T1 = i

3
H,1 H,1TH =

T1 = i3H,13H,1TH = 630.1966TH =

630,1966TH =

=+12,389TH.

(6.25)

=+12.389TH.

(6.25)

Aadar, reductorul planetar din fig. 6.14,b,b1

inverseaz i reduce de 63 ori turaia de
intrare i amplific de numai 12,389 ori
momentul de intrare.

Thus,
the
planetary
reducer
from
Fig. 6.14,b,b1 inverts and reduces the input
rotative speed 63 times and amplifies the
input torque of only 12.389 times.

n mod analog,
fig. 6.14,c,c1):

Analogue, in
Fig. 6.14,c,c1):

n premisa c (vezi

the

premise

that

(see

0 = H1,4 = 0,973 = 0,9127,

0 = H1,4 = 0.973 = 0.9127,

i0 = iH1,4 = 1,H /4,H = +(z2z3z4)/(z1z2z3) =

i0 = iH1,4 = 1,H /4,H = +(z2z3z4)/(z1z2z3) =

= (809080)/(848184) = +1,00781 and

= (809080)/(848184) = +1.00781 and

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1) / (1,3T1)] =

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1) / (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,0078/ (11,0078)] = 1,

= sgn[1.0078/ (11.0078)] = 1,

(6.26)

(6.26)

pentru reductorul planetar, cu 2 satelii dubli

nseriai, din fig. 4.16,c rezult (v. Anexa
A.2):

for the planetary reducer with 2 serial

double satellites from Fig. 4.16,c it
outcomes (see Appendix A.2):

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H)

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H)

= 1/ [1 (1,H /3,H) ] = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/ [1 (1,H /3,H) ] = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(11,0078) = 128,033 =>

= 1/(11.0078) = 128.033 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (128,033);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (128.033);

(6.27)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

(6.27)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (11,00781)/[11,00781(0,9127)-1] =

= (11.00781)/[11.00781(0.9127)-1] =

= 0,0749 <<0 =>

= 0.0749 <<0 =>

T1 = i

H,1 H,1TH =

= +9,5897TH.

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 128.0330.0749TH =
= +9.5897TH.
(6.28)

128,0330,0749TH =
(6.28)

192

Deci,
reductorul
planetar
considerat
(fig. 6.14,c,c1) inverseaz i reduce de
128,033 ori turaia de intrare, cu o
amplificare de numai 9,5897 ori a momentul
motor.

Thus, the considered planetary reducer

(Fig. 6.14,c,c1) inverts and reduces the
input rotative speed 128.033 times, with an
amplification of the motor torque of only
9.5897 times.

Comentarii:

Comments:

1) Un angrenaj cilindric evolventic interior

(12) are de regul: min |z1 z2| 4. Ca
urmare, prin creterea numrului de
angrenaje nseriate se obine un control mai
fin al raportului interior i0 i implicit al
raportului i 3H,1; n schimb, prin aceast
cretere se mrete gabaritul axial i se
reduce n mod semnificativ randamentul 3H,1:
de la 19,66%, pentru 2 angrenaje (fig. 6.14,b),
se ajunge la 7,48%, pentru 3 angrenaje
(fig. 6.14,c).

1) As a rule, an internal involute spur gear

pair (12) has: min |z1 z2| 4. Therefore, by
increasing the number of gear pairs that are
in serial connection, a finer control of the
internal ratio i0 and of the ratio i 3H,1, implicitly,
is obtained; instead, through this increase, the
axial overall size is increasing too and the
efficiency 3H,1 has a significant diminution:
from 19.66%, for 2 gear pairs (Fig. 6.14,b), it
reaches 7.48%, for 3 gear pairs (Fig. 6.14,c).

2) La un reductor planetar cu raportul

interior i0 +1, varianta cu i0 < +1 obine
performane mai bune dect varianta cu
i0 > +1, simetric fa de 1.

2) At a planetary reducer with the internal ratio

i0 +1, the variant with i0 < +1 obtains better
performances than the variant with i0 > +1,
symmetrical to 1.

Astfel, n cazul reductorului planetar din

fig. 6.14,b, n urma inversrii numerelor de
dini, considerate mai sus, rezult:

Thus, in the case of the planetary reducer from

Fig. 6.14,b, after inverting the number of teeth
that were previously considered, it results:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,972 = 0,94,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.972 = 0.94,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H =

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H =

= +(z2z3)/(z1z2) =(8460)/(8064) =

= +(z2z3)/(z1z2) =(8460)/(8064) =

= +0,984375 = 1/1,015873,

= +0.984375 = 1/1.015873,

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1) / (1,3T1)] =

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1) / (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[0,984/ (10,984)] = +1

= sgn[0.984/ (10.984)] = +1

(6.23)

i implicit:

and, implicitly:

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(10,984375) = +64 > |63| =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (+64);

(6.23)

= 1/(10.984375) = +64 > |63| =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (+64);

(6.24)

3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

(6.24)

3H,1= (1,3T1) / (H,3TH) =

= (1i0) / [1i0(0)w] =

= (1i0) / [1i0(0)w] =

= (10,984375) / [10,984375(0,94)+1]

= (10.984375) / [10.984375(0.94)+1]

= 0,2092 > 0,1966 =>

= 0.2092 > 0.1966 =>

T1 = i

H,1 H,1TH =

= +13,389TH.

T1 = i3H,13H,1TH = 640.2092TH =

640,2092TH =

= +13.389TH.

(6.25)

193

(6.25)

n cazul general, aceast proprietate poate

fi pus uor n eviden cu ajutorul
diagramelor din fig. 6.14,f: considernd o
entitate foarte mic , pentru i0 = 1 se
obin valori, ale mrimilor | i | i , mai mari
dect cele obinute n cazul raportului
i0 = 1+. Diagramele din fig. 6.14,f sunt
valabile att pentru reductoarele planetare
cu 2 roi centrale, ct i pentru cele cu o
roat central.

In the general case, this property can be

easily highlighted with the diagrams from
Fig. 6.14,f: considering a very small entity ,
for i0 = 1 there are obtained values for | i |
and bigger than those obtained for the
ratio i0 = 1+. The diagrams from Fig. 6.14,f
are valid both for the planetary reducers
with 2 sun gears and for those with one sun
gear.

3) La reductoarele de tipul celor din fig. 6.14,b

i c, de obicei nu pot fi montai satelii n
paralel; ca urmare, gabaritul radial se
mrete, iar echilibrarea se realizeaz prin
contragreuti.

3) Usually, at the reducers like those from

Fig. 6.14,b and c, there can not be assembled
satellites in parallel; therefore, the radial
overall size is increasing and the equilibration
is made with counterweights.

4) Prin creterea preciziei tehnologice poate

fi obinut o cretere sensibil att pentru
randamentul interior, ct mai ales pentru cel
al reductorului planetar; astfel, dac prin
creterea adecvat a preciziei de fabricaie,
randamentul interior al unitii planetare din
fig. 6.14,b devine:

4) By increasing the technological accuracy,

it can be obtained a sensible increase both
of the internal efficiency and of the
planetary reducer efficiency; thus, if through
the adequate increase of the manufacturing
accuracy, the internal efficiency of the
planetary gear from Fig. 6.14,b becomes:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,992 = 0,98,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.992 = 0.98,

pentru randamentul reductorului se obine o

valoare de 2,2 ori mai mare dect cea
precedent (cnd 0 = 0,94):

for the reducer efficiency it is obtained a

value 2.2 times bigger than the previous
one (when 0 = 0.94):

3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(11,015873)/[11,015873(0,98)-1] =

=(11.015873)/[11.015873(0.98)-1] =

= 0,4336 > 0,1966.

= 0.4336 > 0.1966.

(6.25)

(6.25)

5) O alt cale, pentru mbuntirea

randamentului, se refer la utilizarea
angrenajelor interioare cicloidale cu role sau
boluri (fig. 6.14,d,d1), ale cror randamente
sunt superioare celor evolventice. Spre
deosebire de soluia cu angrenaje
evolventice i satelit dublu (fig. 6.14,b,b1), n
varianta omoloag cu angrenaje cicloidale
(fig. 6.14,d,d1), satelitul cu dini-role devine
un satelit simplu. n varianta conic a
reductorului
cicloidal
(fig.
6.14,e,e1),
propus de prof. Bostan de la Universitatea
Tehnic din Chiinu, satelitul cu dini-role
rmne satelit dublu.

5) Another way to improve the efficiency is

referring to the usage of internal cycloid gear
pairs with rollers or pins (Fig. 6.14,d,d1),
whose efficiencies are higher than of the
involute gear pairs. Unlike the solution with
involute gear pairs and double satellite
(Fig. 6.14,b,b1), in the homologous variant
with cycloid gear pairs (Fig. 6.14,d,d1), the
satellite with rollers-teeth becomes a simple
satellite. In the conical variant of the cycloid
reducer
(Fig. 6.14,e,e1),
proposed
by
prof. Bostan from the Technical University of
Chiinu, the satellite with rollers-teeth
remains a double satellite.

Spre deosebire de un angrenaj interior

evolventic (fig. 6.14,b), ntr-un angrenaj
cicloidal
interior
cu
role/boluri
(fig. 6.14,d,d1), diferena dintre numerele de
dini poate fi egal cu 1, fr risc de apariie
a interferenei.

Unlike the internal involute gear pair

(Fig. 6.14,b), in an internal cycloid gear pair
with
rollers/pins
(Fig. 6.14,d,d1),
the
difference between the numbers of teeth
can be equal to 1, without the risk of
interference.

194

n premisa c unitatea cu axe fixe, asociat

unitii planetare din fig. 6.14,d, are:

In the premise that the unit with fixed axes,

which is associated to the planetary gear
unit from Fig. 6.14,d, has:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9952 = 0,99,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9952 = 0.99,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = +z3/z1 =

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = +z3/z1 =

= 128 /126 = +1,015873,

(6.29)

= 128 /126 = +1.015873,

(6.29)

pentru reductorul planetar, cu satelit simplu,

se obine (n mod similar cu exemplele
precedente):

for the planetary reducer with simple

satellite it is obtained (similar to the
previous examples):

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(11,015873) = 63 =>

= 1/(11.015873) = 63 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(63);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(63);

(6.30)

3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

(6.30)

3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (11,015873) / [11,015873(0,99)-1] =

= (11.015873) / [11.015873(0.99)-1] =

= 0,6073 =>

= 0.6073 =>

T1 = i

3
H,1 H,1TH =

= +38,264TH.

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 630.6073TH =

630,6073TH =

= +38.264TH.

(6.31)

(6.31)

n concluzie, reductorul planetar din

fig. 6.14,d, inverseaz i reduce de 63 ori
turaia de intrare (ca i reductorul din
fig. 6.14,b) i amplific de 38,264 ori
momentul motor (spre deosebire de
reductorul din fig. 6.14,b, care amplific
momentul motor numai de 12,389 ori).

In conclusion, the planetary reducer from

Fig. 6.14,d, inverts and reduces the input
rotative speed 63 times (like the reducer
from Fig. 6.14,b) and amplifies the motor
torque 38.264 times (unlike the reducer
from Fig. 6.14,b, which amplifies the motor
torque only 12.389 times).

6) Generarea de reductoare planetare, cu

rapoarte mari de transmitere | i |, poate fi
realizat, de asemenea, prin nserierea k 2
uniti planetare de tipul celor ilustrate mai
sus. Aceast soluie poate fi recomandat,
cu precdere, n cazul unitilor de tipul celei
din fig. 6.14,a, care au randamente
superioare. Un exemplu de acest tip este
ilustrat n fig. 6.14,g, n care se prezint,
secionat, un motoreductor Maxon format
prin legarea n serie a dou uniti planetare
(de tipul celei din fig. 6.14,a).

6) The planetary reducers with high

transmission ratios | i | can be also generated
through a serial connection of k 2 planetary
gear units like the previous ones. This
solution can be recommended mainly in the
case of the units like the one from
Fig. 6.14,a, which has superior efficiencies.
An example of this type is illustrated in
Fig. 6.14,g, in which it is presented a section
in a Maxon motor-reducer formed through a
serial connection of two planetary gear units
(like the one from Fig. 6.14,a).

7) O alt idee, pentru obinerea unui raport

mare de transmitere | i |, a fost propus de
celebrul inventator francez J. Vaucanson
(1709-1782) i se gsete aplicat n
reductorul omonim ilustrat n fig. 6.14,h1.
Conform fig. 6.14,h i h1, reductorul
Vaucanson este alctuit dintr-o unitate
planetar simetric bimobil (1-2-3-H, cu
i0 = i H1,3 = 1) i dintr-un lan cinematic de

7) Another idea for obtaining a big

transmission ratio | i | was proposed by the
famous French inventor J. Vaucanson
(1709-1782) and can be found in the
homonym reducer that is illustrated in
Fig. 6.14,h1. According to Fig. 6.14,h and h1,
the Vaucanson reducer consists of a 2 DOF
symmetrical planetary gear (1-2-3-H, with
i0 = i H1,3 = 1) and a closing kinematical

195

nchidere, care conine 2 angrenaje conice

cu axe fixe: 45 67; arborele roilor 5 6
(roi identice i suprapuse) este arbore de
intrare (A), iar arborele braului H este
arbore de ieire. Dac se aleg egale
numerele de dini z4 i z7, atunci, n timpul
unei rotaii a arborelui motor A, roile
centrale 1 i 3 se rotesc cu deplasri egale
i de sens contrar i, implicit, arborele H se
rotete cu = 0 rotaii (rmne n repaus!);
ca urmare, n acest caz limit, raportul de
transmitere devine infinit: | iAH | =1/0 !

chain, which contains 2 bevel gear pairs

with fixed axes: 45 67; the shaft of the
gears 5 6 (identical and superposed
gears) is the input shaft (A), and the shaft of
the carrier H is the output shaft. If the
numbers of teeth z4 and z7 are chosen
equal, then, while the driving shaft A makes
one rotation, the sun gears 1 and 3 are
rotating with equal displacements but
backwards and the shaft H is rotating with
= 0 rotations (is resting!); therefore, in this
limit case, the transmission ratio becomes
infinite: | iAH | =1/0 !

Dac numerele de dini z4 i z7 se aleg

apropiate (n fig. 6.14,h1: z4 = 23 i z7 =22),
atunci, la o rotaie a arborelui motor A, roile
1 i 3 se rotesc cu deplasri unghiulare
aproape egale, n sensuri opuse. Implicit,
arborele de ieire H va efectua o deplasare
unghiular mic, notat prin: = 1/50,6
rotaii; rezult deci un raport de transmitere
de modul mare: iA,H = 1/ = 50,6.

If the numbers of teeth z4 and z7 are chosen

close to each other (in Fig. 6.14,h1: z4 = 23
and z7 = 22), then, while the driving shaft A
makes one rotation, the gears 1 and 3 are
rotating with approximately close angular
displacements, in opposite directions.
Implicitly, the output shaft H will make a small
angular displacement, denoted by: = 1/50.6
rotations; thus, it results a transmission ratio
of big module: iA,H = 1/ = 50.6.

Reductoarele
de
tip
Vaucanson
(v. fig. 6.14,h,h1) pot realiza rapoarte mari
de transmitere | iA,H |, care, de regul, sunt
nsoite de randamente reduse; valorile
reduse ale randamentului sunt datorite, pe
de o parte, numrului relativ mare de
angrenaje i, pe de lat parte, circulaiei
fluxului energetic n circuit nchis. n anexa
A.3 este prezentat o analiz succint a
reductorului Vaucanson.

The
reducers
of
Vaucanson
type
(see Fig. 6.14,h,h1) can accomplish high
transmission ratios | iA,H |, which are
accompanied by reduced efficiencies; the
reduced values of the efficiency are due, on
one side, to the relative big number of gear
pairs and, on the other side, to the circulation
of the energetic flow in close circuit. A
succinct analysis of the Vaucanson reducer
is presented in Appendix A.3.

6.3.3. Reductoare planetare cu o

roat central

6.3.3. Planetary reducers with a

single sun gear

Din punct de vedere filogenetic, reductoarele

cu o roat central sunt dezvoltri relativ mai
recente ale reductoarelor planetare cu dou
roi centrale.

From the phylogenetic point of view, the

reducers with one sun gear are relative
recent developments of the planetary
reducers with two sun gears.

Aceste dezvoltri au ca obiectiv prioritar

mrirea randamentului, iar rezolvarea se
reduce la nlocuirea unuia dintre cele 2
angrenaje, printr-un cuplaj homocinetic cu
randament superior, precum: cuplajul Green
(cuplaj de tip Oldham, cu role), semicuplajul
de tip Schmidt n varianta articulat sau n
varianta cu boluri sau role (folosit n cazul
distanelor reduse dintre axele angrenajului),
cuplajul cu bile de tip Rzeppa (utilizat n
reductoare conice), cuplajul bicardanic,
cuplajul dinat, cuplajul tubular elastic etc.

These developments have as main objective

the increase of the efficiency, and their
solving can be reduced to the replacement of
one of the 2 gear pairs with a homokinematical coupling with a superior
efficiency, like: Green coupling (coupling of
Oldham type, with rollers), semi-coupling of
Schmidt type in the articulated variant or in
the variant with pins or rollers (used for small
distances between the axes of the gear pair),
ball coupling of Rzeppa type (used in the
conical reducers), 2-Cardan coupling, claw
coupling, elastic tubular coupling etc.

196

Pentru exemplificare, n fig. 6.15,D,6.17

s-au sistematizat cele mai semnificative
soluii de reductoare cu o roat central. n
reductoarele din fig. 6.15, toate roile sunt
rigide, n timp ce n reductoarele din
fig. 6.16 i 6.17, intervine i o roat
deformabil elastic; deformarea elastic a
roii-satelit justific denumirea uzual de
transmisie
armonic,
pentru
toate
reductoarele din fig. 6.16 i 6.17.

In Fig. 6.15,D,6.17 there are systematized

the most significant solutions of reducers with
a sun gear. In the reducers from Fig. 6.15, all
the gears are rigid, while in the reducers from
Fig. 6.16 and 6.17, it also interferes an elastic
deformable gear; the elastic deformation of
the satellite-gear explains the usual
denomination of harmonic transmission, for all
the reducers from Fig. 6.16 and 6.17

1. Reductoare cu roi rigide

1. The reducers with rigid gears

n fig. 6.15 sunt ilustrate cteva soluii

reprezentative de reductoare planetare cu o
roat central rigid i satelit rigid.

Some representative solutions of planetary

reducers with one rigid sun gear and a rigid
satellite are illustrated in Fig. 6.15.

n continuare sunt caracterizate succint

aceste soluii.

Further, these solutions are characterized

succinctly.

a) Reductorul planetar Strateline, ilustrat n

fig. 6.15,a,a1, are un angrenaj cilindric
interior (2-3), cu dini evolventici, i un
cuplaj radial homocinetic, de tip Green
(Oldham cu role); cuplajul transmite
micarea de rotaie a roii-satelit 2, fr
modificare (homocinetic), la arborele de
ieire 1. n premisa c unitatea cu axe fixe,
asociat unitii planetare din fig. 6.15,a,
are:

a) The planetary reducer Strateline,

illustrated in Fig. 6.15,a,a1, has an internal
spur gear pair (2-3), with involute teeth and
a homo-kinematical radial coupling of Green
type (Oldham with rollers); the coupling
transmits the revolute motion of the
satellite-gear 2, without any modification
(homo-kinematical), to the output shaft 1. In
the premise that the unit with fixed axes,
associated to the planetary gear (from
Fig. 6.15,a) has:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9952 = 0,99,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9952 = 0.99,

i0 = i H 1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H1,2 i H 2,3 =(+1)(+z3/z2)=

i0 = i H 1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H1,2 i H 2,3 =(+1)(+z3/z2)=

= 116/112 = +1,0357,

(6.32)

= 116/112 = +1.0357,

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/(1,3T1)]=

(6.32)

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/(1,3T1)]=

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,0357/ (11,0357)] = 1,

= sgn[1.0357/ (11.0357)] = 1,

(6.33)

(6.33)

pentru reductorul planetar rezult (v. anexa

A.2):

for the planetary reducer it outcomes

(see Appendix A.2):

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 / 1,3= (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H) =

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 / 1,3= (H,H 3,H)/( 1,H 3,H) =

= 1 / [1 (1,H / 3,H) ] =1/(1i0) =

= 1 / [1 (1,H / 3,H) ] =1/(1i0) =

= 1/(11.0357) = 28 =>

= 1/(11.0357) = 28 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(28);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(28);

(6.34)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH)=

(6.34)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH)=

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(11,0357)/[11,0357(0,99)1] =

=(11.0357)/[11.0357(0.99)1] =

= 0,773 <0 =>

= 0.773 <0 =>

197

3=0

1
H,3

1,3

TH

T1

4
3=0

a1
3=0
H,3

TH

H
1

4 (x3)

1,3

T1

3=0

b1

3=0
H
H,3
TH

2 3=0
1

1
1,3
T1

c1
198

3=0

1,3

H,3

T1

TH

2
2
d

d1
2

2
3=0

1
H

3=0

1,3

H,3
TH

T1
3=0

e1

2
2

2
3=0

1
H

1,3

H,3

T1

TH
H

1
3=0
f
f1

Fig. 6.15. Exemple reprezentative de reductoare planetare cu o roat central: a, a1. cu angrenaj
evolventic i cuplaj radial de tip Oldham Green (reductor Strateline); b, b1. cu angrenaj evolventic i
semicuplaj Schmidt; c, c1. cu angrenaj octoidal i cuplaj Rzeppa; d, d1. cu angrenaj evolventic i
semicuplaj de tip Schmidt cu boluri; e, e1. cu angrenaj cicloidal cu boluri i semicuplaj de tip
Schmidt cu role; f, f1. cu angrenaj cicloidal i semicuplaj de tip Schmidt cu boluri i 2 satelii n
paralel.
Fig. 6.15. Representative examples of planetary reducers with one sun gear: a, a1. with an involute
gear pair and a radial coupling of Oldham Green type (Strateline reducer); b, b1. with an involute
gear pair and a Schmidt semi-coupling; c, c1. with an octoidal gear pair and a Rzeppa coupling; d, d1.
with an involute gear pair and a Schmidt pin semi-coupling; e, e1. with a cycloid gear pair with pins
and a semi-coupling of Schmidt type with rollers; f, f1. with a cycloid gear pair and a pin semicoupling of Schmidt type and 2 satellites into parallel.

199

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 280,773TH =
= +21,65TH.

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 280.773TH =
= +21.65TH.

(6.35)

(6.35)

Deci,
reductorul
planetar
considerat
(fig. 6.15,a,a1) inverseaz i reduce de 28
ori turaia de intrare, cu o amplificare de
21,65 ori a momentului motor. Pentru
echilibrarea satelitului 2 (fig. 6.15,a,a1),
reductorul folosete o contragreutate 4.

Thus, the considered planetary reducer

(Fig. 6.15,a,a1) inverts and reduces the
input rotative speed 28 times, with an
amplification of the driving torque of 21.65
times. The reducer uses a counterweight 4
for the equilibration of the satellite 2
(Fig. 6.15,a,a1)

b) Spre deosebire de soluia anterioar, n

reductorul planetar din fig. 6.15,b,b1 intervin
urmtoarele modificri:
- este folosit un semicuplaj radial de tip
Schmidt articulat, homocinetic, cu trei
manivele (4) dispuse n paralel i
echiunghiular (la 120);
- s-a anulat micarea de rotaie a roiisatelit 2 (care efectueaz o micare de
translaie rotativ) i, implicit, roata
central 1 a devenit element de ieire.

b) Unlike the previous solution, in the

planetary reducer from Fig. 6.15,b,b1 the
following modifications interfere:
- it is used a homo-kinematical radial
articulated semi-coupling of Schmidt type
(with parallelogram contours), with three
cranks (4) that are disposed in parallel
and equiangular (at 120);
- it was annulled the revolute motion of the
satellite-gear 2 (which makes a rotational
translation) and, implicitly, the sun gear 1
became the output element.

n premisa c unitatea cu axe fixe, asociat

unitii planetare din fig. 6.15,b, are:

In the premise that the unit with fixed axes,

associated to the planetary gear (from
Fig. 6.15,b) has:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9952 = 0,99,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9952 = 0.99,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+z2/z1)(+1) =

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+z2/z1)(+1) =

= 112/116 = +0,9655 i

(6.35)

= 112/116 = +0.9655 and

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

(6.35)

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[0,9655/(10,9655)] = +1,

= sgn[0.9655/(10.9655)] = +1,

(6.36)

(6.36)

pentru reductorul planetar rezult (v. anexa

A.2):

it outcomes for the planetary reducer

(see Appendix A.2):

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 / 1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/(1,H 3,H) =

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 / 1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/(1,H 3,H) =

= 1/ [1(1,H / 3,H)] = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/ [1(1,H / 3,H)] = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(10,9655) = +29 =>

= 1/(10.9655) = +29 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(+29);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 /(+29);

(6.37)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

(6.37)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(10,9655)/[10,9655(0,99)+1] =

=(10.9655)/[10.9655(0.99)+1] =

= 0,781 < 0 =>

= 0.781 < 0 =>

T1 = i

H,1 H,1TH =

= 22,659TH.

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 290.781TH =

290,781TH =
(6.38)

= 22.659TH.

200

(6.38)

Aceasta nseamn c reductorul din

fig. 6.15,b,b1 reduce de 29 ori turaia de
intrare, cu o amplificare de 22,659 ori a
momentului motor. Deci, n raport cu soluia
precedent (fig. 6.15,a), acest reductor
realizeaz un raport de transmitere mai
mare (n modul) i un randament mai bun.

This means that the reducer from

Fig. 6.15,b,b1 reduces the input rotative
speed 29 times, with an amplification of the
driving torque of 22.659 times. Therefore,
vs. the previous solution (Fig. 6.15,a), this
reducer obtains a bigger transmission ratio
(in module) and a better efficiency.

Ca i n cazul reductorului din fig. 6.15,a, a1,

echilibrarea satelitului 2 s-a realizat prin
montarea unei contragreuti pe braul H
(fig. 6.15,b,b1).

Like in the case of the reducer from

Fig. 6.15,a, a1, the equilibration of the satellite
2 is made by fitting a counterweight on the
carrier H (Fig. 6.15,b,b1).

c) n fig. 6.15,c,c1 este ilustrat o replic

conic
a
reductorului
cilindric
din
fig. 6.15,a,a1. Spre deosebire de varianta
cilindric, n reductorul conic :

c) A conical variant of the cylindrical

reducer from Fig. 6.15,a,a1 is illustrated in
Fig. 6.15,c,c1. Unlike the cylindrical variant,
in the conical reducer:

1) poate fi utilizat o diferen |z3z2| mai

mic i, implicit, poate fi realizat un raport
de transmitere |i 3H,1| mai mare;

1) it can be used a smaller difference |z3z2|

and, implicitly, it can be obtained a bigger
transmission ratio |i 3H,1|;

2) se folosete un cuplaj homocinetic

unghiular, care, n soluia din fig. 6.15,c1, este
un cuplaj cu bile de tip Rzeppa.

2) it is used an angular homo-kinematical

coupling, which, in the solution from
Fig. 6.15,c1, is a ball coupling of Rzeppa type.

Calculul raportului de transmitere i 3H,1 i al

randamentului 3H,1 este similar cu cel al
reductorului cilindric din fig. 6.15,a,a1.

The calculus of the transmission ratio i3H,1

and of the efficiency 3H,1 is similar to the
one of the cylindrical reducer from
Fig. 6.15,a,a1.

d) Reductorul din fig. 6.15,d,d1 este derivat

din reductorul planetar ilustrat n fig.
6.15,b,b1, prin utilizarea unui semi-cuplaj
Schmidt cu boluri, n locul celui articulat. n
rest, cele dou soluii sunt similare.
Folosirea semicuplajului de tip Schmidt cu
boluri sau role devine util, cu precdere,
n cazul distanelor mici dintre axele
angrenajului.

d) The reducer from Fig. 6.15,d,d1 is

derived from the planetary reducer that is
illustrated in Fig. 6.15,b,b1, by using a
Schmidt semi-coupling with pins instead of
the articulated coupling. As for the rest, the
two solutions are similar. The use of the
Schmidt coupling with pins or rollers
becomes useful for small distances
between the gear pair.

e) Reductorul planetar din fig. 6.15,e,e1 este

derivat din primul reductor (fig. 6.15,a,a1),
pe baza nlocuirii angrenajului evolventic,
printr-un angrenaj cicloidal cu role, precum
i a cuplajului radial de tip Green, printr-un
semicuplaj Schmidt cu boluri. Prin utilizarea
angrenajului cicloidal cu role (care are un
randament mai bun dect cel evolventic i
permite o diferen |z3z2| 1), reductorul
derivat poate realiza fie rapoarte de
transmitere |i 3H,1| mai mari, fie randamente
mai bune.

e) The planetary reducer from Fig. 6.15,e,e1

is derived from the first reducer
(Fig. 6.15,a,a1), based on the replacement of
the involute gear pair with a cycloid gear pair
with rollers, and of the radial coupling of
Green type with a Schmidt semi-coupling
with pins. By using the cycloid gear pair with
rollers (which has a better efficiency than the
involute one and allows a difference between
teeth numbers |z3z2| 1), the derived
reducer can have either bigger transmission
ratios |i 3H,1| or higher efficiencies.
Thus, in the premise that the unit with fixed
axes, associated to the planetary gear (from
Fig. 6.15,e) has:

Astfel, n premisa c unitatea cu axe fixe,

asociat unitii planetare din fig. 6.15,e,
are:

201

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9982 = 0,996,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9982 = 0.996,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+1)(+z3/z2) =

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+1)(+z3/z2) =

= 116/115 = +1,0087,

(6.39)

= 116/115 = +1.0087,

(6.39)

pentru reductorul planetar rezult (v. anexa

A.2):

it outcomes for the planetary reducer

(see Appendix A.2):

i = i 3 H,1= H,3 / 1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

i = i 3 H,1= H,3 / 1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(11,0087) = 115 =>

= 1/(11.0087) = 115 =>

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3/ (115);

1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3/ (115);

(6.40)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

(6.40)

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0 (0)w] =

= (T1/TH)/ i 3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0 (0)w] =

=(11,0087)/[11,0087(0,996)1] =

=(11.0087)/[11.0087(0.996)1] =

= 0,682 < 0 =>

= 0.682 < 0 =>

T1= i

3
H,1 H,1TH

= +78,46TH.

T1= i 3H,13H,1TH = +78.46TH.

(6.41)

(6.41)

iar n premisa c:

In the premise that:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9982 = 0,996 ,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9982 = 0.996 ,

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H / 3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+1)(+z3/z2) =

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H / 3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+1)(+z3/z2) =

= 29/28 = +1,0357,

(6.42)

= 29/28 = +1.0357,

(6.42)

pentru reductorul planetar se obin:

for the planetary reducer there are obtained:

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

i = i3H,1 = H,3/1,3 = 1/(1i0) =

= 1/(11,0357) = 28 =>

= 1/(11.0357) = 28 =>

1,3 = H,3/ i = H,3/(28);

1,3 = H,3/ i = H,3/(28);

(6.43)

3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

(6.43)

3H,1 = (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(11,0357)/[11,0357(0,996)1] =

=(11.0357)/[11.0357(0.996)1] =

= 0,895 < 0 =>

= 0.895 < 0 =>

T1 = i3H,13H,1TH = +25,08TH.

T1 = i3H,13H,1TH = +25.08TH.

(6.44)

(6.44)

Aadar, cnd reductorul din fig. 6.15,e

reduce de 115 ori turaia de intrare, se
obine un randament de 68,2%, n timp ce
pentru un raport de transmitere egal cu cel
din primul exemplu (i 3H,1 = 28), rezult un
randament de 89,5%!

Thus, when the reducer from Fig. 6.15,e

reduces the input speed 115 times, its
efficiency is 68.2%, while for a transmission
ratio equal to the one from the first example
(i 3H,1 = 28), the efficiency becomes 89.5%!

f) Spre deosebire de celelalte soluii,

utilizarea semicuplajului Schmidt cu role
sau boluri faciliteaz montarea n paralel i
echiunghiular a 2 sau chiar 3 satelii. n
fig. 6.15,f,f1 este exemplificat montarea n
paralel a 2 satelii, iar n tab. 6.2 sunt
ilustrate trei variante cu 3 satelii n paralel

f) Unlike the other solutions, the use of the

Schmidt semi-coupling with rollers or pins
allows to assembly into parallel and
equiangular 2 or even 3 satellites. In
Fig. 6.15,f,f1 it is exemplified the parallel
assembling of 2 satellites, and in Tab. 6.2
there are illustrated three variants with three
satellites
in
a
parallel
connection

202

Tab. 6.2. Exemple de caracteristici tehnice ale unor reductoare cicloidale produse de firma CYCLO
(prelucrare dup Prospect nr. 38C-5-0892).
Tab. 6.2. Examples of technical characteristics of some cycloid reducers produced by CYCLO
company (processed from Prospect nr. 38C-5-0892).

Tipul de reductor / The type of reducer

FAB

FA

FAD

Mrimea reductorului / The reducer size

35
45
65
75
Raportul de transmitere / The transmission ratio
29
29
29
29
29
59
59
59
59
59
59
89
89
89
89
89
89
119
119
119
119
119
179
179
Cuplul nominal la ieire [Cm] (pentru n = 1500 rot / min la intrare):
The nominal torque at the output [Cm] (for n = 1500 rot / min at the input):
149
349
668
1390
2570
3900
15

25

(seriile FA, FAB i FAD), nsoite de

cteva caracteristici tehnice, prelucrate din
Prospectul 38C-5-0892 al firmei CYCLO/
Germania.

(the series FA, FAB and FAD),

accompanied
by
some
technical
characteristics, taken from the Prospect 38C5-0892 of the CYCLO company / Germany.

2. Reductoare armonice

2. Harmonic drives

n fig. 6.16 i 6.17 sunt ilustrate trei soluii

reprezentative de reductoare armonice
(cu roat deformabil elastic) cunoscute n
tehnic: dou soluii de tip cilindric (fig. 6.16
i 6.17,a-c1) i o soluie de tip conic
(fig. 6.17,d,d1).

In Fig. 6.16 and Fig. 6.17 there are

illustrated three representative solutions of
harmonic drives (with an elastic gear named
flexspline) that are known in techniques:
two solutions of cylindrical type (Fig. 6.16
and 6.17,a-c1) and a solution of conical type
(Fig. 6.17,d,d1).

Prin folosirea roii deformabile elastic se

induc urmtoarele avantaje:
- se obin S 2 contacte (cu roata central
rigid), care sunt echivalente cu acelai
numr S de satelii rigizi dispui n paralel
i echiunghiular;

The following advantages are induced by

using the elastic gear (flexspline):
- there are obtained S 2 contacts (with the
rigid sun gear), which are equivalent to the
same number S of rigid satellites that are
connected in parallel and equiangular;

203

- se realizeaz jocuri foarte mici;

- se reduce gabaritul radial;
- roata elastic devine simetric fa de
axa central i
- se elimin dezechilibrarea static.

- there are obtained very small backlashes;

- it is reduced the radial overall size;
- the elastic gear becomes symmetrical vs.
the central axis and
- it is eliminated the static unbalance.

Principalele dezavantaje ale roii elastice se

refer la:
- calitatea special a materialului;
- tehnologia foarte pretenioas i
- limitarea momentului maxim transmis
datorit solicitrilor dinamice severe i a
grosimii reduse a roii deformabile.

The main disadvantages of the elastic gear

are referring to:
- the special quality of the material;
- the very pretentious technology and
- the limitation of the transmitted torque
because of the severe dynamic stresses
and of the reduced thickness of the
deformable gear.

Graie danturii speciale (se folosesc, de

obicei, danturi evolventice scurte cu
deplasri mari), diferena minim |z3z2|
este uzual egal cu 2.

Due to its special teeth (there are usually

used short involute teeth with big addendum
modifications), the minimum difference
|z3z2| is habitually equal to 2.

Deformaia roii elastice este controlat,

frecvent, cu ajutorul unui rulment eliptic
(al crui inel exterior este deformabil
elastic), denumit deformator. n orice
reductor armonic, acest deformator este
element motor i reprezint echivalentul
braului H, din reductoarele planetare cu o
roat central i satelit rigid.

The deformation of the flexspline (elastic

gear) is frequently controlled with an elliptical
ball bearing (whose external ring is elastically
deformable), called wave generator. In any
harmonic drive, this wave generator is a
driving element and represents the equivalent
of the carrier H, from the planetary reducers
with one sun gear and a rigid satellite.

Exemplele
de
reductoare
armonice
cilindrice, prezentate n continuare, sunt
preluate i prelucrate din prospecte ale
renumitei firme Harmonic Drive, fondat n
1970 n R.F.G i n Japonia i extins mai
trziu n SUA i Anglia.

The examples of cylindrical harmonic

reducers that are further presented, are
taken and processed from the prospects of
the famous company Harmonic Drive,
founded in 1970 in R.F.G and in Japan and
later extended to USA and UK.

n fig. 6.16 este ilustrat prima soluie

aplicat de reductor armonic, care folosete
o roat elastic de tip oal (seria
HDUC/HDUS). Dimensiunea axial relativ
mare a roii elastice (fig. 6.16,d,e) este
impus de necesitatea trecerii line de la
forma variabil-eliptic la cea circular;
aadar, corpul roii deformabile de tip oal
are rolul de cuplaj elastic homocinetic.
Cu alte cuvinte, reductorul armonic constituie
o variant dezvoltat a reductorului cu o
roat central, care are S satelii rigizi n
paralel (n acest caz, S = 2).

In Fig. 6.16 it is illustrated the first applied

solution of harmonic reducer, which uses a
flexspline (elastic gear) of pot type (the
series HDUC/HDUS). The relative big axial
dimension of the flexspline (Fig. 6.16,d,e) is
imposed by the necessity of a smooth
passing from the elliptic-variable shape to the
circular one; thus, the body of the flexspline of
pot type has the role of a homo-kinematical
elastic coupling. In other words, the harmonic
drive is a development of the reducer with a
sun gear that has S rigid satellites in parallel
connection (in this case, S = 2).

n schemele a, b i c, din fig. 6.16, este

explicitat
funcionarea
reductorului
armonic, n cazul n care roata central
rigid 3 este fix, deformatorul H este
elementul motor, iar roata deformabil
elastic 2, care are z2 = z32, constituie
elementul de ieire.

The schemes a, b and c, from Fig. 6.16,

illustrate the harmonic drive working, for the
case in which the rigid sun gear 3 (named
circular spline) is fixed, the wave generator
H is the driving element, and the flexspline
(elastic gear) 2, which has z2 = z3-2,
represents the output element.

204

3=0
H
2

c.O.
3

d
3=0
H

e
H,3

TH

T1
2

3=0
f

1,3

c.O.

3=0

e
f1

Fig. 6.16. Reductor armonic cilindric cu roat deformabil de tip oal: a, b, c) scheme pentru
explicitarea funcionrii; d, e) pri componente; f, f1) exemplu de utilizare (prelucrare dup un
prospect al firmei Harmonic Drive). Notaii: c.O. = cuplaj de tip Oldham; e = element elastic.
Fig. 6.16. Cylindrical harmonic drive with a flexspline (elastic gear) of pot type: a, b, c) schemes
for explaining the working; d, e) components; f, f1) usage example (processing after a prospect of
Harmonic Drive Company). Notations: c.O. = Oldham coupling; e = elastic element.

205

n poziia iniial (fig. 6.16,a) s-au marcat

prin sgei: un plin 0 al roii 3 i un gol 0
al roii 2, care se suprapun.

In the initial position (Fig. 6.16,a) there were

marked through arrows: a tooth thickness
0 from gear 3 and a tooth space 0 from
gear 2, that are superposed.

Rotind n sens orar deformatorul H, fiecare

gol k (k = 1,2,3, D) al roii 2 se
suprapune succesiv cu plinul conjugat k
al roii 3 (fig. 6.16,b). Dup o rotaie
complet a elementului-deformator H
(fig. 6.16,c), plinul 0 (al roii 3) se
suprapune cu golul k = z3 = z2 + 2 al roii 2;
aadar, la fiecare deplasare unghiular cu
360 a deformatorului H, n sens orar,
roata elastic 2 se rotete cu doi pai
unghiulari (2360/z2) n sens antiorar! Cu
alte cuvinte, se obine raportul:

Rotating the wave generator H clockwise,

each tooth space k (k =1,2,3, D) of gear 2
is superposed successively over the
conjugated tooth thickness k from gear 3
(Fig. 6.16,b). After a complete rotation of the
wave generator H (Fig. 6.16,c), the tooth
thickness 0 (of gear 3) is superposed over
the tooth space k = z3 = z2 + 2 of the gear 2;
thus, for each angular displacement with
360 of the wave generator H, clockwise, the
elastic gear 2 is rotating with two angular
pitches (2360/z2) counterclockwise! In
other words, it is obtained the ratio:

i = i 3H,2 = H,3 / 2,3 =

= 360/ (2360/z2) = z2/2.

i = i 3H,2 = H,3 / 2,3 =

= 360/ (2360/z2) = z2/2.

(6.45)

(6.45)

Acelai rezultat se obine analitic, prin

modelarea reductorului armonic, ca un
reductor planetar cu o roat central.

The same result can be obtained

analytically, by modeling the harmonic drive
like a planetary reducer with a sun gear.

Ca exemplu, n continuare se determin

raportul i = i 3H,1 i randamentul = 3H,1, n
cazul reductorului armonic ilustrat n
fig. 6.16,f,f1. n premisa c mecanismul cu
axe fixe asociat (unitii planetare din
fig. 6.16,f) are:

As an example, further it is established the

ratio i = i 3H,1 and the efficiency = 3H,1, in
the case of the harmonic drive from
Fig. 6.16,f,f1. In the premise that the
associated mechanism with fixed axes (to
the planetary gear from Fig. 6.16,f) has:

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,9962 = 0,992,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.9962 = 0.992,

i0 =
= 1,H /3,H = i 1,2 i
= 102/100 = +1,02 i

i0 = i H1,3 = 1,H /3,H = i H 1,2 i H 2,3 = (+1)(+z3/z2) =

= 102/100 = +1.02 and
(6.46)

i H1,3

2,3 =

(+1)(+z3/z2) =
(6.46)

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1,02/(11,02)] = 1,

= sgn[1,H /(3,H 1,H)] = sgn[i0/(1i0)] =

= sgn[1.02/(11.02)] = 1,
(6.47)

(6.47)

pentru reductorul armonic dat rezult:

for the harmonic drive it outcomes:

i=
H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/(1,H 3,H) =
= 1/ [1(1,H / 3,H) ] = 1/(1i0) =
= 1/(11,02) = 50 =>
1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (50);
(6.48)

i = i 3H,1 = H,3 /1,3 = (H,H 3,H)/(1,H 3,H) =

= 1/ [1(1,H / 3,H) ] = 1/(1i0) =
= 1/(11.02) = 50 =>
1,3 = H,3 / i = H,3 / (50);

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

3H,1 = (1,3T1)/(H,3TH) =

i 3H,1 =

= (T1/TH) / i3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(11.02)/[11.02(0.992)1] =

= (T1/TH) / i3H,1= (1i0)/[1i0(0)w] =

=(11,02)/[11,02(0,992)1] =
= 0,708 < 0 =>
T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 500,708TH =
= +35,428TH.

(6.48)

= 0.708 < 0 =>

T1 = i 3H,13H,1TH = 500.708TH =
= +35.428TH.

(6.49)

206

(6.49)

Deci,
reductorul
armonic
considerat
(fig. 6.16,f,f1) inverseaz i reduce de 50 ori
turaia de intrare, cu o amplificare de 35,428
ori a momentului motor.

Thus, the considered harmonic drive

(Fig. 6.16,f,f1) inverts and reduces the input
speed 50 times, with an amplification of the
driving torque of 35.428 times.

Precizare: Pentru compensarea abaterilor

de coaxialitate, firma Harmonic Drive
monteaz deformatorul pe arborele de
intrare prin intermediul unui cuplaj de tip
Oldham (c.O. fig. 6.16,d i f).

Specification: In order to compensate the

Urmtoarea etap de dezvoltare a

reductorului armonic a avut ca principale
obiective reducerea gabaritului axial i
creterea capacitii portante; soluia gsit,
ilustrat n fig. 6.17,a,b,c, i c1, const n
folosirea unei roi elastice de tip manon,
danturat pe ntreaga lungime, i a unui
cuplaj homocinetic dinat 1-2 (n care z1 = z2
=> i 31,2 = +1). Spre deosebire de prima
variant (fig. 6.17,a, b), care folosete un
deformator cu doi rulmeni eliptici (seria
HDUR/HDUA), n motoreductorul din
fig. 6.17,c,c1 este utilizat un deformator cu
un singur rulment eliptic (seria HDUF).

The next step in the harmonic drive

development had as main objectives the
reduction of the axial overall size and the
increase of the supporting capacity; the
solution that was found, illustrated in
Fig. 6.17,a,b,c, and c1, uses a flexspline
(elastic gear) of collar type, with teeth on the
entire circumference, and a homo-kinematical
claw coupling 1-2 (in which z1 = z2 =>
i 31,2 = +1). Unlike the first variant (Fig. 6.17,a,
b), that uses a wave generator with two
elliptical bearings (series HDUR/HDUA);
though, there are variants, like the motorreducer from Fig. 6.17,c,c1, in which a single
elliptical bearing is used (series HDUF).

Vi pentru aceste variante, stabilirea

raportului de transmitere i a randamentului
este similar cu cea precedent.

The establishment of the transmission ratio

and of the efficiency for these variants is
similar to the previous one.

n fig. 6.17,d,d1 este ilustrat o replic

conic a soluiei cilindrice din fig. 6.16; dei
interesant,
aceast
soluie
are
deocamdat numai valoare teoretic.

Fig. 6.17,d,d1 illustrates a conical variant

derived from the first cylindrical solution
(see Fig. 6.16); even if it is interesting, this
solution has, for the moment, only
theoretical value.

6.4. TRANSMITEREA ENERGIEI

MECANICE, FR MODIFICAREA
TURAIEI

6.4. MECHANICAL ENERGY

TRANSMISSION WITHOUT ROTATIVE
SPEED MODIFICATION

Transmiterea energiei mecanice fr

modificarea turaiei, ntre doi arbori (un
arbore motor i un arbore receptor), este o
funcie general cu o multitudine de
variante
aplicative,
dependente
de
restriciile suplimentare impuse i de poziia
relativ a celor doi arbori.

The transmission of mechanical energy

without
rotative
speed
modification,
between two shafts (a driving shaft and a
receptor shaft), is a general function with a
multitude of applicative variants that depend
of the imposed supplementary restrictions
and of the relative position of the two shafts.

Din larga diversitate de situaii practice, n

continuare sunt prezentate succint cteva
dintre cele mai des ntlnite:

From the large diversity of practical

situations, there are further presented
succinctly some of the most often found:

a) n cel mai simplu caz, n care axele celor

doi arbori sunt fixe i coaxiale (fr alte
restricii), funcia general poate fi rezolvat
simplu cu ajutorul unui arbore de legtur
sau a unui cuplaj rigid.

a) In the simplest case, in which the axes of

the two shafts are fixed and coaxial (no
other restrictions), the general function can
be solved by using a rigid coupling.

coaxial errors, the Harmonic Drive company

assemblies the wave generator on the input
shaft through an Oldham coupling (c.O.
Fig. 6.16,d and f).

207

a
1

3=0
H

H,3

w1,3

TH

T1

3=0
2

c1

b
2=0

3=0

H
2=0

c
H

1
T1

H,3

1,3

TH

d1

Fig. 6.17,a c1. Reductor armonic cilindric cu roat deformabil de tip manon: a, b) pri
componente; c, c1) exemplu de utilizare (prelucrare dup un prospect al firmei Harmonic Drive);
d, d1) variant conic derivat din reductorul armonic cilindric ilustrat n fig. 6.16 (c = colivie; b = bil).
Fig. 6.17,a c1 Cylindrical harmonic drive with a flexspline (elastic gear) of collartype: a, b)
components; c, c1) usage example (processing after a prospect of Harmonic Drive Company);
d, d1) conical variant derived from the cylindrical harmonic drive from Fig. 6.16
(c = cage; b = ball).

208

Un astfel de cuplaj, format din 2 flane

asamblate i centrate prin uruburi, este
ilustrat n fig. 6.18,a.

Such a coupling, consisting of 2 flanges

assembled and centered through screws, is
illustrated in Fig. 6.18,a.

b) n transmiterea energiei mecanice, se

impune ntreruperea intermitent a fluxului
energetic, fr oprirea motorului; rezolvarea
funciei generale, n aceste condiii, se
realizeaz cu ajutorul unui cuplaj intermitent
comandat. n fig. 6.18,b i b1 sunt
prezentate dou soluii de cuplaje
intermitente
cu
comand
mecanic.
Ambreiajul de automobil (fig. 6.18,b1)
reprezint cel mai ntlnit exemplu de acest
tip.

b) In the mechanical energy transmission, it

is sometimes imposed to interrupt
intermittently the energetic flow, without
stopping the motor. Under these conditions,
the general function can be solved by using
a coupling with intermittent command. Two
solutions of intermittent couplings with
mechanical command are presented in
Fig. 6.18,b and b1. The cars clutch
(Fig. 6.18,b1) represents the most used
example of this type.

c) Transmiterea ireversibil a energiei

mecanice;
uzual,
rezolvarea
funciei
generale, n condiiile acestei restricii,
este realizat cu ajutorul unui cuplaj unisens.
O soluie de cuplaj unisens, cu role cilindrice,
este ilustrat n fig. 6.18,c. Un exemplu clasic
de folosire, a unui astfel de cuplaj, este roata
motrice de la biciclet.

c) The
irreversible
transmission
of
mechanical energy. Usually, the general
function, under this restriction, can be
solved by using a freewheeling clutch. A
solution of freewheeling clutch, with
cylindrical rollers, is illustrated in Fig. 6.18,c.
A classical example of such a clutch is the
driving wheel from a bicycle.

d) Transmiterea energiei mecanice cu limitarea

momentului maxim transmis; n astfel de
cazuri, rezolvarea funciei generale impune
folosirea unui cuplaj, cu decuplare autonom
la depirea cuplului maxim, denumit cuplaj
de siguran. Un exemplu clasic de cuplaj de
siguran cu bile este prezentat n fig. 6.18,d.
Evident, un astfel de cuplaj are rolul de a
proteja transmisia de suprasarcini.

d) The transmission of mechanical power with

the limitation of the transmitted maximum
moment. In these cases, the general function
is solved using a coupling with an autonomous
decoupling when the maximum couple is
exceeded, called safety clutch. A classical
example of safety clutch with balls is presented
in Fig. 6.18,d. Obviously, this clutch is meant to
protect the transmission from overloads.

e) ntre arborele motor i cel receptor intervin

abateri de poziie axiale, radiale i/sau
unghiulare. n astfel de cazuri, rezolvarea
funciei generale, n condiiile compensrii
acestor abateri, const n utilizarea de
cuplaje
cu
elemente
intermediare
deformabile
elastic
(metalice
sau
nemetalice). n fig. 6.18,e i e1 sunt ilustrate
dou soluii de cuplaje elastice cu elemente
intermediare din cauciuc. Cel mai cunoscut
cuplaj, de acest gen, este cuplajul cu boluri
i manon de cauciuc (fig. 6.18,e).

e) Errors from the axial, radial and/or angular

position interfere between the driving shaft
and the receptor shaft. In these cases, in the
conditions of the errors compensation, the
general function is solved by using couplings
with elastic deformable intermediate elements
(metallic or nonmetallic). In Fig. 6.18, e and e1
there are illustrated two solutions of elastic
clutches with the intermediate elements made
of rubber. The most known coupling of this
type is the pin coupling with elastic muff
(Fig. 6.18,e).

Tipurile cuplajelor de mai sus (a,D,e1),

existente n diverse ndrumare de proiectare,
cataloage i prospecte de firm, sunt uzual
modelate cu mijloacele specifice disciplinei de
organe de maini.

The previous types of couplings (a,D,e1),

which can be found in different design guides,
catalogues and companies prospects, are
usually modeled by specific means from the
course of machine elements.

f) ntre arborele motor i cel receptor (1 i n)

intervin deplasri axiale, radiale i/sau
unghiulare constante i/sau variabile.

f) Constant and/or variable axial, radial

and/or angular displacements interfere
between the two shafts (1 and n).

209

b1
Element motor /
Driving element

e1

Fig. 6.18. Exemple uzuale de cuplaje: a) cuplaj rigid cu flane, b, b1) cuplaje intermitente cu comand
mecanic, c) cuplaj unisens cu role cilindrice, d) cuplaje de siguran cu bile, e, e1) cuplaje elastice cu
elemente intermediare din cauciuc.
Fig. 6.18. Usual examples of couplings: a) rigid coupling with flanges, b, b1) intermittent couplings
with mechanical command, c) freewheeling clutch with cylindrical rollers, d) safety clutch with balls,
e, e1) elastic coupling with an intermediate rubber element.

210

n astfel de situaii, rezolvarea funciei

generale, care trebuie s fie compatibil cu
aceste deplasri, const n utilizarea de
cuplaje mobile. n literatur, aceste cuplaje
sunt modelate cu mijloacele disciplinei de
teoria mecanismelor.

In these situations, the general function that

must be compatible to these displacements
can be solved using mobile couplings (or
mobile joints). These couplings (joints) are
modeled in the technical literature using the
theory of mechanisms.

n continuare, sunt prezentate succint

principalele proprieti specifice cuplajelor
mobile, cu exemplificare pe cteva dintre
cele mai utilizate soluii tehnice.

Further, there are presented succinctly the

main specific properties of the mobile joints
on the basis of some of the most used
technical solutions.

6.4.1. Funciile cuplajelor mobile

6.4.1. The functions of the mobile joints

Prin cuplaj mobil se nelege o poli-cupl

cinematic, adic un sistem format din doi
arbori (1 i n) legai mobil printr-un lan
cinematic, care ndeplinete dou funcii
principale:

A mobile coupling or mobile joint is a

system of two shafts (1 and n) which have a
mobile connection (a complex kinematical
chain) between them and which fulfils two
main functions:

1) Permite anumite deplasri relative

independente ntre cei 2 arbori (fig. 6.19);
numrul deplasrilor independente, ale unui
arbore (n) fa de cellalt arbore (1), este
numit grad de mobilitate al cuplajului i este
notat cu f1n .

1) It allows certain independent relative

displacements between the two shafts
(Fig. 6.19); the number of independent
displacements of the shaft n vs. the shaft 1 is
called the coupling (or joint) degree of
freedom and it is denoted by f1n .

2) n mecanismul asociat, obinut prin

legarea mobil a arborilor 1 i n la baz,
cuplul i micarea de rotaie se transmit,
prin cuplaj, de la un arbore la cellalt, fr
modificare (adic, la o rotaie complet a
unui arbore, cellalt efectueaz, de
asemenea, o rotaie complet).

2) In the associated mechanism, obtained

through a mobile connection of shafts 1 and n
to the base, the torque and the revolute
motion are transmitted through the joint from
one shaft to the other without any modification
(for a complete rotation of one shaft, the other
makes identically a complete rotation, too)

6.4.2. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup

micrile relative ale arborilor

6.4.2. Types of mobile joints

considering the shafts relative motions

n funcie de micrile relative independente

dintre arbori, n tehnic sunt uzual ntlnite
urmtoarele tipuri de cuplaje mobile
(fig. 6.19):

In terms of the independent relative motions

between the shafts, the following types of
mobile couplings/joints are usually met in
techniques (Fig. 6.19):

1. Cuplaje axiale (fig. 6.19,a), n care

arborii sunt coaxiali i pot efectua o
translaie relativ independent axial:
Sz S (f1n = 1). Uzual, un astfel de cuplaj
este ntlnit sub forma unei mbinri
canelate telescopice.

1. Axial joints (Fig. 6.19,a), in which the

shafts are coaxial and can do an axial
independent relative translation: Sz S
(f1n = 1). Usually, this type of coupling is
found as a telescopic grooved joint.

2. Cuplaje transversale sau radiale

(fig. 6.19,b), n care arborii sunt paraleli i pot
efectua dou translaii relative independente
transversale (radiale): Sx i Sy (f1n = 2).

2. Transversal or radial joints (Fig. 6.19,b),

in which the shafts are parallel and can do
two transversal (relative) independent
relative translations: Sx and Sy (f1n = 2).

Dintre numeroasele soluii de cuplaje

radiale cunoscute, cuplajele de tip Oldham
i cele de tip Schmidt (fig. 6.21) sunt
soluiile cele mai larg folosite.

Between the many solutions of known radial

couplings, the couplings of Oldham type
and those of Schmidt type (Fig. 6.21) are
the most used solutions.

211

3. Cuplaje unghiulare (fig. 6.19,c), n care

arborii sunt (de regul) concureni i pot
efectua dou rotaii relative radiale
independente: x i y (f1n = 2). Dintre
soluiile cuplajelor unghiulare existente, cele
mai utilizate sunt: cuplajele cardanice,
cuplajele bicardanice (centrate), cuplajele
cu bile de tip Rzeppa i, ntr-o msur mai
redus, cuplajele tripode (fig. 6.22-6.26).

3. Angular joints (Fig. 6.19,c), in which the

shafts are usually concurrent and can do
two independent radial relative rotations: x
and y (f1n = 2). Between the solutions of
existent angular joints, the most used are
(Fig. 6.22-6.26): the Cardan joints, the
2-Cardan joints (centered), ball joints of
Rzeppa type and, less used, the tripod
joints (with no concurrent shafts).

4. Cuplaje unghiularaxiale (fig. 6.19,d), n

care arborii sunt (de regul) concureni i
pot
efectua
trei
deplasri
relative
independente: o translaie axial i dou
rotaii transversale: S, x i y (f1n = 3). Azi,
cele mai utilizate soluii de cuplaje
unghiular-axiale sunt cuplajele tripode i
cele de tip Rzeppa (fig. 6.25 i fig. 6.26).

4. Angular-axial joints (Fig. 6.19,d), in which

the shafts are usually concurrent and can
do 3 independent relative motions: an axial
translation and 2 transversal rotations:
S, x and y (f1n = 3). Today, the most used
angular-axial joints are the tripod joints
(Fig. 6.26) and those of Rzeppa type
(Fig. 6.25).

5. Cuplaje transversalunghiularaxiale sau

universale (fig. 6.19,e), n care arborii pot
efectua cinci deplasri relative independente:
Sx, Sy, S, x i y (f1n = 5). n tehnic, de
regul, n locul cuplajelor universale sunt
folosite transmisiile universale, care se obin
uzual prin legarea n serie a unui cuplaj
unghiular cu un cuplaj unghiularaxial. Ca
exemplu, n fig. 6.20 s-a ilustrat o transmisie
universal pentru antrenarea roii motoare i
directoare a unui autoturism; aceasta este
obinut prin nserierea unui cuplaj unghiular
axial tripod A cu un cuplaj unghiular
bicardanic centrat B.

5. Transversal-angular axial or universal

couplings/joints (Fig. 6.19,e), in which the
shafts can do five independent relative
motions: Sx, Sy, S, x and y (f1n = 5). In
techniques, as a rule, instead of the universal
joints there are used the universal
transmissions that are obtained through a
serial connection between an angular joint and
an angular-axial joint. For instance, in Fig. 6.20
there are illustrated an universal transmission
for actuating the driving wheel from a car; this
transmission is obtained by linking in series an
angular-axial tripod coupling A to an angular
centered 2-Cardan coupling B.

6.4.3. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup

uniformitatea transmiterii micrii

6.4.3. Types of mobile joints considering

the motion transmission uniformity

Prin legarea mobil la baz a arborilor unui

cuplaj (sau a unei transmisii universale), se
obine un mecanism denumit mecanism
asociat cuplajului sau transmisiei.

By the mobile linking of the joint shafts (or

of an universal transmission) to the base
(frame), it is obtained a mechanism called a
mechanism associated to the coupling/joint
or transmission.

n cazul mecanismelor asociate cuplajelor

unghiulare i unghiularaxiale, axele arborilor
de intrare i ieire sunt, de regul, concurente
i formeaz un unghi ascuit ; valoarea
maxim a acestui unghi este denumit
capacitate unghiular a cuplajului i constituie
un parametru important n caracterizarea
performanelor acestuia. n mod analog, se
definete noiunea de capacitate radial,
pentru cuplajele transversale (descris prin
valoarea maxim a deplasrii radiale dintre
arbori), i de capacitate axial, pentru
cuplajele axiale.

In the case of the mechanisms associated to

the angular and angular-axial joints, the axes
of the input and output shafts are usually
concurrent and form an acute angle ; This
angle maximum value is called the coupling
angular capacity and represents an important
parameter in the characterization of its
performances. Analogous, it is defined the
notions of radial capacity, for the transversal
joints (described through the maximum value
of the radial displacement between the
shafts), and of axial capacity, for the axial
joints.

212

c
Fig. 6.19. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile dup micrile relative ale arborilor: a) cuplaj axial, b) cuplaj
radial sau transversal, c) cuplaj unghiular, d) cuplaj unghiular-axial i e) cuplaj universal (radialunghiular-axial).
Fig. 6.19. Types of mobile joints in terms of the relative motions between shafts: a) axial joint,
b) radial or transversal joint, c) angular joint, d) angular-axial joint and e) universal (radial-angularaxial) joint.

Fig. 6.20. Exemplu de transmisie universal utilizat pentru antrenarea roilor directoare ale unui autoturism.
Fig. 6.20. Example of universal transmission used in actuating the driving wheels of a car.

213

Transmiterea fr modificare a micrii de

rotaie (i implicit a cuplului), de la un arbore
la cellalt, reprezint funcia de baz a
mecanismului asociat i, implicit, a
cuplajului
mobil
considerat;
aceasta
nseamn c la o rotaie complet a unui
arbore, cellalt arbore efectueaz, de
asemenea, o rotaie complet.

The transmission of the revolute motion

without any modification (and of the torque,
implicitly), from one shaft to the other,
represents the basic function of the
associated mechanism and of the considered
mobile joint, implicitly; this means that for a
complete rotation of one shaft, the other shaft
makes identically a complete rotation, as well.

Dac n timpul funcionrii, poziia relativ a

arborilor (descris prin unghiul dintre axe,
distana radial i/sau distana axial)
rmne constant (fig. 6.19,c,d i e), atunci
mecanismul asociat este monomobil, adic
are gradul de mobilitate M = 1; n caz
contrar, mecanismul asociat este multimobil,
putnd avea gradul de mobilitate M = 2,..,6.

If the shafts relative position (described

through the angle between the axes, the
radial distance and/or axial distance)
remains
constant
during
operation
(Fig. 6.19,c,d and e), then the associated
mechanism has 1 DOF, i.e. M = 1; on the
contrary, the associated mechanism has the
degree of freedom M = 2,..,6.

Pentru
a
caracteriza
neuniformitatea
transmiterii micrii prin mecanismul asociat,
n timpul unei rotaii, se folosete o mrime
specific
numit
abatere
de
la
homocinetism. Uzual, abaterea de la
homocinetism se definete prin diferena
dintre unghiurile de rotaie ale arborilor de
ieire i intrare, = n 1, sau prin
raportul dintre diferena vitezelor unghiulare
ale arborilor de intrare i ieire i viteza
arborelui de intrare:

In order to characterize the non-uniformity

of the motion transmission through the
associated mechanism, during one rotation,
it is used a specific quantity called deviation
from
homo-kinematics.
Usually,
the
deviation from homo-kinematics is defined
through the difference between the rotation
angles of the output and input shafts,
= n 1 (if the both angles start from
zero), or through the ratio between the
difference of the input and output shafts
angular speeds and the input shaft speed:

(n1)/1 = n / 11.

(n 1)/1 = n / 1 1.

(6.50)

(6.50)

n continuare, abaterea de la homocinetism

va fi descris prin diferena unghiular:
= n 1. n funcie de variaia n timp a
diferenei , se deosebesc trei tipuri de
mecanisme i, implicit, trei tipuri de cuplaje
mobile:

The deviation from homo-kinematics will be

further described through the angular
difference: = n 1. In terms of the
variation in time of the difference, three
types of mechanisms and of mobile joints,
implicitly, can be highlighted:

1) mecanism homocinetic (i, implicit, cuplaj

homocinetic), cnd diferena este
constant n timp ( = n 1 = const. =>
n = 1); cuplajele unghiulare i unghiularaxiale sunt ntotdeauna homocinetice dac
sunt simetrice fa de planul bisector al
unghiului obtuz dintre arbori !

1) homo-kinematical mechanism (and homokinematical joint, implicitly), when is

constant in time ( = n 1 = const. =>
n = 1); the angular and angular-axial joints
are always homo-kinematical if there are
symmetrical vs. a bisector plan of the obtuse
angle between shafts!

2) mecanism heterocinetic (i, implicit,

cuplaj heterocinetic), cnd diferena este
variabil n timp ( = n 1 = variabil =>
n 1);

2) hetero-kinematical
mechanism
(and
hetero-kinematical joint, implicitly), when the
difference is variable in time ( = n 1
= variable => n 1);

3) mecanism cvasihomocinetic (i, implicit,

cuplaj cvasihomocinetic), cnd rmne
aproximativ constant n timp ( = n1
constant => n 1).

3) quasi-homo-kinematical mechanism (and,

quasi-homo-kinematical joint, implicitly),
when remains approximately constant in
time ( = n1 constant => n 1).

214

Din motive dinamice, n transmiterea puterii

sunt preferate transmisiile (mecanismele)
homocinetice; sunt ns acceptate i cele
cvasihomocinetice, deoarece acestea sunt,
n multe cazuri, mai simple i, implicit, mai
economice.

From dynamic reasons, the homokinematical transmissions (mechanisms)

are preferred for the transmission of power;
but there are also accepted the quasihomo-kinematical ones, because, in many
cases, they are more simple and, more
economical, implicitly.

n cazurile n care se dorete obinerea unor

momente de torsiune variabile, ca de
exemplu pe standurile de ncercare, devine
util folosirea transmisiilor de tip heterocinetic.

In the cases in which one wants to obtain

variable torques, like on the testing stands,
it becomes useful to use the transmissions
of hetero-kinematical type.

6.4.4. Tipurile cuplajelor mobile, dup

particularitile lor morfologice

6.4.4. Types of the mobile joints

considering their morphological features

n funcie de particularitile morfologice, se

deosebesc principial 3 tipuri distincte de
cuplaje:

In terms of the morphological features,

three distinct types of couplings/joints are
highlighted:

1. Cuplaje mobile articulate, care pot fi

plane sau spaiale; de obicei, cuplajele
articulate plane sunt cuplaje radiale (sau
transversale), iar cele spaiale sunt cuplaje
i transmisii de tip cardanic (exemple:
cuplaje
monocardanice,
cuplaje
bicardanice, transmisii cu dou sau mai
multe cuplaje cardanice etc.).

1. Articulated mobile couplings/joints,

which can be planar or spatial; usually, the
planar articulated couplings are radial (or
transversal) joints, while the spatial ones
are joints and transmissions of Cardan type
(examples: Cardan joints, 2-Cardan joints,
transmissions with two or more Cardan
joints etc.).

Pentru exemplificarea cuplajelor radiale

homocinetice, n fig. 6.21 s-au ilustrat 4
soluii ale cuplajului Oldham (fig. 6.21,a-a3)
i o soluie (n 2 variante) a cuplajului
Schmidt (fig. 6.21,b,b1).

For the exemplification of the homokinematical radial joints, in Fig. 6.21 there
were illustrated 4 solutions of the Oldham
joint (Fig. 6.21,a-a3) and a solution (in 2
variants)
of
the
Schmidt
joint
(Fig. 6.21,b,b1).

Cuplajele i transmisiile de tip cardanic sunt

exemplificate n fig. 6.22-6.24. n fig. 6.22
sunt ilustrate dou soluii de baz ale
cuplajului cardanic: cuplajul cu cruce de tip
unghiular (fig. 6.22,a,a1) i cuplajul bipod de
tip unghiular-axial (fig. 6.22,b,b1); alturat,
n fig. 6.22,c i c1, sunt ilustrate: schema
cuplajului cardanic cu notaiile aferente
(fig. 6.22,c) i variaiile abaterii de la
homocinetism, pentru diverse valori ale
unghiului dintre arbori (fig. 6.22,c1).

The joints and transmissions of Cardan type

are exemplified in Fig. 6.22-6.24. In
Fig. 6.22 there are illustrated two basic
solutions of the Cardan joint: the angular
joint with cross (Fig. 6.22,a,a1) and the
angular-axial bipod joint (Fig. 6.22,b,b1);
nearby, in Fig. 6.22,c and c1, there are
illustrated: the scheme of the Cardan joint
with the afferent notations (Fig. 6.22,c) and
the variations of the deviation from homokinematics, for different values of the angle
between shafts (Fig. 6.22,c1).

Din analiza fig. 6.22 rezult c soluiile

cuplajelor monocardanice sunt simple i
robuste, dar au dezavantajul c nu sunt
homocinetice. Dei cuplajele cardanice
simple sunt heterocinetice, prin legarea n
serie a n 2 cuplaje, dup anumite reguli,
pot fi generate transmisii n-cardanice
homocinetice.

From Fig. 6.22 it outcomes that the solutions

of mono-Cardan joint are simple and robust,
but have the disadvantage that they are not
homo-kinematical. Even if the simple Cardan
joints are hetero-kinematical, through a serial
connection of n 2 couplings, on the basis of
some rules, there can be generated homokinematical n-Cardan transmissions.

215

a1

a2

a3

b1

Fig. 6.21. Exemple de cuplaje radiale: a a3) de tip Oldham i b, b1) de tip Schmidt.
Fig. 6.21. Examples of radial joints: a a3) of Oldham type and b, b1) of Schmidt type.
n
fig. 6.23
s-a
ilustrat
generarea
transmisiilor bicardanice homocinetice, cu
ajutorul operatorilor de simetrie direct
(oglindire) i simetrie rotit (cu un unghi ):

The generation of homo-kinematical

2-Cardan transmissions using the operators
of direct symmetry (mirroring) and rotated
symmetry (with an angle ) was illustrated
in Fig. 6.23:

1a) Prin simetrie direct ( = 0), n raport cu

un plan pe arborele intermediar, se obine
transmisia bicardanic homocinetic n
configuraie plan de tip A (axele celor 3
arbori cardanici sunt coplanare i dispuse
sub forma literei A). Din acest tip de
transmisie s-au derivat mai trziu cuplajele
bicardanice de tip centrat; cele mai
semnificative soluii de cuplaje bicardanice
centrate sunt ilustrate n fig. 6.24.

1a) Through direct symmetry ( = 0), vs. a

plan orthogonal to the intermediary shaft, it
is obtained the homo-kinematical 2-Cardan
transmission in a planar configuration of A
type (the axes of the three shafts are
coplanar and are disposed like the letter A).
Later, from this type of transmission were
derived the 2-Cardan joints of centered type;
the most significant solutions of centered
2-Cardan joints are illustrated in Fig. 6.24.

216

a1
c

c1

b1

Fig. 6.22. Exemple de cuplaje cardanice: a, a1) cuplaj unghiular cu cruce, b, b1) cuplaj unghiularaxial de tip bipod, c) mrimi i notaii specifice, c1) variaia abaterii de la homocinetism.
Fig. 6.22. Examples of Cardan joints: a, a1) angular joint with cross, b, b1) angular-axial joint of
bipod type, c) specific sizes and notations, c1) variations of the deviation from homo-kinematics.

217

cnd / when

c
Fig. 6.23. Generarea transmisiilor bicardanice homocinetice pe baza operatorilor de simetrie direct
(oglindire) i rotit cu un unghi : a) transmisie bicardanic n configuraie plan de tip A,
b) transmisie bicardanic n configuraie spaial i c) transmisie bicardanic n configuraie plan de
tip Z.
Fig. 6.23. Generation of homo-kinematical 2-Cardan transmissions using the operators of direct
symmetry (mirroring) and rotated symmetry with an angle : a) 2-Cardan transmission in a planar
configuration of A type, b) 2-Cardan transmission in a spatial configuration and c) 2-Cardan
transmission in a planar configuration of Z type.

218

a1

b1

c1

d1

Fig. 6.24. Exemple de cuplaje bicardanice cu diverse soluii de centrare (de realizare a simetriei):
a, a1) centrare printr-o policupl de tip sfer n cilindru (cu simetrie aproximativ), b, b1) centrare
printr-un angrenaj sferic ( 1 , n = suprafee conjugate n angrenare) de tip Borg-Warner (cu simetrie
exact), c, c1) centrare cu disc intermediar flotant de tip Walterscheid (cu simetrie exact),
d, d1) centrare printr-o policupl de tip cilindru-sfer-cilindru (cu simetrie exact).
Fig. 6.24. Examples of 2-Cardan joints with different centering solutions (for obtaining the
symmetry): a, a1) centering through a poly-joint of sphere in cylinder type (with an approximative
symmetry), b, b1) centering through a spherical gear pair ( 1 , n = adjoining surfaces into gearing)
of Borg-Warner type (with an exact symmetry), c, c1) centering with a intermediary floating disc of
Walterscheid type (with an exact symmetry), d, d1) centering through a poly-joint of cylinder-spherecylinder type (with an exact symmetry).

219

1b) Prin simetrie rotit, cu k180

(k N), se obin transmisii bicardanice
homocinetice n configuraie spaial (cu
arbori cardanici necoplanari);

1b) Through
rotated
symmetry,
with
k180 (k N), there are obtained homokinematical 2-Cardan transmissions in spatial
configuration (with non-coplanar shafts);

1c) Prin simetrie rotit, cu = 180, se

obine transmisia bicardanic homocinetic
n configuraie plan de tip Z (axele celor 3
arbori cardanici sunt coplanare i dispuse
sub forma literei Z).

1c) Through rotated symmetry with = 180,

it is obtained the homo-kinematical 2-Cardan
transmission in planar configuration of Z type
(the axes of the three shafts are coplanar and
are disposed like the letter Z).

Dintre transmisiile bicardanice homocinetice

obinute n fig. 6.23, cele de tip Z au cea
mai larg utilizare n tehnic.

Between the homo-kinematical 2-Cardan

transmissions (Fig. 6.23) the ones of Z type
have the largest use in techniques.

Conform fig. 6.23, n toate cazurile, se obin

transmisii
homocinetice
dac
sunt
ndeplinite urmtoarele dou condiii:

According to Fig. 6.23, there are obtained in

all cases homo-kinematical transmissions if
there are fulfilled the following two conditions:
- the Cardan joints angles 1 and 2 are
equal;
- the angle between the plans of the forks
G12 and G21, belonging to the
intermediary shaft, coincides with the
angle , between the plans E1 and E2
(formed by the shafts axes).

unghiurile 1 i 2, dintre arborii cardanici

ai celor dou cuplaje, sunt egale;
unghiul dintre planele furcilor G12 i G21,
ale arborelui intermediar, coincide cu
unghiul , dintre planele E1 i E2 (formate
de axele arborilor celor dou cuplaje).

2. Cuplaje mobile cu elemente de

rostogolire (cu bile sau mai rar cu role) sunt
cuplaje simetrice (v. fig. 6.25,a), n care se
disting dou tipuri de soluii: cuplaje cu bile
de tip Weiss i cuplaje cu bile de tip Rzeppa.
ntr-un cuplaj Weiss (fig. 6.25,b), jumtate
dintre bile transmit cuplul pentru un sens de
rotaie, iar cealalt jumtate pentru cellalt
sens; ntr-un cuplaj Rzeppa (fig. 6.25,c),
toate bilele particip la transmiterea cuplului,
indiferent de sensul de rotaie. Dintre
acestea, cuplajele Rzeppa, n variantele
unghiular i unghiularaxial, au cea mai
larg aplicabilitate i sunt utilizate cu
precdere
n
automobile.
Pentru
exemplificare, n fig. 6.25,b1 i b2 s-au
ilustrat 2 soluii de tip Weiss (o variant
unghiular b1 i alta unghiular-axial b2) i 2
soluii de tip Rzeppa (o variant unghiular
c1 i alta unghiular-axial c2).

2. The mobile joints with rolling elements

(with balls or rarer, with rollers) are
symmetrical couplings (see Fig. 6.25,a), in
which there are highlighted two types of
solutions: ball joints of Weiss type and ball
joints of Rzeppa type. In a Weiss joint
(Fig. 6.25,b), half of the balls transmit the
torque for one direction of rotation, and the
other half for the other direction; in a Rzeppa
joint (Fig. 6.25,c), all the balls transmit the
torque, whatever the direction of rotation.
Between them, the Rzeppa joints, in the angular and angular-axial variants, have the largest practicability and are used mainly in cars.
For exemplification, two solutions of Weiss
type (an angular variant b1 and an angularaxial one b2) and two solutions of Rzeppa
type (an angular variant c1 and an angularaxial one c2) were illustrated in Fig. 6.25,b1
and b2.

3. Cuplaje mobile podomorfe, care pot fi

bipode, tripode, tetrapode, hexapode etc.;
dintre aceste cuplaje, cea mai larg utilizare
o au cele tripode (unghiularaxiale i
unghiulare) i apoi cele bipode (unghiular
axiale).

3. The mobile joints whith pins, which can

be bipod, tripod, tetrapod, hexapod etc;
between these joints, the tripod joints
(angular-axial and angular) have the largest
use, followed by the bipod one (angularaxiale).

Cuplajele bipode, fiind derivate din cuplajul

cardanic, sunt denumite i cuplaje
cardanicebipode.

The bipod joint, being derived from the

Cardan joint, is also called Cardan-bipod
joint.

220

a
1

c
2h

R
O1

O2
M

.Q
b1

b2

c1

c2

Fig. 6.25. Exemple de cuplaje cu bile: a) schem cinematic de principiu, n care liniile mediane ale
canalelor, 1 i 2 , sunt simetrice fa de planul bisector al unghiului obtuz dintre arbori (1800- );
b, c) scheme pentru explicitarea particularitilor de funcionare ale cuplajelor de tip Weiss (b) i
respectiv Rzeppa (c); b1, b2) cuplaje Weiss de tip unghiular (b1) i unghgiular-axial (b2); c1, c2) cuplaje
Rzeppa de tip unghiular (c1) i respectiv unghiular-axial (c2).
Fig. 6.25. Examples of ball joints: a) the kinematical principle scheme, in which the median lines of the
channels, 1 and 2 , are symmetrical vs. a bisector plan of the obtuse angle between the shafts
(1800- ); b, c) schemes for explaining the working features of the joints of Weiss type (b) and Rzeppa
type (c); b1, b2) Weiss joints of angular type (b1) and of angular-axial type (b2); c1, c2) Rzeppa joints of
angular type (c1) and angular-axial type (c2).

221

Ca exemple, n fig. 6.26 s-au ilustrat dou

soluii moderne de cuplaje tripode, unul
unghiular-axial (fig. 6.26,a,a3) i cellalt
unghiular (fig. 6.26,b,b1), iar n fig. 6.22,b,b1
s-a reprezentat o variant clasic de cuplaj
unghiular-axial bipod.

For instance, in Fig. 6.26 there are

illustrated two modern solutions of tripod
joints, an angular-axial (Fig. 6.26,a,a3) and
the other angular (Fig. 6.26,b,b1), while in
Fig. 6.22,b,b1 it is represented a classical
variant of bipod angular-axial joint.

6.4.5. Despre funciile i

performanele cuplajelor mobile

6.4.5. On the functions and

performances of the mobile joints

n consens cu cele precedente, cuplajele

mobile, i implicit transmisiile care le conin,
au dou funcii specifice:

According to the previous explanation, the

mobile joints, and, implicitly, the transmissions
that contain them, have two specific functions:

1) s transmit, fr modificare, cuplul i

micarea de rotaie de la un arbore de
intrare la un arbore de ieire i

1) to transmit, without modification, the

torque and the revolute motion from the
input shaft to the output shaft, and

2) s asigure, ntre cei doi arbori, anumite

micri relative independente.

2) to ensure certain independent relative

motions between the two shafts.

Performanele cuplajelor mobile au n vedere

nivelul calitativ de realizare a funciilor
specifice i sunt modelabile printr-un set de
condiii, care devin criterii de performan;
cele mai semnificative dintre acestea se
refer la:

The performances of the mobile joints take

into account the qualitative level in which
the specific functions are fulfilled and can
be modeled through a set of conditions that
become performance criteria; the most
significant between them are referring to:

1. minimizarea heterocinetismului;

1. The minimization of hetero-kinematical

deviations;

2. maximizarea capacitii
radiale i/sau axiale;

unghiulare,

2. The maximization of the angular, radial

and/or axial capacity;

portante

3. The maximization of the load-carrying

capacity (the admissible torque), on an
imposed period;

3. maximizarea
capacitii
(cuplului), pe o durat impus;

4. minimizarea pierderilor prin frecare;

4. The minimization of the friction losses

5. minimizarea gradului de complexitate

structuralconstructiv;

5. The minimization of the degree of

structural-constructive complexity;

6. minimizarea gabaritului radial/axial;

6. The minimization of the radial/axial

overall size;

7. maximizarea nivelului calitativ privind

forma i aspectul produsului;

7. The maximization of the qualitative level

regarding the product shape and aspect;

8. minimizarea
resurselor
tehnico
economice de realizare a produsului;

8. The minimization of the technicaleconomical resources for obtaining the

product;

9. maximizarea gradului de reciclare etc.

9. The maximization
degree etc.

n alegerea soluiei pentru un anumit cuplaj

(unghiular sau unghiularaxial), stabilirea
tipului morfologic optim nu este ntotdeauna o
problem simpl; pentru a evidenia acest
aspect, se analizeaz comparativ, pe baza
primelor 5 criterii de performan (de mai sus),

In choosing the solution for a certain joint

(angular or angular-axial), the establishment
of the optimal morphological type is not
always a simple problem; in order to
highlight this aspect, there are analyzed
comparatively, on the basis of the first five

222

of

the

recycling

a1

a2

a3

b
b1
Fig. 6.26. Exemple de cuplaje tripode: a a3) cuplaj unghiular-axial, b, b1) cuplaj unghiular.
Fig. 6.26. Examples of tripod joints: a a3) angular-axial joint b, b1) angular joint.

223

Tab. 6.3. Analiza comparativ a cuplajelor unghiulare de tip cardanic, Rzeppa i tripod.
Tab. 6.3. Comparative analysis of the angular joints of Cardan, Rzeppa and tripod type.

CRITERIUL
CRITERION
1
2
3
4
5

LOCUL II
PLACE II
Tripod
Cardan
Rzeppa
Rzeppa
Tripod

LOCUL I
PLACE I
Rzeppa
Tripod
Cardan
Cardan
Cardan

LOCUL III
PLACE III
Cardan
Rzeppa
Tripod
Tripod
Rzeppa

trei cuplaje unghiulare de tip: cardanic

(fig. 6.22,a,a1), Rzeppa (fig. 6.25,c1) i
tripod (fig. 6.26,b,b1).

previous performance criteria, three angular

joints of type: Cardan (Fig. 6.22,a,a1),
Rzeppa
(Fig. 6.25,c1)
and
tripod
(Fig. 6.26,b,b1).

Pe baza acestor criterii, se obine

ordonarea cuplajelor prezentat n tab. 6.3.

The joints ordering from Table 6.3 is obtained

on the basis of these criteria.

Ca urmare, pot fi formulate urmtoarele

concluzii:

Therefore, the following conclusions can be

formulated:

a) Cuplajul cardanic (fig. 6.22,a,a1) are caliti

tehnicoeconomice deosebite, dar este
heterocinetic (transmite neuniform micarea)!

a) The Cardan joint (Fig. 6.22,a,a1) has distinct

technical-economical qualities, but is heterokinematical (transmits non-uniform the motion)!

b) Cuplajul Rzeppa (fig. 6.25,c1) este

homocinetic, are valori ridicate pentru
randament i capacitate portant, dar
prezint un nalt grad de complexitate
constructiv i tehnologic!

b) The Rzeppa joint (Fig. 6.25,c1) is homokinematical, has high values for the
efficiency and load-carrying capacity, but
has a high degree of constructive and
technological complexity!

c) Cuplajul tripod (fig. 6.26,c1) asigur un

compromis
rezonabil,
ntre
cerinele
considerate: este cvasihomocinetic, poate
realiza valori rezonabile pentru randament i
capacitate portant, poate avea valori ridicate
pentru capacitatea unghiular i prezint un
grad de complexitate relativ redus.

c) The tripod joint (Fig. 6.26,c1) ensures a

reasonable
compromise
between
the
considered requirements: it is quasi-homokinematical, it can obtain reasonable values
for the efficiency and load-carrying capacity, it
can have high values for the angular capacity
and a relative reduced degree of complexity.

n consecin, stabilirea optimal a tipului

morfologic de cuplaj mobil devine posibil
numai pe baza unor informaii suplimentare,
referitoare att la particularitile concrete
de funcionare, ct i la resursele tehnicoeconomice de realizare.

Therefore, the establishment of the optimal

morphological type of mobile joint becomes
possible only based on supplementary
information, regarding both the concrete
working features and the technical and
economical manufacturing resources.

6.5. SOLUII DE PROPULSIE N MEDII

FLUIDE

6.5. PROPELLING SOLUTIONS IN

FLUID MEDIUMS

Prezentul subcapitol i propune ca obiectiv

realizarea unei priviri filogenetice comparative
asupra sistemelor mecanice folosite la
propulsia mijloacelor de transport, care se
deplaseaz n medii fluide (ap sau aer); sunt
luate n consideraie numai cazurile
mijloacelor de transport dotate cu surse
proprii de energie.

The subchapter objective is to present a

comparative phylogenetic view on the
mechanical systems used for propelling
thetransport means that are moving in fluid
mediums (water or air); there are taken into
account only the cases of transport means
that have their own energy sources.

224

O astfel de privire filogenetic poate constitui

o fertil surs de idei n optimizarea
sistemelor existente, precum i n dezvoltarea
unor noi sisteme de propulsie.

Such a phylogenetic view can represent a

fertile source of ideas regarding the optimization of the existent systems, as well as
the development of new propelling systems.

6.5.1. Privire filogenetic cu ajutorul

unor exemple reprezentative

6.5.1. Phylogenetic view by means of

some representative examples

Pentru realizarea unei priviri filogenetice

comparative pertinente, n figurile care
urmeaz s-au sistematizat cteva exemple
reprezentative de soluii tehnice pentru
propulsia, n medii fluide (apa sau aer), a
unor mijloace de transport cu surse proprii
de energie. Prima observaie, care decurge
din parcurgerea acestei sistematizri,
evideniaz
faptul
c
nottoarele
vertebratelor acvatice i aripile zburtoarelor constituie modele permanent
actuale n dezvoltarea i perfecionarea
tehnic a acestor sisteme de propulsie.

In order to obtain a pertinent comparative

phylogenetic view, in the following Figures
there are systematized some representative
examples of technical solutions for
propelling some transport means with their
own energy sources in fluid mediums (water
or air). The first observation that derives
from crossing this systematization highlights
the fact that the aquatic vertebrates fins
and the flying birds wings represent models
that are permanently up-to-date in the
development and technical improvement of
these propelling systems.

Cea mai veche soluie, de propulsie pe ap,

este cea n care nottoarele vieuitoarelor
acvatice sunt modelate tehnic prin vsle. n
vechime, vslele erau aezate, la nceput,
pe un singur rnd; mai trziu, pentru
amplificarea forei de propulsie, grecii antici
au aezat vslele n dou i chiar trei
rnduri suprapuse (fig. 6.27).

The oldest solution of propulsion on water is

the one in which the aquatic creatures fins
are technically modeled through paddles. In
old times, the paddles were placed, at the
beginning, on a single line; latter, for the
amplification of the propulsion force, the
ancient Greeks placed the paddles on two
and even three superposed lines (Fig. 6.27).

Pornind de la modelul vslei, J. Fitch

breveteaz n 1790 o soluie de propulsie,
n care vsla devine biela unui mecanism
patrulater plan (fig. 6.28); continuitatea
propulsiei este asigurat prin dispunerea n
paralel a mai multor mecanisme defazate
uniform.

Starting from the paddle model, J. Fitch

patented in 1790 a propelling solution in
which the paddle becomes the connecting rod
from a planar 4-bar mechanism (Fig. 6.28);
the propulsion continuity is ensured by
disposing in parallel more mechanisms with a
uniform phase difference.

Urmtorul pas, n dezvoltarea propulsiei pe

ap, l reprezint transformarea vslelor n
lopei (palete) dispuse radial pe un arbore
transversal, antrenat n micare de rotaie
(fig. 6.29); n aceast construcie, planele
lopeilor formeaz un unghi nul cu axa
arborelui. Se regsete astfel turbina,
cunoscut nc din antichitate pentru
acionarea morilor de ap, dar cu rol inversat:
din motor hidraulic (pentru moar), turbina
devine organ de propulsie pe ap (pentru
mijlocul de transport acvatic).

The next step in the development of

propulsion on water is represented by the
transformation of paddles into spades that are
disposed radial on a transversal shaft, which
is driven in revolute motion (Fig. 6.29); in this
construction, the spades plans form a null
angle with the shaft axis. Thus, it is retrieved
the turbine, known since ancient times for
actuating the water mills, but with a reverse
role: from hydraulic motor(for the mill), the
turbine becomes propulsion element on
water (for the aquatic transport mean).

Soluia, cunoscut i sub numele de roat cu

zbaturi, a fost experimentat pentru prima
oara n 1807 la Paris (fig. 6.29) i aplicat n
1808 n SUA, de irlandezul R. Fulton.

The solution, known also as wheel with

paddles, was experimented for the first time
in 1807 at Paris (Fig. 6.29) and applied in
1808 in USA, by the Irishman R. Fulton.

225

Fig. 6.30. Propulsie cu zbaturi perfecionat de

Leonardo da Vinci(~1500).

Fig. 6.27. Propulsie cu vsle n rnduri suprapuse.

Fig. 6.27. Propulsion with paddles in superposed
lines.

Fig. 6.30. Propulsion with wheel paddles

improved by Leonardo da Vinci (~1500).

Fig. 6.31. Submarin cu elice construit de

W. Bauer (1850).
Fig. 6.31. Submarine with propeller built by
W. Bauer (1850).
Fig. 6.28. Propulsie cu vsle-biele brevetat de
J.Fitch (1790).
Fig. 6.28. Propulsion with connecting rodpaddles patented by J.Fitch (1790).

Fig. 6.29. Propulsie cu zbaturi experimentat de

R.Fulton (Paris 1807).
Fig. 6.29. Propulsion with wheel paddles,
experimented by R.Fulton (Paris 1807).

Fig. 6.32. Propulsie cu o elice antrenat de unul

sau dou motoare.
Fig. 6.32. Propulsion with one propeller drived
by one or two motors.

226

Dei aparent nou pentru secolul XIX,

aceast idee de propulsie era bine
cunoscut de Leonardo da Vinci, la sfritul
sec. XV; prin schiele sale (fig. 6.30), din
Codex Atlanticus (care dateaz din
perioada 1495-1500), marele inventator
italian perfecioneaz variantele acestei
soluii, propuse anterior de Taccola,
Valturio, Francesco di Georgio i alii,
pentru propulsia unor ambarcaiuni cu
destinaie militar.

Although it was apparently new for the XIX

century, this idea of propulsion was known
by Leonardo da Vinci, at the end of the XV
century; through his sketches (Fig. 6.30),
from Codex Atlanticus (that dates from the
period 1495-1500), the great Italian inventor
improves the variants of this solution, which
were previously proposed by Taccola,
Valturio, Francesco di Georgio and others,
for the propulsion of some crafts with a
military destination.

O idee interesant, al crei embrion

gesteaz n exemplele din figurile 6.29 i
6.30, se refer la posibilitatea cumulrii
funciei de propulsie cu cea de direcie, prin
antrenarea distinct, cu turaii independente, a celor dou turbine; n acest caz,
deplasarea rectilinie ar fi fost posibil prin
antrenarea turbinelor cu turaii egale, iar
virarea, prin antrenarea turbinelor cu turaii
diferite.

An interesting idea, whose embryo appears

in the examples from Fig. 6.29 and 6.30, is
referring to the possibility of adding the
propulsion function with the steering
function, through a distinct actuation with
independent speeds of the two turbines; in
this case, the linear displacement could be
possible by actuating the turbines with
equal speeds, and turning, by actuating the
turbines with different speeds.

Un moment de cotitur n dezvoltarea

acestor sisteme mecanice de propulsie l
constituie trecerea de la roata cu zbaturi
(fig. 6.29 i 6.30) la elice (figurile 6.31, 6,32
i 6.33); aceast trecere const, d.p.d.v.
geometric, n modificarea formei i
dispunerii palelor: palele plane (fig. 6.29 i
6.30) devin pale profilate, dispuse nclinat
fa de axa arborelui pe care sunt montate
(fig. 6.31-6.33). Bazele teoretice ale utilizrii
elicei au fost modelate de L. Euler i
D. Bernoulli. Un impuls important la
implementarea elicei n propulsia navelor
maritime (fig. 6.32) l-a reprezentat utilizarea
i experimentarea sistemelor de propulsie
cu elice n aplicaii militare; primul submarin
cu elice construit n 1850 de W. Bauer
(fig. 6.31) reprezint un exemplu elocvent n
acest sens.

A turn in the development of the propelling

mechanical systems is the passing from the
wheel with paddles (Fig. 6.29 and 6.30) to
the propeller (Fig. 6.31, 6.32 and 6.33); this
passing consists, geometrically, in the
change of form and in the blades disposal:
the planar blades (Fig. 6.29 and 6.30)
become shaped blades, that are disposed
inclined vs. the axis of the shaft on which
they are assembled (Fig. 6.316.33). The
theoretical bases of using the propeller
were modeled by L. Euler and D. Bernoulli.
A main impulse in the implementation of the
propeller in the sea-going ships propulsion
(Fig. 6.32) was represented by the use and
experimentation of the propulsion systems
with propeller in military applications; thus,
the first submarine with a propeller built in
1850 by W. Bauer (Fig. 6.31) represents an
eloquent example.

Cumularea funciilor de propulsie i de

direcie, cu ajutorul elicei, a devenit
aplicabil cu succes n ambarcaiunile
uoare, prin transformarea axei fixe de
rotaie a elicei (fig. 6.31 i 6.32) n ax
oscilant (fig. 6.33) .

The addition of the propulsion and the

steering functions by means of the propeller
was applied successfully in the light crafts,
by transforming the propeller fixed axis of
rotation (Fig. 6.31 and 6.32) into an
oscillating axis (Fig. 6.33).

Un impact mai incitant l-a avut ns

aplicarea elicei n propulsia avioanelor.

A more inciting impact had the appliance of

the propeller in airplanes propulsion.

227

Spre deosebire de mijloacele de transport

acvatice i a celor aeriene de tip balon (a
cror sustentaie este asigurat pe baza
legii lui Arhimede), n aviaie, elicea trebuie
s asigure (mpreun cu aripile) att
propulsia ct i sustentaia navei.
Primul zbor cu elice a fost realizat n 1903,
de fraii americani Wright, n condiiile
decolrii avionului prin catapultare. Primul
zbor cu elice autonom (cu decolare de la
sol) a fost realizat la Montesson (lng
Paris), n 1906, de pionierul aviaiei
romneti Traian Vuia. Acesta a pilotat un
avion propriu, pe care l-a brevetat n 1903 i
l-a finalizat practic n 1905.

Unlike the aquatic and aerial transport

means of balloon type (whose sustentation
is ensured based on Arhimedes law), in
aviation, the propeller must ensure
(together with the wings) both propulsion
and sustentation of the craft. The first flight
with an airscrew was made in 1903, by the
American brothers Wright, in the conditions
of the plane catapult take-off. The first flight
with an autonomous airscrew (with the takeoff from the ground) was made at
Montesson (near Paris), in 1906, by the
pioneer of the Romanian aviation Traian
Vuia. He piloted his own plane that he
patented in 1903 and which he practically
finalized in 1905.

Un alt pionier remarcabil al aviaiei

romneti, Aurel Vlaicu (1882-1913),
proiecteaz i construiete avioanele
Vlaicu I si Vlaicu II, n care utilizeaz pentru
prima dat elice duble coaxiale i
contrarotative.

Another remarkable pioneer of the

Romanian aviation, Aurel Vlaicu (18821913), had designed and built the planes
Vlaicu I and Vlaicu II, in which he used the
coaxial double and contra-rotative airscrew
for the first time.

Fig. 6.33. Elice - crm (elice cu ax

oscilant) pentru ambarcaiuni uoare.

Fig. 6.34. Mecanism planetar pentru reglarea

pasului elicei la avionul K14.

Fig. 6.33. Helm - propeller (propeller with

an oscillating axis) for light crafts.

Fig. 6.34. Planetary mechanism for adjusting

the propeller pitch in the K14 airplane.

228

Urmtorul pas n dezvoltarea propulsiei cu

elice are loc tot n aviaie, i-l reprezint
trecerea la elicea cu pas variabil, n care
unghiul de nclinare, al palelor fa de axa
arborelui, este reglabil; pentru exemplificare,
in fig. 6.34 este ilustrat mecanismul planetar
folosit la reglarea pasului elicei n avionul
K14.

A new step in the development of the

propulsion with a propeller takes place also
in aviation, and is represented by the
passing to the adjustable-pitch propeller, in
which the blades inclination angle vs. the
shaft axis is adjustable; for instance, in
Fig. 6.34 it is illustrated the planetary
mechanism used to adjust the blades pitch
of the propeller from the K14 airplane.

Un nou salt remarcabil are loc prin trecerea

de la elicea cu pas variabil, folosit n
avioane, la elicea de sustentaie, propulsie i
direcie a elicopterului. Spre deosebire de
elicea unui avion clasic, a crei ax este
orizontal, elicea elicopterului are o dispunere
aproximativ vertical, cu o uoar nclinare
spre fa, care faciliteaz deplasarea nainte.
Trecerea de la o funcie la alta, n cazul
elicei de elicopter, se realizeaz prin
reglarea corespunztoare a pasului elicei
(care este descris prin poziia unghiular a
fiecrei pale fa de axa longitudinal
proprie fig. 6.35,c). Cu acest scop se
utilizeaz un mecanism complex de
direcie, cu bare articulate; un exemplu
reprezentativ al unui astfel de mecanism
este ilustrat n fig. 6.35 i 6.36.

Another remarkable improvement is the

passing from the propeller with variable pitch,
used in airplanes, to the propeller of
sustentation, propulsion and steering used in
helicopters. Unlike the propeller of a classical
airplane, whose axis is horizontal, the
helicopters propeller has an approximately
vertical disposal, with a small inclination to the
front, which facilitates the forward motion. The
transition from one function to another in the
case of the helicopter is made adjusting
adequately the propeller pitch (which is
described through the angular position of
each blade vs. its own longitudinal axis
Fig. 6.35,c). With this aim, a complex
steering articulated mechanism is used; a
representative example of such a mechanism
is illustrated in Fig. 6.35 and Fig. 6.36.

Problema cheie ntr-un astfel de mecanism

este decuplarea micrilor de reglare a
pasului, fa de micarea de rotaie a
arborelui elicei.

The key problem in such a mechanism is

the decoupling the motions for adjustment
the pitch from the revolute motion of the
propeller shaft.

n fig. 6.36 este ilustrat un exemplu de

sistem articulat, care realizeaz aceast
decuplare. n consens cu fig. 6.35 i 6.36,
ideea decuplrii se bazeaz pe dou
platouri transversale, b si c, prevzute cu
urmtoarele legturi:

In Fig. 6.36 it is illustrated an example of

articulated system with which the decoupling
is obtained. According to Fig. 6.35 and
Fig. 6.36, the idea of decoupling is based on
two transversal plates, b and c, foreseen with
the following links:

a) unul dintre platouri (b) este articulat sferic

cu arborele de antrenare a (fig. 6.35,a i
6.36,b), iar platourile sunt articulate ntre ele
printr-un rulment radial; ca urmare,
platourile se pot roti unul fa de altul, n
raport cu axa arborelui a, i efectueaz
micri
identice,
dup
orice
ax
perpendicular pe a;

a) one of the plates (b) is articulated

spherically to the driving shaft a (Fig. 6.35,a
and 6.36,b), while the plates are articulated
to each other, through a radial bearing;
therefore, the plates are rotating relatively
one towards the other vs. the shaft axis a,
and make identical motions around any
axes that is orthogonal to a;

b) platoul inferior (c) este legat la baz

printr-un compas f (fig. 6.36), iar cel
superior (b) este legat la arborele de
antrenare a printr-un compas e; n acest fel,
se anuleaz micarea platoului c, n raport
cu axa arborelui a, iar turaia platoului b,
fa de aceeai ax, devine egal cu cea a
arborelui a;

b) the inferior plate (c) is linked to the base

through a compass f (Fig. 6.36), and the
superior one (b) is linked to the driving shaft
a through a compass e; thus, the motion of
the plate c is annulled towards the shaft
axis a, and the speed of the plate b, vs. the
same axis, becomes equal to the speed of
the shaft a;

229

d
c

d
b

c
f

a.

a.

f
c

b.

b.
Fig. 6.36. Sisteme-compas pentru decu-plarea
micrilor de reglare a pasului, fa de micarea
de rotaie a arborelui elicei unui elicopter.

c.
c.

c.

Fig. 6.36. Compas-system for decoupling the

pitch adjustment motions from the revolute
motion of the propeller shaft in a helicopter.

Fig. 6.35. Mecanism de direcie cu bare

pentru reglarea pasului elicei la elicoptere.
Fig. 6.35. Steering articulated mechanism for
the adjustment of the helicopter propeller pitch.

230

c) poziia unghiular a platoului inferior c

este reglat prin trei biele, care aparin unui
mecanism de direcie cu bare articulate
(fig.6.35,a); platoul superior b, care preia
aceeai poziie unghiular, regleaz, la
rndul su, unghiul palelor, prin trei biele d
(fig. 6.35 i 6.36).

c) the angular position of the inferior plate c is

adjusted through three connecting rods that
belong to a steering articulated mechanism
(Fig. 6.35,a); the superior plate b, which takes
over the same angular position, adjusts, at its
turn, the blades angle through three
connecting rods d (Fig. 6.35 and 6.36).

Devine astfel posibil reglarea pasului elicei

(unghiului
palelor)
concomitent
i
independent de antrenarea arborelui a.

Thus, it becomes possible to adjust the

propeller pitch (the blades angles)
concomitant and independent of the
actuation of the shaft a.

Prin reglarea sectorial (prin cele trei biele) a

pasului, de ctre pilot, se realizeaz
staionarea
n
aer
a
elicopterului,
deplasarea nainte i respectiv virarea
dreapta/ stnga.

Through a sector adjustment of the pitch

(through three connecting rods), by the pilot,
it is obtained the helicopter standing: the
forward motion and the right/link turning.

Un sistem similar de propulsie i direcie,

pentru vapoare, a fost inventat n 1926 de
inginerul austriac Ernst Schneider i este
fabricat de firma Voith, sub denumirea de
Voith Schneider Propeller. Un exemplu
reprezentativ al acestui sistem de propulsie
este prezentat n fig. 6.37; turbina, fabricat
de firma Voith, conine dou subsisteme
principale (fig. 6.37,c):
1) turbina propriu-zis, format din roata 1
(antrenat printr-un angrenaj conic 2-3)
prevzut cu 4 pale oscilante (4), dispuse
paralel cu axa roii i
2) mecanismul de direcie, cu bare
articulate,
pentru
reglarea
poziiei
unghiulare a palelor; acest mecanism
conine un levier central 5 cu trei articulaii:
a) o articulaie sferic median (cu centru
fix), b) o articulaie superioar (de tip sfer
n cilindru), prin care levierul este acionat
de doi cilindri hidraulici 6, dispui
perpendicular unul pe cellalt, i c) o
articulaie inferioar (de tip sfer in cilindru),
prin care levierul regleaz unghiurile
palelor, cu ajutorul unui mecanism plan
articulat 7 (fig. 6.37,a,b,c).

A similar system of propulsion and direction

for ships was invented in 1926 by the Austrian
engineer
Ernst
Schneider
and
is
manufactured by the Voith company, under
the name of VoithSchneider Propeller.
A representative example of this propulsion
system is presented in Fig. 6.37; the turbine,
manufactured by Voith company, contains
two main sub-systems (Fig. 6.37,c):
1) the proper turbine, consisting of a plate 1
(driven through a bevel gear pair 2-3)
having 4 oscillating blades (4), disposed in
parallel to the plate axis and
2) the steering articulated mechanism for
the adjustment of the blades angular
position; this mechanism contains a central
lever 5 with three articulations: a) a median
spherical articulation (with a fix center), b) a
superior articulation (of sphere in cylinder
type), through which the lever is actuated
from two hydraulic cylinders 6, that are
disposed orthogonal one to the other, and
c) an inferior articulation (of sphere in
cylinder type), through which the lever
adjusts the blades angle, with a planar
articulated mechanism 7 (Fig. 6.37,a,b,c).

Levierul central 5 (fig. 6.37,c), care joac

rolul platourilor b si c din fig. 6.36, asigur
decuplarea celor dou micri (de reglare a
unghiului palelor i de antrenare a roii); prin
manevrarea corespunztoare a acestui
levier (fig. 6.37,c), se realizeaz staionarea
navei, deplasarea rectilinie nainte/napoi i
virarea stnga/dreapta (fig. 6.37,a i b). Prin
utilizarea a dou turbine se poate realiza n
plus deplasarea rectilinie laterala a navei
(fig. 6.37,b, poz. 6) i virarea pe loc (cnd o
turbin este dispus la un capt al navei i
a doua turbin la celalalt capt).

The central lever 5 (Fig. 6.37,c), which plays the

role of the plates b and c from Fig. 6.36,
ensures the two motions decoupling (the
motions of adjusting the blades angles and of
driving the plate 1); by handling adequate this
lever (Fig. 6.37,c), the craft standing is obtained:
the rectilinear motion forward/ backward and
the right/left turning (Fig. 6.37,a and b). By using
two turbines it can be obtained an extra lateral
rectilinear motion (Fig. 6.37,b, pos. 6) and the
in-place turning (when the turbine is disposed at
one extremity of the craft and the other turbine
at the other extremity).

231

b.

a.

5
3

7
c.

Fig. 6.37. Turbin de ap Voith pentru propulsia i direcia navelor.

Fig. 6.37. The Voith water turbine for the crafts propulsion and direction.

232

6.5.2. Concluzie

6.5.2. Conclusion

Din privirea filogenetic efectuat se

desprinde urmtoarea concluzie: pornind de
la sistemele biomecanice reprezentative de
propulsie n medii fluide, nottoare i aripi,
n timp s-au dezvoltat urmtoarele modele
tehnice mai importante: vsle (fig. 6.27 i
6.28), roi cu zbaturi (fig. 6.29 i 6.30), elice
de propulsie n ap (fig. 6.31 i 6.32), elicecrm
pentru
ambarcaiuni
uoare
(fig. 6.33), elice simple i elice duble
contrarotative pentru avioane, elice cu pas
variabil pentru avioane (fig. 6.34), elice cu
pas variabil pentru propulsia si direcia
elicopterelor (fig. 6.35 i 6.36) i turbine
Voith cu pas variabil (fig. 6.37), destinate
att propulsiei, ct i direciei vapoarelor.

The following conclusion comes out from the

phylogenetic view: starting from the
representative biomechanical systems for the
propulsion in fluid mediums, fins and wings,
during the time there were developed the
following technical models that are more
important: paddles (Fig. 6.27 and 6.28),
wheels with paddles (Fig. 6.29 and 6.30),
propeller for the propulsion in water (Fig. 6.31
and 6.32), helm-propeller for light crafts
(Fig. 6.33), simple propellers and contrarotative double propellers for airplanes,
propellers with variable pitch for airplanes
(Fig. 6.34), propellers with variable pitch for
the propulsion and direction of helicopters
(Fig. 6.35 and 6.36) and Voith turbines with
variable pitch (Fig. 6.37), for the ships
propulsion and direction.

6.6. SOLUII BIONICE I SOLUII

TEHNICE ECHIVALENTE

6.6. BIONIC SOLUTIONS AND

EQUIVALENT TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS

n acest subcapitol sunt prezentate, n

paralel, mai multe soluii bionice, selectate
din lumea insectelor, alturi de cunoscute
soluii tehnice echivalente acestora.

In this subchapter there are presented, in

parallel, more bionic solutions, selected
from the insects world, near known technical
solutions that are equivalent to the first ones.

Analiza comparativ realizat scoate n

eviden faptul c bionica constituie o surs
inepuizabil de soluii naturale, care pot
servi ca principii i structuri de rezolvare,
pentru cele mai diverse funcii din tehnica
modern

The comparative analysis highlights the fact

that the bionics represents a never-ending
source of natural solutions, that can serve
as solving principles and structures, for the
most diverse functions from the modern
technique.

Exemplele utilizate sunt prelucrate din

lucrarea [14], elaborat de naturalistul i
fizicianul german W. Nachtigall.

The examples used are processed from

[14], elaborated by the German naturalist
and physicist W. Nachtigall.

n fig. 6.38 sunt ilustrate, n paralel, 3 soluii

bionice i tot attea soluii tehnice
echivalente, destinate rezolvrii funciei de
tip prindere:
- n fig. 6.38,a este ilustrat piciorul din fa al
unui purece de cine (Clenocephalides
canis) care se prinde, de firul de pr din
blana cinelui, cu ajutorul unor crlige i
a unor pinteni, cu nclinare opus; n mod
similar, n tehnic (fig. 6.38,a1), se prinde
un cablu electric de perete, cu ajutorul unui
diblu cu cap-crlig;
- mandibulele ilustrate n fig. 6.38,b, cu
care
larva,
numit
leul
furnicilor
(Myrmeleon formicarius), prinde o furnicvictim, au ca echivalent tehnic un cletepatent (fig. 6.38,b1) pentru prinderea unor
obiecte diverse;

In Fig. 6.38 there are in parallel illustrated

three bionic solutions and three equivalent
technical solutions, meant to solve the
function of catching type:
- in Fig. 6.38,a it is illustrated the forefoot
of a dog flea (Clenocephalides canis)
which is hitching on the hair from the dog
fell with some hooks and some spurs,
with opposite inclinations; similarly, in
technique (Fig. 6.38,a1), an electrical
cable is hitching on the wall by means of
a dowel with a hook-head;
- the mandibles illustrated in Fig. 6.38,b,
with which the larva, called the ants lion
(Myrmeleon formicarius), catches an antvictim, have as technical equivalent an
universal pliers (Fig. 6.38,b1) for catching
different objects;

233

- cletele-penset din fig.6.38,c, situat pe

picioarele din fa ale femelelor unei
specii de viespe (Dryinide), permite
acestora s se prind de blana unui
animal gazd, pentru a-i depune oule
n pielea acestuia; n mod similar,
produsul tehnic, denumit port-pantaloni
cu clip (fig.6.38,c1), prinde o pereche de
pantaloni.

- the pincers-priers from Fig. 6.38,c,

situated on the forefeet of the females
from a specie of wasps (Dryinide), allow
them to hitch on the fell of a host animal,
to spawn eggs in its skin; similarly, the
technical product, called port-pants with
clip (Fig. 6.38,c1), catches a pair of
trousers.
In order to solve the function of nonpermanent joint type, a bionic solution and,
in parallel to it, the equivalent technical
solution, are illustrated in Fig. 6.39:
- in Fig. 6.39,a it is illustrated a sealed
system of zipper type, which allows the
joining of the water bedbugs wings (Plea
leachi), and in Fig. 6.39,a1 it is
exemplified a technical variant of a
modern zipper;
- in the schemes b and c, from Fig. 6.39,
there are detailed the rabbets and the
conjugated cavities of the bionic zipper
(from the water bedbugs wings), and in
schemes b1 and c1 there are illustrated in
detail the rabbets and the cavities from
the technical variant of zipper.

Pentru rezolvarea funciei de tip mbinare

nepermanent, n fig. 6.39 sunt ilustrate, n
paralel, o soluie bionic i o soluie tehnic
echivalent:
- n fig. 6.39,a este ilustrat un sistem de tip
fermoar etan, care permite mbinarea
aripilor unei plonie de ap (Plea
leachi), iar n fig. 6.39,a1 este
exemplificat o variant tehnic a unui
fermoar modern;
- n schemele b i c, din fig. 6.39, sunt
detaliate nuturile i golurile conjugate ale
fermoarului bionic (de pe aripile ploniei
de ap), iar n schemele b1 i c1 sunt
ilustrate detaliat nuturile i golurile
variantei tehnice de fermoar.
n fig. 3.40 sunt exemplificate 3 soluii
bionice, alturi de 3 soluii tehnice
echivalente, pentru rezolvarea funciei de tip
legtur mobil :
- policupla de translaie de tip coad de
rndunic, din fig. 6.40,a, ghideaz
micarea alternativ de translaie a unor
elemente de penetrare (de tip sabie), cu
care femelele unei specii de lcuste
(Enisfera) guresc solul pentru a-i
depune oule; o legtur mobil similar
(fig. 6.40,a1) este folosit n tehnic
pentru reglarea poziiei condensorului
unui microscop;
- legtura sferic, din fig. 6.40,b, cu care
viespea lupul
albinelor
(Philanthus
triangulus) i orienteaz organul senzorial
(cu o precizie micrometric), este similar
legturii sferice, din fig. 6.40,b1, cu care se
regleaz poziia unghiular a suportului
unui aparat de fotografiat;
- perii basculani de pe picioarele unor
plonie de ap (Corixidae), ilustrai n
fig. 6.40,c, se ridic n faza de propulsie
a piciorului n ap i coboar n faza de
revenire a acestuia; n mod analog
funcioneaz un comutator basculant
(fig. 6.40,c1) la nchiderea i deschiderea
unui circuit electric.

In Fig. 3.40 there are exemplified three

bionic solutions, near three equivalent
technical solutions meant to solve the
function of mobile joint type :
- the sliding poly-joint of dovetail type,
from Fig. 6.40,a, guides the alternative
sliding motion of some penetration
elements (of sword type) with which the
females of a specie of locusts (Enisfera)
cut through the ground and spawn their
eggs; a similar mobile link (Fig. 6.40,a1)
is used in technique for adjusting the
capacitor position in a microscope;
- the spherical joint from Fig. 6.40,b, with
which the bees wolf wasp (Philanthus
triangulus) is orienting the sensorial
organ (with a micrometric accuracy), is
similar to the spherical joint from
Fig. 6.40,b1, with which it is adjusted the
angular position of the photo camera
support;
- the tilting hair from a water bedbug feet
(Corixidae), which are illustrated in
Fig. 6.40,c, are lifted in the phase of the
foot propulsion in water and are getting
off in the return phase; analogue, it is
working a switch (Fig. 6.40,c1) when
opens or closes an electrical circuit.

234

a1

b1

c1

Fig. 6.38. Soluii bionice (a, b, c) i soluii tehnice echivalente (a1, b1, c1) pentru rezolvarea funciei
de tip prindere (prelucrare dup W. Cachtigall [14]).
Fig. 6.38. Bionic solutions (a, b, c) and equivalent technical solutions (a1, b1, c1) for solving the
function of catching type (processed after W. Cachtigall [14]).

235

a1

b1

c1

Fig. 6.39. Exemplu de soluie bionic (a, b, c) i de soluie tehnic echivalent (a1, b1, c1) pentru
rezolvarea funciei de tip mbinare nepermanent (prelucrare dup W. Cachtigall [14]).
Fig. 6.39. Example of bionic solution (a, b, c) and of equivalent technical solution (a1, b1, c1) for
solving the function of non-permanent joint type (processed after W. Cachtigall [14]).

236

a1

b1

c1

Fig. 6.40. Soluii bionice (a, b, c) i soluii tehnice echivalente (a1, b1, c1) pentru rezolvarea funciei
de tip legtur mobil (prelucrare dup W. Cachtigall [14]).
Fig. 6.40. Bionic solutions (a, b, c) and equivalent technical solutions (a1, b1, c1) for solving the
function of mobile joint type (processed after W. Cachtigall [14]).

237

a1

b1

c1

Fig. 6.41. Soluii bionice (a, b, c) i soluii tehnice echivalente (a1, b1, c1) pentru rezolvarea funciei
de tip ptrundere (prelucrare dup W. Cachtigall [14]).
Fig. 6.41. Bionic solutions (a, b, c) and equivalent technical solutions (a1, b1, c1) for solving the
function of penetration type (processed after W. Cachtigall [14]).

238

Soluiile bionice i soluiile tehnice echivalente, reprezentate n fig. 6.41, se refer la

rezolvarea funciei de tip ptrundere:

The bionic solutions and the equivalent

technical solutions that are represented in
Fig. 6.41, are referring to the resolution of
the function of penetration type:

- perforatorul din fig. 6.41,a, cu care

femela din specia denumit viespe a
lemnului (Sirex spec.) gurete lemnul
pentru a-i depune oule, este analog cu
arhaicul rapel (fig. 6.41,a1) utilizat la
gurirea lemnului; perforatorul de viespe
lucreaz numai prin translaie, spre
deosebire de rapel, care lucreaz
combinnd micarea de rotaie cu cea de
translaie;

- the perforator from Fig. 6.41,a, with

which the female from the specie called
the wood wasp (Sirex spec.) cuts the
wood through to spawn the eggs is
analogue
to
the
archaic
rasp
(Fig. 6.41,a1) that is used in drilling the
wood; the wasp perforator works only
through translation, unlike the rasp that
works combining the revolute and the
sliding motions;

- acul de albin, ilustrat n fig. 6.41,b, i

acul
de sering din fig. 6.41,b1
funcioneaz n mod similar;

- the bee sting, illustrated in Fig. 6.41,b,

and the syringe needle from Fig. 6.41,b1
work similarly;

- fierstrul dorsal (fig. 6.41,c), ntlnit la

viespea de plante Symphyta, i fierstrul
multifuncional al unui briceag (fig. 6.41,c1)
funcioneaz n mod asemntor.

- the dorsal saw (Fig. 6.41,c), met at the

plant wasp Symphyta, and the multifunctional saw from a clasp-knife
(Fig. 6.41,c1) work similarly.

Prin aceste exemple devine evident

necesitatea includerii bionicii ca o surs
primar de informaii, n gsirea de noi
principii de rezolvare pentru funciile
produselor tehnice moderne.

Through these examples it becomes

obvious the need of including bionics
between the primary sources of information
in finding new solving principles for the
functions of the modern technical products.

239

240

ANEXE
APPENDICES

241

242

A. ANEXE

A. APPENDICES

Aceast parte final cuprinde patru anexe cu

referire la: definirea principalelor noiuni de
baz (A.1), modelarea randamentului unitii
planetare (A.2), aplicat n capitolele 5 i 6,
modelarea reductorului planetar Vaucanson
(A.3), la care se face referire n capitolul 6, i
despre metoda TRIZ (A.4).

This final part contains four appendixes that

are referring to: definition of the main basic
notions (A.1), modeling of the efficiency of the
planetary gear (A.2), applied in chapters 5 and
6, modeling of the Vaucanson planetary
reducer (A.3), at which is referring chapter 6,
and on the TRIZ method (A.4).

ANEXA A.1. DEFINIREA

PRINCIPALELOR NOIUNI DE BAZ

APPENDIX A.1. DEFINING THE MAIN

BASIC NOTIONS

n definirea principalelor noiuni de baz

prezentate n continuare s-a inut seama de
literatura citat la bibliografie i de definiiile
existente n urmtoarele surse:

In defining the main basic notions that are

further presented, there were taken into
account the references and the definitions
from the following sources:

Dicionarul politehnic, Editura Tehnic,

Bucureti;

The Polytechnic Dictionary, Technical

Publishing House, Bucharest;

Mic dicionar enciclopedic, Editura

/tiinific i Enciclopedic, Bucureti;

The Small Encyclopedic Dictionary,

Scientific and Encyclopedic Publishing
House, Bucharest;

Lexiconul
tehnic
Tehnic, Bucureti;

Editura

The Romanian Technical Lexicon,

Technical Publishing House, Bucharest;

Lexikon Maschinenbau, VDI Verlag,

Dsseldorf;

Lexikon Maschinenbau, VDI Verlag,

Dsseldorf;

Bertelsmann Universal Lexikon, Bertelsmann Lexikon Verlag, Gtersloh.

Bertelsmann Universal Lexikon, Bertelsmann Lexikon Verlag, Gtersloh.

Wikipedia,
enciclopedia
www.wikipedia.org

Wikipedia,
the
free
www.wikipedia.org.

romn,

liber

encyclopedia

1. Produs:
creaie
uman,
destinat
satisfacerii unei nevoi sociale, care poate fi
modelat printr-un sistem deschis n care sunt
manipulate i/sau prelucrate entiti de tip:
material, energetic i/sau informaional.

1. Product: human creation, meant for

satisfying a social need, which can be modeled
through an open system in which there are
manipulated and/or processed entities of type:
material, energetic and/or informational.

2. Design Ingineresc [24]:

procesul de
design al unui sistem, component sau proces
n vederea satisfacerii unei anumite nevoi. Este
un proces decizional (adesea iterativ), n care
tiinele de baz, precum matematica i
tiinele inginereti, sunt aplicate cu scopul
convertirii unor resurse n vederea ndeplinirii
unui
anumit
obiectiv.
Ca
elemente
fundamentale ale procesului de design se
remarc: stabilirea obiectivelor i criteriilor,
sinteza, analiza, construcia, testarea i
evaluarea. Acest proces poate fi divizat n zece
pai, care includ: identificarea unei nevoi,
definirea problemei, efectuarea cercetrii,

2. Engineering
Design
[24]:
design
process of a system, component or process
to meet desired needs. It is a decisionmaking process (often iterative), in which the
basic
sciences,
mathematics
and
engineering sciences, are applied to convert
resources optimally to meet a stated
objective. Among the basic elements of this
process there are: the establishment of
objectives and criteria, synthesis, analysis,
construction, testing, and evaluation. This
process can be divided up into a ten-step
process, which includes: identifying a need,
defining the problem, conducting research,

243

rafinarea cercetrii, analiza criteriilor stabilite,

identificarea de soluii alternative, analiza
solutiilor posibile, luarea unei decizii,
prezentarea produsului, comunicarea i
vnzarea produsului. Acest proces nu este
general valabil pentru toi inginerii sau toate
procesele. n multe situaii, persoane
individuale pot realiza cu succes acest design
utiliznd doar cunotinele i experienele lor
personale.

narrowing the research, analyzing stated

criteria,
finding
alternative
solutions,
analyzing possible solutions, making a
decision, presenting the product, and
communicating and selling the product. This
process is not universal for all engineers or all
processes. Individuals utilize their personal
knowledge and experiences to follow the path
to design success.

3. Design de Produs (DP): proces de

proiectare, care pornete de la o nevoie
social i, folosind instrumente specifice de
proiectare,
stabilete
documentaia
produsului. Conform [24] DP poate fi definit
ca
generarea
de
idei,
dezvoltarea
conceptului, testarea, manufacturarea sau
implementarea unui obiect fizic sau serviciu.

3. Product Design (PD): process of design

which starts from a social need and, using the
engineering design tools, establishes the
product documentation. According to [24] PD
can be defined as the idea generation,
concept development, testing, manufacturing
or implementation of a physical object or
service.

4. Design Industrial (DI) [24]: art aplicat

prin care estetica i utilitatea produselor pot fi
mbuntite pentru comercializare i producie.
Rolul unui designer industrial este de a genera
i a pune n practic soluii de design racordate
la problemele de inginerie, marketing,
dezvoltare de brand i de vnzri. Potrivit
Societii de Design Industrial din America
(IDSA), "DI este serviciul profesional de
crearea i dezvoltarea conceptelor i
specificaiilor care optimizeaz funcia, valoarea
i aspectul produselor i sistemelor pentru
beneficiul
mutual
al
utilizatorului
i
productorului."

4. Industrial design (ID) [24]: applied art

whereby the aesthetics and usability of
products may be improved for marketability
and production. The role of an industrial
designer is to create and execute design
solutions towards problems of engineering,
marketing, brand development and sales.
According to the Industrial Design Society of
America (IDSA), "ID is the professional
service of creating and developing concepts
and specifications that optimize the function,
value and appearance of products and
systems for the mutual benefit of both user
and manufacturer."

5. Dezvoltare de Produs sau mai complet

Dezvoltare de Produse Noi (DPN) [19; 24]:
termen folosit n afaceri i inginerie pentru a
descrie procesul complet de a realiza un nou
produs (sau serviciu), pornind de la
identificarea oportunitii de pia pn la
producia, livrarea i vnzarea produsului.
Exist dou abordri paralele implicate n
procesul de DPN: a) implic o generare de
idei, design de produs, design de detaliere;
b) implic cercetare de pia i analize de
marketing. De obicei, companiile vd DPN-ul
prin prima abordare, cu referire la generarea
i comercializarea de noi produse n cadrul
procesului strategic general de gestionare a
ciclului de via al produselor aplicat pentru a
menine / crete cota de pia.

5. Product Development or more complete

New Product Development (NPD) [19; 24]:
term used in business and engineering to
describe the complete process of bringing a
new product (or service) from the market
opportunity perception to the product
production, sale and delivery. There are two
parallel approaches involved in the NPD
process: a) one involves the idea generation,
product design, and detail engineering; b) the
other involves market research and marketing
analysis. Usually companies see NPD as the
first
approach
in
generating
and
commercializing new products within the
overall strategic process of product life cycle
management used to maintain/grow their
market share.

244

6. Specificaia de Design a Produsului

(SDP) [2,17,18,19] sau Lista de cerine
[7,8,9,16,20]: document prin care nevoile i
dorinele clienilor, coroborate cu restriciile
privind mijloacele i resursele tehnice interne
i externe, restriciile sociale, concureniale,
organizatorice i legislative, restriciile legate
de politica i orientrile firmei etc., sunt
transpuse n condiii tehnice, economice, de
siguran i estetice, sub form unor obiective
de tip: cerine (obiective principale) i criterii de
evaluare (obiective secundare destinate
optimizrii obiectivelor principale). Conform
[24], SDP este o declaraie a ceea ce un
produs care nc-ne-proiectat este destinat s
fac. Prin SDP se asigur concordana dintre
proiectarea i dezvoltarea ulterioar a
produsului i nevoilor utilizatorilor.

6. Product Design Specification (PDS)

[2,17,18,19]
or
Requirements
List
[7,8,9,16,20]: document through which the
clients needs and whishes, corroborated with
the restrictions regarding the internal and
external technical means and
resources,
social, concurrent, organizing and legislative
restrictions, restrictions regarding the company
politics and orientations etc., are transposed in
technical, economical, safety and aesthetic
conditions as objectives of type: requirements
(main objectives) and evaluation criteria
(secondary objectives meant for the main
objectives optimization). According to [24], PDS
is a statement of what a not-yet-designed
product is intended to do. Its aim is to ensure
that the subsequent design and development of
a product meets the needs of the user.

SDP nu este limitat la funcia pe care produsul

este proiectat s o realizeze. Sunt considerate
diverse aspecte, cum ar fi: de performan (de
exemplu,
viteza,
putere);
greutate
i
dimensiuni; mediul de operare (n timpul
depozitare, transport, instalare i utilizare);
costul int; aspect, ergonomie; sperana de
via a produsului; eliminarea la sfritul vieii;
aspecte de siguran; standarde sau coduri de
practic industrial; brevete existente n
domeniul specific; dimensiunea produciei;
aspecte de ntreinere care pot fi aplicate
produsului; timpul preconizat de lansare pe
pia. SDP este o specificare a ceea ce se cere
i nu reprezint specificaia (caietul de sarcini
al) produsului nsui. Descrierea produsului real
este realizat prin specificaia tehnic, dup
ce produsul a fost complet proiectat.

A PDS is not limited to the function the product

is designed to perform. It will consider issues as
diverse as: Performance (e.g. speed, power);
Weight and size; Operating environment
(during storage, transport, installation and use);
Target cost; Appearance; Ergonomic issues;
Life expectancy of the product; End-of-life
disposal; Safety issues; Standards or industry
codes of practice; Existing patents in the
specific area; Quantity of production;
Maintenance that may be available to the
product; Intended time of market release. The
PDS is a specification of what is required but
not the specification of the product itself.
Describing the actual product is done in the
technical specification, once the product has
been designed.

7. Analiza Funcional-Calitativ (AFC)

[24]: o metoda de convertire a cerinelor
utilizatorului n elemente ale calitatii de
proiectare, de implementare de funcii
referitoare la calitate i de metode pentru
realizarea calitii de proiectare pentru
subsisteme i componente, precum i pentru
elementele specifice din procesul de
fabricaie. Prin utilizarea unui instrument
matriceal, numit Casa Calitii, metoda AFC,
permite designerilor s se concentreze
asupra caracteristicilor unui produs/serviciu
nou sau existent din punctul de vedere al
segmentelor de pia, al companiei sau al
nevoilor de dezvoltare tehnologic.

7. Quality Function Deployment (QFD) [24]:

a method to transform user demands into
design quality, to deploy the functions forming
quality, and to deploy methods for achieving
the design quality into subsystems and
component parts, and ultimately to specific
elements of the manufacturing process. Using
a matrix tool, named House of Quality, QFD
can focus planners on characteristics of a new
or existing product or service from the
viewpoints of market segments, company, or
technology-development needs.

245

QFD ajuta la transformarea nevoilor clientului

(vocea clientului [VOC]) n caracteristici
inginereti (i metode adecvate de testare)
pentru un produs sau un serviciu, prioritizarea
caracteristicilor produsului/ serviciului n
paralel cu stabilirea obiectivelor de dezvoltare
pentru produs/serviciu. Casa calitii [24] este
un instrument matriceal pentru definirea
relaiilor
dintre
dorinele
clientului
i
capabalitatea
firmei/produsului;
aceasta
folosete o matrice de planificare pentru a
corela ceea ce dorete clientul cu modalitatea
n care o firm urmeaz s ndeplineasc
aceste dorine.

QFD helps transform customer needs (the

voice of the customer [VOC]) into engineering
characteristics (and appropriate test methods)
for a product or service, prioritizing each
product or service characteristic while
simultaneously setting development targets for
product or service. House of Quality [24] is a
matrix tool for defining the relationship between
customer desires and the firm/product
capabilities; it utilizes a planning matrix to relate
what the customer wants to how a firm is going
to meet those wants.

8. Design conceptual: faza a procesului de

design de produs, care pornete de la o lista
de cerine (sau specificaia de design a
produsului) i genereaz, cu ajutorul unor
metode, ghiduri i baze de date specifice,
variante conceptuale dintre care, prin
evaluare, se identific conceptul produsului;
acest rezultat (numit i soluie conceptual
sau soluie de principiu a produsului) este,
uzual, redat printr-o ilustrare grafic
simplificat a structurii produsului i constituie
punctul de plecare al designului constructiv.

8. Conceptual design: the phase of the

product design process, which starts from a
requirements' list (or product design
specification) and, based on certain specific
methods, guidelines and database, generates
conceptual variants and, by their evaluation,
identifies the product concept; this result (also
named conceptual solution or principle
solution of the product) is usually a simplified
graphical representation of the product
structure configuration and is the start point of
the embodiment design.

9. Funcie: corelaie (operaie) realizat de

un produs ntre caracteristicile entitilor sale
de intrare i cele de ieire (aceeai funcie
poate fi ndeplinit de produse diferite).
Exemple de funcii:

9. Function: correlation (operation) made by

a product between the characteristics of its
input and output entities (different products
can fulfill the same function). Examples of
functions:

a) stocare sau depozitare = pstrarea

nemodificat a locului (poziiei), naturii i
parametrilor de stare ale unei entiti
materiale, energetice sau informaionale;

a) stockage or storage = the unmodified

maintenance of the place (position), nature
and state parameters of a material,
energetic or informational entity;

b) modificare = pstrarea invariant a naturii cu

schimbarea unor mrimi de stare;

b) modification = keeping invariant the nature

with the change of the state parameters;

c) transformare = schimbarea naturii i implicit

a mrimilor de stare etc. (v. tab. 2.3).

c) transformation = changing of nature and of

state parameters, implicitly etc. (see Table
2.3).

10. Subfuncie: funcie din componenta

unei funcii compuse (complexe); poate fi
principal sau secundar.

10. Sub-function: a function from a complex

function structure; it can be principal or
secondary.

11. Structura unei funcii compuse:

reprezentare abstract (de tip descriptiv sau
simbolic) care evidentiaz subfunciile
componente i conexiunile dintre acestea, cu
precizarea intrrilor i ieirilor funciei
compuse.

11. Structure of an overall function:

abstract representation (of descriptive or
symbolic type) that highlights the component
sub-functions and the connections between
them, with the specification of the composed
function inputs and outputs.

246

12. Efect: manifestare (fizic, chimic etc.)

care poate fi reprodus i descris (cantitativ
sau calitativ) printr-o lege sau printr-un
principiu natural (ex.: efectul de prghie,
efectul de pan etc.).

12. Effect: manifestation (physical, chemical

etc.) that can be reproduced and described
(quantitatively or qualitatively) through a law
or a natural principle (ex.: lever effect, key
effect etc.).

13. Purttor de efect: sistem material care,

pentru o anumit configuraie geometricocinematic, poate produce efectul considerat.

13. Effect carrier: material system that can

produce the considered effect for a certain
geometrical-kinematical configuration.

14. Principiu de rezolvare sau principiu de

lucru: un efect care, printr-o configurare
adecvat a purttorului de efect, poate
rezolva o anumit subfuncie.

14. Solving principle or working principle:

an effect that can solve a certain subfunction, through an adequate effect carrier
configuration.

15. Matrice
morfologic:
ordonare
tabelar, a subfunciilor i soluiilor pariale
aferente acestora, care permite compunerea
combinatorie a acestor soluii, n conformitate
cu structura de subfuncii a funciei compuse.

15. Morphological matrix: tabular ordering,

of component sub-functions and their afferent
partial solutions, which allows the combinatory
composition of these partial solutions, according
to the structure of the composed function.

16. Variant de rezolvare sau variant de

lucru: rezultatul compunerii compatibile a
unei combinaii de soluii pariale, din
matricea morfologic, care ndeplinete
calitativ toate cerinele din list.

16. Solving variant or working variant: the

result of the compatible composition of a
combination of partial solutions, from the
morphological matrix, which can fulfill certainly
all the requirements from the list qualitatively.

17. Variant conceptual sau structur de

lucru: variant de rezolvare care ndeplinete
toate cerinele din list, att calitativ ct i
cantitativ.

17. Conceptual
variant
or
working
structure: solving variant that fulfills all the
requirements from the list, both qualitatively
and quantitatively.

18. Evaluarea variantelor conceptuale:

atribuirea unui punctaj pentru fiecare variant
conceptual, n funcie de gradul de
ndeplinire al fiecrui criteriu de evaluare n
parte, i ordonarea tuturor variantelor
conceptuale, pe baza punctajului total obinut
(de fiecare dintre acestea). Se deosebesc
dou tipuri de evaluare: grosier (cnd
criteriile de evaluare sunt considerate de
egal importan) i fin (cnd criteriile de
evaluare sunt difereniate ntre ele prin
coeficieni de importan inegali).

18. Evaluation
of
the
Conceptual
Variants: assigning of points to each
conceptual variant, for the degree of
fulfillment of each evaluation criterion, and
ordering of all conceptual variants on the
basis of the total score obtained by each of
them. Two types of evaluation are
highlighted: rough (when the evaluation
criteria are considered of equal importance)
and fine (when the evaluation criteria are
differentiated through unequal importance
coefficients).

19.
Soluia
de
principiu,
soluia
conceptual sau conceptul produsului:
varianta conceptual situat pe primul loc, n
urma ordonrii variantelor conceptuale prin
evaluare.

19. Principle
solution,
conceptual
solution or product concept: conceptual
variant placed on the first place after the
conceptual variants ordering by evaluation.

20. Design
Constructiv
(DC):
faza
procesului de design de produs care pornete
de
la
conceptul
unui
produs

20. Embodiment Design (ED): the phase of

the product design process which starts from
a product concept (or principle solution

247

(sau soluia de principiu) i, pe baza unor

anumite norme, principii i ghiduri specifice,
realizeaz proiectul definitiv (care constituie
punctul de plecare in designul de detaliu). DC
poate fi mprit n cteva activiti principale
[2]: 1) Arhitectura Produsului (n care se
realizeaz gruparea modulelor produsului);
2) Design de Configurare (n care se
realizeaz designul pieselor speciale i
selecia componentelor tipizate); 3) Design
Parametric (n care se determin toate
caracteristicile
pieselor
componente:
dimensiuni, tolerane etc.); 4) Design
Industrial (n care produsul este abordat n
primul rnd din punctul de vedere al esteticii
vizuale); 5) Designul Factorilor Umani;
6) Design pentru Mediu; 7) Prototipare i
Testare; 8) Design pentru X.

of a product) and, based on certain specific

rules, principles and guidelines, achieves the
product definitive layout (which is the start
point of the detail design). ED can be divided
in some main activities [2]: 1) Product
Architecture (in which, the product modules
grouping is achieved); 2) Configuration
Design (in which, the special parts design
and standard components selection are
made); 3) Parametric Design (in which there
are determined all features of the component
parts:
dimensions,
tolerances
etc.);
4) Industrial Design (in which, the product
visual aesthetics is firstly approached);
5) Human Factors Design; 6) Design for
the Environment; 7) Prototyping and
Testing; 8) Design for X.

21. Prototipare [24]: proces de realizare

rapid a unui model de lucru (un prototip), n
scopul de a testa anumite aspecte ale
designului, de a ilustra idei sau proprieti i de
a decela viitorul feedback al utilizatorilor.
Prototiparea este adesea tratat ca o parte
integrant a procesului de design, ca metod
eficient de reducere a riscului i costului
proiectului. Adesea, unul sau mai multe
prototipuri sunt realizate ntr-un proces iterativ
i incremental de dezvoltare, n care fiecare
prototip este influenat de performana
proiectelor anterioare; n acest mod, pot fi
corectate multe deficiene de design. Cnd
prototipul este suficient de rafinat i confirm
caracteristicile de funcionalitate, robustee,
prelucrabilitate i alte obiective de proiectare,
produsul este validat pentru producie.

21. Prototyping [24]: the process of quickly

putting together a working model (a
prototype) in order to test various aspects of
a design, illustrate ideas or features and
gather early user feedback. Prototyping is
often treated as an integral part of the system
design process, where it is believed to reduce
project risk and cost. Often one or more
prototypes are made in a process of iterative
and incremental development where each
prototype is influenced by the performance of
previous designs, in this way, problems or
deficiencies in design can be corrected.
When the prototype is sufficiently refined and
meets
the
functionality,
robustness,
manufacturability and other design goals, the
product is ready for production.

22. Design pentru X (DfX) [24]: sub aceast

denumire se regsete o colecie ampl de
ghiduri specifice de design. Ghidurile de
design propun de obicei o abordare i
metode corespunztoare care pot ajuta
generarea i aplicarea de cunotine tehnice
n scopul de a controla, a mbunti sau
chiar de a inventa unele caracteristici
particulare ale unui produs.

22. Design for X (DfX) [24]: under this

label, a wide collection of specific design
guidelines are summarized. The design
guidelines itself propose usually an approach
and corresponding methods that may help to
generate and apply technical knowledge in
order to control, improve, or even to invent
particular characteristics of a product.

n acest scop, n continuare sunt enumerate cteva

exemple de ghiduri de design. Metodologiile DfX se
adreseaz unor diferite probleme care pot aprea ntr-o
faz a ciclului de via al produsului: a) Faza de
dezvoltare: a1. Reguli de design cu: reguli de baz ale
Designului Constructiv: Claritate, Simplitate, Siguran;
a2. Procesul de organizare cu: Proiectare pentru
reducerea timpului de lansare pe pia;

For this purpose, examples of design guidelines are

listed in the following. DfX methodologies addresses
different issues that may occur in a phase of a Product
life cycle: a) Development Phase: a1. Design rules
with: Basic Rules of Embodiment Design: Clarity,
Simplicity, Safety; a2. Organizational Process with:
Design for Short Time to market;

248

a3. Sistemul de design, testare i validare cu: Design

pentru fiabilitate; Design pentru testare; Design pentru
sigurana; Design pentru calitate; Design mpotriva
distrugerii prin coroziune; Design pentru risc minim;
b) Faza de producie: b1. Reguli de Design cu: Design
pentru cost; Design pentru standarde; b2. Ghiduri de
Design cu: Design pentru asamblare; Design pentru
manufacturare; Design pentru logistic; b3. Situaii
specifice cu: Design pentru ansambluri electronice;
Design pentru producia de serie mic; c) Faza de
utilizare: c1. Prin orientare ctre client cu: Design
pentru uurina utilizrii; Design pentru ergonomie;
Design pentru estetic; c2. Dup vnzare cu: Design
pentru servisare; Design pentru ntreinere; d) Faza de
eliminare cu: d1. Design pentru Mediu; d2. Design
pentru reciclare; Design pentru dezasamblare.

a3. System Design, Testing & Validation with: Design

for reliability; Design For Test; Design for safety; Design
for quality; Design Against Corrosion Damage; Design
for Minimum Risk; b) Production Phase: b1. Design
Rules with: Design to cost; Design to standards; b2.
Design Guidelines with: Design for assembly; Design
for manufacturability; Design for logistics; b3. Specific
situations with: Design for Electronic Assemblies;
Design for Low-Quantity Production; c) Utilization
Phase: c1. User focused with: Design for userFriendliness; Design for Ergonomics; Design for
Aesthetics; c2. After Sales focused with: Design for
Serviceability; Design for Maintainability; d) Disposal
Phase with: d1. Design for Environment; d2. Design for
Recycling; Design for Disassembly.

23. Design pentru Mediu (DfE) [24]: un

concept general care se refer la o varietate
de metode de design, prin care se ncearc
reducerea impactului global de mediu al unui
produs, proces sau serviciu, considernd
impactul asupra mediului generat n ntreg
ciclul su de via. Evaluarea ciclului de
via (LCA) este utilizat pentru a prognoza
impactul unor variante diferite ale produsului
n cauz, dnd astfel posibilitatea de a alege
pe cel mai ecologic. Designerii dispun de o
gam larg de instrumente software pentru
optimizarea de produse (sau procese/
servicii). Design-ul pentru Mediu include mai
multe abordri subsidiare, cum ar fi Design-ul
pentru dezasamblare (n vederea reciclrii).

23. Design for Environment (DfE) [24]: a

general concept that refers to a variety of
design approaches that attempt to reduce the
overall environmental impact of a product,
process or service, where environmental
impacts are considered across its life cycle.
Life cycle assessment (LCA) is employed to
forecast the impacts of different (production)
alternatives of the product in question, thus
being able to choose the environmentally
friendliest. Different software tools have been
developed to assist designers in finding
optimized products (or processes/services).
Design for Environment includes several
subsidiary approaches, such as Design for
Disassembly (to facilitate recycling).

24. Reciclarea [24] implic procesarea

materialelor utilizate i integrarea lor n
produse noi, ceea ce previne pierderea unor
materiale potential folositoare, reduce
consumul de materii prime noi, reduce
consumul de energie, reduce poluarea
aerului (prin incinerare) i poluarea apei (prin
depozitare) prin reducerea nevoii de
eliminare a deeurilor "convenionale" i
reducerea emisiilor de gaze cu efect de ser.
Reciclarea este o component cheie a
sistemului modern de gestionare a deeurilor,
fiind a treia component n ierarhia
"Reducere,
Refolosire,
Reciclare"
a
deeurilor.

24. Recycling [24] involves processing used

materials into new products in order to
prevent waste of potentially useful materials,
reduce the consumption of fresh raw
materials, reduce energy usage, reduce air
pollution (from incineration) and water
pollution (from landfilling) by reducing the
need for "conventional" waste disposal, and
lower greenhouse gas emissions as
compared to virgin production. Recycling is a
key
component
of
modern
waste
management and is the third component of
the "Reduce, Reuse, Recycle" waste
hierarchy.

25. Design de Detaliu (DD): faza a procesului

de design de produs, care pornete de la
proiectul definitiv al unui produs i, pe baza
anumitor norme specifice, principii, metode i
ghiduri, realizeaz documentaia produsului
(care este punctul de plecare al fazei de
fabricaie).

25. Detail Design (DD): the phase of the

product design process which starts from a
product definitive layout and, based on
certain specific rules, principles, methods and
guidelines,
accomplishes
the
product
documentation (which is the start point of the
manufacture phase).

249

26. Tipuri de proiectare n raport cu

noutatea. Conform [2, 16], n funcie de
noutate, pot fi deosebite urmtoarele tipuri de
design: a) Design original sau inovator (care
utilizeaz un concept inovator/ original pentru a
satisface o nevoie social); b) Design adaptiv
sau de sintez (cnd o soluie cunoscut este
adaptat pentru a atinge o alt nevoie i pentru
a produce o serie de aplicaii noi; de obicei,
acest design implic sinteza); c) Design
variant (de tip variant) sau redesign (atunci
cnd anumii parametrii de proiectare sunt
modificai sau anumite pri ale produsului
trebuie s fie restructurate din motive
tehnologice sau de rezisten); d) Design de
selecie (care selecteaz din cataloage de
firm acele componente ale produsului care
corespund ca performan i cost).

26. Design
Types
versus
novelty.
According to [2; 16], depending on novelty,
the following types of design can be
distinguished: a) Original or innovative
design (which uses an innovative/original
concept to satisfy a social need); b) Adaptive
or synthesis design (when a known solution
is adapted to achieve another need and to
produce a new applications; usually, this
design involves synthesis); c) Variant design
or redesign (when some of the design
parameters are modified or certain product
parts must be redesigned from technological
or resistance reasons); d) Selection design
(which selects the product parts with suitable
performance and costs from the firm
catalogs).

27. Ingineria Invers (IngInv) [24]: procesul

de identificare a principiilor unui dispozitiv,
obiect sau sistem prin analiza structurii, funciei
i funcionrii acestuia. Adesea, pornind de la
un produs izolat (un dispozitiv mecanic/
electronic sau un program software), se
analizeaz n detaliu funcionarea, pentru a
folosi informaiile n ntreinere sau pentru a
realiza un nou produs cu aceeai funcie, fr a
copia ceva din produsul original.

27. Reverse Engineering (RE) [24]: the

process of discovering the principles of a device,
object or system through analysis of its structure,
function and operation. It often involves taking
something (e.g. mechanical device, electronic
component, or software program) apart and
analyzing its workings in detail to be used in
maintenance, or to try to make a new device or
program that does the same thing without
copying anything from the original.

Motivarea IngInv (cteva exemple relevante):

a) Documentaie pierdut: ingineria invers se aplic
adesea n cazul pierderii documentaiei unui dispozitiv
(sau nu a fost scris), iar persoana care l-a construit nu
mai este disponibil. Circuitele integrate pot fi de multe
ori proiectate pentru sistemele particulare, nvechite,
ceea ce nseamn c singura modalitate de a ncorpora
funcionalitatea ntr-o nou tehnologie este de a aplica
ingineria invers asupra cipului existent i apoi redesignul acestuia. b) nvare: nva din greelile altora.
S nu faci aceleai greeli pe care alii le-au fcut deja.
c) Inteligen tehnic competitiv (a neleage c
adesea concurena face exact invers fa de ceea ce
declar). d) nvare din cercetri recente ale
concurenei prin capturarea i demontarea unui prototip.
Conform [15], n urma IngInv, pot fi explorate noi
concepte de produse pe baza uneia dintre formele de
design: variant (parametric), adaptiv i original; aceste
forme, aplicate dup IngInv, sunt numite redesign.

Motivation of RE (some main examples): a) Lost

documentation: Reverse engineering often is done
because the documentation of a particular device has
been lost (or was never written), and the person who built
it is no longer available. Integrated circuits often seem to
have been designed on obsolete, proprietary systems,
which means that the only way to incorporate the
functionality into new technology is to reverse-engineer
the existing chip and then re-design it. b) Learning:
Learn from others mistakes. Do not make the same
mistakes that others have already made. c) Competitive
technical intelligence (understand what your competitor
is actually doing versus what they say they are doing). d)
Learning about a competitor's latest research by
capturing a prototype and dismantling it. According to
[15], after RE, new product concepts can be explored
using one of the three design types: variant (parametric)
design, adaptive design and original design; these design
forms, applied after RE, are named redesign.

28. Analiza Modular a Funciei (AMF) [24]:

metod
sistematic
i
procedur
de
modularizare a unui produs. Se compune din
cinci etape majore. Aceasta ncepe cu o
analiz funcional-calitativ (AFC) pentru a
stabili cerinele clientului i a identifica cerinele
importante de design, cu accent preponderent
pe modularitate.

28. Modular Function Deployment (MFD)

[24]: a systematic method and procedure for
product modularisation. It consists of five
major steps. It starts with Quality Function
Deployment (QFD) analysis to establish
customer requirements and to identify
important design requirements with a special
emphasis on modularity.

250

Cerinele funcionale ale produsului sunt

analizate i apoi sunt decelate soluii tehnice.
Aceast prim etap este urmat de
generarea sistematic i selecia conceptelor
modulare, n care este folosit Matricea de
Indicare a Modulelor (MIM) pentru a identifica
modulele
posibile
prin
examinarea
interdependenelor ntre "modulele cheie" i
soluiile tehnice. MIM furnizeaz, de
asemenea, un mecanism de investigare a
posibilitilor de a integra mai multe funcii n
module unicat. n acest mod pot fi estimate
efectele ateptate prin redesign, evaluarea
putnd fi efectuat pentru fiecare concept
modular. MIM poate fi apoi extins i pentru
identificarea
de
oportuniti
viznd
mbuntirea ulterioar a modulelor unicat.

The functional requirements on the product

are analyzed and technical solutions are
selected. This is followed by systematic
generation and selection of modular
concepts, in which the Module Indication
Matrix (MIM) is used to identify possible
modules by examining the interrelationships
between module drivers and technical
solutions. MIM also provides a mechanism for
investigating opportunities of integrating
multiple functions into single modules. The
expected effects of the redesign can be
estimated and an evaluation can be carried
out for each modular concept. The Module
Indication Matrix is then re-used to identify
opportunities for further improvements to the
single modules.

29. Main: sistem tehnic a crei structur

cuprinde, de regul:

29. Machine: technical system

structure contains, as a rule:

- cel puin un motor (main de for de tip

motor), care transform o form oarecare
de energie n energie mecanic;

- at least a motor (a prime mover of motor

type) that transforms a certain form of
energy in mechanical energy;

- cel puin un efector, care transform energia

mecanic primit n lucru mecanic util,
specific procesului tehnologic (un efector
poate s fie o main de lucru sau o main
de for de tip generator);

- at least an effector that transforms the

received mechanical energy in effective
work, specific to the technological process
(an effector can be a producer or a prime
mover of generator type);

- un mecanism (o transmisie) care transmite

energia mecanic de la motoare la
efectoare, cu sau fr modificarea
parametrilor de stare.

- a mechanism (a transmission) that

transmits mechanical energy from motors
to effectors, with or without the state
parameters changing.

30. Main de for: sistem tehnic care

transform natura energiei, dintr-o form n
alta, dintre care, n mod obligatoriu, una este
de natur mecanic:

30. Prime mover: technical system that

transforms the energy nature, from a form
into another, between which one is of
mechanical nature:

whose

dac energia mecanic este energie de

ieire, maina de for este denumit
motor; n funcie de energia de intrare,
motorul poate fi: electric, hidraulic,
pneumatic, eolian, termic sau nuclear;

if the mechanical energy is the output

energy, the prime mover is called motor;
in terms of the input energy, the motor
can be: electric, hydraulic, pneumatic,
aeolian, thermal or nuclear;

dac energia mecanic este energie de

intrare, maina de for este denumit
generator; n funcie de energia de ieire,
generatorul poate fi: electric, hidraulic etc.

if the mechanical energy is the input

energy, the prime mover is called
generator; in terms of the output energy,
the generator can be: electric, hydraulic etc.

31. Main de lucru: sistem tehnic care

transform energia mecanic primit n lucru
mecanic util, specific unui anumit proces
tehnologic (care poate fi de prelucrare sau de
transport / deplasare).

31. Producer (effector): technical system

that transforms the received mechanical
energy in effective work, specific to a certain
technological process (that can be a treating
or transport/motion process).

251

32. Mecanism: sistem tehnic deschis (cu cel

puin o intrare i cel puin o ieire), format din
corpuri rezistente cu legturi mobile, care
transmite determinat (desmodrom) energia
mecanic de la intrri la ieiri, cu sau fr
modificarea mrimilor de stare: turaiemoment i/sau vitez liniar-for (corp
rezistent = corp solid sau fluid capabil s
transmit for).

32. Mechanism: open technical system

(with at least one input and one output),
consisting of resistant bodies with joints that
transmits determinately (desmodrom) the
mechanical energy from inputs to outputs,
with or without the modification of the state
parameters: speed-torque and/or speed-force
(resistant body = solid or fluid body able to
transmit force).

Se deosebesc:
- mecanisme de for sau transmisii
mecanice: mecanisme al cror obiectiv
principal este realizarea unor corelaii
impuse ntre mrimile de stare ale
fluxurilor energetice de intrare i de
ieire;

There are highlighted:

- power mechanisms or mechanical
transmissions: mechanisms whose main
objective is to obtain some imposed
correlations
between
the
state
parameters of the input and output
energetic flows;

mecanisme cinematice: mecanisme n

care forele sunt neglijabile;

kinematical mechanisms: mechanisms in

which the forces are neglected;

mecanisme de ghidare: mecanisme al

cror obiectiv principal este realizarea
unor dependene impuse ntre mrimile
de stare ale fluxurilor energetice de
intrare i ghidarea (poziionarea i
orientarea) unui anumit element; uneori,
ghidarea elementului se reduce la
poziionarea unui punct;

guiding mechanisms: mechanisms whose

main objective is to obtain imposed
dependencies
between
the
state
parameters of the input energetic flows
and guiding (positioning and orientation)
of a certain element; sometimes, the
element guiding can be reduced to a point
positioning;

mecanisme
de
prindere-strngere
(mecanisme-dispozitiv): mecanisme care
n faza de prindere au fore neglijabile, iar
n faza de strngere au micri relative
reduse, care devin nule dup atingerea
forei necesare de strngere.

gripping
mechanisms
(devicemechanisms): mechanisms that in the
catching phase have negligible forces,
and in the gripping phase have reduced
relative motions that become null after the
necessary gripping force is reached.

33. Dispozitiv: sistem tehnic format din

corpuri rezistene cu legturi mobile,
caracterizat prin micri relative determinate
(n general, limitate) care devin nule n timpul
serviciului (ndeplinirii funciei); se deosebesc
dispozitive de: centrare, prelucrare, fixare,
amortizare, remorcare etc.

33. Device: technical system consisting of

resistant bodies with joints, characterized
through determined relative motions (limited,
generally) that become null in the service
time (while the function is fulfilled); there are
highlighted devices: centering, processing,
fixing, amortization, warping etc.

34. Aparat: sistem tehnic a crui funcie

principal se refer la manipularea i/sau
prelucrarea de energie, materie sau
informaie, dar fr mijlocirea lucrului
(stereo)mecanic, care este specific sistemelor
tehnice de tip mecanism i respectiv main
de for i -de lucru (stereo = prefix cu
semnificaia: de volum, n relief, solid).
Ca urmare, aparatele pot fi grupate n:

34. Apparatus: technical system whose

main function is referring to the manipulation
and/or processingof energy, material or
information, but without the help of
mechanical work that is specific to the
technical systems of mechanism and prime
mover nature, respectively. Therefore, the
apparatuses can be gathered in:

252

Aparate pentru energie (exemple: ntreruptorul electric, transformatorul electric,

cazanul cu aburi, paratrsnetul, arztorul,
gazogenul, reoul etc.);

Apparatus for energy (examples: electric

switch, electric transformer, steam boiler,
lightning rod, gas burner, gas-generator,
hot plate etc.);

Aparate pentru materiale (exemple:

filtrele, carburatoarele, distilatoarele etc.);

Apparatus for materials (examples:

absorbers, carburetor, distiller, etc.);

Aparate pentru informaie (exemple:

microfonul, radioreceptorul, semnalizatoarele, ampermetru, voltmetru, telefonul,
antenele etc.).

Apparatus for information (examples:

microphone,
radio-receptor,
signaler,
ammeter, voltmeter, telephone, antenna
etc.).

35. Instrument tehnic: sistem tehnic, de tip

aparat de prelucrare a informaiei, destinat
observrii, msurrii i/sau controlului unor
mrimi; se deosebesc instrumente: optice,
termice, acustice, magnetice, electrice,
mecanice etc.

35. Technical instrument: an apparatus for

processing the information, meant for
observing, measuring and/or controlling some
parameters;
there
are
highlighted
instruments: optical, thermal, acoustic,
magnetic, electric, mechanical etc.

36. Instrument muzical: aparat de

prelucrare a informaiei destinat conversiei
notelor muzicale n sunete muzicale.

36. Musical instrument: an apparatus for

processing the information, meant for converting
the musical notes in musical sounds.

37. Unealt: Obiect (de tip pies sau de tip

dispozitiv)
destinat
prelucrrii
i/sau
manipulrii unui material solid, prin contact
direct; partea activ a unei unelte, care vine
n contact direct cu materialul de prelucrat
sau manipulat, este numit scul.

37. Utensil: Object (of piece type or device

type)
meant
for
processing
and/or
manipulating a solid material, through direct
contact; the tool active part, which is in direct
contact with the material to be processed or
manipulated is called tool.

253

ANEXA A.2. MODELAREA

RANDAMENTULUI UNITII
PLANETARE MONOMOBILE

APPENDIX A.2. EFFICIENCY

MODELING OF THE MONOMOBILE
PLANETARY UNIT

n aceast anex sunt stabilite relaiile de

calcul utilizate n capitolele 5 i 6 pentru
determinarea randamentului reductoarelor
planetare, formate dintr-o unitate planetar
monomobil (M = 1). Aceste relaii se
stabilesc cu ajutorul exemplului ilustrat n
fig. A.2.1, n care sunt reprezentate:

In this appendix there are established the

relations used in chapters 5 and 6 for
establishing the efficiency of the planetary
reducers, consisting of a 1 DOF planetary
unit / gear set (M = 1). These relations are
established by means of the example from
Fig. A.2.1, in which there are represented:

schema structural i schema bloc ale unei

uniti planetare monomobile (fig. A.2.1,a i
b) i

the structural scheme and the block

scheme of a 1 DOF planetary gear set
(Fig. A.2.1,a and b) and

schemele mecanismului cu axe fixe

(fig. A.2.1,c i d), rezultat din unitatea
plantar prin inversiunea micrii fa de
braul H (care const n aplicarea unei
viteze unghiulare H, ntregii uniti
planetare).

the schemes of the fixed axes mechanism

(Fig. A.2.1,c and d), resulted from the
planetary gear set by inverting the motion
vs. the carrier H (which consists in
applying an angular velocity H, to the
whole planetary gear set).
2

0
H3 =
=
3H
13

13
H3 =
= 1H

H3

H3 H3 = 0

H 3
T3

T1
1

TH

T1

(TH)
H=0
1
(z1=20)

T3

3=0
a

3 (z3=80)

c
TH

TH

H3
13
H3 =
= 1H

H
1
1
T1

M=1
L= 2

3=0
T3

T1

HH = 0

H=
0
H3=
0
=
3H
M=1 3
L=2
T3

Fig. A.2.1,a i b. Exemplu de unitate planetar monomobil, cu 2 roi centrale (1 i 3) i satelit

simplu (2): schem structural (a) i schem bloc (b); c i d. Unitatea cu axe fixe derivat din unitatea
planetar prin inversiunea micrii fa de braul H: schem structural (c) i schem bloc (d).
Fig. A.2.1,a and b. Example of a 1 DOF planetary gear set/unit, with 2 sun gears (1 and 3) and
a simple satellite (2): structural scheme (a) and block scheme (b); c and d. Fixed axes gear train,
derived from the planetary gear set by inverting the motion vs. the carrier H: structural scheme (c) and
block scheme (d).

254

Formularea
problemei:
Cunoscnd
randamentul interior i raportul cinematic
interior
ale
unitii
planetare
(adic
randamentul i raportul mecanismului cu axe
fixe asociat prin inversiunea micrii):

Problem formulation: knowing the interior

efficiency and the interior transmission ratio of
the planetary gear set (meaning the efficiency
and the ratio of the associated fixed axes
mechanism obtained by inverting the motion):

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0,972 = 0,94,

0 = H1,3 = H1,2H2,3 = 0.972 = 0.94,

i0 = i

H
1,3

= 1,H /3,H = z3/z1 = 80/20 = 4, (A.2.1)

i0 = i

H
1,3

= 1,H /3,H = z3/z1 = 80/20 = 4, (A.2.1)

se cere s se stabileasc randamentele

unitii planetare, n cele dou situaii posibile
de funcionare: 31,H = ? i 3H,1 = ?

it is requested to establish the efficiencies of

the planetary gear set in two possible
functional situations: 31,H = ? and 3H,1 = ?

Stabilirea acestor randamente se efectueaz n

urmtoarele premise:

The settlement of these efficiencies is made

under the following premises:

a) se consider numai pierderile prin frecare

din angrenaje, neglijndu-se frecrile din
cuplele de rotaie (care uzual sunt
realizate prin rulmeni);

a) there are considered only the losses due

to friction from gear pairs, neglecting the
frictions from the revolute joints (that are
usually made through ball bearings);

b) se neglijeaz efectele ineriale (unitatea

planetar funcioneaz n regim staionar
i are S 2 satelii n paralel, care se
echilibreaz reciproc); ca urmare, prin
inversiunea micrii, momentele rmn
nemodificate (deci, unitatea planetar i
unitatea cu axe fixe asociat au aceleai
momente);

b) there are neglected the inertial effects (the

planetary gear set works in stationary regime
and has S 2 satellites in parallel, that are
equilibrating
themselves
reciprocally);
therefore, by inverting the motion, the torques
remain unmodified (thus, the planetary gear
set and associated fixed axes mechanism
have the same torques);

c) puterile de intrare se consider pozitive, iar

cele de ieire se consider negative.

c) the input powers are considered positive

and the output powers are considered
negative.

n cazul n care puterea intr prin roata 1

(1,3T1>0) i iese prin elementul H
(H,3TH<0), randamentul unitii planetare are
urmtoarea expresie (v. fig. A.2.1,a si b):

In the case in which the power goes in

through the gear 1 (1,3T1>0) and goes out
through the element H (H,3TH<0), the
efficiency of the planetary gear has the
following expression (see Fig.A.2.1,a and b):

3
1,H

3
1,H

= ( H,3TH /(1,3T1) = (TH / T1)/(1,3 /H,3) =

= (TH /T1)/ i31,H = ?

(A.2.2)

= ( H,3TH /(1,3T1) = (TH / T1)/(1,3 /H,3) =

= (TH /T1)/ i31,H = ?

(A.2.2)

Prin urmare, calculul randamentului const n

stabilirea rapoartelor: i31,H i (TH /T1). innd
seama de relaia vitezei relative:

Therefore, the efficiency calculus consists in

the establishment of the ratios: i31,H and
(TH /T1). Taking into account the relation of
the relative speed:

X,Y = X Y = X,H Y,H,

X,Y = X Y = X,H Y,H,

pentru raportul de transmitere al vitezelor se

obine urmtoarea expresie:

for the speeds transmission ratio it is

obtained the following expression:

i 31,H = 1,3 /H,3 = (1,H 3,H)/( H,H 3,H) =

i 31,H = 1,3 /H,3 = (1,H 3,H)/( H,H 3,H) =

= 1 (1,H / 3,H) = 1 i0 = 1 (4) = +5.

(A.2.3)

= 1 (1,H / 3,H) = 1 i0 = 1 (4) = +5.

255

(A.2.3)

Raportul momentelor (TH / T1) se determin

cu ajutorul ecuaiei de echilibru a momentelor
colineare T1, T3 i TH, care ncarc unitatea cu
axe fixe (fig. A.2.1,c i d):

The torques ratio (TH / T1) is established by

means of the equilibrium equation of collinear
torques T1, T3 and TH, that loads the fixed
axes mechanism (Fig. A.2.1,c and d):

T1 + T3 + TH = 0

T1 + T3 + TH = 0

(A.2.4)

(A.2.4)

i din ecuaia randamentului unitii cu axe

fixe, scris n cazul general, cnd nu se
cunoate sensul de circulaie al puterii
(fig. A.2.1, c i d):

and of the equation of the fixed axes

mechanism efficiency, written in the general
case, when the direction of power flow is not
known (Fig. A.2.1, c and d):

(0)w = (H1,3)w = ( 3,HT3)/(1,HT1) = T3/(i0T1),

(0)w = (H1,3)w = ( 3,HT3)/(1,HT1) = T3/(i0T1),

w = sgn(1,HT1) = 1.

w = sgn(1,HT1) = 1.

(A.2.5)

/tiind c 1,H /3,H = i H1,3 = i0 i c 1,3T1 > 0,

relaiile precedente pot fi scrise sub forma:
w

(A.2.5)

Knowing that 1,H /3,H = i H1,3 = i0 and that

1,3T1 > 0, the previous relations can be
written as follows:

1,HT1(0) + 3,HT3 = 0 => T1i0(0) + T3 =0,

1,HT1(0)w + 3,HT3 = 0 => T1i0(0)w + T3 =0,

w =sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

w =sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H / (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0 / (i0 1)] =

= sgn[1,H / (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0 / (i0 1)] =

= sgn[4/ (41)] = +1.

(A.2.6)

= sgn[4/ (41)] = +1.

(A.2.6)

Din relaiile (A.2.4) i (A.2.6) se determin

raportul momentelor:

The torques ratio is established from relations

(A.2.4) and (A.2.6):

(TH / T1) = 1 i0(0)w = 1 (4)0,94+1 =

(TH / T1) = 1 i0(0)w = 1 (4)0.94+1 =

= +4,76.

(A.2.7)

Prin nlocuire n relaia (A.2.2), se obine

valoarea randamentului cutat:
3
1,H =

(A.2.8)

(A.2.7)

By replacing it in relation (A.2.2), it is

obtained the value of the efficiency:
3
1,H =

( H,3TH /(1,3T1) = (TH / T1)/(1,3 /H,3) =

= [1 i0(0) ] /(1 i0) = 0,952.

= +4.76.

( H,3TH /(1,3T1) = (TH / T1)/(1,3 /H,3) =

= [1 i0(0)w] /(1 i0) = 0.952.

(A.2.8)

Din comparaia relaiilor (A.2.3) i (A.2.7) se

observ c raportul vitezelor (1,3 /H,3) i
raportul momentelor (TH / T1) au aceeai
funcie, 1x , dar de argumente diferite: n
raportul vitezelor x = i0, iar n raportul
momentelor x = i0(0)w.

From the comparison of relations (A.2.3) and

(A.2.7) it outcomes that the speeds ratio
and
the
torques
ratio
(1,3 /H,3)
(TH / T1) have the same function, 1x, but of
different arguments: in the speeds ratio x = i0,
while in the torques ratio x = i0(0)w.

Ca urmare a acestei proprieti, raportul

momentelor poate fi determinat direct din
expresia raportului vitezelor, prin nlocuirea
argumentul i0 cu i0(0)W .

As the result of this property, the moments

ratio can be established directly from the
expression of the speeds ratio by replacing
the argument i0 with i0(0)w .

Aplicnd aceast proprietate n cazul secund,

n care puterea intr prin elementul H
(H,3TH > 0) i iese prin roata 1 (1,3T1 < 0),
randamentul unitii planetare se determin
n urmtoarea succesiune:

By applying this property in the second case, in

which the power goes in through the element H
(H,3TH > 0) and goes out through the gear 1
(1,3T1 < 0), the planetary gear efficiency is
established in the following succession:

256

3
H,1 =

=(T1/TH)/ i3H,1= ?
3
H,1=

3
H,1 =

(1,3T1)/(H,3TH)= (T1/TH)/(H,3 /1,3)=

(A.2.9)
3
1,H

H,3 /1,3 = 1/i

=1/[1 (4)] = +1/5;

=(T1/TH)/ i3H,1= ?
3
H,1=

= 1/(1 i0) =
(A.2.10)

(1,3T1)/(H,3TH)= (T1/TH)/(H,3 /1,3)=

(A.2.9)
3
1,H

H,3 /1,3 = 1/i

= 1/(1 i0) =

=1/[1 (4)] = +1/5;

(A.2.10)

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

w = sgn(1,HT1) = sgn[(1,HT1)/ (1,3T1)] =

= sgn[1,H/ (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0 / (i0 1)] =

= sgn[1,H/ (1,H 3,H)] = sgn[i0 / (i0 1)] =

= sgn[ (4) / (41)] = 1;

= sgn[ (4) / (41)] = 1;

(A.2.11)

(A.2.11)

(T1/TH) = 1/[1 i0(0)w] = 1/[1 (4) 0,94-1] =

(T1/TH) = 1/[1 i0(0)w] = 1/[1 (4) 0.94-1] =

= 1/5,255;

(A.2.12)

= 1/5.255;

(A.2.12)

31,H = (TH / T1)/ i31,H = 5/5,225 = 0,957.

(A.2.13)

31,H = (TH/T1)/ i31,H = 5/5.225 = 0.957.

(A.2.13)

Spre deosebire de mecanismul cu axe fixe (n

care
sensul
puterii
nu
influeneaz
randamentul: H1,3 = H3,1 = 0 = 0,94),
randamentul
unitii
planetare
este
dependent de sensul de circulaie a puterii:
31,H = 0,952 3H,1 = 0,957!

Unlike the fixed axes mechanism (in which

the power sense dont influence the
efficiency: H1,3 H3,1 0 = 0.94), the
planetary gear efficiency depends on the
sense of the power flow: 31,H = 0.952 3H,1 =
0.957!

257

ANEXA A.3. MODELAREA

REDUCTORULUI PLANETAR
VAUCANSON

APPENDIX A.3. MODELING

OF THE VAUCANSON PLANETARY
REDUCER

Reductoarele de turaie, de tip ideal, ar

trebui s realizeze rapoarte de transmitere i
randamente maxime, n condiiile unor
gabarite i grade de complexitate ct mai
reduse.

The speed reducers, of ideal type, have to

ensure maximum transmission ratios and
efficiencies, in the conditions of more reduced
overall
dimensions
and
degrees
of
complexity.

Celebrul inventator francez J. Vaucanson

(1709-1782), membru al Academiei franceze,
a propus un reductor planetar cu roi dinate
conice (fig. A.3.1), care aspir i astzi la
acest titlu.

The famous French inventor J. Vaucanson

(1709-1782), member of the French
Academy, proposed a planetary reducer with
bevel gears (Fig. A.3.1), which aspirates to
this title nowadays, too.

n continuare se modeleaz i se
interpreteaz principalele proprieti ale
acestui reductor; pe baza acestora se
formuleaz concluzii utile pentru optimizarea
soluiilor de principiu ale acestui tip de produs
tehnic.

The main properties of this reducer are

further modeled and interpreted; on the basis
of these properties, then there are formulated
useful conclusions for the optimization of the
principle solutions of this type of technical
product.

A.3.1. Caracterizare structural

A.3.1. Structural characterization

n fig. A.3.1,a este ilustrat schema

reductorului planetar Vaucanson (reprodus
dup Doyon i Liaigre), iar n fig. A.3.1,b i c
sunt
reprezentate
schema
structural
(fig. A.3.1,b) i schema bloc (fig. A.3.1,c), n
conformitate
cu
exigenele
teoriei
mecanismelor. Pe schema structural
(fig. A.3.1,b) sunt precizate orientrile pozitive
ale axelor, iar pe schema bloc (fig. A.3.1,c)
sunt precizate: gradele de mobilitate i
rapoartele cinematice interioare ale unitilor
componente, legturile dintre uniti i
legturile exterioare ale reductorului (intrarea
a i ieirea H); alturat, pe schema bloc din
fig. A.3.1,d sunt reprezentate semnele
momentelor care ncarc roile dinate i
arborii de legtur.

In Fig. A.3.1,a it is illustrated the scheme of

the
Vaucansons
planetary
reducer
(reproduced from Doyon and Liaigre), while in
Fig. A.3.1,b and c there are represented the
structural scheme (Fig. A.3.1,b) and the block
scheme (Fig. A.3.1,c), according to the
exigencies of mechanisms theory. On the
structural scheme (Fig. A.3.1,b) there are
specified the axes positive orientations, while
on the block scheme (Fig. A.3.1,c) there are
specified: the degrees of freedom and the
interior kinematical ratios of the component
units, the links between these units and the
reducer external links (input a and output H);
nearby, on the block scheme from Fig. A.3.1,d
there are represented the torques signs that
load the gears and the connecting shafts.

Conform fig. A.3.1,b i c, reductorul conine o

unitate planetar diferenial (cu gradul de
mobilitate M1 = 2), cu roi conice, de tip
simetric (cu raportul cinematic interior
i01 = i H1,3 = 1): 1-2-3-H.

According to Fig. A.3.1,b and c, the reducer

contains a differential (with the degree of
freedom M1 = 2), with bevel gears, of
symmetrical type (with the interior kinematical
ratio i01 = i H1,3 = 1): 1-2-3-H.

ntre roile centrale 1 i 3, ale acestei uniti,

este introdus un lan cinematic de nchidere,
format din dou angrenaje conice cu axe fixe:
4-5 (cu gradul de mobilitate M2 = 1) i 6-7 (cu
M3 = 1). Deoarece intrarea puterii are loc prin
arborele a (fig. A.3.1,b i c), solidar cu roile 5
i 6, iar ieirea are loc prin arborele braului H,

Between the sun gears 1 and 3, of this unit, it

is introduced a closing kinematical chain,
consisting of two bevel gear pairs with fixed
axes: 4-5 (with the degree of freedom M2 = 1)
and 6-7 (with M3 = 1). Because the power
input is made through the shaft a (Fig. A.3.1,b
and c), solidar to the gears 5 and 6, and the
output through the carrier H shaft,

258

reductorul are parametrii exteriori: a, Ta i

H, TH.

the reducer has the external parameters: a,

Ta and H, TH.

ntre cele trei uniti componente (fig. A.3.1,b

i c), intervin Lc = 3 cuplri: 5 6 a, 3 4 i
7 1; ca urmare, reductorul are gradul de
mobilitate [3]:

Among the three component units (Fig. A.3.1,b

and c), interfere Lc = 3 connections: 5 6 a,
3 4 and 7 1; therefore, the reducer has the
degree of freedom [3]:

7( z 7 )

H = ?

TH = ?
1

6( z6 = z )

Ta
5( z5 = z )
4(z4 )

3
+

TH

TH = ?

H = ?

H
M3 =1

+ TH

+ T7 T7

1 M1 = 2

i03

i01 = i1H,3

i03 = i7 , 6

+ T6 6

1 i01 = i1H,3

T1 + T1

T6

a = +1

5 M2 =1

+ T4 4

Ta + Ta

i02 = i4 ,5

T3

T4

Ta = +1

3 + T3

i02

T5 + T5
d

Fig. A.3.1. Reductorul planetar Vaucanson: a) schema reductorului reprodus dup Doyon i
Liaigre [4], b) schema structural, c) schema bloc i d) schema bloc cu semnele momentelor care
ncarc roile i arborii.
Fig. A.3.1. Vaucansons planetary reducer: a) the reducer scheme, after Doyon and Liaigre [4],
b) structural scheme, c) block scheme and d) block scheme with the signs of torques that load the gears
and shafts.

259

M = M1 + M2 + M3 Lc = 2 + 1 + 1 3 = 1; (A.3.1)

M = M1 + M2 + M3 Lc = 2 + 1 + 1 3 = 1;

aceasta nseamn c reductorul are o

micare
exterioar
independent
(de
exemplu, viteza a) i, implicit, un moment
exterior dependent (de exemplu, TH = TH( ));
deci micarea exterioar rmas este
dependent (H = a /ia,H), iar momentul
exterior rmas (Ta) este independent.

this means that the reducer has [3]: an

independent external motion (for instance,
speed a) and, implicitly, a dependent
external torque (for instance, TH = TH( )); thus,
the remained external motion is dependent
(H = a /ia,H), and the remained external
torque (Ta) is independent.

Pentru simplitate, se va considera c mrimile

exterioare independente sunt egale cu unitatea:
a = 1 i Ta = 1; vitezele unghiulare i
momentele, determinate n aceste condiii, sunt
denumite n continuare viteze unghiulare
reduse i respectiv momente reduse.

For simplicity, it will be considered that the

independent external parameters are equal to
one: a = 1 and Ta = 1; the angular speeds
and the torques, established in these
conditions, are further called reduced angular
speeds and reduced torques, respectively.

A.3.2. Modelarea vitezelor reduse

A.3.2. Modeling of the reduced speeds

Se expliciteaz mai nti ideea de baz

folosit de Vaucanson i apoi se modeleaz
analitic i numeric vitezele unghiulare reduse
ale reductorului.

Firstly it is explicated the basic idea used by

Vaucanson and then there are modeled
analytically and numerically the reducers
reduced angular speeds.

Ideea central, care st la baza reductorului

Vaucanson (fig. A.3.1,a i b), poate fi
explicitat intuitiv astfel:

The central idea, on which the Vaucansons

reducer is based (Fig. A.3.1,a and b), can be
explained intuitively as follows:

1. Dac n unitatea planetar diferenial

1-2-3-H (fig. A.3.1,b), considerat separat
(izolat), se blocheaz braul H, atunci turaiile
roilor 1 i 3 sunt egale i de sensuri contrare;
reciproc, dac n unitatea planetar diferenial
se antreneaz roile 1 i 3 cu turaii egale i de
sensuri contrare, atunci braul H rmne
nemicat, dei nu este fixat. Fizic, acest
deziderat poate fi realizat prin introducerea
lanului de nchidere 3 4-5 6-7 1
(fig. A.3.1,b), n care roile au numerele de dini:
z4 = z7 i z5 = z6; n mecanismul astfel realizat,
raportul de transmitere este infinit, deoarece la
o rotaie a arborelui de intrare a 5 6
(fig. A.3.1,b), arborele de ieire H rmne n
repaus i deci: ia,H = a /H = 1/0 = !

1. If in the differential gear-set 1-2-3-H

(Fig. A.3.1,b), considered isolated, the carrier
H is blocked, then the gears speeds 1 and 3
are equal but backwards; reciprocally, if in the
differential gears 1 and 3 are actuated with
equal speeds backwards, then the carrier H
stays still even if it is not fixed. Physically, this
desideratum can be obtained by introducing a
closing chain 3 4-5 6-7 1 (Fig. A.3.1,b),
in which the gears have the numbers of teeth:
z4 = z7 and z5 = z6; in the obtained
mechanism the transmission ratio is infinite,
because for a rotation of the input shaft a 5
6 (Fig. A.3.1,b), the output shaft H remains
in repose and thus: ia,H = a /H = 1/0 = !

2. Dac numerele de dini z4 i z7

(fig. A.3.1,b) sunt diferite, dar foarte
apropiate, atunci roile 1 i 3 se rotesc cu
turaii aproape egale i de sensuri contrare,
iar braul H se rotete foarte lent; n condiiile
exemplului numeric considerat de Vaucanson
(z4 = 23, z7 = 22 i z5 = z6 = 20, fig. A.3.1,a i
b), la 50,6 rotaii ale arborelui de intrare,
arborele de ieire efectueaz o singur
rotaie (n sensul negativ al axei).

2. If the teeth numbers z4 and z7

(Fig. A.3.1,b) are different, but very close,
then gears 1 and 3 are rotating with almost
equal speeds but backwards, and the carrier
H is rotating very slow; for the considered
numerical example of Vaucanson (z4 = 23,
z7 = 22 and z5 = z6 = 20, Fig. A.3.1,a and b),
for 50.6 rotations of the input shaft, the output
shaft makes a single rotation (in the negative
direction of the axis).

260

(A.3.1)

Ca urmare, s-a obinut un reductor planetar,

relativ simplu, care realizeaz un raport mare
de transmitere a vitezelor: |ia,H| = |a/H| =
50,6 !

Therefore, it was obtained a relative simple

planetary reducer that accomplishes a high
speeds transmission ratio: |ia,H| = |a/H| =
50.6 !

n conformitate cu fig. A.3.1,b i c, modelarea

vitezelor
unghiulare,
ale
reductorului
Vaucanson, se reduce la rezolvarea
urmtorului sistem de ecuaii [4]:

According to Fig. A.3.1,b and c, the angular

speeds modeling for the Vaucansons
reducer, is reduced to solving the following
system of equations [4]:

1= i013 + (1i01)H;

1= i013 + (1i01)H;

i01 =

iH1,3 =

i01 = iH1,3 = 1,H/3,H = z3/z1 = 1,

1,H/3,H = z3/z1 = 1,

4 = 5i02; i02 = i4,5 = +z5/z4,

4 = 5i02; i02 = i4,5 = +z5/z4,

7 = 6i03; i03 = i7,6 = -z6/z7,

1 = 7;

7 = 6i03; i03 = i7,6 = -z6/z7,

1 = 7;

3 = 4;

3 = 4;

5 = 6 = a = 1.

(A.3.2)

5 = 6 = a = 1.

(A.3.2)

n cazul exemplului numeric considerat z4 = 23,

z7 = 22 i z5 = z6 = 20 (fig. A.3.1,b), din sistemul
(A.3.2) rezult urmtoarele valori pentru
vitezele reduse i, implicit, pentru raportul de
transmitere a vitezelor (ia,H):

For the considered numerical example,

z4 = 23, z7 = 22 and z5 = z6 = 20 (Fig. A.3.1,b),
the following values of the reduced speeds
and for the speeds transmission ratio (ia,H)
result from system (A.3.2):

5 = 6 = a = 1,
1 = 7 = ai03 = 1i03 = 20/22,

5 = 6 = a = 1,
1 = 7 = ai03 = 1i03 = 20/22,

3 = 4 = ai02 = 1i02 = + 20/23,

3 = 4 = ai02 = 1i02 = + 20/23,

H = 1/(1i01) 3i01/(1i01) =

H = 1/(1i01) 3i01/(1i01) =

= (1 + 3)/2 = 10/506,

= (1 + 3)/2 = 10/506,

ia,H = a /H = 1/(10/506) = 50,6;

(A.3.3)

ia,H = a /H = 1/(10/506) = 50.6;

(A.3.3)

aceasta nseamn c la 506 rotaii complete

ale arborelui a 5 6, n sensul pozitiv al
axei sale (fig. A.3.1,b), braul H efectueaz 10
rotaii complete, n sensul negativ al axei
sale!

this means that for 506 complete rotations of

the shaft a 5 6, in the positive sense of its
axis (Fig. A.3.1,b), the carrier H makes 10
complete rotations, in the negative sense of
its axis!

A.3.3. Modelarea momentelor reduse

A.3.3. Modeling of the reduced torques

n conformitate cu fig. A.3.1,b,c i d,

modelarea
momentelor
reductorului
Vaucanson se reduce la rezolvarea
urmtorului sistem de ecuaii [13]:

According to Fig. A.3.1,b,c and d, the torques

modeling for the Vaucansons reducer is
reduced at solving the following system of
equations [13]:

T1 + T3 + TH = 0,
1,H T1(01)x1 + T33,H = 0
T1i01(01)x1 + T3 = 0,

T1 + T3 + TH = 0,
1,H T1(01)x1 + T33,H = 0
T1i01(01)x1 + T3 = 0,

x1 = sgn(1,H T1) = sgn [(1H) T1] = 1;

x1 = sgn(1,H T1) = sgn [(1H) T1] = 1;

4T4(02) + T55 = 0
T4 i02(02) + T5 = 0,

x2 = sgn(4T4) = 1;

4T4(02)x2 + T55 = 0
T4 i02(02)x2 + T5 = 0,

x2 = sgn(4T4) = 1;

7T7(03)x3 + T66 = 0
T7 i03(03)x3 + T6 = 0,

7T7(03)x3 + T66 = 0
T7 i03(03)x3 + T6 = 0,

x3 = sgn(7T7) = 1;

x2

x3 = sgn(7T7) = 1;

x2

261

T3 T4 = 0; T1 T7 = 0;
T5 T6 + Ta = 0; Ta = +1,

(A.3.4)

T3 T4 = 0; T1 T7 = 0;
T5 T6 + Ta = 0; Ta = +1,

(A.3.4)

n care prin 01, 02 i 03 s-au notat

randamentele mecanismelor cu axe fixe
asociate celor trei uniti componente
(fig. A.3.1,b i d); pentru calculele numerice
care urmeaz, se vor considera iniial
urmtoarele valori:

in which through 01, 02 and 03 were

denoted the efficiencies of the associated
fixed axes mechanisms of the three
component units (Fig. A.3.1,b and d); for the
next numerical calculus, initially, there were
considered the following values:

01 = H1,3 H3,1 = (0,94)2 0,883,

02 = 4,5 5,4 0,94 i

01 = H1,3 H3,1 = (0.94)2 0.883,

02 = 4,5 5,4 0.94 and

03 = 7,6 6,7 0,94.

03 = 7,6 6,7 0.94.

Prin rezolvarea sistemului (A.3.4) se obin

urmtoarele expresii pentru momentele
reduse i, implicit, pentru raportul de
transmitere a momentelor:

The following expressions for the reduced

torques and for the torques transmission
ratio are obtained by solving the system
(A.3.4):

Ta = +1,
T1 = Ta /[i03(03)x3 i01i02(01)x1(02)x2] =

Ta = +1,

= 1/ [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2],
T3 = T1i01(01) = T1(01) ,

= 1/ [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2],
T3 = T1i01(01)x1 = T1(01)x1,

T4 = T3 = T1i01(01)x1 = T1(01)x1,
T7 = T1,

T4 = T3 = T1i01(01)x1 = T1(01)x1,
T7 = T1,

T6 = T1i03(03)x3,

T6 = T1i03(03)x3,

T5 = T1i01i02(01)x1(02)x2 = T1i02(01)x1(02)x2,
TH = T1[1 i01(01)x1] = T1[1+ (01)x1],
i*a,H = TH /Ta=
=[1 i01(01)x1] / [i03(03)x3 i01i02(01)x1(02)x2] =

T5 = T1i01i02(01)x1(02)x2 = T1i02(01)x1(02)x2,
TH = T1[1 i01(01)x1] = T1[1+ (01)x1],
i*a,H = TH /Ta=
=[1 i01(01)x1] / [i03(03)x3 i01i02(01)x1(02)x2] =

= [1+(01)x1] / [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2]. (A.3.5)

= [1+(01)x1] / [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2]. (A.3.5)

n aceast faz, calculul expresiilor (A.3.5) nu

este posibil, deoarece nu se cunosc
exponenii x1, x2 i x3. De aceea, se
determin mai nti valorile expresiilor (A.3.5)
n premisa neglijrii frecrii, n care
exponenii x1, x2 i x3 rmn fr efect:
(01)x1 = (1)x1 = 1, (02)x2 = (1)x2 = 1 i (03)x3=
(1)x3 = 1.

In this phase, the expressions (A.3.5) can not

be calculated because the exponents x1, x2
and x3 are not known. Therefore, first there
are determined the values of the expressions
(A.3.5) in the premise of neglecting friction, in
which the exponents x1, x2 and x3 have no
effect: (01)x1 = (1)x1 = 1, (02)x2 = (1)x2 = 1 and
(03)x3= (1)x3 = 1.

Momentele obinute n aceast premis,

denumite momente teoretice (adic, fr
frecare), i momentele omonime reale (cu
frecare) au module diferite (modulele
momentelor teoretice sunt mai mari dect
cele ale momentelor reale), dar au acelai
semne! Aceasta nseamn c exponenii x1,
x2 i x3 pot fi determinai cu ajutorul
momentele teoretice, dup care pot fi
calculate momentele reale (cu frecare).

The torques obtained in this premise, called

theoretical torques (without friction), and the
real homonym torques (with friction) have
different modules (the modules of the
theoretical torques are bigger than of the real
torques), but have the same sign! This means
that the exponents x1, x2 and x3 can be
established by means of the theoretical
torques, and afterwards can be calculated the
real torques (with friction).

x1

T1 = Ta /[i03(03)x3 i01i02(01)x1(02)x2] =

x1

262

n condiiile valorilor numerice considerate, se

obin urmtoarele valori pentru momentele
reduse teoretice (fr frecare) i pentru
raportul de transmitere a momentelor
teoretice
(pentru
evitarea
confuziilor,
momentele reduse fr frecare s-au notat
italic):

In the conditions of the considered numerical

values, the following values for the theoretical
reduced torques (without friction) and for the
transmission ratio of the theoretical torques
are obtained (in order to avoid confusion, the
reduced torques without friction were denoted
italic):

Ta = Ta = +1,
T1 = 1/ (i02 + i03) = 1 / (+20/23 20/22) =
= 506/20 = 25,3,
T3 = T1 = 25,3,
T4 = T3 = T1 = +25,3,
T7 = T1 = +25,3,
T6 = T1i03 = (506/20)( 20/22) = +23,
T5 = T1i02 = (506/20)(+20/23) = 22,
TH = T1 (1 + 1) = +50,6,
i*a,H = TH /Ta = 50,6 = ia,H.
(A.3.6)

Ta = Ta = +1,
T1 = 1/ (i02 + i03) = 1 / (+20/23 20/22) =
= 506/20 = 25.3,
T3 = T1 = 25.3,
T4 = T3 = T1 = +25.3,
T7 = T1 = +25,3,
T6 = T1i03 = (506/20)( 20/22) = +23,
T5 = T1i02 = (506/20)(+20/23) = 22,
TH = T1 (1 + 1) = +50.6,
i*a,H = TH /Ta = 50.6 = ia,H.
(A.3.6)

Prin urmare, n condiii teoretice (fr

frecare), reductorul analizat reduce turaia de
intrare de 50,6 ori i amplific tot de attea ori
momentul de intrare; cu alte cuvinte, raportul
de transmitere a momentelor i*a,H coincide cu
raportul de transmitere a vitezelor unghiulare
ia,H.

Therefore, in theoretical conditions (without

friction), the analyzed reducer reduces the
input speed 50.6 times and amplifies the
same number of times the input torque; in
other words, the torques transmission ratio
i*a,H coincides to the transmission ratio of the
angular speeds ia,H.

Cu valorile obinute pentru momentele reduse

teoretice, se obin urmtoarele valori pentru
exponenii x1, x2 i x3:

With the previous values for the theoretical

reduced torques, the following values for the
exponents x1, x2 and x3 are obtained:

x1 = sgn(1,H T1) = sgn [(1H)T1] =

= sgn[(20/22 + 1/50.6)(25.6)] =
= +1
1,HT1 > 0;

x1 = sgn(1,H T1) = sgn [(1H)T1] =

= sgn[(20/22 + 1/50.6)(25.6)] =
= +1
1,HT1 > 0;

x2 = sgn(4T4) = sgn[(+20/23)(+25.3)] =

x2 = sgn(4T4) = sgn[(+20/23)(+25.3)] =

= +1
4T4 > 0;

= +1
4T4 > 0;

x3 = sgn(7T7) = sgn[(20/22)(+25.3)] =

x3 = sgn(7T7) = sgn[(20/22)(+25.3)] =

= 1
7T7 < 0.

= 1
7T7 < 0.

(A.3.7)

(A.3.7)

innd seama de valorile exponenilor x1, x2

i x3, se obin urmtoarele valori pentru
momentele reduse reale (cu frecare) i pentru
raportul de transmitere a momentelor reale:

Taking into account the values of the exponents

x1, x2 and x3, the following values for the real
reduced torques (with friction) and for the real
torques transmission ratio, are obtained:

Ta = +1,
T1 =1/ [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2] =
=1/[(-20/22)(0,94)-1+(20/23)(0,8836)+1(0,94)+1]=
= 4,0837,
T3 = T1(01)x1 = 4,0837(0,8836)+1 = 3,6083,
T4 = T3 = +3,6083,

Ta = +1,
T1 =1/ [i03(03)x3 + i02(01)x1(02)x2] =
=1/[(-20/22)(0.94)-1+(20/23)(0.8836)+1(0.94)+1]=
= 4.0837,
T3 = T1(01)x1 = 4.0837(0.8836)+1 = 3.6083,
T4 = T3 = +3.6083,

263

T7 = T1 = +4,0837,
T6 = T1i03(03)x3 = 4,0837(20/22)(0,94)-1 =
= +3,9494,

T7 = T1 = +4.0837,
T6 = T1i03(03)x3 = 4.0837(20/22)(0.94)-1 =
= +3.9494,

T5 = T1i02(01)x1(02)x2 =
= 4,0837(+20/23)(0,8836)+1(0,94)+1 = 2,9494,

T5 = T1i02(01)x1(02)x2 =
= 4.0837(+20/23)(0.8836)+1(0.94)+1 = 2.9494,

TH = T1[1+ (01)x1] = 4,0837[1+(0,8836)+1] =

= + 7,6920,

TH = T1[1+ (01)x1] = 4.0837[1+(0.8836)+1] =

= + 7.6920,

i*a,H = TH / Ta = 7,6920 ia,H = a /H =

= 50,6.
(A.3.8)

i*a,H = TH / Ta = 7.6920 ia,H = a /H =

= 50.6.
(A.3.8)

Comparnd valorile (A.3.6) cu (A.3.8), se

constat c, prin intervenia frecrii, semnele
momentelor reduse rmn neschimbate, dar
modulele acestora se diminueaz drastic.

Comparing the values (A.3.6) and (A.3.8), it is

detected that, by introducing friction, the signs
of the reduced torques remain unmodified but
their modules are diminishing drastically.

Aadar, n condiii reale (cu frecare),

reductorul analizat reduce turaia de intrare
de 50,6 ori i amplific momentul de intrare
de numai 7,692 ori! Cu alte cuvinte, datorit
interveniei frecrii, modulul raportului de
transmitere a momentelor devine mult mai
mic dect modulul raportului de transmitere a
vitezelor: |i*a,H| < |ia,H|.

Thus, in real conditions (with friction), the

analyzed reducer reduces the input speed
50,6 times and amplifies the input torque
7,692 times! In other words, due to friction,
the module of the torques transmission ratio
becomes much smaller than the module of
the speed transmission ratio: |i*a,H| < |ia,H|.

A.3.4. Modelarea circulaiei de putere i a

randamentului

A.3.4. Modeling of the power circulation

and efficiency

Pe baza valorilor numerice obinute pentru

vitezele unghiulare reduse (rel. A.3.3) i pentru
momentele reduse (rel. A.3.6 i respectiv
A.3.8), poate fi determinat att circulaia
teoretic a puterii (fr frecare), ct i
circulaia real a puterii (cu frecare).

On the basis of the obtained values for the

reduced angular speeds (rel. A.3.3) and for
the reduced torques (rel. A.3.6 and, respective
A.3.8), there can be established the power
theoretical circulation (without friction) and the
power real circulation (with friction).

Din relaiile (A.3.3) i (A.3.6) se obin

urmtoarele valori pentru ramurile circulaiei
teoretice de putere:

The following values for the branches of the

power theoretical circulation are obtained
from relations (A.3.3) and (A.3.6):

5T5 = (+1)(22) = 22 < 0

(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 2);
4T4 = (+20/23)(+25,3) = + 22 > 0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 2);
6T6 = (+1)(+23) = + 23 > 0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 3);
7T7 = ( 20/22)(+25,3) = 23 < 0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 3);
1T1 = ( 20/22)(25,3) = + 23 > 0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 1);
3T3 = (+20/23)(25,3) = 22 < 0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 1);
HTH = (1/50,6)(+50,6) = 1 < 0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 1);
(A.3.9)

5T5 = (+1)(22) = 22 < 0

(output power for unit 2);
4T4 = (+20/23)(+25.3) = + 22 > 0
(input power for unit 2);
6T6 = (+1)(+23) = + 23 > 0
(input power for unit 3);
7T7 = ( 20/22)(+25.3) = 23 < 0
(output power for unit 3);
1T1 = ( 20/22)(25.3) = + 23 > 0
(input power for unit 1);
3T3 = (+20/23)(25.3) = 22 < 0
(output power for unit 1);
HTH = (1/50.6)(+50.6) = 1 < 0
(output power for unit 1);
(A.3.9)

264

pe baza acestor valori, s-a ilustrat circulaia

teoretic de putere din fig. A.3.2,a, care
evideniaz existena unei circulaii de putere,
n circuit nchis, de 22 de ori mai mare dect
puterea de intrare.

on the basis of these values, it was illustrated

the power theoretical circulation from
Fig. A.3.2,a, which highlights the existence of
a power circulation in closed circuit, 22 times
bigger than the input power.

n mod analog, din relaiile (A.3.3) i (A.3.8)

se obin urmtoarele valori pentru ramurile
circulaiei reale de putere:

Analogous, from relations (A.3.3) and (A.3.8)

there are obtained the following values for the
branches of the power real circulation:

5T5 = (+1)( 2,9494) = 2,9494 < 0

(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 2);
4T4 = (+20/23)(+3,6083) = + 3,1376 >0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 2);
6T6 = (+1)(+3,9494) = + 3,9494>0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 3);
7T7 = ( 20/22)(+4,0837) = 3,7124 <0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 3);
1T1 = ( 20/22)( 4,0837) = +3,7124 >0
(putere de intrare pentru unitatea 1);
3T3 = (+20/23)(3,6083) = 3,1376 <0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 1);
HTH = (1/50,6)(+7,6920) = 0,1520 <0
(putere de ieire pentru unitatea 1);
(A.3.10)

5T5 = (+1)( 2.9494) = 2.9494 < 0

(output power for unit 2);
4T4 = (+20/23)(+3.6083) = + 3.1376 >0
(input power for unit 2);
6T6 = (+1)(+3.9494) = + 3.9494>0
(input power for unit 3);
7T7 = ( 20/22)(+4>0837) = 3.7124 <0
(output power for unit 3);
1T1 = ( 20/22)( 4.0837) = +3.7124 >0
(input power for unit 1);
3T3 = (+20/23)(3.6083) = 3.1376 <0
(output power for unit 1);
HTH = (1/50.6)(+7.6920) = 0.1520 <0
(output power for unit 1);
(A.3.10)

pe baza acestor valori,

randamentul reductorului:

calculat

on the basis of these values the reducer

efficiency was established:

a,H = (H TH)/( aTa) = (HTH) /1 =

= + 0,152 = 15,20%
(A.3.10)

a,H = (H TH)/( aTa) = (HTH) /1 =

= + 0.152 = 15.20%
(A.3.10)

i s-a ilustrat circulaia real de putere din

fig. A.3.2, b, care evideniaz existena unei
circulaii de putere, n circuit nchis, de 2,9494
de ori mai mare dect puterea de intrare. Se
constat, de asemenea (v. fig. A.3.2,b), c
modulul puterii de ieire este net mai mic
dect modulul sumei puterilor pierdute prin
frecare, n cele trei uniti componente.

and it was illustrated the power real

circulation from Fig. A.3.2,b, which highlights
the existence of a power circulation in closed
circuit, 2.9494 times bigger than the input
power. It is also detected that the module of
the output power (see Fig. A.3.2,b) is much
smaller than the module of the sum of the
powers lost through friction, in the three
component units.

A.3.5. Concluzii

A.3.5. Conclusions

1. n condiiile exemplului numeric considerat, reductorul Vaucanson (fig. A.3.1) este

caracterizat prin urmtoarele proprieti:

1. In the conditions of the considered example,

the Vaucansons reducer (Fig. A.3.1) is
characterized through the following properties:

a) este un mecanism planetar mono-mobil, cu

o intrare i o ieire, care are un grad de
complexitate relativ redus;

a) it is a 1 DOF planetary mechanism with

one input and one output, which has a
relative reduced degree of complexity;

b) transmite turaia de la intrare la ieire, n

condiiile reducerii acesteia de 50,6 ori;

b) it transmits the speed from input to output

in the conditions of reducing it 50.6 times;

s-a

265

0,1520

3,7124

23

i03

0,2370

i01
22

22

0,4228

i01
3

3,1376

3,9494

2,9494

4
1

23

i03

i02

22

0,1882

i02

2,9494

Fig.A.3.2. Circulaia ramurilor de putere n reductorul planetar Vaucanson: a) schema circulaiei

de putere, n premisa neglijrii frecrii; b) schema circulaiei de putere, n premisa considerrii frecrii.
Fig. A.3.2. The circulation of the power branches in the Vaucansons planetary reducer: a) the
scheme of the power circulation, while neglecting friction; b) the scheme of the power circulation, while
considering friction.

|rap.tr.vit.|

rand.min.%

0,1*rand.max.

|rap.tr.vit.|

rand.max.%

100

16

90

15

80

14

70

13

60

12

50
40

11

30
20

10

10
8
6

0
22

26

30

34

38

42

46

z4

50

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19
20
z=z5=z6

Fig. A.3.3. Diagramele de variaie ale modulului raportului de transmitere |ia,H| (notat |rap.tr.vit|)
i randamentului a,H: a) n funcie de numrul de dini z4 (diagrama rand.min. s-a obinut n premisa c
01 = 0.942 0,883 i 02 = 03 = 0,94, iar diagrama rand.max. s-a obinut n premisa c 01 = 0.982
0,96 i 02 = 03 = 0,98); b) n funcie de numrul de dini z = z5 = z6.
Fig. A.3.3. The diagrams for the variation of the transmission ratio module |ia,H| (noted
|rap.tr.vit|) and of the efficiency a,H: a) in terms of the teeth number z4 (the diagram
rand.min.=minimum efficiency was obtained in the premise that 01 = 0.942 0.883 and 02 = 03 = 0.94,
and the diagram rand.max.=maximum efficiency was obtained in the premise that 01 = 0.982 0.96 and
02 = 03 = 0.98); b) in terms of the teeth number z = z5 = z6.

266

c) transmite puterea, de la intrare la ieire, cu un

randament redus (de 15,20%), cauzat de
circulaia de putere n circuit nchis, care
depete de 2,9494 ori puterea de intrare
(v. fig. A.3.2,b); datorit randamentului redus,
transmiterea momentului de la intrare la ieire
se realizeaz cu o amplificare diminuat: de
numai 7,692 ori, n loc de 50,6 ori !

c) it transmits the power from input to output

with a reduced efficiency (15.20 %), caused
by the power circulation in closed circuit,
which exceeds 2.9494 times the input power
(see Fig. A.3.2,b); due to the reduced
efficiency, the torque is transmitted from input
to output with a diminished amplification: of
only 7.692 times, instead of 50.6 times!

2. Pentru o mai bun evideniere a corelaiei

dintre raportul de transmitere a vitezelor
(considerat n modul: |ia,H|) i randament (a,H),
n fig. A.3.3,a s-au trasat diagramele de variaie
ale acestor mrimi (|rap.tr.vit.| i rand.min.), n
funcie de numrul de dini z4 (v. fig. A.3.1,b);
conform fig. A.3.3,a, creterea raportului |ia,H|
este nsoit de reducerea randamentului i
reciproc: cu reducerea raportului |ia,H|,
randamentul crete.

2. For a better highlighting of the correlation

between the speeds transmission ratio
(considered in module: |ia,H|) and the efficiency
(a,H), in Fig. A.3.3,a there were plotted the
diagrams of variation for these parameters
(|rap.tr.vit.| and rand.min.), in terms of the teeth
number z4 (Fig. A.3.1,b); according to
Fig. A.3.3,a, the increase of the ratio |ia,H| is
accompanied by the efficiency reduction and
reciprocally: while the ratio |ia,H| is reducing, the
efficiency is increasing.

3. Pentru optimizarea randamentului, pot fi

utilizate, separat sau combinat, urmtoarele
modaliti:

3. The following modalities can be used,

separately or combined, for the efficiency
optimization:

a) Utilizarea de angrenaje cu randamente

maxime (deci, prelucrate foarte ngrijit);
pentru a evidenia acest aspect, n fig.
A.3.3,a s-a trasat suprapus i diagrama
randamentului rand.max., obinut n
premisa
c
unitile
componente
(v. fig. A.3.1,c i d) au randamente
interioare: maxime:

a) Use of gear pairs with maximum efficiencies

(processed very careful); in order to highlight
this aspect, in Fig. A.3.3,a it was
superposed the diagram of the efficiency
rand.max. = maximum efficiency, obtained
in the premise that the component units
(Fig. A.3.1,c and d) have maximum interior
efficiencies:
01 = H1,3 H3,1 = (0.98)2 0.960,
02 = 4,5 5,4 0.98 and
03 = 7,6 6,7 0.98.

01 = H1,3 H3,1 = (0.98)2 0,960,

02 = 4,5 5,4 0,98 i
03 = 7,6 6,7 0,98.
Analiza comparativ a diagramelor rand.min
i rand.max, (fig. A.3.3,a) arat c, n cazul
secund, randamentele sunt net mai bune.

The comparative analysis of the diagrams

rand.min. and rand.max. (Fig. A.3.3,a) shows
that, in the second case, the efficiencies are
much better.

b) Reducerea numrului de angrenaje, prin

reconfigurarea structural a reducto-rului
planetar;

b) Reduction of the number of gear pairs, by

a structural reconfiguration of the
planetary reducer;

c) nlocuirea lanului cinematic de nchidere

45 67, din fig. A.3.1,b, printr-un sistem
format din dou maini electrice, dintre
care una funcioneaz ca motor i cealalt
ca generator.

c) Replacement of the closing kinematical

chain 45 67, from Fig. A.3.1,b, through
a system consisting of two electrical
machines, one of which works as motor
and one as generator.

d) Identificarea numrului optim de dini z = z5

= z6 (fig. A.3.1,b); conform fig. A.3.3, b, se
observ c prin modificarea numrului de
dini z, randamentul rmne nemodificat,
n timp ce raportul de transmitere are o
variaie semnificativ.

d) Identification of the optimum number of

teeth z = z5 = z6 (Fig. A.3.1,b); according to
Fig. A.3.3, b, by modifying the teeth
number z, the efficiency remains
unmodified, while the transmission ratio
has a significant variation.

267

APPENDIX A.4. ON THE TRIZ METHOD

(THEORY OF INVENTIVE PROBLEM
SOLVING)

ANEXA A.4. ASUPRA METODEI TRIZ

(TEORIA REZOLVRII PROBEMELOR
DE INVENTIC)
Prelucrare dup G. Mazur [23] i
G. Dieter & L. Schmidt [2]

A processing after G. Mazur [23] and

G. Dieter & L. Schmidt [2]

Problemele inginereti pot fi, n general, de

dou tipuri: probleme cu soluii cunoscute i
probleme cu soluii necunoscute. Uzual,
problemele de primul tip pot fi rezolvate pe
baza rezultatelor prezentate n cri sau alte
surse tehnice: o problem dat este redus la
o problem similar anterioar, din soluia
anterioar derivnd o soluie particular a noii
probleme.

Two engineering problem types can be

generally distinguished: problems with known
solutions and problems with unknown
solutions. The first problem type can be
usually solved by means of the results found
in books or other technical sources: a certain
problem is elevated to a similar previous
problem and from previous solution comes a
certain solution to the new problem.

Al doilea tip de pobleme, denumite comun

probleme de inventic, se caracterizeaz uzual
prin cerine contradictorii. Rezolvarea modern a
aceastor
probleme
aparine
domeniului
psihologiei; de exemplu, sunt abordate de obicei
metode cum ar fi brainstorming i ncercareeroare. Dar, pe de o parte, instrumentele
psihologice ca intuiia si experiena sunt greu de
transmis altor persoane. Pe de alt parte, ineria
psihologic confer, de obicei, un caracter
aleatoriu i conduce, mai ales, la dezvoltarea
propriei experiene.

The second type of problem, called

commonly inventive problem, has usually
contradictory requirements. This problem
solving has modernly fallen into the
psychology field; for instance, methods such
as brainstorming and trial-error are usually
approached. But, on one side, psychological
tools as intuition and experience are hard to
transmit to other people. On the other side,
psychological
inertia
gives
usually
randomness and leads especially to own
experience.

n urma prelucrrii de brevete, inginerul rus

G. Altshuller i echipa sa au elaborat o teorie
inovatoare de soluionare a problemelor
inginereti, bazat pe tehnologie (i nu pe
psihologie); aceast teorie a inoventicii este:
a) o procedur sistematic (n pai); b) un
ghid de utilizare a unei baze largi de soluii;
c) reproductibil i independent fa de
instrumentele psihologice; d) deschis fa de
baza de cunotine de inventic; e) furnizoare
ctre baza de cunotine de inventic;
f) practicabil
de
inventatori
urmnd
abordarea general aferent soluionrii
problemelor de primul tip.

Using the patents processing, Russian

engineer G. Altshuller and his team
elaborated an innovative theory, to find
solutions of the engineering problems, based
on technology (not on psychology); this
theory of invention is:
a) a systematic
procedure (in steps); b) a guide to a broad
solution
base;
c)
reproducible
and
independent of psychological tools; d) open
to the inventive knowledge base; e) supplier
to
the
inventive
knowledge
base;
f) practicable for inventors by following the
general approach afferent to the solving of
the problems of first type.

Altshuller i echipa sa au observat, n studiul

lor, c multe brevete descriu soluii care
rezolv anumite contradicii; de aceea, ei au
clasificat soluiile pe cinci niveluri:

Altshuller and his team observed, in their

study, that many patents describe solutions
that resolved certain contradictions; thats why,
they divided the solutions into five levels:

1. Aproximativ 32% din probleme au fost

1. About 32% problems solved by well

known specialty methods and used no
veritable invention ideas;

rezolvate prin aplicarea de metode de

specialitate bine cunoscute, fr a utiliza
idei de inventic veritabile;

268

2. Aproximativ 45% din probleme au fost

rezolvate prin mbuntiri minore ale
sistemelor
existente
(cu
unele
compromisuri), prin aplicarea unor
metode industriale cunoscute;

2. About 45% problems solved by minor

improvements of existing systems (with
some compromises) by means of
industrial known methods;

3. Aproximativ 18% dintre soluii reprezint

mbuntiri semnificative ale sistemelor
existente, cu contradicii rezolvate prin
aplicarea de metode cunoscute n afara
industriei;

3. About 18% of the solutions bring

meaningful improvements to existing
systems, with resolved contradictions, by
means of known methods outside the
industry;

4. Aproximativ 4% dintre soluii utilizeaz noi

principii (n special din tiin) pentru
realizarea
principalelor
funcii
ale
sistemului;

4. About 4% of the solutions use new

principles (especially from science) to
achieve the main system functions;

5. Aproximativ 1% din soluii aduce o

invenie de pionierat a unui nou sistem;

5. About 1% of the solutions bring a

pioneering invention of a new system;

Altshuller i echipa sa au descoperit, de

asemenea, faptul c aproximativ 95% din
problemele de inginerie au fost anterior
rezolvate.

Altshuller and his team found also out that

about 95% of the engineering problems were
solved somewhere before.

Aceast teorie de rezolvare a problemelor de

inventic,
elaborat
prin
intermediul
problemelor, contradiciilor i soluiilor extrase
din analiza brevetelor, a fost denumit de
ctre Altshuller TRIZ.

This theory of inventive problem solving,

elaborated by means of the problems,
contradictions, and solutions extracted from
patents analysis, was named TRIZ by
Altshuller.

Teoria TRIZ are cteva legi i una dintre ele

este Legea Creterii Idealitii care spune c
un sistem tehnic evolueaz spre creterea
gradului su de idealitate (definit ca raport
ntre suma efectele utile ale sistemului i
suma efectelor sale nocive). De obicei, atunci
cnd o anumit mbuntire se realizeaz
concomitent cu creterea unui efect duntor,
se impune realizarea unui compromis; ins,
Legea Idealitii direcioneaz proiectarea
pentru eliminarea oricror compromisuri sau
contradicii; de exemplu, evoluia de la ceasul
mecanic cu arc la ceasul electronic cu cristale
de cuar reprezint o tendin de migrare spre
idealitate.

The theory of TRIZ has some laws and one of

them is the Increasing Ideality Law which
says that a technical system evolves towards
increasing its ideality degree (defined as ratio
between the useful effects sum of the system
and its harmful effects sum). Usually, when a
certain improvement increases implicitly a
harmful effect, a trade-off is made; but the
Law of Ideality drives the design to eliminate
any trade-offs or contradictions; for instance,
the watch evolution from mechanical springdriven to electronic quartz crystal is a trend of
moving towards ideality.

Identificarea problemei inginereti a unui

sistem: trebuie studiate, pentru sistemul
considerat, mediul su de operare, cerinele
de resurse, funcia util principal, efectele
duntoare.

The engineering problem of a system is

identified: for the considered system, its
operating
environment,
resource
requirements, primary useful function,
harmful effects must be studied.

Apoi, problema este reformulat prin

intermediul contradiciilor fizice: exist
contradicii tehnice care ar putea determina
compromisuri?

Then, the problem is reformulated by

means of physical contradictions: are
there technical contradictions that might force
trade-offs?

269

Altshuller a identificat, din aproximativ 2

milioane de brevete din ntreaga lume,
urmtoarele 39 caracteristici tehnice (numite
Parametri Inginereti), care pot genera
contradicii [2; 23]:

Altshuller indentified from about 2 millions

world patents the following 39 technical
features (named Engineering Parameters)
that can generate contradictions [2; 23]:

1. Greutatea obiectului n micare

2. Greutatea obiectului staionar
3. Lungimea obiectului n micare
4. Lungimea obiectului staionar
5. Aria obiectului n micare
6. Aria obiectului staionar
7. Volumul obiectului n micare
8. Volumul obiectului staionar
9. Vitez
10. For
11. Tensiune, presiune
12. Form
13. Stabilitatea obiectului
14. Rezisten
15. Durabilitatea obiectului n micare
16. Durabilitatea obiectului staionar
17. Temperatur
18. Strlucire
19. Energie consumat de ctre obiectul n
micare
20. Energie consumat de ctre obiectul
staionar
21. Putere
22. Pierderea energetic
23. Deeuri de substane
24. Pierdere de informaii
25. Pierdere de timp
26. Cantitatea de substan
27. Fiabilitate
28. Precizia de msurare
29. Precizia de fabricaie
30. Factori nocivi care acioneaz asupra
obiectului
31. Efecte nocive secundare
32. Prelucrabilitate
33. Uurin n utilizare
34. Depanabilitate
35. Adaptabilitate
36. Complexitatea dispozitivului
37. Complexitatea controlului
38. Nivelul de automatizare
39. Productivitate

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Weight of moving object

Weight of nonmoving object
Length of moving object
Length of nonmoving object
Area of moving object
Area of nonmoving object
Volume of moving object
Volume of nonmoving object
Speed
Force
Tension, pressure
Shape
Stability of object
Strength
Durability of moving object
Durability of nonmoving object
Temperature
Brightness
Energy spent by moving object

20. Energy spent by nonmoving object

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

Power
Waste of energy
Waste of substance
Loss of information
Waste of time
Amount of substance
Reliability
Accuracy of measurement
Accuracy of manufacturing
Harmful factors acting on object

31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.

Harmful side effects

Manufacturability
Convenience of use
Repairability
Adaptability
Complexity of device
Complexity of control
Level of automation
Productivity

270

Altshuller a identificat, de asemenea, din

analiza brevetelor, urmtoarele 40 principii
ale inventicii, utile inginerilor pentru gsirea
de soluii inovative [2; 23]:

Altshuller also identified from the patents the

following 40 inventive principles that will help
an engineer find an inventive solution [2; 23]:

1. Segmentare (descompune un obiect n

componente
independente;
realizeaz
obiecte uor demontabile);

1. Segmentation (Divide an object into

independent parts; make an object easy to
disassemble);

2. Extracie (separ/extrage o anumit

component/proprietate a unui obiect);

2. Extraction (Separate a certain part or

property from an object);

3. Calitate
local
(asigur
fiecrei
componente a obiectului condiiile cele mai
favorabile pentru funcionarea acestuia;
componente diferite ale obiectului ndeplinesc
funcii diferite);

3. Local Quality (Place each part of the

object under conditions most favorable for its
operation; Have different parts of the object
carry out different functions);

4. Asimetrie (introduce asimetria sau crete

gradul de asimetrie);

4. Asymmetry (Introduce an asymmetrical

one or increase the degree of asymmetry);

5. Combinare (combin obiecte omogene

sau obiecte destinate operaiunilor contigue;
combin n timp operaiuni omogene sau
contigue);

5. Combining (Combine homogeneous

objects or objects destined for contiguous
operations; Combine in time homogeneous or
contiguous operations);

6. Universalitate (obiectul ndeplinete mai

multe funcii);

6. Universality (Have the object perform

multiple functions)

7. Incluziune (conine obiectul n interiorul

altui obiect, care, la rndul su, este plasat n
interiorul unui alt obiect; trece un obiect
printr-o cavitate a unui alt obiect);

7. Nesting (Contain the object inside another

which, in turn, is placed inside a third object;
Pass an object through a cavity of another
object);

8. Contragreutate (compenseaz greutatea

obiectului prin cuplarea cu un alt obiect care
genereaz o for de ridicare; compenseaz
greutatea unui obiect prin interaciune cu un
mediu furniznd fore aerodinamice sau
hidrodinamice);

8. Counterweight (Compensate for the

object's weight by joining with another object
that has a lifting force; Compensate for the
weight of an object by interaction with an
environment providing aerodynamic or
hydrodynamic forces);

9. Contra-aciune anticipat (efectueaz o

contra-aciune n avans; dac obiectul este
tensionat, realizeaz n avans aciuni de
anti-tensionare);

9. Prior counter-action (Perform a counteraction in advance; If the object is under

tension, provide anti-tension in advance);

10. Aciune anticipat (realizeaz n avans

toat sau o parte a aciunii necesare;
aranjeaz obiectele astfel nct acestea s
poat intra n aciune n timp util i dintr-o
poziie convenabil);

10. Prior action (Carry out all or part of the

required action in advance; Arrange objects
so they can go into action in a timely matter
and from a convenient position);

11. Prevenire
(compenseaz
fiabilitatea
relativ sczut a unui obiect prin msuri de
combatere luate n avans);

11. Cushion in advance (Compensate for

the relatively low reliability of an object by
countermeasures taken in advance);

12. Echipotenialitate (schimb condiiile de

lucru astfel nct s nu fie nevoie ca un obiect
s fie ridicat sau cobort);

12. Equipotentiality (Change the working

conditions so that an object need not be
raised or lowered);

271

13. Inversiune (pune n aplicare o aciune

opus celei impuse de specificaiile
problemei; face imobil o component mobil
a obiectului sau a mediului; face mobil o
component staionar; ntoarce obiectul cu
susul n jos);

13. Inversion (Instead of an action dictated

by the specifications of the problem,
implement an opposite action; Make a
moving part of the object or the outside
environment immovable and the non-moving
part movable; Turn the object upside-down)

14. Sphericitate (nlocuiete piese liniare sau

suprafee plane cu cele curbe; nlocuiete
forme cubice cu forme sferice; utilizeaz
spirale cu bile sau role; nlocuiete o micare
liniar cu micare de rotaie; utilizeaz o for
centrifug);

14. Spheroidality (Replace linear parts or flat

surfaces with curved ones; replace cubical
shapes with spherical shapes; Use rollers,
balls spirals; Replace a linear motion with
rotating movement; utilize a centrifugal force);

15. Dinamicitate (adapteaz automat un

obiect sau mediului acestuia pentru
performane optime n fiecare regim de
funcionare; descompune un obiect n
elemente care i pot schimba poziia, unul
fa de cellalt; transform un obiect imobil n
mobil sau interschimbabil);

15. Dynamicity (Make an object or its

environment automatically adjust for optimal
performance at each stage of operation;
Divide an object into elements which can
change position relative to each other; If an
object is immovable, make it movable or
interchangeable);

16. Aciune parial sau exagerat (dac

este dificil s se obin 100% dintr-un efect
dorit, realizeaz ceva mai mult sau mai puin
pentru a simplifica major problema);

16. Partial or overdone action (If it is

difficult to obtain 100% of a desired effect,
achieve somewhat more or less to greatly
simplify the problem);

17. Trecerea la o nou dimensiune (elimin

problemele cu deplasarea liniar a unui
obiect printr-o micare bidimensional;
folosete un ansamblu de mai multe straturi
de obiecte n loc de un singur strat);

17. Moving to a new dimension (Remove

problems with moving an object in a line by
two-dimensional movement; Use a multilayered assembly of objects instead of a
single layer);

18. Vibraii mecanice (pune un obiect n

oscilaie; dac exist micare oscilatorie,
crete frecvena, chiar i la nivel ultrasonic;
utilizai frecvena de rezonan; utilizeaz
piezovibratoare n loc de vibraii mecanice;
Utilizeaz vibraii ultrasonice n conjucie cu
un cmp electromagnetic);

18. Mechanical vibration (Set an object into

oscillation; If oscillation exists, increase its
frequency, even as far as ultrasonic; Use the
resonant frequency; Instead of mechanical
vibrations, use piezovibrators; Use ultrasonic
vibrations
in
conjunction
with
an
electromagnetic field);

19. Aciune periodic (nlocuiete o aciune

continu cu una periodic; dac o aciune
este deja periodic, schimb frecvena
acesteia);

19. Periodic action (Replace a continuous

action with a periodic one; If an action is
already periodic, change its frequency);

20. Continuitatea
unei
aciuni
utile
(efectueaz o aciune n continuu, n cazul n
care toate componentele unui obiect
funcioneaz la capacitate maxim; elimin
micrile inutile i intermediare);

20. Continuity of a useful action (Carry out

an action continuously, where all parts of an
object operate at full capacity; Remove idle
and intermediate motions);

21. Rapiditate n operare (efectueaz la

viteze nalte operaiunile periculoase sau
riscante);

21. Rushing through (Perform harmful or

hazardous operations at very high speed);

272

22. Transformarea benefic a efectelor

duntoare (utilizeaz factori duntori sau
efecte duntoare asupra mediului pentru a
obine un efect pozitiv; elimin un factor
duntor prin combinarea cu un alt factor
duntor;
crete
intensitatea
aciunii
duntoare, pn cnd nceteaz s mai fie
duntoare);

22. Convert harm into benefit (Utilize

harmful factors or environmental effects to
obtain a positive effect; Remove a harmful
factor by combining it with another harmful
factor; Increase the amount of harmful action
until it ceases to be harmful);

23. Feedback (introduce feedback-ul; dac

feedback-ul exist deja, se inverseaz);

23. Feedback (Introduce feedback;

feedback already exists, reverse it);

24. Mediator (folosete un obiect intermediar

care s transfere sau s efectueze o aciune;
conecteaz temporar un obiect la altul, care
este uor de ndeprtat);

24. Mediator (Use an intermediary object to

transfer or carry out an action; Temporarily
connect an object to another one that is easy
to remove);

25. Auto-ntreinere (face ca obiectul s se

auto-ntrein i s efectueze operaii
suplimentare i de reparaie; utilizeaz
deeuri materiale i energetice);

25. Self-service (Make the object service

itself and carry out supplementary and repair
operations; Make use of wasted material and
energy);

26. Copiere (utilizeaz o copie simpl i

ieftin n locul unui obiect complex, costisitor,
fragil sau incomod n operare; nlocuii un
obiect prin copia sa optic sau o imagine a
acestuia; folosete scalarea pentru a reduce
sau mri imaginea; nlocuiete copiile optice
vizibile cu cele n infrarou sau ultraviolet);

26. Copying (Use a simple and inexpensive

copy instead of an object which is complex,
expensive, fragile or inconvenient to operate;
Replace an object by its optical copy or image;
A scale can be used to reduce or enlarge the
image; If visible optical copies are used,
replace them with infrared or ultraviolet copies);

27. Obiect ieftin i de scurt durat n

locul celui scump i de folosin
ndelungat (nlocuiete un obiect scump cu
o colecie de obiecte ieftine);

27. Inexpensive, short-lived object for

expensive, durable one (Replace an
expensive object by a collection of
inexpensive ones);

28. nlocuirea
unui
sistem
mecanic
(nlocuiete un sistem mecanic printr-un
sistem optic, acustic sau olfactiv; utilizeaz
un
cmp
electric,
magnetic
sau
electromagnetic pentru interaciunea cu
obiectul; nlocuiete cmpurile: cmpuri
staionare cu cmpuri n micare, cmpuri
fixe cu cele care se schimb n timp, cmpuri
aleatoare cu cmpuri structurate; utilizeaz
un cmp n conjuncie cu particule
feromagnetice);

28. Replacement of a mechanical system

(Replace a mechanical system by an optical,
acoustical or olfactory system; Use an
electrical, magnetic or electromagnetic field
for interaction with the object; Replace fields:
stationary fields with moving fields, fixed
fields with those which change in time,
random fields with structured fields; Use a
field in conjunction with ferromagnetic
particles);

29. Construcii pneumatice sau hidraulice

(nlocuiete componentele solide ale unui
obiect cu gaz sau lichid. Aceste componente
pot folosi aerul sau apa pentru inflaie sau
utilizeaz perne de aer sau hidrostatice);

29. Pneumatic or hydraulic construction

(Replace solid parts of an object by gas or
liquid. These parts can use air or water for
inflation, or use air or hydrostatic cushions);

30. Membrane flexibile sau strat subire

(nlocuiete construciile tradiionale cu cele
realizate din membrane flexibile sau strat
subire; izoleaz un obiect fa de mediul su
folosind membrane flexibile sau strat subire);

30. Flexible membranes or thin film

(Replace traditional constructions with those
made from flexible membranes or thin film;
Isolate an object from its environment using
flexible membranes or thin film);

273

If

31. Utilizarea de material poros (realizeaz

un obiect poros sau aduga elemente
poroase; dac un obiect este deja poros,
umple porii n avans cu substan);

31. Use of porous material (Make an object

porous or add porous elements; If an object is
already porous, fill the pores in advance with
some substance);

32. Schimbarea culorii (schimb culoarea

unui obiect sau a mediului su nconjurtor;
schimb gradul de transluciditate a unui
obiect sau proces dificil
dpdv vizual;
utilizeaz aditivi colorai pentru a observa
obiecte sau procese dificile dpdv vizual; n
cazul n care astfel de aditivi sunt deja
utilizai, ntrebuineaz urme luminescente
sau elemente de marcare);

32. Changing the color (Change the color of

an object or its surroundings; Change the
translucency degree of an object or
processes which are difficult to see; Use
colored additives to observe objects or
processes which are difficult to see; If such
additives are already used,
employ
luminescent traces or tracer elements);

33. Omogenitate (realizeaz acele obiecte

care interacioneaz cu un obiect principal din
acelai material sau material care este
apropiat de aceasta n comportament);

33. Homogeneity (Make those objects which

interact with a primary object out of the same
material or material that is close to it in
behavior);

34. Respingerea i regenerarea pieselor

componente (dup ce i-a finalizat funcia
sau a devinit inutil, respinge sau modific un
element al unui obiect; recondiioneaz
imediat orice pies component a unui obiect
epuizat sau ieit din uz);

34. Rejecting and regenerating parts (After

it has completed its function or become
useless, reject or modify an element of an
object; immediately restore any part of an
object which is exhausted or depleted);

35. Transformarea fazelor fizice i chimice

ale unui obiect (schimb starea de agregare
a unui obiect, distribuie de densitate, gradul
de flexibilitate, temperatura);

35. Transformation of the physical and

chemical states of an object (Change an
object's aggregate state, density distribution,
degree of flexibility, temperature);

36. Transformare de faz (implementarea

unui efect dezvoltat n timpul fazei de tranziie
a unei substane);

36. Phase transformation (Implement an

effect developed during the phase transition
of a substance);

37. Dilatare termic (folosete un material

care se dilat sau contract termic; utilizeaz
diverse materiale cu coeficieni diferii de
dilatare termic);

37. Thermal expansion (Use a material

which expands or contracts with heat; Use
various materials with different coefficients of
heat expansion);

38. Utilizez oxidani puternici (nlocuiete

aerul normal cu aer mbogit; nlocuiete
aerul mbogit cu oxigen; trateaz un obiect
n aer sau n oxigen cu radiaii ionizante;
utilizeaz oxigen ionizat);

38. Use strong oxidizers (Replace normal

air with enriched air; Replace enriched air
with oxygen; Treat an object in air or in
oxygen with ionizing radiation; Use ionized
oxygen);

39. Mediu inert (nlocuiete mediul normal cu

unul inert; desfoar procesul n vid);

39. Inert environment (Replace the normal

environment with an inert one; Carry out the
process in a vacuum);

40. Materiale compozite (nlocuiete

material omogen cu o unul compozit).

un

40. Composite materials (Replace a

homogeneous material with a composite one).

Altshuller a propus o Matrice a Contradiciilor

pentru a stabili care principii ale inventicii se
utilizeaz: aceasta este o matrice patratic de
dimensiune 39 linii i 39 coloane,
corespunztoare celor 39 de Parametri
Inginereti presentati anterior (n aceast

Altshuller proposed a Contradiction Matrix to

find which inventive principles to use: this is a
square matrix with 39 rows and 39 columns,
corresponding to the number of the above 39
Engineering Parameters (in this matrix, the Xaxis is considered as undesired effects and

274

matrice, axa X este considerat axa efectelor

nedorite i axa Y axa caracteristicilor de
mbuntit); fiecare celul a matricei conine
lista principiilor adecvate, din cele 40 de
Principii ale Inventicii, care permit depirea
contradiciei aferente.
Un exemplu de matrice, preluat din [2], este
prezentat n Fig. A.4.1.
De obicei, pentru rezolvarea problemelor mai
dificile,
metodologia
TRIZ
utilizeaz
instrumente mai precise, dintre care se
reamintesc urmtoarele patru:
1) ARIZ (Algoritm de Rezolvare a Problemelor
de Inventic) cu cinci pai de baz: a)
formularea problemei; b) modelarea problemei;
c) analiza modelului; d) rezolvarea contradicie
fizice i e) formularea soluiei ideale.
2) Analiza Su-Cmp este de ajutor n
identificarea deficienelor de lucru. n cazul n
care un obiect acioneaz asupra unui alt
obiect, obiectele sunt numite substane (Su)
i aciunea un cmp (Cmp). Deci, aciunile
nedorite pot fi identificate prin intermediul
unor cmpuri opuse sau amplificate.
3) EDP (Evoluia Direcionat a Produsului).
Altshuller a stabilit opt modele de-a lungul
timpului cu privire la evoluia sistemelor
tehnologice; prin intermediul acestor modele,
care evideniaz mai degrab modul n care
oamenii cred dect ceea ce cred ei, EDP
acioneaz ca o hart a drumului n viitor i
poate inventa sistematic tehnologiile viitoare.
4) Software-ul
TRIZ.
Deoarece
TRIZ
folosete o baz de date extins (de brevete,
principii, operatori, contradicii etc.), poate
ajuta inginerii proiectani n obinerea de
rezultate n timp util. Boris Zlotin i Alla
Zusman (amndoi studeni ai fondatorului
metodologiei, G. Altshuller), cu echipa lor
american de software, au elaborat o serie
de pachete software pentru a ajuta inginerii
proiectani n utilizarea TRIZ. n prezent, in
lume sunt disponibile numeroase astfel de
pachete software.

the Y-axis as features to improve); each

matrix cell contain the list of the suitable
principles, from the above 40 Inventive
Principles, which can overcome the afferent
contradiction.

A matrix extract, taken from [2], is exemplified

in Fig. A.4.1.
Usually, for more difficult problem solving, the
TRIZ methodology uses more precise tools,
from which the following four are reminded:
1) ARIZ (Algorithm for Inventive Problem
Solving) with five basic steps: a) the problem
formulation; b) the problem modeling; c) the
model analysis; d) physical contradiction
solving and e) ideal solution formulation.
2) Su-Field Analysis is helpful in identifying
working failures. If one object acts on another
object, the objects are called substances (Su)
and the action a field (Field). So, undesirable
actions can be identified by means of
opposite or amplified fields.
3) DPE
(Directed
Product
Evolution).
Altshuller established eight patterns regarding
over time evolution of the technological
systems; by means of these patterns, which
highlight how people think rather than what
they think, DPE acts as a road map into the
future and can systematically invent future
technologies.
4) TRIZ Software. Because TRIZ uses a
broad database (of patents, principles,
operators, contradictions etc.), the software
using can help design engineers to obtain
timely results. Boris Zlotin and Alla Zusman
(both students of the methodology founder,
G. Altshuller), with their American software
team, has elaborated a number of software
packages to assist design engineers in TRIZ
utilization. At present, many software
packages are available in the world.

275

17,
10,
4

13,
4,
8

5,
35,
14,
2

35,
8,
2,
14

7,
17,
4,
35

29,
17,
38,
34

4.Lungimea obiectului
staionar / Length of
nonmoving object

10,
1,
29,
35

3. Lungimea obiectului n micare / Length

of moving object

15,
8,
29,
34

2. Greutatea obiectului staionar / Weight

of nonmoving object

17,
7,
10,
40

15,
17,
4

1,
7,
4,
17

29,
30,
34

19,
10,
15

26,
7,
9,
39

35,
8,
2,
14

28,
10

14,
15,
18,
4

1,
7,
4,
35

19,
14

13,
14,
8

35,
28,
40,
29

30,
2,
14,
18

35,
10,
19,
14

2,
26,
29,
40

2,
28,
13,
38

17,
19,
9,
36
18,
13,
1,
28
8,
1,
37,
18

8,
15,
29,
34

13,
28,
15,
12
2,
36,
18,
37
15,
9,
12,
37
1,
18,
36,
37

7,
14,
17,
4

2. Greutatea obiectului staionar /

Weight of nonmoving object

(cu celule n care sunt nscrise numerele

de ordine ale principiilor cu care se pot
elimina contradiciile aferente / whith cells
in which there are written the order
numbers of the principles to be applied to
eliminate the afferent contradictions)

1. Greutatea obiectului n micare / Weight

of moving object

1. Greutatea obiectului n micare /

Weight of moving object

5. Aria obiectului n
micare / Area of
moving object

10. For (Intensitate) /

Force (Intensity)

35,
30,
13,
2

6. Aria obiectului
staionar / Area of
nonmoving object

13,
28,
15,
19

9. Vitez / Speed

2,
18,
37

8. Volumul obiectului staionar /

Volume of nonmoving object

29,
2,
40,
28

15,
35,
36,
37
29,
4,
38,
34

7. Volumul obiectului n micare /

Volume of moving object

7. Volumul obiectului
n micare / Volume
of moving object

1,
18,
35,
36

2,
17,
29,
4

6. Aria obiectului staionar /

Area of nonmoving object

19,
30,
35,
2
29,
30
4,
34

5. Aria obiectului n micare /

Area of moving object

8. Volumul obiectului
staionar / Volume of
nonmoving object

28,
10

Parametri Ingineresti de Ameliorat (1-10) /

Improving Engineering Parameters (1-10)

276

Fig. A.4.1. Matrice TRIZ a contradiciilor (parial); prelucrare dup [2] / Fig. A.4.1. (Partial) TRIZ contradiction matrix; processed after [2]

8,
10,
19,
35

4. Lungimea obiectului staionar /

Length of nonmoving object

8,
10,
18,
37
2,
8,
15,
38

3. Lungimea obiectului n micare /

Length of moving object

9. Vitez / Speed

MATRICEA TRIZ A CONTRADICIILOR /

TRIZ CONTRADICTION MATRIX

Parametri Inginereti degradatori sau conflictuali (1-10) / Degrading Engineering Parameters (1-10)

10. For (Intensitate)

/ Force (Intensity)

BIBLIOGRAFIE / REFERENCES
1. CROSS, N. (The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK), Engineering Design Methods.
Strategies for Product Design, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994.
2. DIETER, G., SCHMIDT, L. (University of Maryland), Engineering Design, Mc Graw Hill,
Boston, 2009.
3. DIACONESCU, D. (Transilvania University of Brasov), Conceptual Design of Products (in
Romanian), Ed. Universitatii Transilvania din Brasov, 2005.
4. DUDI, F., DIACONESCU, D. (Transilvania University of Brasov), Mechanisms
structural optimization (in Romanian), Ed. Tehnic, Bucureti, 1987.
5. DUDI, F. et al. (Transilvania University of Brasov), Articulated mobile couplings (in
Romanian), Ed. Orientul Latin, 2001.
6. DUDI, F. et al. (Transilvania University of Brasov), Podo-morph mobile couplings (in
Romanian), Ed. Trisedes Press, 2001.
7. DUBBEL, Taschenbuch fr den Maschinenbau (Teil F), Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1995.
8. EHRLENSPIEL, K. (Technische Universitt Mnchen), Konstruktionslehre I und II,
Vorlesungen, Technische Universitt Mnchen, 1989.
9. EHRLENSPIEL, K. (Techn. Universitt Mnchen), Integrierte Produktentwicklung, Carl
Hanser Verlag, Mnchen, 1995.
10. FRENCH, M. (Lancaster Univ., UK), Conceptual Design for Engineers, Springer, 1999.
11. HTTE, Engineers handbook. Fundamentals (Part K), Ed. Tehnic, Bucureti, 1995.
12. KOLLER,R. (Technische Hochschule Aachen), Konstruktionslehre fr den
Maschinenbau, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1994.
13. MILOIU, G. et al. (Transilvania University of Braov), Modern mechanical transmissions
(in Romanian), Ed. Tehnic, Bucureti,1980.
14. NACHTIGALL, W. Konstruktionen. Biologie und Technik. VDI-Verlag, Dsseldorf.
15. OTTO, K.N. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), WOOD, K.L. (University of Texas at
Austin), Product Design, 2001 Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey 07458.
16. PAHL, G. (Technische Hochschule Darmstadt) et al. Engineering Design, A Systematic
Approach, Springer-Verlag London, 2007.
17. PUGH, S. (University of Strathclyde, UK), Total Design, Addison-Wesley Publishing
Comp., Wokingham-England, 1997.
18. ROOZENBURG, N.F.M., EEKELS, J. (Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands),
Product Design: Fundamentals and Methods, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1996.
19. ULRICH, K., EPINGER, S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology), Product Design and
Development, McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York, 2008.
20. V.D.I. (Verein Deutscher Ingenieure) - Richtlinien 2221, 2222.
21. http://www2.unitbv.ro/LinkClick.aspx?link=Doctorat/Analiza_criteriala.ppt&tabid=300&mid
=723 (Multi-criteria Analysis, Prof. S. BOBANCU).
22. http://www.johnstark.com
23. http://www.mazur.net/triz/index.html
24. www.wikipedia.org

277